diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/applying_special_fx.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/applying_special_fx.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/applying_special_fx.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/applying_special_fx.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/applying_special_fx.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bdb07c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/applying_special_fx.po
@@ -0,0 +1,3760 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:4
+msgid "Applying Effects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Effects can be applied to animation levels, images and clips exposed in "
+"Xsheet columns (or Timeline layers) in the **FX Schematic**, where each "
+"element is represented as a node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"The relationship between the contents of columns/layers and effects can "
+"be managed by connecting or disconnecting links between nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:9
+msgid "|dwanko_before_fx| |dwanko_after_fx|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:15
+msgid "Using the FX Schematic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In the FX schematic all columns/layers are displayed as nodes having an "
+"output port connected to the Xsheet node: this means that their content "
+"is part of the scene and is rendered as it is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"When effects are added, they are displayed as nodes as well, with ports "
+"to create links that let you set the way the effect modify the scene "
+"contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Column/layer nodes have the **Camera Stand** (|camera_stand|) and the "
+"**Render** (|preview|) toggles on the top right: these toggles are the "
+"same as the toggles available in the Xsheet column (or Timeline layer) "
+"headers (see :ref:`Working with Xsheet Columns "
+"<working_with_xsheet_columns>`  ). Effects nodes only have the **Render**"
+" toggle (|preview|) allowing you to include or exclude temporarily the "
+"effect in the rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Nodes can be easily selected and arranged. When selected, nodes are "
+"highlighted in *white*; the *current* node has its label in *yellow*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:24
+msgid "**To access the FX Schematic:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Click the Schematic toggle button (|schematic|) at the right of the "
+"bottom bar of the Schematic window until the title bar displays **FX "
+"Schematic**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:28
+msgid "**To navigate the FX Schematic:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:30
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:50
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:58
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:85
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:144
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:152
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:164
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:174
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:184
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:227
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:245
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:253
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:269
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:314
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:322
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:338
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:384
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:396
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:406
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:424
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:464
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:506
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:600
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:32
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:466
+msgid ""
+"Use the mouse wheel, or the zoom shortcut keys (by default **+** and "
+"**-** keys) to zoom in and zoom out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:34
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:468
+msgid "Middle-click and drag to scroll in any direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Fit to Window** button (|fit_to_window|) in the bottom bar of "
+"the Schematic window to display all of the nodes in the current window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Focus on Current** button (|focus_on_current|) in the bottom "
+"bar of the Schematic window to center the Schematic on the current node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Reorder Nodes** button (|reorder_nodes|) in the bottom bar of "
+"the Schematic window to reorder all the nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Reset Size** button (|reset|) in the bottom bar of the "
+"Schematic window, or use the **Reset View** shortcut (by default the "
+"**Alt + 0** key) to display all of the nodes at the default size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:44
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:190
+msgid "**To rename a node:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:46
+msgid "Ctrl + double-click the node name and type a new name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:48
+msgid "**To minimize or maximize the column/layer and effect nodes:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Click the arrowhead to the left of the node name to minimize/maximize "
+"columns selectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Minimize/Maximize** (|minimize|/|maximize|) button in the "
+"bottom bar of the Schematic window to minimize/maximize all the column "
+"nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:56
+msgid "**To select nodes:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:60
+msgid "Click to select a node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:62
+msgid "Click and drag to select a group of nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (macOS) to add a node to, or remove it from "
+"the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"*Links* can be selected together with nodes (see  :ref:`Editing the FX "
+"Schematic <editing_the_fx_schematic>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:68
+msgid "**To move the selection:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:70
+msgid "Click and drag any node of the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:72
+msgid "**To include or exclude temporally an effect from the rendering:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Render** toggle (|preview|) on the upper right corner of the "
+"effect node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:80
+msgid "Grouping Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to group several nodes into one single node, in order to "
+"better manage the whole FX Schematic. Groups can be opened to be examined"
+" and edited, and its components can be selected for further operations, "
+"like editing effect settings, or creating new groups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:83
+msgid "**To Group selected nodes:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any selected node and choose **Group** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:89
+msgid "Press the **Ctrl-G** (PC) or **Cmd-G** (macOS) shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:91
+msgid "**To open a Group:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the group and choose **Open Group** from the menu that opens:"
+" the group nodes are displayed in a box, showing links between group "
+"nodes, and links with nodes outside of the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"In the FX Schematic, when the content of a group is displayed, it's "
+"possible to edit the links between Group nodes and links with nodes "
+"outside of the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:97
+msgid "**To close a Group:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:99
+msgid "Click the **Close** button on the right of the group box title bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:101
+msgid "**To release a Group:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the Group and choose **Ungroup** from the menu that opens, or"
+" press the shortcut **Ctrl-Shift-G** (PC) or **Cmd-Shift-G** (macOS)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:109
+msgid "Inserting Effects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"You can **Insert** effects to selected nodes, **Add** effects to the "
+"Schematic, or **Replace** previously added effect nodes. This can be done"
+" from the **FX Browser** window or by using the drop-down menu that opens"
+" when right-clicking nodes or an empty area of the FX Schematic. Both are"
+" organized in folders/submenus containing sets of effects; if some "
+"*Presets* are defined for an effect, an additional folder/submenu is "
+"available (see  :ref:`Creating Presets <creating_presets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:112
+msgid "|FX_Browser|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"When *inserting* effects, they will be placed along the link that starts "
+"from the selected node output port; when *adding* effects, they will be "
+"placed at the end of a new link that will start from the selected node "
+"output port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"In case several nodes are selected, the effect will be added/inserted for"
+" *each* selected node, but all the added/inserted effects will be "
+"*Linked*, and connected visually by a *green* line. This means that every"
+" time the effect is edited, all the linked nodes will be edited as well, "
+"unless you break the link to start editing them separately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"To globally apply effects it's possible to use the **Xsheet** node as if "
+"it were a standard column node (representing the whole content of the "
+"scene) and inserting effects from there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"Three different types of effects can be used in the Schematic, each with "
+"a different type of node:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"**Basic effects**, such as the Blur effect, that simply modify the "
+"contents of a column; they are displayed as a yellow node with an input "
+"port on the left, labelled *Source*, and an output port on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:124
+msgid "|Basic_FX_Example|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"To affect a column/layer, they have to be inserted in the link from the "
+"column/layer node to the Xsheet node, so that the column/layer node is "
+"connected to the effect input port, and the effect node output port is "
+"connected to the Xsheet node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"If several effects are applied in a chain, they will be applied one after"
+" the other, following the order from the column/layer node to the Xsheet "
+"node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"**Combined effects**, such as the Matte In effect, that modify the "
+"column/layer contents according to the contents other columns/layers; "
+"they are displayed with a yellow node with two or more input ports on the"
+" left, and one output port on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"To affect a column/layer, they have to be inserted into the link from the"
+" column/layer node to the Xsheet node, so that the column/layer node is "
+"connected to the first effect input port labelled *Source*, while the "
+"other columns/layers are connected to the other input ports, whose labels"
+" depend on the effect; the effect node output port has to be connected to"
+" the Xsheet node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:134
+msgid "|Combined_FX_Example|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"For example in case of a Matte In effect, the column to be matted has to "
+"be linked to the *Source* input port, the matte column has to be linked "
+"to the *Matte* input port, and the output port has to be connected to the"
+" Xsheet node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"**Effects that create computer generated images**, such as the Radial "
+"Gradient, that are exposed in Xsheet columns (and Timeline layers) and "
+"therefore are similar to columns; they are displayed with an orange node "
+"with only an output port on the right. These effect nodes have to be "
+"connected to the Xsheet node to be rendered, or can be connected to other"
+" effect nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:140
+msgid "|Generated_FX_Example|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:142
+msgid "**To open the FX Browser:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:146
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **New FX...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"Click the **New FX** button (|fx|) in the bottom bar of the FX Schematic "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:150
+msgid "**To Insert an effect:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"Select the nodes for which you want to insert a new effect, select the "
+"effect you want to insert in the **FX Browser** and click the **Insert** "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"Select the nodes for which you want to insert a new effect, right-click "
+"any of them and choose **Insert FX** from the menu that opens, then "
+"select the effect you want to insert from the available submenus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Select the *links* where you want to insert a new effect, right-click any"
+" of them and choose **Insert FX** from the menu that opens, then select "
+"the effect you want to insert from the available submenus (see  "
+":ref:`Editing the FX Schematic <editing_the_fx_schematic>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:160
+msgid "**To Add an effect:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"Select the nodes for which you want to add a new effect at the end of a "
+"new link."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"Select the effect you want to add in the **FX Browser** and click the "
+"**Add** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:168
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any of the selected nodes and choose **Add FX** from the menu"
+" that opens, then select the effect you want to add from the available "
+"submenus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:170
+msgid "**To Replace an effect:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:172
+msgid "Select the effect nodes you want to replace with a new effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"Select the effect you want to add in the **FX Browser** and click the "
+"**Replace** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any of the selected nodes and choose **Replace FX** from the "
+"menu that opens, then select the new effect from the available submenus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:180
+msgid "**To Insert/Add effects globally:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:182
+msgid "Select the **Xsheet** node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Select the effect you want to insert/add in the **FX Browser** and click "
+"the **Insert** or **Add** buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any of the selected nodes and choose **Insert FX** or **Add "
+"FX** from the menu that opens, then select the effect you want to a "
+"insert/add from the available submenus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"**Ctrl + double-click** (PC) or **Cmd + double-click** (macOS) the node "
+"name and type a new name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:198
+msgid "Editing the FX Schematic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"Links between nodes have to be considered like flows going to the right, "
+"from the column/layer nodes to the *Output* node, via the Xsheet node. If"
+" along the way there is one or several effects, the column content will "
+"be consequently processed before becoming part of the output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"From the nodes output port several links can start at the same time, thus"
+" allowing, for example, a column/layer to be rendered as it is, and to be"
+" also used as a mask for another column/layer. It is also possible to "
+"determine permanently whether columns/layers will be rendered or not, by "
+"leaving or deleting the link to the Xsheet node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:203
+msgid ""
+"By editing the links between nodes, or by creating new ones, you can "
+"control how column/layer nodes will interact with each other and with "
+"effects before being rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"In the effects that accept multiple input nodes it is possible to change "
+"the stacking order of the input nodes by clicking and dragging in the "
+"*ports* area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:207
+msgid ""
+"Effect nodes and links can be selected in order to be cut, copied, pasted"
+" or deleted. When selected, nodes and links are highlighted in white; the"
+" current node has its label in yellow; when at least one object is "
+"selected, the related links are displayed in blue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:209
+msgid "When pasting a copied/cut selection, several options are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:211
+msgid "Use **Paste** to paste the copied/cut selection into the FX Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"Use **Paste Insert** to insert the pasted selection into the *selected "
+"links*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:215
+msgid ""
+"Use **Paste Add** to add the pasted selection from the *selected nodes* "
+"at the end of new links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:217
+msgid ""
+"Use **Paste Replace** to replace *selected effects nodes* with the pasted"
+" selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:219
+msgid ""
+"Links have to be selected together with nodes when copying/cutting a "
+"selection if you want to preserve the links among them when pasting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:221
+msgid "**To create links between nodes:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the output port of the node to the input port of the "
+"effect node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:225
+msgid "**To select nodes and links:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:229
+msgid "Click to select a node or a link."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:231
+msgid "Click and drag to select a group of nodes and links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (macOS) to add a node or a link to, or "
+"remove it from the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:235
+msgid "**To delete links between nodes:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:237
+msgid "Select the links you want to delete and do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:239
+msgid "Choose Edit  →  **Delete**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:241
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any selected link and choose **Delete** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:243
+msgid "**To connect a node to the Xsheet node:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:247
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the output port of the node to the input port of the "
+"**Xsheet** node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:249
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the node you want to connect to the Xsheet node, and choose "
+"**Connect to Xsheet** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:251
+msgid "**To disconnect a flow from the Xsheet node:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:255
+msgid "Delete the link from the node to the Xsheet node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:257
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the node you want to disconnect from the Xsheet node, and "
+"choose **Disconnect from Xsheet** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:259
+msgid "**To insert an effect node into a link:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:261
+msgid "**Alt-click and drag** it onto the link."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:263
+msgid "**To extract an effect node from a link:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:265
+msgid "**Alt-click and drag** it away from the link."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:267
+msgid "**To edit an effect nodes selection:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:271
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Copy** command to keep the selection in memory for further "
+"operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:273
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Cut** command to eliminate the selection from the schematic and"
+" keep it in memory for further operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:275
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Paste** command to paste the selection kept in memory in the FX"
+" Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:277
+msgid ""
+"Right-click a link and use the **Paste Insert** command to insert the "
+"selection kept in memory into the *selected link*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:279
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any node and use the **Paste Add** command to add the "
+"selection kept in memory from the *selected nodes* at the end of the new "
+"links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:281
+msgid ""
+"Right-click an effect node and use the **Paste Replace** command to "
+"replace the *selected effect nodes* with the selection kept in memory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:283
+msgid "Use the **Delete** command to delete the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:285
+msgid ""
+"All these commands are available in the menu that opens when right-"
+"clicking nodes and links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:287
+msgid "**To create a linked effect:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:289
+msgid "Select the effect nodes you want to duplicate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any of the selected nodes and choose **Create Linked FX** "
+"from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:293
+msgid "**To break linked effects:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:295
+msgid "Select the effect nodes you want to unlink."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any of the selected nodes and choose **Unlink** from the menu"
+" that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:303
+msgid "Using Multiple Output Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:304
+msgid ""
+"In the FX Schematic by default the Xsheet node is connected to an Output "
+"node: this means that all the nodes connected to the Xsheet node will be "
+"rendered both in the preview and in the final rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:306
+msgid ""
+"The scene rendering can be limited to a specific node of the schematic by"
+" creating additional Output nodes, connected to the node where you want "
+"to limit the rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:308
+msgid ""
+"When more than one Output node is defined, you can set which is the "
+"*active* one (the one that will be considered for previewing or rendering"
+" the scene); the active output node is displayed in *blue*, while the "
+"others in *grey*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:310
+msgid "**To limit the output to a specific node:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:312
+msgid "Select the node to which you want to limit the output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:316
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:324
+msgid ""
+"Click the **New Output** button (|output|) in the bottom bar of the "
+"schematic window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:318
+msgid "Right-click the node and choose **New Output** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:320
+msgid "**To add an Output node:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the schematic and choose **New Output** from the menu that"
+" opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:328
+msgid "**To connect a node to an Output node:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:330
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the output port of the node to the input port of the "
+"Output node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:332
+msgid "**To set the current Output node:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the Output you want to set as current and choose **Activate**"
+" from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:336
+msgid "**To remove an Output node:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:340
+msgid "Select it and choose Edit  →  **Delete**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:342
+msgid "Right-click it and choose **Delete** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:344
+msgid "The last Output node remaining cannot be removed from the Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:350
+msgid "Editing Effects Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"Effects parameters and their animation can be controlled in the **FX "
+"Settings** window. According to the selected effect, it displays a "
+"different layout of sliders, check boxes, text fields, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:353
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the window a *preview area* is available to check the "
+"result of the applied effect: you can expand it or contract it, activate "
+"it or deactivate it, navigate its content, set its size, its background "
+"color, and limit it to the camera shot. The preview area can be expanded "
+"or contracted by clicking on the **+**/**-** symbol to the left of the "
+"**Swatch Viewer** text, at the bottom left of the FX Settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:356
+msgid ""
+"Parameters can be animated by setting keyframes at specific frames. A "
+"**Set Key** button (|key|) is available in the preview area, at the "
+"bottom bar of the window, to set keyframes for *all* of the parameters. "
+"For each of the parameters that can be animated there is also a specific "
+"**Set Key** button (|key|) to the right of the parameter name, in order "
+"to set keyframes for each parameter independently."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:358
+msgid "The **Set Key** button (|key|) may have the following colors:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:360
+msgid ""
+"It is **grey** when no keyframes for any parameter is defined at the "
+"current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:362
+msgid ""
+"It is **blue-striped** when keyframes are defined at least for one "
+"parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:364
+msgid "It is **blue** when keyframes are defined for all the parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:366
+msgid ""
+"The parameter specific **Set Key** button (|key|) may have the following "
+"colors:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:368
+msgid ""
+"It is **grey** if no key value is defined for the parameter at the "
+"current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:370
+msgid ""
+"It is **orange** when a key value is defined for the parameter at the "
+"current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:372
+msgid ""
+"It is **pale yellow** if the parameter is animated but no key value is "
+"defined at the current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:374
+msgid ""
+"It is **yellow** if you changed the parameter value and the current frame"
+" does not have a key for the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:376
+msgid ""
+"Frames and keyframes can be navigated by using the related buttons in the"
+" bottom bar of the window. The **Next Key** (|next_key|) and **Previous "
+"Key** buttons (|prevkey|) are available only if more than one keyframe is"
+" defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:378
+msgid "|FX_Settings_Example|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:380
+msgid ""
+"If no keyframes are defined, parameters you set will be used throughout "
+"the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:382
+msgid "**To open the FX Settings window:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:386
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the effect node, and choose **Edit FX...** from the menu that"
+" opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:388
+msgid "Double-click the effect node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:390
+msgid "**To define values for the effect:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:392
+msgid ""
+"Use the available sliders, check boxes, text fields, etc., to configure "
+"the effect the way you prefer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:394
+msgid "**To set the current frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:398
+msgid ""
+"Type the frame number or use the **Next Frame** and **Previous Frame** "
+"buttons available in the bottom bar of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"Move the current frame cursor in the Xsheet/Timeline or in the Function "
+"Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:402
+msgid "Use the frame bar or the playback buttons in the bottom bar of the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:404
+msgid "**To set keyframes for all the effect parameters at the current frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:408
+msgid ""
+"If the current frame is not a key, click the **Set Key** button (|key|) "
+"in the bottom bar of the window: it turns from *grey* to *blue* and "
+"current values become keyframes for all the parameters at the current "
+"frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:410
+msgid ""
+"If the current frame is a keyframe for some parameters only, click the "
+"**Set Key** button (|key|): it turns from *blue-striped* to *blue* and "
+"current values become keyframes for all the parameters at the current "
+"frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:412
+msgid "Define the values for the parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:414
+msgid "**To set keyframes for a specific parameter at the current frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:416
+msgid ""
+"If the current frame does not have a keyframe for the parameter, click "
+"the squared **Set Key** button (|key|) to the right of the parameter: it "
+"turns from *grey* to *orange*, and the current value becomes a keyframe "
+"for the parameter at the current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:418
+msgid "Define the value for the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:420
+msgid ""
+"If the current frame is not a keyframe for the parameter, and you changed"
+" it, the **Set Key** button (|key|) to the right of the parameter turns "
+"*yellow*. Click it to set the key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:422
+msgid ""
+"**To remove all keyframes for the effect parameters at the current "
+"frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:426
+msgid ""
+"If the keyframes are set for all the parameters, click the **Set Key** "
+"button (|key|) in the bottom bar of the window: it turns from *blue* to "
+"*grey*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:428
+msgid ""
+"If the keyframes are set for some parameters only, click twice the **Set "
+"Key** button (|key|) in the bottom bar of the window: with the first "
+"click it turns from *blue-striped* to *blue* (as you set keys for all the"
+" parameters); with the second click, it turns from *blue* to *grey*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:430
+msgid "**To remove a keyframe for a specific parameter at the current frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:432
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Set Key** button (|key|) to the right of the parameter: it "
+"turns from *grey* to *orange*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:434
+msgid "**To navigate frames where keyframes are defined:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:436
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Next Key** (|next_key|) and **Previous Key** buttons "
+"(|prevkey|) available at the side of the **Set Key** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:438
+msgid "**To activate/deactivate the preview:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:440
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:448
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:555
+msgid "Do any of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:442
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Camera Preview** button (|camera|) in the bottom bar of the "
+"FX Settings window to limit the preview to the camera shot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:444
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Preview** button (|preview|) in the bottom bar of the FX "
+"Settings window to preview the results regardless of the camera shot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:446
+msgid "**To resize the preview area:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:450
+msgid "Click and drag the horizontal separator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:452
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the separator toward the window border to hide the preview"
+" area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:454
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the separator collapsed to the window border toward the "
+"window center to display again the preview area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:456
+msgid "The A/R of the preview area depends on the A/R of the current camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:458
+msgid "**To change the background color of the preview area:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:460
+msgid ""
+"Use the buttons in the bottom bar of the FX Settings window to choose a "
+"**White** (|preview_white|), **Black** (|preview_black|) or "
+"**Transparent** (|preview_checkbox|) background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:462
+msgid "**To navigate the preview area:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:470
+msgid ""
+"Use the Reset View shortcut (by default the **Alt + 0** key) to display "
+"preview at its actual size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:476
+msgid "Using Effects Gadgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:477
+msgid ""
+"Some effects parameters related to positions or dimensions have some "
+"gadgets available in the Viewer in order to be set by using the camera "
+"box and the scene elements as a reference. For example the Radial "
+"Gradient effect has two circular gadgets that can be edited to set the "
+"inner size and the outer size of the gradient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:479
+msgid ""
+"As soon as an effect node is selected in the schematic, the **Animate** "
+"tool becomes the current tool and the related effect gadgets, if "
+"available, are shown. The Animate tool settings will refer to the column "
+"the effect is applied to, but in case the effect creates a computer "
+"generated image (e.g. a radial gradient or a light spot) the settings "
+"will refer to the effect column itself (see  :ref:`Animating Objects "
+"<animating_objects>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:481
+msgid "**To visualize effects gadgets in the Viewer:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:483
+msgid "Select the effect node in the FX Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:485
+msgid "**To edit effects gadgets:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:487
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the effects gadgets visible in the Viewer. As you roll "
+"over the gadget and the related handles, the cursor changes shape to "
+"indicate you are editing an effect gadget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:489
+msgid ""
+"Some gadgets have a handle for reference; however any point along the "
+"gadget shape can be clicked and dragged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:495
+msgid "Defining Colors and Color Spectrums"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:496
+msgid "Some effects may require the definition of a color, or a color spectrum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:498
+msgid ""
+"Colors can be defined by editing the related Red, Green, Blue and Alpha "
+"values, or by using the Style Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:500
+msgid "|Defining_Colors_Example|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:502
+msgid ""
+"Color spectrums, i.e. a series of colors defining a continuous gradient, "
+"can be defined by adding any color you need, and editing each color "
+"separately. The color in the spectrum can be moved to set the distance "
+"between two colors and the related gradient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:504
+msgid "**To define a color:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:508
+msgid "Set the Red, Green, Blue and Alpha values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:510
+msgid ""
+"Click the color thumbnail and use the Style Editor to edit it (see  "
+":ref:`Plain Colors <plain_colors>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:512
+msgid "**To set a color of the spectrum:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:514
+msgid ""
+"Select the arrow below the spectrum identifying the color, and edit the "
+"related color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:516
+msgid "**To add a color to the spectrum:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:518
+msgid "Click the spectrum where you want to add the new color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:520
+msgid "**To move a color in the spectrum:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:522
+msgid "Click and drag the arrow identifying the color to a new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:524
+msgid "**To remove a color from the spectrum:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:526
+msgid "Click and drag the arrow identifying the color *down*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:532
+msgid "Creating Presets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:533
+msgid ""
+"A particular configuration and animation of an effect parameters can be "
+"saved as a **Preset** to be available later on, both in the FX Browser "
+"and the drop-down menus that open when right-clicking nodes or in the "
+"Schematic area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:535
+msgid ""
+"When a preset for a particular effect is saved, in the FX Browser the "
+"effect icon turns into a folder containing the saved preset, with the "
+"folder icon still selectable to insert the effect with its default "
+"values; in the drop-down menus the effect has an additional drop down "
+"menu where the first item can be selected to insert the effect with its "
+"default values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:537
+msgid "|Creating_Presets_Example|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:539
+msgid ""
+"Presets are saved in the ``<projectroot>\\fxs\\preset`` folder. This "
+"allow the presets to be available on all the computers sharing the same "
+"*Projectroot* (see  :ref:`Setting the Projectroot "
+"<setting_the_projectroot>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:541
+msgid ""
+"Currently the statement above if not true, as by default presets are "
+"being saved in ``OpenToonz stuff\\fxs\\presets``. On Windows it can be "
+"changed to any other path by going to the registry and changing the "
+"``System\\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\OpenToonz\\OpenToonz\\TOONZFXPRESETS``"
+" key to the desired location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:543
+msgid ""
+"Once a preset is applied there is no link between the *saved preset* and "
+"the *applied preset*: the applied preset can be edited without affecting "
+"the saved one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:545
+msgid ""
+"When you save a preset with a name already used, a confirmation dialog "
+"will open, asking you whether you want to overwrite the previously saved "
+"preset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:547
+msgid "**To save a preset:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:549
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the effect node you want to save as a preset and choose "
+"**Save As Preset** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:551
+msgid "Assign a name to the preset and click the **Save** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:553
+msgid "**To retrieve a saved preset:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:557
+msgid ""
+"Open the **FX Browser** and open the folder related to the effect for "
+"which you saved the preset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:559
+msgid ""
+"In the right-click menus **Insert FX**, **Add FX** or **Replace FX**, "
+"choose the sub-menu related to the effect for which you saved the preset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:561
+msgid "**To remove a preset from the FX Browser:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:563
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the preset in the FX Browser and choose **Remove Preset** "
+"from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:569
+msgid "Creating Macro FX"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:570
+msgid ""
+"Effects can be combined to create a *macro effect* that can be saved and "
+"retrieved when needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:572
+msgid ""
+"When a macro effect is defined, you can edit its settings either in the "
+"standard way with the FX Settings window that contains a tab for each "
+"effect combined to define the macro, or by opening it and editing one "
+"effect at a time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:574
+msgid ""
+"A macro effect can be opened also to check how the effect nodes are "
+"connected, and can be exploded to dissolve it and put its effect nodes "
+"back in the Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:576
+msgid ""
+"When saved, the macro effect will be available in the FX Browser and in "
+"the drop-down menus that open when right-clicking nodes or in the "
+"Schematic area, inside the **Macro** folder, at the bottom of the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:578
+msgid "**To create a macro effect:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:580
+msgid "Select the effect nodes you want to combine to create the macro effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:582
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the selection and select **Make Macro FX** from the menu that"
+" opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:584
+msgid "**To open a macro effect:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:586
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the macro node and choose **Open Macro FX** from the menu "
+"that opens: the macro nodes are displayed in a box, with the right links "
+"to the rest of the schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:588
+msgid ""
+"When the content of a macro is displayed *it is not* possible to edit the"
+" links between macro nodes and links with nodes outside the macro."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:590
+msgid "**To close a macro effect:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:592
+msgid "Click the **Close** button on the right of the macro box bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:594
+msgid "**To release a macro effect:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:596
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the macro node and choose **Explode Macro FX** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:598
+msgid "**To edit a macro effect:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:602
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the macro node and choose **Edit FX...** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:604
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the macro node and choose **Open Macro FX** from the menu "
+"that opens, then edit the macro effect nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:606
+msgid "**To save a macro effect:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:608
+msgid ""
+"Right click the macro effect node you want to save and choose **Save As "
+"Preset** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:610
+msgid "Assign a name to the macro effect and click the **Save** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:612
+msgid "**To remove a macro effect from the FX Browser:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:614
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the macro effect in the FX Browser and choose **Remove Macro "
+"FX** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:623
+msgid "Effects List"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:629
+msgid "Background"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:634
+msgid "Checkerboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:635
+msgid "|Checkerboard|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:637
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a checkerboard defined by two "
+"Colors, and a grid Size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:639
+msgid ""
+"The grid size can also be set by using a square gadget with a handle in "
+"the Viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:644
+msgid "Color Card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:645
+msgid "|Color_Card|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:647
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing the set Color. It can be used, for "
+"example, as a background color or to create a colorize effect by applying"
+" it combined with a multiply effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:652
+msgid "Kaleido"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:653
+msgid "|Kaleido|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:655
+msgid "Repeats the Source generating a kaleidoscopic effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:657
+msgid ""
+"The center of the effect can be defined interactively, moving the small "
+"red cross widget in the preview area, or writing the desired values in "
+"the X and Y text fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:659
+msgid ""
+"The angle of reflection, and the number of iterations can be set in the "
+"appropriate input text fields (Angle and Count)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:664
+msgid "Tile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:665
+msgid "|Tile|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:667
+msgid ""
+"Repeats the Source content in order to define a larger image: the Tile "
+"mode forms a pattern that completely fills the camera shot, the Tile "
+"Horizontally repeats the source content horizontally; the Tile Vertically"
+" repeats the source content vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:669
+msgid ""
+"The Mirror Horizontally and Mirror Vertically options repeat the tiles by"
+" flipping them respectively in the horizontal and vertical directions; If"
+" both the options are activated, tiles will be mirrored in both "
+"directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:671
+msgid ""
+"The Margin value sets the size of a margin around each tile, with "
+"positive values adding some space around the tiles, and negative values "
+"collapsing them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:677
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:680
+msgid "Blur"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:681
+msgid "|Blur|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:683
+msgid ""
+"Softens the Source content, creating an out of focus effect, according to"
+" a specific Intensity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:688
+msgid "Directional Blur"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:689
+msgid "|Directional_Blur|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:691
+msgid ""
+"Blurs the Source content according to a specific Intensity along a "
+"specific direction defined by the Angle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:693
+msgid ""
+"The Bidirectional option applies the blur also on the other side of the "
+"direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:695
+msgid ""
+"The intensity and the angle can also be set by using an arrow gadget with"
+" a handle in the Viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`"
+"  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:697
+msgid ""
+"The directional blur does not depend on the movement and the speed of the"
+" column to which it is applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:702
+msgid "Local Blur"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:703
+msgid "|Local_Blur|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:705
+msgid ""
+"Blurs the Source content according to the brightness value of the node "
+"content connected to the Reference input handle. The Intensity value "
+"amplifies uniformly the blur given by the Reference node content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:710
+msgid "Motion Blur"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:711
+msgid ""
+"Creates a motion-blur effect, according to the movement of the Source "
+"content in the previous and current frame. The movement has to be defined"
+" by an animated column, pegbar or table: the higher the speed, the more "
+"visible the effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:713
+msgid ""
+"If the movement is constant between consecutive frames, you can increase "
+"or decrease the Intensity to have a more or less visible effect. If there"
+" is no movement between the previous and the current frame, no motion "
+"blur will be visible even though you may have set a high Intensity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:715
+msgid ""
+"No result will be visible if the motion blur is applied to a column that "
+"always stands in the same position while the content is a level where the"
+" movement is drawn."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:720
+msgid "Radial Blur"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:721
+msgid "|Radial_Blur|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:723
+msgid ""
+"Blurs along radial lines whose origin is the set Center, defined by "
+"horizontal (X) and vertical (Y) coordinates, starting from an unaffected "
+"inner area defined by the Radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:725
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:735
+msgid ""
+"The center and the radius can be also set by using a point and a circle "
+"gadget with a handle in the Viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets "
+"<using_fx_gadgets>`  ); the center can be set in the FX Settings preview "
+"as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:730
+msgid "Spin Blur"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:731
+msgid "|Spin_Blur|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:733
+msgid ""
+"Blurs along concentric circular lines as if the Source content turns "
+"around the set Center, defined by horizontal (X) and vertical (Y) "
+"coordinates, starting from an unaffected inner area defined by the "
+"Radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:741
+msgid "Distort"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:746
+msgid "Free Distort"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:747
+msgid "|Free_Distort|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:749
+msgid ""
+"Distorts the Source content according to the position of four points, "
+"defined by horizontal (X) and vertical (Y) coordinates. For each point "
+"you can set the actual position and its origin, to determine which "
+"feature of the image will be distorted to the new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:751
+msgid ""
+"The Mode option menu lets you set the way the distortion is applied: "
+"Bilinear distorts the images according to the four points end positions, "
+"and Perspective forces the distortion to fit a perspective projection "
+"plane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:753
+msgid ""
+"To better set the origin position for each point, you can use the "
+"Deactivate option that lets you see the image without distortion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:755
+msgid ""
+"The position of the four points and their origins can be also set by "
+"using arrow gadgets with handles at the ends in the Viewer (see  "
+":ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  ) and in the FX Settings "
+"preview as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:760
+msgid "Linear Wave"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:761
+msgid "|Linear_Wave|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:763
+msgid ""
+"Distorts the Source content creating a wave effect that uses an "
+"automatically generated displacement map image. The Quantity value sets "
+"the number of waves; the Period sets the distance between waves; the "
+"Phase shifts distortion in the wave direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:765
+msgid ""
+"You can also add a Transverse Wave on the main linear waves: the "
+"Amplitude sets the intensity of the distortion; the Frequency sets the "
+"number of waves creating the distortion; the Cycle shifts the distorting "
+"waves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:767
+msgid "A rotation for the whole wave effect can be set by using the Angle value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:769
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:797
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:811
+msgid ""
+"The amount of distortion is controlled by the Intensity value; the detail"
+" of the distortion, by the Sensitivity parameter; the Sharpen option "
+"allows you to decrease the blur on the final result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:774
+msgid "Perlin Noise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:775
+msgid "|Perlin_Noise|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:777
+msgid ""
+"Distorts the Source content by using a computer-generated displacement "
+"map image whose type can be chosen between Clouds and Marble/Wood."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:779
+msgid ""
+"The amount of distortion is controlled by the Intensity value; the , by "
+"the Size of the displacement map grid. The Horizontal and Vertical "
+"Offset, and the Evolution stage of the displacement map image can be "
+"controlled as well; by setting the variation of these values between two "
+"keys, you can set how much the displacement map moves and changes during "
+"the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:781
+msgid ""
+"The Alpha option adds also a transparency displacement to fully-opaque "
+"images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:783
+msgid ""
+"The horizontal and vertical offset can also be set by using a point "
+"gadget in the Viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:788
+msgid "Random Wave"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:789
+msgid "|Random_Wave|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:791
+msgid ""
+"Distorts the Source content creating a random wave effect that uses an "
+"automatically generated displacement map image. It can be used, for "
+"instance, to create a reflection on a water surface, or an underwater "
+"view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:793
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1603
+msgid ""
+"The stage of the displacement map image can be controlled by using the "
+"Evolution value; by setting the variation of this value between two keys,"
+" you set how much the displacement map image changes during the "
+"animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:795
+msgid ""
+"The position of the displacement map image can be shifted along the "
+"Horizontal and the Vertical axis. By setting the variation of this value "
+"between two keys, the distortion effect can be animated in any direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:799
+msgid ""
+"The position along the horizontal and vertical axis can also be set by "
+"using a point gadget in the Viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets "
+"<using_fx_gadgets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:804
+msgid "Ripple"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:805
+msgid "|Ripple|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:807
+msgid ""
+"Distorts the Source content creating a circular wave effect that uses an "
+"automatically generated displacement map image. The Quantity value sets "
+"the number of ripples; the Period value sets the distance between "
+"ripples; the Cycle shifts the ripple distortion, with increasing values "
+"expanding the ripples, and decreasing values collapsing them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:809
+msgid ""
+"The Center of the circular waves can be set with a Horizontal and "
+"Vertical value; circular waves can be scaled in the Horizontal and "
+"Vertical directions, and rotated according to a set Angle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:813
+msgid ""
+"The center and the period can be also set by using a point and a circle "
+"gadget with a handle in the Viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets "
+"<using_fx_gadgets>`  ); the center can be set in the FX Settings preview "
+"as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:818
+msgid "Warp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:819
+msgid "|Warp|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:821
+msgid ""
+"Distorts the Source content according to the brightness variation of the "
+"node content connected to the Warper input handle, that is used as a "
+"displacement map image affecting the Source content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:823
+msgid ""
+"The amount of distortion is controlled by the Intensity value; the detail"
+" of the warp, by the Size of the displacement map grid; the Sharpen "
+"option allows you to decrease the blur on the final result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:829
+msgid "Gradients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:834
+msgid "Diamond Gradient"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:835
+msgid "|Diamond_Gradient|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:837
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a gradient, that goes "
+"hyperbolically from the center to the four corners, defined by a color "
+"spectrum (see  :ref:`Defining Colors and Color Spectrums "
+"<defining_colors_and_color_spectrums>`  ) and a Size value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:839
+msgid ""
+"The size can also be set by using a circle gadget with a handle in the "
+"Viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:844
+msgid "Four Points Gradient"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:845
+msgid "|Four_Points_Gradient|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:847
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a gradient defined by four Colors, "
+"defined by Red, Green, Blue and Alpha values, whose source Points can be "
+"placed where needed defining horizontal (X) and vertical (Y) coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:849
+msgid ""
+"The source points can also be set by using point gadgets in the Viewer "
+"(see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  ) and in the FX "
+"Settings preview as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:854
+msgid "Linear Gradient"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:855
+msgid "|Linear_Gradient|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:857
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a gradual blend between two Colors "
+"defined by Red, Green, Blue and Alpha values. The Size controls the area "
+"of the gradient between the two colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:859
+msgid ""
+"You can also add a Distortion Wave on the linear gradient: the Amplitude "
+"sets the intensity of the distortion; the Frequency sets the number of "
+"waves creating the distortion; the Phase shifts the distorting waves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:861
+msgid ""
+"The size can also be set by using a gadget with two handles at the ends "
+"in the Viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:866
+msgid "Multi Linear Gradient"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:867
+msgid "|Multi_Linear_Gradient|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:869
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a multi linear gradient defined by "
+"a color spectrum (see  :ref:`Defining Colors and Color Spectrums "
+"<defining_colors_and_color_spectrums>`  ). The Period value sets the size"
+" of a spectrum gradient; the Quantity is the number of times the spectrum"
+" is repeated; the Phase shifts the gradient colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:871
+msgid ""
+"You can also add a Wave distortion on the multi linear gradient: the "
+"Amplitude sets the intensity of the distortion; the Frequency sets the "
+"number of waves creating the distortion; the Phase shifts the distorting "
+"waves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:873
+msgid ""
+"The period can also be set by using a gadget with two handles at the ends"
+" in the Viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:878
+msgid "Multi Radial Gradient"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:879
+msgid "|Multi_Radial_Gradient|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:881
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a multi radial gradient defined by "
+"a color spectrum (see  :ref:`Defining Colors and Color Spectrums "
+"<defining_colors_and_color_spectrums>`  ). The Period value sets the size"
+" of a spectrum gradient; the Quantity is the number of times the spectrum"
+" is repeated; the Phase shifts the gradient colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:883
+msgid ""
+"The period can be also set by using a circle gadget with a handle in the "
+"Viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:888
+msgid "Radial Gradient"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:889
+msgid "|Radial_Gradient|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:891
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a gradual blend between two colors,"
+" defined by Red, Green, Blue and Alpha values, shading them in a circular"
+" pattern. The Inner Size controls the area where the gradient between the"
+" two colors begins; the Outer Size where it ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:893
+msgid ""
+"The inner and outer sizes can be also set by using circle gadgets with a "
+"handle in the Viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:898
+msgid "Spiral"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:899
+msgid "|Spiral|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:901
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a spiral pattern gradient defined "
+"by a color spectrum (see  :ref:`Defining Colors and Color Spectrums "
+"<defining_colors_and_color_spectrums>`  ). The Frequency sets the size "
+"and number of the spires; the Phase shifts the gradient colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:906
+msgid "Square Gradient"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:907
+msgid "|Square_Gradient|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:909
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a square gradient, that goes "
+"linearly from the center to the four corners, defined by a color spectrum"
+" (see  :ref:`Defining Colors and Color Spectrums "
+"<defining_colors_and_color_spectrums>`  ) and a Size value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:911
+msgid ""
+"The size can also be set by using a rotated square gadget with handles in"
+" the Viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:917
+msgid "Image Adjust"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:920
+msgid "Adjust Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:921
+msgid "|Adjust_Levels|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:923
+msgid ""
+"Adjusts the highlights and shadows of the Source content by remapping "
+"pixels intensity according to the Input and Output levels values for the "
+"RGB, Red, Green, Blue and Alpha channels; it also controls the Gamma "
+"value for each channel separately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:925
+msgid ""
+"For each channel the Input values remaps pixel intensity whose value is "
+"equal or lower than the Minimum value, to 0, and those whose value is "
+"equal or higher than the Maximum value, to 255. This may be helpful to "
+"increase the contrast of an image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:927
+msgid ""
+"For each channel the Output values remaps pixel intensity whose value is "
+"lower than the Minimum value, to the Minimum value, and those whose value"
+" is higher than the Maximum value, to the Maximum value. This may be "
+"helpful to decrease the contrast of an image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:932
+msgid "Brightness & Contrast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:933
+msgid "|Brightness_&_Contrast|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:935
+msgid "Increases or decreases the brightness and contrast of the Source content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:940
+msgid "Channel Mixer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:941
+msgid "|Channel_Mixer|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:943
+msgid ""
+"Swaps the channels of the Source content. For each channel you can set if"
+" it remains as it is, or if you want it to have another channel mixed. "
+"For example to leave the red channel as it is, Red to Red is 1, the other"
+" channels to Red are 0; by setting Green to Red to 0.5 adds half "
+"intensity of the green channel to the red one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:945
+msgid ""
+"It can be used for example to create a black and white key for an image "
+"with the alpha channel, by setting all the values to 0 but the Alpha to "
+"Red, Green, Blue and Alpha to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:950
+msgid "Curves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:951
+msgid "|Curves|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:953
+msgid ""
+"Adjusts the tonal range of the *Source* content by remapping pixels "
+"intensity according to a tonal curve for the RGB, Red, Green, Blue and "
+"Alpha channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:955
+msgid ""
+"The horizontal axis of the graph represents the original brightness "
+"levels of the pixels (*Input* levels); the vertical axis represents the "
+"new brightness levels (*Output* levels)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:957
+msgid ""
+"The default diagonal line indicates that no pixels are mapped to new "
+"values, so all pixels have the same Input and Output values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:959
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to use many adjustment points to correct the curve: to "
+"*add* a point, click the curve; to change the curvature, use the point "
+"tangent handles; to *delete* a point, select it and use the delete "
+"shortcut (by default the Delete key)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:961
+msgid ""
+"The **Linear** option constrains the curve to a series of straight "
+"segments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:966
+msgid "Despeckle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:967
+msgid "|Despeckle|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:969
+msgid ""
+"Elimantes small imperfections (dirt, scratches, stains and similar) of "
+"the drawing. The size in pixels of the details that will be retouched can"
+" be defined in the Size input text field. The background of the images "
+"can be Transparent or White, the choice is available in the Detect On "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:971
+msgid ""
+"In the preview area is possible to check the results to avoid erasing "
+"details relevant for the drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:976
+msgid "Gamma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:977
+msgid "|Gamma|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:979
+msgid "Changes the gamma value of the Source content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:984
+msgid "HSV Scale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:985
+msgid "|HSV_Scale|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:987
+msgid ""
+"Shifts the Hue, Saturation and Value values of the Source content. Hue "
+"ranges from -180 to 180; Saturation and Value from -100 to 100. All the "
+"three settings preserve their original value at 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:992
+msgid "Invert"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:993
+msgid "|Invert|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:995
+msgid ""
+"Inverts the color values of the Source content, e.g. makes a positive "
+"black and white image negative, or a positive one from a scanned black "
+"and white negative."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1000
+msgid "Multitone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1001
+msgid "|Multitone|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1003
+msgid ""
+"Applies to the Source content the colors defined by a color spectrum (see"
+"  :ref:`Defining Colors and Color Spectrums "
+"<defining_colors_and_color_spectrums>`  ) according to the image "
+"brightness. The original image is turned into black and white and the "
+"color on the far left of the spectrum will be use for black pixels, the "
+"color on the far right for white pixels, and in-between colors for in-"
+"between grey pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1008
+msgid "RGBA Cut"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1009
+msgid "|RGBA_Cut|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1011
+msgid ""
+"Delimits the Minimum and the Maximum values of the Red, Green, Blue and "
+"Alpha components of the Source content. The maximum can be decreased from"
+" 255, the original value, to 0, when no red, green, blue or alpha "
+"component will be visible. The minimum can be increased from 0, the "
+"original value, to 255, when the red, green, blue components will be "
+"saturated, and alpha will be fully opaque."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1016
+msgid "RGB Fade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1017
+msgid "|RGB_Fade|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1019
+msgid ""
+"Fades the Source content toward a color defined by Red, Green and Blue "
+"values. The Intensity, expressed as a percentage, ranges from 0 (no fade)"
+" to 100 (fade to full color)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1024
+msgid "RGBA Scale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1025
+msgid "|RGBA_Scale|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1027
+msgid ""
+"Changes the percentage of the Red, Green, Blue and Alpha components of "
+"the Source content. At 0 there is no red, green, blue or alpha component;"
+" at 100 the components have their original value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1032
+msgid "Sharpen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1033
+msgid "|Sharpen|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1035
+msgid ""
+"Increases the sharpness of the Source content according to a specific "
+"Intensity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1040
+msgid "Layer Blending"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1044
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1045
+msgid "|Add|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1047
+msgid ""
+"Adds the red, green and blue values of the Up node content to the Down "
+"one, pixel by pixel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1049
+msgid ""
+"If no Down node is defined, the adding operation is applied to all the "
+"images underlaying the Up node content according to the Xsheet/Timeline "
+"layering order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1051
+msgid ""
+"The Intensity value expresses the percentage of values used in the "
+"addition; a negative value defines a subtraction instead of an addition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1056
+msgid "Color Burn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1057
+msgid "|Color_Burn|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1059
+msgid ""
+"Darkens the pixel colors of the Down node content in order to reflect the"
+" color of the Up node content. The white in the Up node content does not "
+"affect the result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1061
+msgid ""
+"If no Down node is defined, the color burning operation is applied to all"
+" the images underlaying the Up node content according to the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline layering order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1066
+msgid "Color Dodge"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1067
+msgid "|Color_Dodge|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1069
+msgid ""
+"Brightens the pixel colors of the Down node content in order to reflect "
+"the color of the Up node content. The black in the up node content does "
+"not affect the result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1071
+msgid ""
+"If no Down node is defined, the color dodging operation is applied to all"
+" the images underlaying the Up node content according to the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline layering order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1076
+msgid "Cross Dissolve"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1077
+msgid "|Cross_Dissolve|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1079
+msgid ""
+"Creates a cross-dissolve between the Up and Down node content. When the "
+"Intensity value is 0, only the Down node content is visible; when it is "
+"100, only the Up one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1084
+msgid "Darken"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1085
+msgid "|Darken|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1087
+msgid ""
+"Compares the pixels color of the Up and Down node content and selects the"
+" darker one as the result color. The white in the Up node content does "
+"not affect the result; the black gives a black result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1089
+msgid ""
+"If only one node is defined, the darkening operation is applied to all "
+"the images underlaying its content according to the Xsheet/Timeline "
+"layering order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1094
+msgid "Lighten"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1095
+msgid "|Lighten|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1097
+msgid ""
+"Compares the pixels color of the Up and Down node content and selects the"
+" lighter one as the result color. The black in the Up node content does "
+"not affect the result; the white gives a white result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1099
+msgid ""
+"If only one node is defined, the lightening operation is applied to all "
+"the images underlaying the connected node according to the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline layering order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1104
+msgid "Local Transparency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1105
+msgid "|Local_Transparency|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1107
+msgid ""
+"Applies a transparency to the Source content according to the brightness "
+"value of the node content connected to the Reference input port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1109
+msgid ""
+"The Intensity value amplifies uniformly the transparency given by the "
+"Reference node content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1114
+msgid "Multiply"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1115
+msgid "|Multiply|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1117
+msgid ""
+"Multiplies the red, green, blue and alpha values of the connected noded "
+"content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1119
+msgid ""
+"The Intensity value expresses the percentage of values used in the "
+"multiplication. By activating the Alpha option, also the alpha "
+"information is considered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1121
+msgid ""
+"If only one node is defined, the multiplying operation is applied to all "
+"the images underlaying theupper node content according to the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline layering order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1126
+msgid "Over"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1127
+msgid "|Over|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1129
+msgid ""
+"Puts the connected nodes one over the other. Each time a node is "
+"connected a new port will be added, this way the overlap of columns can "
+"be defined regardless from the Xsheet columns (or Timeline layers) order."
+" The contents order is up to bottom, where the node connected on the "
+"upper port will be over the other ones. This can be used when you need to"
+" combine several nodes in a single one, for example to mask several "
+"columns with the same mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1134
+msgid "Premultiply"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1135
+msgid "Premultiplies the alpha channel of the Source node content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1137
+msgid ""
+"Full-color images which have a meaningful alpha channel come in two "
+"types: premultiplied or not. A non-premultiplied image can be recognized "
+"when it is loaded in OpenToonz because its edge, where there is a "
+"complete transparence on one side and opacity on the other, is not "
+"smooth, but displays a solid halo. With the premultiply effect it is "
+"possible to transform the image alpha-channel so that it is correctly "
+"read by OpenToonz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1139
+msgid ""
+"Full-color images can also be premultiplied by using a Level Settings "
+"option, or processed permanently in the browser, so that there is no need"
+" to apply the effect in the schematic (see  :ref:`Editing Level Settings "
+"<editing_level_settings>`  and  :ref:`Using the File Browser "
+"<using_the_file_browser>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1144
+msgid "Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1145
+msgid "|Screen|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1147
+msgid ""
+"Combines by multiplying the inverse of the pixels color of the Up and "
+"Down node content, giving a result color that is lighter than both Up and"
+" Down node pixels, except when one of them equals 0. The black in the Up "
+"node content does not affect the result; the white gives a white result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1149
+msgid ""
+"If no Down node is defined, the screening operation is applied to all the"
+" images underlaying the Up node content according to the Xsheet/Timeline "
+"layering order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1154
+msgid "Subtract"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1155
+msgid "|Subtract|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1157
+msgid ""
+"Subtracts the red, green and blue values of the Up node content from the "
+"Down one, pixel by pixel. By activating the Alpha option, also the alpha "
+"information is considered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1159
+msgid ""
+"If only one node is defined, the subtraction operation is applied to all "
+"the images underlaying connected node content according to the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline layering order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1164
+msgid "Transparency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1165
+msgid "|Transparency|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1167
+msgid ""
+"Sets the transparency of the Source content. The Intensity, expressed as "
+"a percentage, ranges from 0, fully opaque, to 100, fully transparent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1173
+msgid "Light"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1178
+msgid "Backlit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1179
+msgid "|Backlit|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1181
+msgid ""
+"Creates a backlit effect, using the Light node content as a light source "
+"affecting the Source node content by the set Intensity. The light node "
+"content can be also faded to a Color defined by Red, Green and Blue "
+"values, according to the set Fade."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1186
+msgid "Body Highlight"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1187
+msgid "|Body_Highlight|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1189
+msgid ""
+"Creates a highlighted area for the Source node content, according to its "
+"alpha channel. You can set the Color of the highlight, as well as a "
+"Transparency and a Blur value to be applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1191
+msgid ""
+"The shifting of the highlighted area is defined by horizontal (X) and "
+"vertical (Y) Offset values, that can also be interactively set in the "
+"preview of the FX Settings window, where the offset center is displayed "
+"with a cross."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1193
+msgid "Enabling the Invert option the effected areas will be toggled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1195
+msgid ""
+"The effect can be used to create a body shadow as well, by defining a "
+"black color for the highlight."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1200
+msgid "Cast Shadow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1201
+msgid "|Cast_Shadow|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1203
+msgid ""
+"Turns the Source content into a shadow that can be distorted and faded to"
+" a color with a variable transparency and blur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1205
+msgid ""
+"The distortion can be done like in the Free Distort effect (see  "
+":ref:`Free Distort <free_distort>`  ). The fade Color can be defined by "
+"Red, Green and Blue values and a Fade intensity can be set. A different "
+"Blur and Transparency value can be set for the top and the bottom part of"
+" the Source content, in order to have a more realistic shadow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1210
+msgid "Glow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1211
+msgid "|Glow|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1213
+msgid ""
+"Creates a glowing effect, using the Light node content as a light glowing"
+" on the node content connected to the Source input port. The Blur and "
+"Brightness of the glowing can be set; the Light node content can be also "
+"faded to a color defined by Red, Green and Blue values, according to the "
+"set Intensity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1215
+msgid ""
+"If no Source node is defined, the glowing is applied to all the images "
+"underlaying the Light node content according to the Xsheet/Timeline "
+"layering order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1220
+msgid "Light Spot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1221
+msgid "|Light_Spot|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1223
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a light spot whose size and color "
+"can be set respectively with the Width and Height values, and the Reg, "
+"Green, Blue and Alpha values. The Softness sets the light diffusion in "
+"the area outside the spot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1225
+msgid ""
+"The width and height can be also set by using a box gadget with handles "
+"in the Viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1230
+msgid "Raylit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1231
+msgid "|Raylit|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1233
+msgid ""
+"Places a source of light behind the Source node content, casting rays of "
+"light outside or inside the image outline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1235
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1255
+msgid ""
+"The light source position is defined by horizontal (X) and vertical (Y) "
+"coordinates. By changing the light source position you change the way "
+"rays are cast along the image outline; by changing the Distance value you"
+" can make the light source approach to or go away from the image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1237
+msgid ""
+"Properties of the light can be set by defining the Intensity, the Color, "
+"that is set by Red, Green, Blue and Alpha values, the Decay, that is the "
+"decrease of the light intensity according to its distance from the image,"
+" and the Smoothness, that determines how sharp the rays are along the "
+"image outline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1239
+msgid ""
+"The Invert option switches the casting of rays of light from the outside "
+"of the image to the inside."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1241
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1261
+msgid ""
+"The Keep Image check-box determines if the original drawing is rendered "
+"in the output or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1243
+msgid ""
+"The center can be also set by using a point gadget in the Viewer (see  "
+":ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  ) and in the FX Settings "
+"preview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1245
+msgid ""
+"The Source node content needs to have a significant alpha channel in "
+"order to have an effective result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1250
+msgid "Color Raylit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1251
+msgid "|Color_Raylit|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1253
+msgid ""
+"Places a source of light behind the Source node content, casting rays of "
+"light outside the image outline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1257
+msgid "The colours of the rays are calculated from the original drawing colours."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1259
+msgid ""
+"Properties of the light can be set by defining the Intensity, the Decay, "
+"that is the decrease of the light intensity according to its distance "
+"from the image, and the Smoothness, that determines how sharp the rays "
+"are along the image outline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1266
+msgid "Target Spot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1267
+msgid "|Target_Spot|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1269
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a light spot whose size and color "
+"can be set respectively with the Width and Height values, and the Red, "
+"Green, Blue and Alpha values. The direction of the spot can be set by "
+"defining the Distance of the light from the table and the Angle between "
+"the light spot direction and the table. The Decay, that is the decrease "
+"of the light intensity according to the distance from table, can be "
+"controlled as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1275
+msgid "Matte"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1280
+msgid "Erode/Dilate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1281
+msgid "|Erode_Dilate|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1283
+msgid ""
+"Morphologically erodes or dilates the alpha channel of the connected node"
+" by the specified value, where positive values correspond to dilations "
+"and negative ones to erosion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1285
+msgid ""
+"The Type parameter defines the shape of the corners of the frame, applied"
+" around the image, when the Radius value is positive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1290
+msgid "HSV Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1291
+msgid "|HSV_Key|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1293
+msgid ""
+"Defines a chroma key for the Source content using the set Hue, Saturation"
+" and Value values. You can set the range for each value by using the "
+"related Range slider. The selection can be inverted using the Invert "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1298
+msgid "Matte In"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1299
+msgid "|Matte_In|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1301
+msgid ""
+"Makes the Source content visible only inside the opaque areas of the node"
+" content connected to the Matte input port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1306
+msgid "Matte Out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1307
+msgid "|Matte_Out|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1309
+msgid ""
+"Makes the source content visible only outside the opaque areas of the "
+"node content connected to the Matte input port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1314
+msgid "RGB Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1315
+msgid "|RGB_Key|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1317
+msgid ""
+"Defines a chroma key for the Source content using the set Red, Green and "
+"Blue values. You can set the range for each value by using the related "
+"Range slider. The selection can be inverted using the Invert button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1322
+msgid "Visible Matte In"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1323
+msgid "|Visible_Matte_In|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1325
+msgid ""
+"Makes the Up node content visible only inside the opaque areas of the "
+"node content connected to the Down input port, keeping the Down node "
+"still visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1329
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1342
+msgid "Noise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1334
+msgid "Dissolve"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1335
+msgid "|Dissolve|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1337
+msgid ""
+"Eliminates randomly pixels from the Source content according to the set "
+"Intensity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1343
+msgid "|Noise|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1345
+msgid ""
+"Adds a noise effect to the Source content according to the set Intensity."
+" You can decide which noise component among Red, Green and Blue you want "
+"to activate, and if the result has to be in Black and White."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1350
+msgid "Salt & Pepper Noise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1351
+msgid "|Salt_&_Pepper_Noise|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1353
+msgid ""
+"Adds a black and white noise effect to the Source content according to "
+"the set Intensity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1357
+msgid "Render"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1362
+msgid "Clouds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1363
+msgid "|Clouds|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1365
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a fractal image whose type can be "
+"chosen between Clouds and Marble/Wood. The Size affect the grid used for "
+"generating the fractal image; a color spectrum defines the used colors "
+"(see  :ref:`Defining Colors and Color Spectrums "
+"<defining_colors_and_color_spectrums>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1367
+msgid ""
+"Increasing the Minimum value shifts the color spectrum to the right, and "
+"consequently more pixels will be colored as the color defined at the far "
+"left of the spectrum. Decreasing the Maximum value shifts the color "
+"spectrum to the left, and consequently more pixels will be colored as the"
+" color defined at the far right of the spectrum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1369
+msgid ""
+"The Evolution stage of the fractal image can be controlled as well; by "
+"setting the variation of this value between two keys, you set how much "
+"the fractal image changes during the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1374
+msgid "Particles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1375
+msgid "|particles|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1377
+msgid ""
+"The Particles effect creates a new level in the selected column/layer "
+"containing particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1379
+msgid ""
+"It allows you to simulate a wide range of phenomena, such as rain, snow, "
+"sparkles, smoke, and a random configuration of elements, for example a "
+"field of shining stars starting from one shining star or the waving grass"
+" in a meadow starting from one animated blade of grass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1381
+msgid "See  :ref:`Using the Particles Effect <using_the_particles_effect>` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1386
+msgid "Text Iwa"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1387
+msgid "|text_1|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1389
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing editable and animatable text, using"
+" the following parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1391
+msgid "**Source**, specifies the text source. You can choose one from:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1393
+msgid ""
+"**Nearby Note Column**: Get the text from Note Level column put on the "
+"directly left side of the Text Iwa effect column, in the Xsheet (for "
+"Timeline view, the Note Level layer just under the effect layer is used)."
+" If the respective column/layer does not contain a Note Level or the cell"
+" is empty, text will not be rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1395
+msgid "|text_2|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1397
+msgid ""
+"**Specified Note Column**: It's similar to the **Nearby Note Column** "
+"option, but the Note Level column number to use can be specified using "
+"the **Column Index** field below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1399
+msgid ""
+"**Input Text**: The text typed in the **Text** field below will be used "
+"(as shown in the image on top)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1401
+msgid ""
+"**Column Index**, specifies the source Note Level column number to use. "
+"Only used in **Specified Note Column** Source mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1403
+msgid ""
+"**Text**, specifies the source text. Only used in **Input Text** Source "
+"mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1405
+msgid ""
+"**Horizontal Align**, specifies the text align. Options are: **Left**, "
+"**Right**, **Center**, and **Justify**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1407
+msgid "**Center X:**, **Y:** specify the position of the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1409
+msgid ""
+"**Width**, **Height**, define the dimension of the text box. Just like in"
+" the Text items of the Clapperboard feature, the font size will be "
+"automatically adjusted in order to fit the box (see  :ref:`Using The "
+"Clapperboard <using_the_clapperboard>` )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1411
+msgid "**Font**, specifies the font family to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1413
+msgid "**Style:**, specifies the font style to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1415
+msgid "**Size:**, specifies the *maximum* font size to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1417
+msgid ""
+"The **Size** value will only take effect if the *automatically-calculated"
+" font size* (in order to fit the specified text box) is bigger than the "
+"value specified for this parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1419
+msgid ""
+"**Text Color**, specifies the color of the text. This color will also be "
+"used for the border line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1421
+msgid "**Box Color**, specifies the background color of the text box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1423
+msgid ""
+"**Show Border**, when activated, a border line will be rendered around "
+"the *text bounding box*. Please note that the *text box* (specified by "
+"the user) and the *text bounding box* (automatically computed from the "
+"rendered text) may become different, especially when the maximum font "
+"**Size** parameter is set to a small value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1425
+msgid ""
+"Known Issue: When you are using a Note Level column for the source text, "
+"a change in the note text will not automatically trigger the preview "
+"regeneration. You will need to manually regenerate the preview using the "
+"context menu of the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1431
+msgid "Stylize"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1436
+msgid "Color Emboss"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1437
+msgid "|Color_Emboss|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1439
+msgid ""
+"Traces the edges of the Source content with a combination of highlights "
+"and shadows. You can set the Intensity of the effect, and the Distance "
+"and Direction of the light that create the emboss effect. The Radius sets"
+" the depth of the embossing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1441
+msgid ""
+"By connecting a node to the Controller port, the Source content will be "
+"embossed according to the Controller node content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1446
+msgid "Emboss"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1447
+msgid "|Emboss|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1449
+msgid ""
+"Turns the Source content to grey areas and traces its edges with a "
+"combination of highlights and shadows. You can set the Intensity of the "
+"effect, and the Distance and Direction of the light that create the "
+"emboss effect. The Radius sets the depth of the embossing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1454
+msgid "Mosaic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1455
+msgid "|Mosaic|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1457
+msgid ""
+"Turns the Source content in a series of tiles according to the specified "
+"Size and Distance. The color and transparency of the tiles are sampled "
+"from the source content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1459
+msgid ""
+"A Background Color can be set, and will be visible around the tiles. The "
+"tile shape can be chosen between Square and Round."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1464
+msgid "Posterize"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1465
+msgid "|Posterize|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1467
+msgid ""
+"Converts the Source content into a number of shades according to the set "
+"number of Levels. The shades depends on the brightness values of the "
+"source content and the levels are intended for each channel; for example,"
+" two levels produces six colors: two for the red, two for the green, and "
+"two for the blue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1472
+msgid "Solarize"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1473
+msgid "|Solarize|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1475
+msgid ""
+"Blends a negative and a positive version of the Source content, as if "
+"exposing a photographic print briefly to light during development. You "
+"can set the Intensity of the effect and control the Peak Edge, that is "
+"the amount of positive and negative image that is used in the blend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1481
+msgid "Toonz Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1482
+msgid ""
+"Toonz Level type of effects can be applied only to Toonz Vector and Toonz"
+" Raster (PLI and TLV files). They usually affect the drawings they are "
+"applied to according to Style indexes. Style indexes can be retrieved in "
+"the Palette after the # symbol in the Style tooltip, or in the *bottom "
+"right corner* of the style in any of the **Thumbnails View** modes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1484
+msgid ""
+"Index numbers can be specified in the related text field, separated by a "
+"comma. To define a range of indexes, you should type the first and last "
+"separated by a dash (e.g. 4-7 will refer to indexes 4, 5, 6 and 7). To "
+"select all indexes, type ``all`` ; to select no index, type ``none`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1486
+msgid ""
+"Toonz Level type of effects have to be always applied first when a series"
+" of effects are applied to an animation level, as they work only on Toonz"
+" Vector or Toonz Raster levels that have not been transformed by other "
+"type of effects. However two or more Toonz Level type of effects can be "
+"applied to the same animation level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1491
+msgid "Art Contour"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1492
+msgid "|Art_Contour|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1494
+msgid ""
+"Creates in the Source content a pattern, by repeating the Controller node"
+" content, along lines painted with styles whose indexes are specified in "
+"the Color Indexes text field. It can be used for example to create "
+"scattered brush, or hair and fur effects along drawing lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1496
+msgid ""
+"The Keep Color option assigns the color of the line to the applied "
+"pattern; while the Keep Contour option retains the drawing line that will"
+" be visible beneath the pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1498
+msgid ""
+"The way the contents of the Controller node create the pattern depends on"
+" the Pattern settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1500
+msgid ""
+"The Density sets the amount of pattern to be applied along the line. By "
+"setting the Density to 0, you can specify a Minimum and Maximum Distance "
+"between two subsequent images applied as pattern on the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1502
+msgid ""
+"The Size sets the Minimum and Maximum resizing percentage applied to the "
+"images used as the pattern; the value 100 is the original size of the "
+"images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1504
+msgid ""
+"The Orientation sets the Minimum and Maximum rotation angle for the "
+"images used as the pattern, according to the line direction; the value 0 "
+"display the images perpendicular to the line direction. If the Absolute "
+"Orientation option is used, the orientation values do not depend on the "
+"direction of the lines: the value 0 is the original images orientation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1509
+msgid "Calligraphic Line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1510
+msgid "|Calligraphic_Line|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1512
+msgid ""
+"Changes in the Source content the thickness of the drawing lines painted "
+"with styles whose indexes are specified in the Color Indexes text field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1514
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1548
+msgid ""
+"You can specify the Thickness increase and how it is applied, as a "
+"percentage, to the different line directions Horizontal, Vertical, Up "
+"Diagonal, Down Diagonal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1516
+msgid ""
+"The Smoothness sets the smoothness of the passage between sections of the"
+" lines affected by the effect, and those not affected; while the Noise "
+"sets the regularity of the edge of the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1521
+msgid "Color Blending"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1522
+msgid "|Color_Blending|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1524
+msgid ""
+"Blends in the Source content lines and areas painted with styles whose "
+"indexes are specified in the Color Indexes text field. It can be used for"
+" example to blend shadow and highlight areas with the plain colored area,"
+" or to create gradients of colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1526
+msgid ""
+"The Intensity sets how wide the blended area between the selected colors "
+"will be; while the Smoothness sets how smooth the dithering between "
+"blended colors is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1528
+msgid ""
+"The No Blending over Other Colors option stops the blending as soon as a "
+"line, or an area, whose index is not included in the selection, is "
+"detected; if deactivated, the blending between selected colors continues "
+"under excluded lines and areas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1533
+msgid "External Palette"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1534
+msgid "|External_Palette|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1536
+msgid ""
+"Applies to the Source content the palette node connected to the Palette "
+"input port; if a column node is connected to the Palette input port, the "
+"palette related to its content will be considered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1538
+msgid ""
+"The original styles of the Toonz levels contained in the source node are "
+"replaced with those of the levels contained in the palette node according"
+" to their style indexes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1543
+msgid "Outline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1544
+msgid "|Outline|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1546
+msgid ""
+"Changes in the Source content the thickness of the drawing external "
+"outline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1550
+msgid ""
+"The Smoothness sets the smoothness of the passage between sections of the"
+" lines affected by the effect, and those not affected; while the Noise "
+"sets the regularity of the edge of the outline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1555
+msgid "Palette Filter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1556
+msgid "|Palette_Filter|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1558
+msgid ""
+"Filters the styles of the Source content palette according to the indexes"
+" specified in the Color Indexes text field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1560
+msgid ""
+"The Apply To option menu lets you choose if you want to affect Lines & "
+"Area, only Lines or only Areas, even if painted with the same styles; the"
+" Action option menu lets you choose if you want to keep or remove the "
+"specified styles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1565
+msgid "Pinned Texture"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1566
+msgid "|Pinned_Texture| |Pinned_Texture_2|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1568
+msgid ""
+"Distorts the Texture node content and applies it to the Source content "
+"areas that are painted with styles whose indexes are specified in the "
+"Color Indexes text field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1570
+msgid ""
+"The distortion can be done like in the Free Distort effect (see  "
+":ref:`Free Distort <free_distort>`  ) and the texture can be applied like"
+" in the Texture effect (see below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1575
+msgid "Texture"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1576
+msgid "|Texture|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1578
+msgid ""
+"Applies the Texture node content to the Source content lines and areas "
+"that are painted with styles whose indexes are specified in the Color "
+"Indexes text field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1580
+msgid ""
+"As the texture node content can be animated as you like, this effect "
+"allows you to generate animated texture as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1582
+msgid ""
+"The Action option menu lets you choose if you want to apply the texture "
+"to the specified styles (Keep) or to apply it to all styles except for "
+"the specified ones (Delete)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1584
+msgid ""
+"The Mode option menu lets you set how the texture node content will be "
+"applied: Texture uses the texture to replace selected styles; Pattern "
+"preserves the original colors but varies them according to the texture "
+"brightness; Add, Subtract, Multiply, Lighten and Darken defines the way "
+"the texture is applied to the original colors (see  :ref:`Layer Blending "
+"<layer_blending>`  ). In case the Add, Subtract or Multiply mode are "
+"selected, you can also set the Value of the effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1586
+msgid ""
+"To repeat the texture image and tile it to create a larger texture, you "
+"can apply the Tile effect to the texture column before linking it to the "
+"Texture node (see  :ref:`Tile <tile>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1592
+msgid "Shaders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1593
+msgid ""
+"OpenToonz enables support for effects rendered through hardware-"
+"accelereted pixelshaders. Shaders are simple programs compiled by a "
+"graphics processing unit that harness the massively parallel architecture"
+" of modern graphics devices, to execute with extreme speed. OpenToonz's "
+"shader effects are written in the OpenGL Shading Language (GLSL), and are"
+" located in ``OpenToonz stuff/library/shaders``. Refer to the readme.txt "
+"file there for further details on editing or creating new shader effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1598
+msgid "Caustic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1599
+msgid "|Caustic|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1601
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a simulation of the reflection of "
+"light on a water surface. Sets the color of the water defining the RGBA "
+"values of the Water Color parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1608
+msgid "Fireball"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1609
+msgid "|Fireball|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1611
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a ball of flames erupting from a "
+"point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1613
+msgid ""
+"A range of colors can be defined setting the RGBA values of color 1 and "
+"color 2. The stage of the displacement map image can be controlled by "
+"using the Evolution value; by setting the variation of this value between"
+" two keys, you set how much the displacement map image changes during the"
+" animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1618
+msgid "Glitter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1619
+msgid "|Glitter|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1621
+msgid ""
+"Adds cross-shaped light rays extending from the brightest part of an "
+"image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1623
+msgid ""
+"Use Threshold to specify the cut-out on the input image's brightest part."
+" Higher values will make the fx add lights also to darker image parts, "
+"producing more lights. The Brightness specifies the brightness of added "
+"light rays; the Radius specify how much the light rays will extend from "
+"bright input pixels; the Angle specify the angle of light crosses. A "
+"value 0 means that produced light crosses will be axis-aligned. Halo is "
+"the amount of light disperion orthogonal to the direction of light rays. "
+"Higher values will produce broader rays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1628
+msgid "Star Sky"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1629
+msgid "|Star_Sky|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1631
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a simple star field with variable "
+"brightness with overlayed clouds. Sets the color of the overlayed clouds "
+"defining the RGBA values of the Cloud Color parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1633
+msgid ""
+"The stage of the stars displacement can be controlled by using the "
+"Evolution value; by setting the variation of this value between two keys,"
+" you set how much the displacement map image changes during the "
+"animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1635
+msgid "Use the Brightness parameters to define the brightness of the stars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1640
+msgid "Sun Flare"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1641
+msgid "|Sun_Flare|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1643
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing rays of colored light extending "
+"from a radial gradient at the center. Sets the color of the sun rays "
+"defining the RGBA values of the Color parameter. The number of rays is "
+"defined by the Rays parameter while their brightness is set by the "
+"Intensity one. The angle parameter sets the direction of the rays and the"
+" Bias parameter define the size of the rays. Use the Sharpness parameter "
+"to make the rays sharper or smoother."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1648
+msgid "Wavy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1649
+msgid "|Wavy|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1651
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new column/layer containing a simple gradient with a colored "
+"'wavy' pattern. The waves colors are definied by setting the RGBA values "
+"of the Color 1 and Color 2 parameters. The stage of the displacement map "
+"image can be controlled by using the Evolution value; by setting the "
+"variation of this value between two keys, you set how much the "
+"displacement map image changes during the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1656
+msgid "GPU Radial Blur"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1657
+msgid "|GPU_Radial_Blur|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1659
+msgid ""
+"Blurs along radial lines whose origin is the set Center, defined by "
+"horizontal (X) and vertical (Y) coordinates, starting from an unaffected "
+"inner area defined by the Safe Radius. The Blur Factor parameter sets the"
+" amount of blur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1664
+msgid "GPU Spin Blur"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1665
+msgid "|GPU_Spin_Blur|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/applying_special_fx.rst:1667
+msgid ""
+"Blurs along concentric circular lines as if the Source content turns "
+"around the set Center, defined by horizontal (X) and vertical (Y) "
+"coordinates, starting from an unaffected inner area defined by the Safe "
+"Radius. The Blur parameter sets the amount of blur."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fd79f953
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1597 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:4
+msgid "Cleaning-up Scanned Drawings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In order to be painted and edited with OpenToonz, scanned drawings have "
+"to undergo the cleanup process. The process involves autocentering, to "
+"align each drawing according to the pegbar holes; line processing, to "
+"recognize the drawing outline; image cropping and re-sizing, to make the "
+"drawings fit properly the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"The process generates a Toonz raster level (TLV format) and the related "
+"default palette (TPL format), where the styles used to paint the level "
+"will be stored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If the computer performance slows down during the cleanup process of very"
+" high resolution images, try activating the **Minimize Raster Memory "
+"Fragmentation** option in the Files  →  Preferences  →  General dialog "
+"(see  :ref:`Optimizing the Memory Usage <optimizing_the_memory_usage>`  "
+")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:15
+msgid "The Cleanup Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:16
+msgid "|cleanup_settings|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The cleanup process can be controlled by using the Cleanup Settings that "
+"include Cleanup, Processing and Camera parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Usually settings are defined and checked for one of the level drawings, "
+"then applied to the whole animation level. If all of the drawings in the "
+"scene have the same characteristics, it is very likely that the same "
+"settings can be used for every drawing throughout all of the animation "
+"levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:22
+msgid "**To define cleanup settings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Cleanup Settings...** and use the dialog to "
+"control the cleanup process parameters and options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:29
+msgid "Defining Cleanup Parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"The Cleanup parameters set the autocentering information and some "
+"geometric transformations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:36
+msgid "Autocentering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:37
+msgid "|autocentering|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"The **Autocenter** option aligns lineart drawings and full-color images "
+"according to the shape and position of the pegbar holes, in order to set "
+"the correct registration for them, once they are used in an animation "
+"scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Pegbar holes have to be included properly during the scanning process in "
+"order to be recognized during the process (see  :ref:`Scanning Guidelines"
+" for Autocentering <scanning_guidelines_for_autocentering>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"In case the autocenter fails because it's not possible to recognize "
+"properly the pegbar holes, an error message is displayed; yet the "
+"drawings and images are processed according to the other set parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:45
+msgid "Autocenter parameters are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:47
+msgid "**Autocenter**, when activated, triggers the autocenter process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"**Pegbar Holes**, sets the side of the drawing along which holes should "
+"be detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"**Field Guide**, specifies the size of the reference field guide that has"
+" to be used to set the center of the processed drawings and images, and "
+"the type of pegbar holes that have to be detected (such as Acme or "
+"Oxbry)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:53
+msgid "**To check the autocenter on a selected drawing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:55
+msgid "Activate the **Autocenter** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:57
+msgid "Set the side where **Pegbar Holes** have to be detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"Set the **Field Guide** to be used as reference to set the center in the "
+"correct place, and to match the shape of the pegbar holes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Preview Cleanup** to preview the process in "
+"the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:66
+msgid "Other Cleanup Parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"The Cleanup pane contains also other parameters that can be activated "
+"regardless of the autocenter, as they will affect processed images even "
+"if the Autocenter option is not activated. Parameters are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:69
+msgid "|rotate|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"**Rotate**, rotates the image by 90° steps clockwise. It can be used to "
+"set the right orientation for images scanned with a different direction "
+"in order to fit the scanner bed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"**Flip**, mirrors the image horizontally, vertically or both, according "
+"to the activated options. It can be used, for example, when processing a "
+"shadow level drawn on the other side of the paper where the character "
+"level is drawn, in order to match the two animation levels later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:75
+msgid "|savein|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"**Save In**, lets you define the folder where the cleaned up drawings are"
+" saved. By default it is set to the *+drawings* default folder of the "
+"current project (see  :ref:`Project Default Folders "
+"<project_default_folders>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:83
+msgid "Defining Line Processing Parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"The Processing parameters set the line processing options in order to "
+"prepare drawings for the painting process, recognizing *black lines* (in "
+"black and white or grayscale lineart drawings), or *colored lines* (in "
+"colored lineart drawings)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:86
+msgid "**To set the type of line processing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"Set the **Line Processing** option to **None**, if no line processing is "
+"required, **Greyscale**, if lines have to be recognized as black, or "
+"**Color**, if lines have to be recognized as colored ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:94
+msgid "Processing Black and White or Greyscale Lineart Drawings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:95
+msgid "|greyscale|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:97
+msgid "|greyscale_sample|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"For black and white or greyscale lineart drawings, a set of parameters "
+"are available to calibrate the black line recognition process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:101
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:172
+msgid ""
+"The result of the process can be previewed in the OpenToonz main Viewer "
+"(see  :ref:`Previewing the Cleanup Process "
+"<previewing_the_cleanup_process>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:103
+msgid "Parameters are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"**Antialias:**, can be set to **Standard**, **None** or "
+"**Morphological**. Use **Standard** to keep the antialias resulting from "
+"current camera and defined settings. Use **None** to eliminate the "
+"antialiasing from the processed line, so that the resulting line will be "
+"fully solid with no semi-transparent pixels that smooths its edges. Use "
+"**Morphological** to replace the standard antialias with one obtained by "
+"analyzing the image edges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"**Autoadjust**, corrects the levels of grey in the drawings in order to "
+"avoid darker and lighter drawings in a sequence (see  :ref:`Autoadjusting"
+" Greyscale Lineart Drawings <autoadjusting_greyscale_lineart_drawings>`  "
+"). (NOTE: This feature is currently not available in OpenToonz)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:109
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:180
+msgid ""
+"**Sharpness:**, defines how sharp the processed lines will be. Higher "
+"values produce sharper, harder lines, and lower values create smoother "
+"lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:111
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:182
+msgid ""
+"**Despeckling:**, removes small spots or marks from the processed images."
+" Its value expresses the size in pixels of the side of the maximum area "
+"that has to be removed. The spots and marks removed by this option can "
+"also be checked by activating the Opacity Check (see  :ref:`Using the "
+"Opacity Check <using_the_opacity_check>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:113
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"**MLAA Intensity:**, sets the intensity of the *morphological antialias*."
+" The higher the value the more blurred the line. (It is available only "
+"when **Morphological** is selected)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:115
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"**Brightness:**, controls the thickness of the recognized line: the lower"
+" the value, the thicker the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"**Contrast:**, controls the antialiasing of the recognized line: a higher"
+" value produces more solid pixels, a lower value lines with more "
+"antialiased pixels. The amount of antialiasing can also be checked by "
+"activating the **Opacity Check** (see  :ref:`Using the Opacity Check "
+"<using_the_opacity_check>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"If the Antialias is set on **None** or **Morphological**, the "
+"**Contrast:** parameter will become deactivated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"**To set the line processing for black and white or greyscale lineart "
+"drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:125
+msgid "Activate the Line Processing  →  **Greyscale** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:127
+msgid "Define the parameters according to your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:129
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Preview the result of the cleanup process (see  :ref:`Previewing the "
+"Cleanup Process <previewing_the_cleanup_process>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:135
+msgid "Autoadjusting Greyscale Lineart Drawings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"The **Autoadjust** clean-up options explained here are currently "
+"unavailable in OpenToonz. There is no certainty about its reinclusion at "
+"a later version or not. If you judge them to be useful for your workflow,"
+" you could file an *Issue* about that in the OpenToonz' GitHub repository"
+" or in the various OpenToonz forums."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"The **Autoadjust** option available among the Cleanup parameters allows "
+"you to even the differences between drawings made by key animators and "
+"those made by in-betweeners by adjusting the line darkness of all of the "
+"level drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:140
+msgid ""
+"The **Autoadjust** option has effect only on drawings scanned in "
+"greyscale mode, while it has no effect on drawings scanned in black and "
+"white."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:142
+msgid "Three different autoadjust algorithms are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"**Black Eq**, computes the average of the darkest grey tone found in "
+"drawing lines below a certain threshold and sets this value to the "
+"conventional black level, so that grey levels of each image are "
+"automatically adjusted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"**Histogram**, makes a histogram of the grey levels of the first image "
+"and equalizes the histograms of the following images according to it. It "
+"works well when the content of the images (apart from line darkness) does"
+" not vary too much across the level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"**Histo-L**, takes into account the number of lines in each image to "
+"normalize the histogram of grey levels, before the histogram equalization"
+" is performed. This is useful for example when a character becomes bigger"
+" or smaller in an animated level, or when parts of the character are "
+"animated independently in some frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"The advantage of the **Histo-L** mode over the others is that it adjusts "
+"the grey levels of each image independently, while the other algorithms "
+"equalize each image to make it look like the first one of the level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"Only the effects of the **Black Eq** process can be checked using the "
+"Scan & Cleanup  →  **Cleanup Preview** command; the effects of "
+"**Histogram** and **Histo-L** are only visible selecting a sequence of at"
+" least two frames (i.e. one as reference frame and the others to be auto-"
+"adjusted) and processing them using the Scan & Cleanup  →  Cleanup "
+"command. You may need to make a few trials using different algorithms "
+"before obtaining the desired results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"These algorithms work on the area of the drawing specified in the Field "
+"text boxes, excluding a 5 mm boundary edge. In this way any line might be"
+" drawn to delimit the camera shot on paper, and the pegbar holes, do not "
+"affect the result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:160
+msgid "Processing Colored Lineart Drawings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:161
+msgid "|color|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:163
+msgid "|color_sample|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"For colored lineart drawings, a set of parameters are available to "
+"calibrate the line recognition process, and to set which and how colors "
+"have to be detected in the drawings (see  :ref:`Defining Colors for the "
+"Color Line Processing <defining_colors_for_the_color_line_processing>`  "
+")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:168
+msgid ""
+"For all the cleanup colors you can define a color to be assigned "
+"automatically to the lines after the processing, with no need to paint "
+"them. The two colors, the one used for the recognition and the one to be "
+"assigned to the recognized lines, are available at the bottom area of the"
+" Style Editor pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"Different parameters are available for the black color, that usually "
+"defines the main outline in lineart drawings, and for the additional "
+"colors, that usually defines special outlines for areas such as shadows "
+"and highlights."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:174
+msgid "General parameters are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"**Antialias:**, can be set to **Standard**, **None** or "
+"**Morphological**. Use **Standard** to keep the antialias resulting from "
+"current camera and defined settings. Use **None** to remove the "
+"antialiasing from the processed line, so that the resulting line will be "
+"fully solid with no semi-transparent pixels smoothing its edges. Use "
+"**Morphological** to replace the standard antialias with the one obtained"
+" by analyzing the image edges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"If the Antialias is set to **None** or **Morphological**, the "
+"**Contrast** parameter will become desactivated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:186
+msgid "In the color list, parameters for the black color are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:190
+msgid ""
+"**Contrast:**, controls the antialiasing of the recognized line: a higher"
+" value produces more solid pixels, a lower value lines with more "
+"antialiased pixels. The amount of antialiasing can also be checked by "
+"activating the Opacity Check (see  :ref:`Using the Opacity Check "
+"<using_the_opacity_check>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"**Color Threshold:**, sets pixels that have to be considered as black and"
+" those that have to be considered as colors: the higher the value, the "
+"higher the number of pixels that will be considered as colored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"**White Threshold:**, sets pixels that have to be considered as white, "
+"for example to eliminate the paper color: the higher the value, the "
+"higher the number of pixels that will be considered as white."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:196
+msgid "In the color list, parameters for the other colors are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:198
+msgid ""
+"**Brightness:**, controls the thickness of the recognized colored line: "
+"the lower the value, the thicker the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:200
+msgid ""
+"**Contrast:**, controls the antialiasing of the recognized colored line: "
+"a higher value produces more solid pixels, a lower value lines with more "
+"antialiased pixels. The amount of antialiasing can also be checked by "
+"activating the Opacity Check (see  :ref:`Using the Opacity Check "
+"<using_the_opacity_check>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:202
+msgid ""
+"**H Range:**, sets the range of the hue for color recognition: the higher"
+" the value, the higher the number of differently colored pixels that will"
+" be associated to the defined color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:204
+msgid ""
+"**Line Width:**, sets the width of the recognized colored line: the "
+"higher the value, the higher the number of desaturated pixels that will "
+"be associated to the defined color, thus increasing the line thickness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:206
+msgid "**To set the line processing for colored lineart drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:208
+msgid "Activate the Line Processing  →  **Color** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:210
+msgid "Define the general parameters according to your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"Define the colors you want to be detected in the drawings (see  "
+":ref:`Defining Colors for the Color Line Processing "
+"<defining_colors_for_the_color_line_processing>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:214
+msgid "Define the color parameters according to your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:222
+msgid "Defining Colors for the Color Line Processing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"The colors used to recognize and process drawing lines when doing color "
+"line processing can be defined by using the style editor or picking color"
+" values directly from the drawing you want to process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to add colors to the list, or remove them if they are not "
+"needed anymore. The maximum number of color you can define is 7 (black "
+"included)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:228
+msgid ""
+"The first color of the list, i.e. the black color, cannot be edited or "
+"removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:231
+msgid "**To define colors:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Select the color you want to define in the list available in the "
+"Processing parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:235
+msgid "Define the color by doing one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:237
+msgid "Use the Style Editor (see  :ref:`Editing Styles <editing_styles>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:239
+msgid ""
+"Use the **RGB Picker** tool (|RGB_picker|) to pick the value of the line "
+"color from the drawings visible in the Viewer (see  :ref:`Plain Colors "
+"<plain_colors>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:242
+msgid "**To define colors to be assigned to lines after cleanup processing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:244
+msgid "Select the color for which you want to define the post-process color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:246
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the Style Editor select the square on the right of the "
+"current color: this is the color to be assigned after the processing is "
+"done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:248
+msgid "Edit the color in the Style Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:251
+msgid "**To add a color in the color list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:253
+msgid "Click the **+** button available under the color list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:256
+msgid "**To remove a color from the color list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:258
+msgid "Select the color you want to remove from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:260
+msgid "Click the **-** button available under the color list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:266
+msgid "Defining Camera"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:267
+msgid "|camera|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:269
+msgid ""
+"The Camera parameters define the size and resolution of the camera that "
+"is used to crop and resize drawings during the cleanup process, in order "
+"to prepare and optimize them for the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:271
+msgid ""
+"For example if the cleanup camera is 1920x1080 pixels (HD 1080) with a 16"
+" field size, the cleaned up drawings will be cropped according to the 16 "
+"field size and will have the resolution of 1920x1080 pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:273
+msgid ""
+"The cleanup camera definition is similar to the definition of the stage "
+"camera (see  :ref:`Defining Camera Settings <defining_camera_settings>`  "
+"). Usually the two cameras have the same parameters, but sometimes you "
+"may need to define a cleanup camera that is larger than the stage camera "
+"especially if you want drawings border area to overflow the shot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:275
+msgid "You can also set other parameters and options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:277
+msgid ""
+"The **Closest Field** parameter (NOT AVAILABLE in OpenToonz) defines the "
+"smallest field size you will zoom into the drawing, with the camera when "
+"compositing the scene. This value is meaningful if it is smaller than the"
+" camera field size, as it increases the final image resolution, "
+"preventing zoomed-in images from appearing jagged. For example if the "
+"cleanup camera is 1920x1080 pixels (HD 1080) with a 16 field size and the"
+" **Closest Field** is set to 8, the cleaned up drawings will have to be "
+"of twice the camera resolution, that is 3840 by 2160 pixels, so that when"
+" the camera closes up, the original image pixel resolution is preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:279
+msgid ""
+"The **E/W** and **N/S** offset parameters shift the camera position, in "
+"case you want to define for the drawings a center different from the one "
+"automatically set by the reference field guide when the **Autocenter** is"
+" *on*, or different from the actual center of the image if the "
+"**Autocenter** is *off*; after the cleanup, the camera center will be the"
+" new center for the processed drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:281
+msgid ""
+"The cleanup camera size, resolution and offset can also be graphically "
+"controlled in OpenToonz's main Viewer when checking the cleanup process "
+"with the **Camera Test** mode (see  :ref:`Using the Camera Test "
+"<using_the_camera_test>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:287
+msgid "Saving and Loading Cleanup Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:288
+msgid "|saveloadreset|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:290
+msgid ""
+"Cleanup settings can be saved as CLN files in order to be loaded back and"
+" used in a different scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"They can also be associated specifically to an animation level by saving "
+"them in the same location and with the same name of the level: in this "
+"way the settings will be automatically displayed when the level is "
+"selected, and used every time the level is cleaned up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"Loaded cleanup settings can also become the default settings for the "
+"scene or for the project (see  :ref:`Scene Settings and Project Default "
+"Settings <scene_settings_and_project_default_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:297
+msgid "**To save the cleanup settings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:299
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:307
+msgid "Select an empty cell in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:301
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:317
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Save Settings** button in the bottom bar of the Cleanup "
+"Settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"In the browser that opens choose for the CLN file a location and name, "
+"and click the **Save** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:305
+msgid "**To load saved cleanup settings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:309
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:325
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Load Settings** button in the bottom bar of the Cleanup "
+"Settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:311
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:327
+msgid ""
+"In the browser that opens retrieve the CLN file you want to load, and "
+"click the **Load** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:313
+msgid "**To save the current cleanup settings for a specific level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:315
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:323
+msgid "Select any cell where the level is exposed in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"In the browser that opens save the CLN file in the same location and with"
+" the same name as the level, and click the **Save** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:321
+msgid "**To load cleanup settings for a specific level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:329
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Save Settings** button and in the browser that opens save the"
+" CLN file in the same location and with the same name as the level, and "
+"click the **Save** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:331
+msgid "**To reset cleanup settings to the scene default:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:333
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Reset Settings** button in the bottom bar of the Cleanup "
+"Settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:340
+msgid "Checking the Cleanup Process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"While defining the cleanup settings it is possible to preview the full "
+"cleanup process, or perform the camera test only, in order to check the "
+"result before performing the final cleanup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:346
+msgid "Previewing the Cleanup Process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:347
+msgid "The full cleanup process can be checked in the main Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:352
+msgid "Previewing the Cleanup Process in the Main Viewer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:353
+msgid ""
+"A cleanup preview can be activated in the main viewer to display the "
+"drawing selected in the Xsheet/Timeline as it will be after the real "
+"cleanup process according to the defined cleanup settings, displaying at "
+"the same time all the other drawings and images exposed in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline at that frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:355
+msgid ""
+"If you change any parameter in the cleanup settings, the preview "
+"automatically updates to display how the changes affect the process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:357
+msgid ""
+"The **Opacity Check** when activated, affects also the cleanup preview in"
+" the main Viewer (see below )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:359
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:403
+msgid ""
+"The **Preview Cleanup** and the **Camera Test** checks cannot be "
+"activated at the same time: when one is activated the other one is "
+"automatically deactivated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:361
+msgid "**To activate the cleanup preview in the main Viewer:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:363
+msgid ""
+"In the Xsheet/Timeline select the scanned drawing you want to preview, "
+"and choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Preview Cleanup**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:365
+msgid "**To deactivate the cleanup preview in the main Viewer:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:367
+msgid "Choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Preview Cleanup**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:369
+msgid "**To preview a different drawing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:371
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:428
+msgid "Select it in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:373
+msgid "**To exit the preview cleanup mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:375
+msgid "Choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Preview Cleanup** to deactivate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:381
+msgid "Using the Opacity Check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:382
+msgid ""
+"When calibrating the line processing it is important to check the amount "
+"of antialiasing along the drawing outline to understand how smooth the "
+"result will be, and to check the small spots and marks that are removed "
+"from the drawing because of the **Despeckling:** function (see  "
+":ref:`Defining Line Processing Parameters "
+"<defining_line_processing_parameters>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"The **Opacity check**, when activated, displays fully solid pixels in "
+"*black*, and semi-transparent pixels belonging to the line antialiasing "
+"in *red*; moreover pixels that will be removed because of the "
+"**Despeckling:** function are displayed in *green*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:386
+msgid ""
+"The check is visible both in the *preview area* (NOT AVAILABLE in "
+"OpenToonz) of the Cleanup Settings pane, and with the **Preview Cleanup**"
+" mode, in the *main Viewer*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:388
+msgid "**To activate and deactivate the opacity check:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:390
+msgid ""
+"Choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Opacity Check** or press its default shortcut"
+" **Alt + 1**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:396
+msgid "Using the Camera Test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"The **Camera Test** can be used to check the cleanup process as "
+"concerning the Cleanup and the Camera parameters. It displays the drawing"
+" selected in the Xsheet/Timeline directly in the Viewer without line "
+"processing but with the position modified according to the Cleanup "
+"parameters (Autocenter, Rotate and Flip), and the size modified according"
+" to the Camera parameters. In particular a *red* box displays how the "
+"cleanup camera will crop the drawing, and a *blue* box displays the "
+"camera **Closest Field**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:399
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to modify the camera box directly in the Viewer thus "
+"updating the cleanup camera information visible in the Cleanup Settings "
+"dialog (see  :ref:`Defining Camera <defining_camera>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:401
+msgid ""
+"If you change any of the Cleanup or Camera parameters, the camera test "
+"automatically updates to display how the changes affect the process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:406
+msgid "**To activate the camera test:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:408
+msgid ""
+"In the Xsheet/Timeline select the drawing you want to preview, and choose"
+" Scan & Cleanup  →  **Camera Test**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:410
+msgid "**To deactivate the camera test:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:412
+msgid "Choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Camera Test**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:414
+msgid "**To modify the cleanup camera directly in the Viewer:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:416
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:547
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:626
+msgid "Do any of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:418
+msgid ""
+"Operate the handles on the top and right edges to scale the camera size "
+"horizontally or vertically, thus changing the camera **A/R** as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:420
+msgid ""
+"Operate the handle on the top right corner to scale the camera size while"
+" keeping the A/R."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:422
+msgid ""
+"Activate the DPI Lock in the cleanup camera parameters, and operate the "
+"handles to scale also the camera resolution  (NOT AVAILABLE in "
+"OpenToonz)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:424
+msgid "Move the camera box to modify the cleanup camera E/W and N/S offset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:426
+msgid "**To perform the camera test on a different drawing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:430
+msgid "**To exit the camera test mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:432
+msgid "Choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Camera Test** to deactivate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:438
+msgid "Cleaning up Drawings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:439
+msgid ""
+"Once the cleanup settings are defined and the process is checked, it is "
+"possible to cleanup all of the drawings of the scene, or a selection of "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:441
+msgid ""
+"Drawings can be processed directly inside the scene after performing a "
+"selection, or they can be processed automatically in batch mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:443
+msgid ""
+"In both cases they will be cleaned up according to the Cleanup Settings "
+"defined for the scene, unless a specific CLN file was saved for any of "
+"the animation levels in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:445
+msgid ""
+"By default cleaned up drawings are saved in the *+drawings* directory of "
+"the current project (see  :ref:`Project Default Folders "
+"<project_default_folders>`  ), but you can change the location by using "
+"the **Save In** option available in the cleanup settings dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:447
+msgid ""
+"Cleaned up animation levels are saved as TLV files; the related palettes "
+"are saved in the same location and with the same name of the animation "
+"levels as TPL files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:449
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to automatically create a backup copy of the cleaned "
+"up drawings that will be stored in a subfolder named **nopaint** inside "
+"the same location where the cleaned up drawings are saved. In this way it"
+" will be possible to retrieve the original drawing in case some mistakes "
+"(e.g. a deletion of a drawing section) are made during the painting "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:451
+msgid "**To automatically create a backup copy of the cleaned up drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:453
+msgid "Choose File  →  Preferences  →  Drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:455
+msgid "Activate the **Keep Original Cleaned Up Drawings As Backup** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:457
+msgid "**To revert to the original cleaned up drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:459
+msgid ""
+"In the Level Strip select the drawings you want to revert (see  "
+":ref:`Using the Level Strip <using_the_level_strip>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:461
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:527
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:537
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:612
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:636
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:644
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:652
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:463
+msgid "Choose Level  →  **Revert to Cleaned Up**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:465
+msgid ""
+"Right click the selection and choose Replace level  →  **Revert to "
+"Cleaned Up** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:471
+msgid "Cleaning up Drawings Directly in the Scene"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:472
+msgid "|progress|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:474
+msgid ""
+"When cleaning up drawings directly in the scene it is possible to perform"
+" a selection of drawings and process them with the current cleanup "
+"settings. In this case you can also manage the process frame by frame, as"
+" you are prompted to choose an action for each drawing of the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:476
+msgid ""
+"You can also select non-consecutive drawings and drawings from different "
+"animation levels. Levels will be processed starting from the first "
+"selected column/layer, considering only exposed drawings according to "
+"their numbering order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:478
+msgid ""
+"When a drawing is cleaned up, its cell color turns from *light blue* to "
+"*green*, the color denoting Toonz raster levels (see  :ref:`Working with "
+"Xsheet Columns <working_with_xsheet_columns>`  ). If you cleanup "
+"partially an animation level, the remaining cells where the level is "
+"exposed will have a double color (*green and blue*), to stress the fact "
+"that the level is partially processed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:480
+msgid ""
+"When drawings belonging to partially processed levels are selected to be "
+"cleaned up, you are prompted whether to cleanup selected drawings "
+"overwriting the previous cleaned up version, or to add non-cleaned up "
+"frames to the existing level, or to delete the existing level and create "
+"a new level with the selected drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:482
+msgid ""
+"If you want you can also revert to the scanned version of the level you "
+"cleaned up by using the Level Settings dialog (see  :ref:`Editing Level "
+"Settings <editing_level_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:484
+msgid ""
+"If you want to create a new TLV level from an already cleaned up level "
+"you can selet it and run the cleanup again. A questions pop up will "
+"appear and giving you the possibility to set a different name for the new"
+" TLV level by adding a suffix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:486
+msgid "**To process the selection according to the chosen settings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:488
+msgid "In the Xsheet/Timeline select the drawings you want to process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:490
+msgid "Choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Cleanup**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:492
+msgid "In the Cleanup dialog for each drawing choose one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:494
+msgid "**Cleanup**: the current drawing will be cleaned up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:496
+msgid ""
+"**Skip**: the current drawing will not be cleanup up and the dialog "
+"displays the next drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:498
+msgid ""
+"**Cleanup All**: all the selected drawings will be cleaned up without "
+"further prompts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:500
+msgid "**Cancel**: the cleanup process will be interrupted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:502
+msgid "**To revert to the scanned version of a cleaned up level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:504
+msgid "Select any drawing of the cleaned up level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:506
+msgid "Choose Level  →  **Level Settings...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:508
+msgid ""
+"Copy the **Scan Path:** information, and paste it in the **Path:** text "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:514
+msgid "Cleaning up Drawings in Batch Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:515
+msgid ""
+"The cleanup of drawings exposed in a scene can be added to a task list "
+"and performed in batch mode in order to run it in the background while "
+"you perform other work on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:517
+msgid ""
+"*Cleanup tasks* can be submitted from the OpenToonz browser and can be "
+"managed and executed in the Tasks pane, together with *render tasks* (see"
+" for  :ref:`Rendering Scenes in Batch Mode "
+"<rendering_scenes_in_batch_mode>`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:519
+msgid "|tasks_cleanup|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:521
+msgid ""
+"The **Tasks** pane is divided into two sections: on the left there is the"
+" task tree where all of the *cleanup tasks* are displayed with a brush "
+"icon and all of the *render tasks* with a clapboard icon; on the right "
+"there is information about the task selected in the tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:523
+msgid ""
+"The Task list can be saved as TNZBAT files and loaded back later in case "
+"you want to manage it through different working sessions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:525
+msgid "**To save a task list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:529
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Save Task List** (|save|) or the **Save Task List As** button"
+" (|save_as|) in the bottom bar of the Tasks pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:531
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the **Tasks** item at the top of the list and choose **Save "
+"Task List** or the **Save Task List As** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:533
+msgid "Use the browser that opens to save the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:535
+msgid "**To load a task list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:539
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Load Task List** button (|load|) in the bottom bar of the "
+"Tasks pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:541
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the **Tasks** item at the top of the list and choose **Load "
+"Task List** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:543
+msgid "Use the browser that opens to retrieve and load a previously saved list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:545
+msgid "**To resize the tasks pane sections:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:549
+msgid "Click and drag the separator to resize sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:551
+msgid "Click and drag the separator toward the window border to hide a section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:553
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the separator collapsed to the window border toward the "
+"window center to display again the hidden section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:559
+msgid "Managing and Executing Cleanup Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:560
+msgid ""
+"When a *cleanup task* is selected in the tree, in the section on the "
+"right of the Tasks pane task-related properties are displayed, some of "
+"which can be edited to configure the task. Properties are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:562
+msgid ""
+"**Name:**, displays the tasks name; it can be edited to better identify "
+"the task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:564
+msgid ""
+"**Status:**, displays if the task is waiting, running, completed or "
+"failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:566
+msgid ""
+"**Command Line:**, displays the command line related to the task "
+"execution with arguments and qualifiers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:568
+msgid "**Server:**, displays the computer that is running, or will run, the task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:570
+msgid "**Submitted By:**, displays the user that submitted the task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:572
+msgid ""
+"**Submitted On:**, displays the computer from where the task was "
+"submitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:574
+msgid "**Submission Date:**, displays when the task was submitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:576
+msgid "**Start Date:**, displays when the execution of the task started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:578
+msgid ""
+"**Completion Date:**, displays when the execution of the task was "
+"completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:580
+msgid "**Duration:**, displays how long the execution lasted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:582
+msgid "**Step Count:**, displays the number of frames rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:584
+msgid ""
+"**Failed Steps:**, displays the number of frames that failed to be "
+"rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:586
+msgid ""
+"**Successful Steps:**, displays the number of frames successfully "
+"rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:588
+msgid ""
+"**Priority:**, sets the importance or urgency of the task: tasks with a "
+"higher priority will be executed first. This can be edited to change the "
+"priority of a task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:590
+msgid ""
+"**Visible Only**, when activated, limits the cleanup process only to "
+"columns whose camera stand toggle (|camera_stand|) is on, that is to say "
+"whose content is visible (see :ref:`Working with Xsheet Columns "
+"<working_with_xsheet_columns>`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:592
+msgid ""
+"**Overwrite**, when activated, processes levels even if they are already "
+"available in the destination folder, overwriting them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:594
+msgid ""
+"**Dependencies:**, lets you set which of the other submitted tasks have "
+"to be successfully completed before starting the current task execution: "
+"these tasks can be added from the box on the right where all submitted "
+"tasks are displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:596
+msgid ""
+"Task execution can be started and stopped from the task list. If you are "
+"using the OpenToonz render farm, render tasks and sub-tasks will be "
+"distributed on the farm, one for each computer, so that several tasks can"
+" be executed at the same time (see  :ref:`Using the OpenToonz Farm "
+"<using_the_toonz_farm>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:598
+msgid ""
+"When the tasks are executed, the icon color tells the status of the task "
+"according to the following color code:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:600
+msgid "*Grey*, when the task is *waiting* or is *not executed yet*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:602
+msgid "*Yellow*, when the task is *being executed*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:604
+msgid "*Green*, when the task was *successfully executed*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:606
+msgid "*Orange*, when the task was *executed with some errors*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:608
+msgid "*Red*, when the task *execution has failed*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:610
+msgid "**To add scenes to cleanup in the task list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:614
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Add Cleanup Task** button (|add_cleanup|) in the bottom bar "
+"of the Tasks pane and use the browser to select a scene file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:616
+msgid ""
+"Select the scenes in the OpenToonz Browser, then right-click any of them "
+"and choose **Add As Cleanup Task** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:618
+msgid "**To configure the cleanup task in the task list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:620
+msgid "Select the cleanup task in the task list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:622
+msgid "Configure it by using the options available on the right of the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:624
+msgid "**To select tasks in the task list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:628
+msgid "Click a task to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:630
+msgid "Shift-click a task to extend the selection up to that task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:632
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) a task to add it to, or remove it from"
+" the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:634
+msgid "**To execute selected tasks:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:638
+msgid "Click the **Start** button (|start|) in the bottom bar of the pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:640
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any selected task icons and choose **Start** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:642
+msgid "**To stop the execution of selected tasks:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:646
+msgid "Click the **Stop** button (|stop|) in the bottom bar of the pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:648
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any selected task icon and choose **Stop** from the menu that"
+" opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:650
+msgid "**To remove selected tasks from the list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:654
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Remove** button (|remove|) in the bottom bar of the Tasks "
+"pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:656
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any selected task in the list and choose **Remove** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:658
+msgid "**To add tasks to the Dependencies list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:660
+msgid "Select a task in the list on the right and click the **<< Add** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:662
+msgid "**To remove tasks from the Dependencies list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/cleaning-up_scanned_drawings.rst:664
+msgid "Select a task in the list on the left and click the **Remove >>** button."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf12bff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1367 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:4
+msgid "Create animations using Plastic tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Plastic is a powerful tool (|plastic|) that can be used as complement in "
+"a cutout animation context, as well as a stand-alone animation tool "
+"capable of bringing to life a character starting from a single drawing. "
+"Using a reference skeleton and a deformable mesh, Plastic allows to "
+"curving and deforming each element it's applied to, creating smooth "
+"animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:7
+msgid "|plastic_tool_example|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:13
+msgid "Using Plastic tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"The **Plastic** tool needs as starting input at least one column of the "
+"Xsheet (or layer of the Timeline) where one or more drawings are exposed;"
+" from now on this will be referred to as the *texture-column* (or "
+"**TC**). Using the outlines of the exposed drawing/s as references, the "
+"Plastic tool generates a triangular mesh contained in a new kind of "
+"column/layer: the *Mesh* column/layer. Each newly created Mesh "
+"column/layer is automatically connected to the proper TC. This link is a "
+"core point in the way Plastic works: every column/layer linked to a mesh "
+"will be deformed by it, and displayed within the mesh boundaries while "
+"rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"For animating/deforming a Mesh level, Plastic allows the building of a "
+"specific skeleton structure active on the mesh. The skeleton is a set of "
+"connected vertices, and, for each vertex, different parameters can be "
+"specified as: **Position**, **Angle Bounds**, **Rigidity** and **Staking "
+"Order**. Thus a great range of animations and effects can easily be "
+"created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The Plastic tool is applied to a column of the Xsheet (or layer of the "
+"Timeline), and the content of it can be an animated level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:24
+msgid "Building a Plastic mesh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"The first step for using Plastic is creating a mesh for the Xsheet column"
+" (or Timeline layer) that we are going to animate using the **Plastic** "
+"tool. The Mesh is a special kind of level, and can be saved as any other "
+"kind of levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"The Mesh level can be seen as *purple* column/layer created when the "
+"button **Create Mesh** of the **Plastic** tool is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:29
+msgid "|create_mesh|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"The mesh is the real object that the Plastic tool modifies when a plastic"
+" skeleton is animated. For this reason all the elements, that are going "
+"to be animated by the Plastic tool, need a mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:33
+msgid "**To create a Plastic mesh:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Select the column/layer that is going to be animated using the Plastic "
+"tool. This will be the *texture-column* (TC) of the mesh that is going to"
+" be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:37
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:404
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:420
+msgid "Choose the **Plastic** tool (|plastic|)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:39
+msgid "Press the **Create Mesh** button in the tool options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Check, in the dialog that opens, the Mesh density in the preview area. "
+"Adjust as needed the density using the **Mesh Edges Length** slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:43
+msgid "|create_mesh_options|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"The density of the mesh is crucial for having smooth curves when rotating"
+" the skeleton vertex. Lower the **Mesh Edges Length** value and higher "
+"the density of the mesh will be, thus a better quality of the animation "
+"will be assured, but more computing resources will be required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"The preview will show you just one level at time, even if you have "
+"selected multiple columns/layers, to check the preview of each "
+"column/layer you have to select them one by one *while* the **Plastic** "
+"tool is active. Each time you change the column/layer selection the "
+"preview will update for the new content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"If needed, change the value of the **Rasterization DPI** parameter. This "
+"value represents the DPI used when the TC is rendered as a texture for "
+"the mesh. It's recommend using a value consistent with the Camera "
+"resolution. A DPI too high compared to the Camera resolution might cause "
+"the contours of the TC not to be very soft."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"The **Rasterization DPI** parameter is available only when you are "
+"creating the mesh from Toonz Vector levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the **Mesh Margin** value. This parameter is expressed in *pixels*"
+" because it's used when the texture is projected on the mesh, an "
+"appropriate amount of margin will be needed to preserve the aliasing of "
+"the picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"If you are creating a mesh from a **Sub-Xsheet**, you can choose which "
+"elements of the Sub-Xsheet will be used by the Plastic tool for computing"
+" the mesh: simply turn off visibility for the elements that will not "
+"contribute to the mesh outline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Apply** button to create the mesh. Now you can see the mesh "
+"drawn in *green* colour in the Viewer, and a new *purple* column in the "
+"Xsheet (or layer in the Timeline) next to the TC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"In the **Stage Schematic** you can see that the *TC* node is now "
+"connected to the *Mesh* node just created, its node has a *purple* header"
+" for easing recognition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"If the **Create Mesh** is applied to a column/layer that is already "
+"modified by the Plastic tool (then already linked to a Mesh level) a "
+"dialog will prompt asking how to manage the new and the old Mesh files, "
+"and the user can choose from one of three options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:63
+msgid "|create_mesh_warning|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"**Delete the old level entirely** : the original mesh file is replaced by"
+" a new one with the data of the last mesh generated; a new column for the"
+" new mesh is created as the old column retains the old structure but "
+"exposes only the new created mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"**Keep the old level and overwrite processed frames** : the original mesh"
+" file is updated and the old mesh column exposes the new content for the "
+"selected frames, a new column is created exposing just the contents of "
+"the selected frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"**Choose a different path** (same name as the original level plus _X "
+"where X is the ordinal number of the copy): an entirely new mesh file is "
+"generated and a new column exposes the new contents while the old column "
+"exposes the old ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"All the above options cause the creation of a new Mesh column and the "
+"building of a chain, linking the *texture-column* and the *meshes "
+"columns* in the Stage Schematic. In this chain, the older mesh is linked "
+"to the younger and the youngest mesh is linked to the *texture-column*. "
+"Rearranging the links in the Stage Schematic can be needed for avoiding "
+"undesired results while animating."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:77
+msgid "Modifying a Plastic mesh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"It's not always easy to estimate the right density for a mesh. Sometimes "
+"a higher density could be needed to avoid *straight lines* on bending "
+"elements, or a lower density could be used for saving computing resources"
+" in a complex scene, or, simply, the drawings of an element are changed. "
+"In all this occurrences, modifying the mesh can solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:80
+msgid "**To update a Plastic mesh to reflect changes in the Level Strip:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:82
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:92
+msgid "Select the Mesh column/layer that needs to be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:84
+msgid "Press the **Create Mesh** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"In the dialog that opens change the **Mesh Edges Length** slider value as"
+" needed, checking the result in the preview area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Apply** button to create the mesh. The new mesh replaces the "
+"old one, and now is visible drawn in *green* colour in the main viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:90
+msgid "**To add new mesh frames to an existing mesh level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"Create the new frames (inserting or appending them) as it's usually done "
+"for any standard Toonz level, corresponding to the new frames created for"
+" the *Texture Column*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:96
+msgid "Activate the **Plastic** tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Press the **Create Mesh** button and adjust the **Mesh Edges Length** "
+"slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:100
+msgid "Press the **Apply** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:106
+msgid "Edit a Plastic mesh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"The mesh created using the **Create Mesh** button can be edited in "
+"several ways. It's possible to: Move a mesh point, Swap, Collapse, Split "
+"and Cut the mesh by its edges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:109
+msgid "|edit_mesh_mode|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"**Swap** an edge if you want to change the shape of a mesh triangle; "
+"**Collapse** an edge if you want to join the ends of the edge; **Split** "
+"an edge if you want to increase the density of the mesh at any given "
+"point; **Cut** the mesh if you want to duplicate an edge to have the "
+"possibility, for example, to create a hole in the mesh and be able to "
+"animate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:113
+msgid "The **Cut Mesh** command is visible only if the selected edges can be cut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:115
+msgid "**To enter Plastic mesh editing mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:117
+msgid "Select the mesh column/layer you want to modify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:119
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:179
+msgid "If not already active, choose the **Plastic** tool (|plastic|)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:121
+msgid "In the Tool Options bar set the **Mode:** to **Edit Mesh**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:123
+msgid "**To move selected mesh points:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"Select the mesh points you want to modify. Use the **Ctrl** key to select"
+" multiple points. Selected mesh points become *red*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:127
+msgid "Drag to move the point to its new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:129
+msgid "**To swap an edge of the mesh:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:131
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:141
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:149
+msgid "Select a mesh edge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:133
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:143
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:151
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:159
+msgid "Click the right mouse button to open the context menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:135
+msgid "Choose the **Swap Edge** command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:137
+msgid "|swap-collapse-split_edge|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:139
+msgid "**To collapse an edge of the mesh:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:145
+msgid "Choose the **Collapse Edge** command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:147
+msgid "**To split an edge of the mesh:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:153
+msgid "Choose the **Split Edge** command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:155
+msgid "**To cut edges of the mesh:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:157
+msgid "Select several mesh edges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:161
+msgid "Choose the **Cut Mesh** command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:163
+msgid "|cut_mesh|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:169
+msgid "Building a Plastic skeleton"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"The Plastic skeleton is a control structure linked to a mesh level that "
+"provides handles for deforming/animating the chosen elements of the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:172
+msgid "|build_skeleton_mode|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:175
+msgid "**To create a Plastic skeleton:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:177
+msgid "Select in the mesh column/layer for which you want to build the skeleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:181
+msgid "In the Tool Options bar set the **Mode:** to **Build Skeleton**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"Move the mouse pointer on the Viewer. A small red square is now visible "
+"near the tip of the cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:185
+msgid "|build_skeleton|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"In the Viewer click (to set in place) or click and drag (to adjust its "
+"positioning) to place the first vertex. A *purple* square is now visible "
+"in the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"The first time you release the mouse button, you are setting the position"
+" of the parent of all the hierarchy, *the Root vertex*. This vertex "
+"differs visually from the others vertices: its square is solid while the "
+"others are hollow in the middle, giving a visual hint for determining the"
+" right hierarchical order in the skeleton chains. The **Root vertex** "
+"will be *static* in **Animate** mode, but it can still be moved while in "
+"**Build Skeleton** mode by selecting it and dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:191
+msgid ""
+"Move to the position where you want to add the second vertex and click or"
+" click and drag to place it. An *orange* line with a black border will "
+"connect the two vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"Continue clicking or clicking and dragging until all the vertices are in "
+"the right places and the skeleton is completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:199
+msgid "Using multiple skeletons on a mesh level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:200
+msgid ""
+"Every mesh level uses at least one skeleton for animating, but this is "
+"just the easier configuration for working: a mesh level can have multiple"
+" skeletons active at different frames for building more complex "
+"animations: like a character turn-around, or for animating a level with "
+"multiple drawings of different shapes. Every time the drawings change in "
+"shape, a new *ad-hoc* skeleton structure can be built with the number of "
+"vertices needed and placed in the right positions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:202
+msgid "|multiple_skeletons|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:205
+msgid "**To add a new skeleton on a mesh level**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:207
+msgid ""
+"In the Xsheet/Timeline select the Mesh level and the frame where the new "
+"skeleton is needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:209
+msgid ""
+"In the Tool Options bar press the **+** button to the right of the "
+"options menu labeled **Skeleton:**. A new numeric entry is added to the "
+"list and a keyframe is created at the selected frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:211
+msgid "Start building the new skeleton as usual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:213
+msgid "**To link an available skeleton to a chosen frame of a mesh level**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:215
+msgid ""
+"In the Xsheet/Timeline select the frame of the Mesh level where the "
+"skeleton has to change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:217
+msgid ""
+"In the Tool Options bar open the option menu labeled **Skeleton:**, a "
+"list of the ID numbers of the already built skeletons opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:219
+msgid "Select the **ID number** matching the skeleton you need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:221
+msgid ""
+"The selected skeleton is now visible in the main Viewer, and a keyframe "
+"is created at the chosen frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:223
+msgid "**To delete a skeleton from the Skeleton list**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"In the Xsheet/Timeline select the Mesh level owning the skeleton that has"
+" to be deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:227
+msgid ""
+"Select from the **Skeleton:** drop down the **ID** matching the skeleton "
+"to delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:229
+msgid "Press the **-** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:235
+msgid "Modifying a Plastic skeleton"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:236
+msgid ""
+"While drawing the skeleton or after finishing its creation, some "
+"adjustments to the positions or the number of vertices may be required:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:238
+msgid "**To Select a vertex:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:240
+msgid ""
+"While in **Build Skeleton** mode, move the mouse pointer on an already "
+"placed vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:242
+msgid ""
+"Click, when the name of the vertex appears and a dashed square encloses "
+"the vertex position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:244
+msgid "**To Delete a vertex:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:246
+msgid ""
+"While in **Build Skeleton** mode, select the vertex that has to be "
+"deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:248
+msgid "Press the **Del** key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:250
+msgid "**To Insert a vertex:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:252
+msgid ""
+"While in **Build Skeleton** mode, move the mouse pointer over the line "
+"connecting the two vertices that need a vertex between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:254
+msgid ""
+"Click to set the new vertex in place, or click and drag to adjust the "
+"position of the new vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:256
+msgid "**To Move a vertex:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:258
+msgid "Click on the vertex to select it, and drag for adjusting its position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:260
+msgid "**To Prevent a vertex from Stretching the mesh:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:262
+msgid "Select the vertex that you wish to modify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:264
+msgid "Uncheck the **Allow Stretching** option in the Tool Options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:266
+msgid ""
+"The square marking the vertex position becomes *yellow*, and from now on "
+"the vertex *will not stretch* the Mesh while you are moving it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:268
+msgid "**To Snap a vertex to the mesh**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:270
+msgid "While in **Build Skeleton** mode, activate the **Snap To Mesh** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:272
+msgid "Select the vertex you wish to snap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:274
+msgid "Drag it near the *mesh point* at which you want to snap it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:276
+msgid "**To Branch the skeleton:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:278
+msgid ""
+"While in **Build Skeleton** mode, **select the vertex** from which the "
+"new branch will start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:280
+msgid ""
+"Move to the position where the first vertex of the new branch will be "
+"positioned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:282
+msgid "Click to create it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:284
+msgid "**To Copy a skeleton:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:286
+msgid ""
+"While in **Build Skeleton** mode, **select the Root vertex** and click "
+"the right mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:288
+msgid "From the context menu that opens, select the **Copy Skeleton** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:290
+msgid "|copy_skeleton|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:292
+msgid "**To Paste a skeleton:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:294
+msgid "Select a mesh column in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:296
+msgid "If needed press the **+** button to create a new empty skeleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:298
+msgid "Click the right mouse button and select the **Paste Skeleton** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:300
+msgid ""
+"Pasting the skeleton on *an already existing one* will cause the deletion"
+" of the old structure and all its animation. This can be reverted to the "
+"previous state by using the **Undo** command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:306
+msgid "Animating Plastic elements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:307
+msgid ""
+"Creating an animation in Plastic is quite an easy task: just select the "
+"vertices and move them to the desired positions at a specific frames and "
+"animation keyframes will be automatically created. Play back the sequence"
+" to check the results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:309
+msgid "|animate_mode|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:311
+msgid "**To animate Plastic elements:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:313
+msgid "Select the mesh column/layer you like to animate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:315
+msgid ""
+"Select **Plastic** tool and set **Mode:** to **Animate**. Now, in the "
+"Viewer, you can see the skeleton and the mesh of the selected "
+"column/layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:317
+msgid "Select the first frame of the animation in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"Select the *vertices* of the skeleton and move them to the desired "
+"positions to set the relative keyframes, or write the desired values into"
+" the text fields of the Tool Options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:321
+msgid ""
+"Move to the next keyframe of the animation and modify the vertices "
+"positions to define a new pose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:323
+msgid "Repeat the step 5 until the end the animation is finished."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:325
+msgid "**To Set a Rest Position key for one vertex:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:327
+msgid ""
+"The first time you draw a skeleton you are also creating the *rest "
+"position* of this structure. This pose is automatically stored and you "
+"can recall it on any vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:329
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:341
+msgid "Select a vertex and click the right mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:331
+msgid "From the context menu that opens, select **Set Rest Key**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:333
+msgid ""
+"A new keyframe at the current frame is created for the vertex, using its "
+"*rest values*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:335
+msgid "|set_keys|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:337
+msgid "**To Set a Global Rest Position key for the whole skeleton:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:339
+msgid ""
+"The first time you draw a skeleton you are also creating the *rest "
+"position* of this structure. This pose is automatically stored and you "
+"can recall it on all the vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:343
+msgid "From the context menu that opens, select **Set Global Rest Key**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:345
+msgid ""
+"A new keyframe at the current frame is created for all the vertices, "
+"using their *rest values*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:347
+msgid "**To preserve the distance between vertices while animating:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:349
+msgid ""
+"If it's required that the distance between two joints stays constant "
+"during the animation, check the **Keep Distance** checkbox in the Tool "
+"Options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:351
+msgid "|keep_distance|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:353
+msgid "**To Set Keyframes on all vertices at the same time:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:355
+msgid ""
+"By default when you move a vertex in **Animate** mode, you set a keyframe"
+" just for this selected vertex. For setting a keyframe simultaneously for"
+" all the vertices of the skeleton, when just moving one of them, check "
+"the **Global Key** checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:357
+msgid "**To Set a Keyframe for a vertex which hasn’t changed position:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:359
+msgid "Select the vertex for which you want to create a keyframe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:361
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:369
+msgid "Click the right mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:363
+msgid "Select the **Set Key** option from the context menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:365
+msgid ""
+"**To Set a Keyframe for all the skeleton vertices which hasn’t changed "
+"position:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:367
+msgid "Select a skeleton vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:371
+msgid "Select the **Set Global Key** option from the context menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:373
+msgid "**To animate the Stacking Order of a vertex:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:375
+msgid ""
+"Using Plastic you can simulate the effect of overlapping limbs defining a"
+" stacking order for the vertices involved in the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:377
+msgid "Select the vertex you wish to animate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:379
+msgid ""
+"Input the **Stacking Order** value you wish to assign to the vertex into "
+"the **SO** text field in the Tool Options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"Plastic stacking order is a *per vertex* characteristic, you have to "
+"define the value you wish for each vertex required. The default value is "
+"0 for all vertices, and can be modified freely using positive or negative"
+" values as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:383
+msgid "**To define an Angle Bounds for a vertex:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:385
+msgid "Select the desired vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:387
+msgid ""
+"Set the minimum and maximum **Angle Bounds** values for the vertex "
+"rotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:393
+msgid "Defining Rigidity for a Plastic mesh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:394
+msgid ""
+"In many occasions it may be required that certain portions of a Mesh "
+"that's being animated using the Plastic tool, preserve their shape even "
+"if following the overall transformations of the whole element, simulating"
+" a more *rigid structure* or a part of it. To achieve this kind of effect"
+" a **Rigidity** value can be painted directly on the Mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:396
+msgid "|paint_rigid_mode|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:398
+msgid ""
+"When activating the **Paint Rigid** mode in the **Plastic** Tool Options "
+"bar, a specific drawing tool becomes available. In the Viewer a *red "
+"circle* is visible near the tip of the mouse pointer, the size of the "
+"circle is the size of the brush you are going to use for painting the "
+"rigidity on the mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:400
+msgid "**To paint Rigidity on a mesh:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:402
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:418
+msgid "Select the mesh column/layer in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:406
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:422
+msgid "Set the **Mode:** to **Paint Rigid**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:408
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:424
+msgid ""
+"Set the size of the brush moving the **Thickness** slider or entering a "
+"value into the text field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:410
+msgid ""
+"Select **Rigid** from the option menu to the right of the Thickness "
+"slider (**Rigid** is the default value)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:412
+msgid ""
+"Move the cursor on the Viewer and start painting on the selected Mesh. "
+"The colour of the mesh will change to *red* where painted. Now the *red* "
+"areas behave as *rigid* portions of the Mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:414
+msgid "|paint_rigid_options_rigid|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:416
+msgid "**To modify, correct, erase Rigidity on a mesh:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:426
+msgid "Select **Flex** from the option menu to the right of the Thickness slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:428
+msgid ""
+"Move the cursor on the Viewer and start painting on the selected Mesh. "
+"The colour of the mesh will change to *green* where painted. Now the "
+"*green* areas behave as *flexible* portions of the Mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:430
+msgid "|paint_rigid_options_flex|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:432
+msgid ""
+"The default colour of a mesh is *green*; it means that the whole mesh is "
+"*flexible*. The *red* colour is used to point out the *rigid* areas of "
+"the mesh (if there are any defined). But if a mesh is all painted in red "
+"colour it behaves as a flexible one too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:438
+msgid "Displaying Plastic elements and properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:439
+msgid ""
+"While working with the Plastic tool there is an easy way for customizing "
+"which information have to be displayed in the Viewer. Clicking the right "
+"mouse button on the Viewer *while* the **Plastic** tool is active brings "
+"up a context menu. There are four checkboxes that set the display "
+"properties for the Mesh, the **Rigidity**, the **SO** (Stacking Order) "
+"and the **Skeleton Onion Skin**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:441
+msgid "|display_options|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:443
+msgid ""
+"If **Show Mesh** is enabled, the mesh will be visible as a triangulated "
+"wire frame shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:445
+msgid "|display_options_mesh|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:447
+msgid ""
+"If **Show Rigidity** is enabled, continuous *green* areas will show the "
+"flexibility, while *red* areas will show rigidity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:449
+msgid "|display_options_rigidity|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:451
+msgid ""
+"If **Show SO** is enabled *a grey shading* shows the Stacking Order "
+"values of the vertices, where lighter areas will be on top, and darker "
+"ones behind."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:453
+msgid "|display_options_so|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:455
+msgid ""
+"If **Show Skeleton Onion Skin** is enabled, ghosts of the skeleton at the"
+" selected frames will be displayed with incremental levels of "
+"transparency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:457
+msgid "|display_options_onion_skin|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:459
+msgid ""
+"All of this information can be displayed at once (by checking all the "
+"options), giving an overall description of the vertices state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:465
+msgid "Parenting Plastic levels using vertices and hooks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:466
+msgid ""
+"For building interesting and complex animations it could be useful and "
+"time saving to create a hierarchical relationship between standard levels"
+" and Plastic modified levels, or between Plastic modified levels "
+"themselves, so that the children levels inherit the transformations of "
+"the parent automatically. It's always possible to link the levels using "
+"the column/layer center as target, but what if something more subtler is "
+"needed as using *Hooks*? We have already described similar techniques for"
+" OpenToonz standard elements (see  :ref:`Linking Objects "
+"<linking_objects>`  or  :ref:`Using Hooks <using_hooks>` ), but Plastic "
+"modified levels works in a slightly different way because the Hook tool "
+"*is not* enabled on this kind of levels. Plastic modified levels use "
+"their skeleton vertices instead of the hook points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:468
+msgid "**To link a standard level to a Plastic modified level**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:470
+msgid "Select in the Xsheet/Timeline the level that has to be linked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:472
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Hook** tool in the Viewer to create a hook on the spot that "
+"will be used as pivot for the level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:474
+msgid ""
+"Go to the Stage Schematic and select the node of the column/layer that "
+"has to be linked. Click on the small square on its left side, and drag to"
+" one of the small squares on the right side of the Plastic modified node "
+"target of the link. Now the two levels are linked but the reference "
+"points for the link are probably wrong (by default the column/layer "
+"centers are used)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:476
+msgid ""
+"Hover on the small square on the left side of the node of the standard "
+"level until two small arrows (pointing up and down) appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:478
+msgid ""
+"Click on the arrows and drag to change the value in the small square. "
+"Stop when **the number of the hook point** that has to be used as pivot "
+"point is reached. In the Viewer the level moves using the chosen point as"
+" new center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:480
+msgid ""
+"Do the same procedure of point 5 on the small square on the right of the "
+"Plastic modified node that was used as target for the link. Select **the "
+"number of the skeleton vertex** that has to be used as target reference "
+"point for the link. Into the Viewer the standard level moves to overlap "
+"the position of the hook point selected as reference to the position of "
+"the skeleton vertex selected on the Plastic modified level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:482
+msgid ""
+"A mirror procedure can be used for linking a Plastic modified level to a "
+"standard level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:484
+msgid "**To link Plastic modified levels**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:486
+msgid ""
+"The procedure requires that all the levels involved and that need to be "
+"linked using determined positions, have at least one skeleton built and "
+"one of its vertices has to be positioned at the desired spot for the "
+"linking. As said, the Hook tool doesn’t work on the Plastic modified "
+"levels so, for exact positioning, skeleton vertices are needed as "
+"reference points both on the source and on the target of the link."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:488
+msgid ""
+"Go to the Stage Schematic and select the node of the column/layer that "
+"has to be linked. Click on the small square on its left side, and drag to"
+" one of the small squares on the right side of the target of the link. "
+"Now the two levels are linked but the reference points for the link are "
+"probably wrong (by default the column/layer centers are used)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:490
+msgid ""
+"Hover on the small square on the left of the node of the first node until"
+" two small arrows appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:492
+msgid ""
+"Click on the arrows and drag to change the value in the small square. "
+"Stop when **the number of the skeleton vertex** point that has to be used"
+" as pivot point is reached. In the Viewer the level adjusts its position "
+"in respect of the new selected center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:494
+msgid ""
+"Do the same procedure of point 3 on the small square on the right of the "
+"Plastic modified node that was used as target for the link. Select **the "
+"number of the skeleton vertex** that has to be used as target reference "
+"point for the link. Into the Viewer the first level moves to overlap the "
+"position of its selected skeleton vertex to that of the target skeleton "
+"vertex just selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:500
+msgid "Function Editor representation of Plastic data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:501
+msgid ""
+"While animating Plastic elements, keyframes are created for the vertices "
+"of the skeleton. You can see them as standard keyframes in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline, or you can operate on the values of each vertex into the"
+" Function Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:503
+msgid ""
+"The keyframess of the Xsheet/Timeline mark a keyframe for the Plastic "
+"skeleton at the specified frame, but don’t give any information about the"
+" number of vertices involved or their actual keyframed properties; they "
+"can be indifferently, one, some or all. Moving these keyframes you can "
+"easily change the timing of the whole animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:505
+msgid ""
+"The keyframes into the Function Editor are more detailed, giving you the "
+"chance for fine-tuning and modify each vertex parameter animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:507
+msgid ""
+"When in the Function Editor Tree, you open the folder of a column/layer "
+"that has the Plastic tool applied, you can see a **Plastic Skeleton** "
+"folder. This folder contains the **Skeleton Id** channel, the **Root** "
+"subfolder, and one subfolder *for each vertex* of the Plastic skeleton, "
+"labeled with the name of the related vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:509
+msgid "|plastic_data_in_function_editor|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:511
+msgid ""
+"The **Skeleton Id** channel contains the data related to which skeleton "
+"is active at a certain frame. If the level is using multiple skeletons "
+"here you can see the switches from one skeleton to the other, both as "
+"numeric values and in a graphical format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:513
+msgid ""
+"The **Root** subfolder shows all the parameter channels, but only the "
+"**SO** (Staking Order) parameter can be animated when this vertex is "
+"actually used as root of the skeleton"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:515
+msgid ""
+"The **Vertex** subfolders (one for each vertex of the skeletons), contain"
+" three parameters: **Angle**, **Distance** and **SO**, that are used to "
+"determine the position of the vertex at every frame during the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:517
+msgid ""
+"The values of these parameters can be visualized in the Function Editor "
+"as a spreadsheet or as curves, and modified as required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:519
+msgid ""
+"The vertices of multiple skeletons are shown as a single list, and *not "
+"grouped* for each skeleton. In this way the animation curve of *Vertex_1*"
+" is built using the animation values of the vertices named *Vertex_1* of "
+"all the skeletons of the mesh, so just one curve can be modified to "
+"adjust the animation of related vertices on different skeletons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:525
+msgid "Use Mathematical Expressions in Plastic Animation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:526
+msgid ""
+"To use OpenToonz mathematical expressions in the Plastic Animation, you "
+"can link the vertices of the skeleton to each other or to a column/layer,"
+" pegbar or camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:528
+msgid ""
+"This allows to set some automatic actions of the skeleton, for example "
+"you can link the main vertices of the shoulders, so that moving just one "
+"shoulder automatically moves the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:530
+msgid ""
+"Suppose that the main vertices of the shoulders are named *Shoulder_left*"
+" and *Shoulder_right*, and the Mesh is in column 2 of the Xsheet (or "
+"layer 2 of the Timeline). You can set the rotation of *Shoulder_left* "
+"vertex to be the same amount of that of *Shoulder_right*, by setting in "
+"the Function Editor the following expression in the **Angle** parameter "
+"of *Shoulder_left*:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:532
+msgid "``vertex(2, \"Shoulder_right\").angle``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:534
+msgid ""
+"If you prefer the rotation of the left shoulder to react opposite to the "
+"one of the right shoulder, you could add a multiplication as following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:536
+msgid "``vertex(2, \"Shoulder_right\").angle*-1``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:538
+msgid "The general syntax is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:540
+msgid "**vertex(column_number, \"vertex_name\").parameter**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:542
+msgid ""
+"For more information about the *mathematical expressions* usage refer to "
+"(See  :ref:`Using Interpolations Based on Expressions "
+"<using_interpolations_based_on_expressions>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:548
+msgid "Plastic and Sub-Xsheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/create_animations_using_plastic_tool.rst:549
+msgid ""
+"A Sub-Xsheet is a valid object for the Plastic tool, and all or some of "
+"its columns can have a mesh for animating. When a Sub-Xsheet is selected "
+"as a starting element, all of the columns in the Sub-Xsheet visible when "
+"the **Create Mesh** button is pressed, are taken into count for the "
+"creation of the Mesh. These levels will be visible in render and will be "
+"deformed by Mesh transformations. If, after creating the Mesh, hidden "
+"levels are set to visible, they will behave in a slightly different way: "
+"they will be deformed by Mesh transformations, but they will be shown in "
+"render *only inside the mesh boundaries* (i.e. the Mesh acts as a *mask* "
+"that determines what is visible in the rendered image, even if the newly-"
+"shown levels are placed into a nested Sub-Xsheet with its own mesh and "
+"skeleton)."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/creating_cutout_animation.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/creating_cutout_animation.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/creating_cutout_animation.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/creating_cutout_animation.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/creating_cutout_animation.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9300737b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/creating_cutout_animation.po
@@ -0,0 +1,813 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:4
+msgid "Creating Cutout Animation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Cutout animation is based on characters made of several sections "
+"connected together to create a character model. For example a basic model"
+" can be made of a drawing for the head, one for the body, one for each "
+"arm, and one for each leg."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Animations in this case can be created not by adding drawings depicting "
+"the new animated poses, but by transforming (i.e. moving or rotating) the"
+" model sections individually at different frames, in order to create "
+"different actions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:9
+msgid "|character_model_sample|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"In OpenToonz it's possible to create links between a model's different "
+"sections and to set pivot points for each one of them, in order to better"
+" manage the animation. For example, you can link a hand to an arm at the "
+"wrist, and link the arm to the trunk at the shoulder: in this way when "
+"you move the trunk, you will move both arm and hand as well; when you "
+"move the arm, it will turn around the shoulder and the hand will follow "
+"its movement; when you move the hand, it will turn around the wrist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:13
+msgid "**To create a cutout animation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Place each section (that can be a single drawing or an animated level) of"
+" your character in a different column/layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|) to link each section to the other "
+"and set the related pivot points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Create keyframes for each section at different frames to animate the "
+"cutout character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:25
+msgid "Using the Skeleton Tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"The **Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|) allows you to define a model by "
+"setting hierarchical links between its different sections exposed in "
+"different Xsheet columns (or Timeline layers), and animate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"It basically makes possible, by using a single and more immediate tool, "
+"the same tasks that could be achieved by using the Stage Schematic and "
+"the **Animate** tool (|animate|), when used to create links and animate "
+"the transformations of columns/layers (see :ref:`Linking Objects "
+"<linking_objects>`  ). Indeed, any editing performed with the "
+"**Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|) can also be seen happening in the Stage "
+"Schematic and the columns/layers transformation values, and vice versa."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:30
+msgid "In the tool options bar you can set the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"**Mode** sets the operation to perform with the tool. Options are: "
+"**Build Skeleton**, to create links between the different sections, "
+"**Animate**, to animate the character model, and **Inverse Kinematics**, "
+"to animate the character model using inverse kinematics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"**Global Key** when activated sets a key for all the object "
+"transformations as soon as a key is defined by animating the skeleton. "
+"This means that if you rotate a model section, automatically a key will "
+"be defined for the position, scaling and shearing transformations as "
+"well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"**Show Only Active Skeleton** when activated displays only the pivot "
+"points and the skeleton from the current section up to the parent "
+"section: in this way it will be easier to manage characters with "
+"skeletons of a higher complexity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:42
+msgid "Building a Skeleton"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"When the **Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|) mode is set to **Build "
+"Skeleton**, it's possible to set pivot points and links between sections "
+"by using the handle available in the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:45
+msgid "|handle|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"The handle is made of a small circle, with an arm that by default extends"
+" upwards. This allows you to perform the following tasks:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:49
+msgid "Click and drag the **yellow circle** to set the pivot point position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the **square** at the end of the extended arm to set the "
+"link to another section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"The section pivot point can be moved, but *cannot* change its position "
+"during the animation: once it is set, or modified, it is retained during "
+"all the animation. If the pivot point is changed many times, and you want"
+" to set it back to its original position, right-click the section in the "
+"Stage Schematic and choose **Reset Center** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"The handle refers to the current section; when you link a section to "
+"another, the link is graphically displayed connecting the centers of the "
+"two sections. When one or several sections are linked, all their links "
+"and the related centers, are displayed as well, configuring the skeleton "
+"for the model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:61
+msgid "Creating Basic Models"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"A basic model is made of sections linked to each other by their centers. "
+"It's simpler to create if compared to a model based on hooks (see  "
+":ref:`Creating Models with Hooks <creating_models_with_hooks>`  ), and "
+"has some limitations, but it is suitable for most of the cases of cutout "
+"animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:64
+msgid "|basic_model|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"By default each section has a *center* that's placed at the center of the"
+" viewer. When creating a model, this center has to be moved to where the "
+"pivot point for that specific section has to be."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"The **Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|) allows you, both, to change the center"
+" position of the currently selected model section, and to link it to the "
+"center of another section visible in the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Usually it's simpler to start working from the parent section, then link "
+"the other sections one by one, following one limb at a time. For example "
+"first set the center of the model trunk, then set the arm pivot point and"
+" link the arm to the trunk, then set the forearm pivot point and link the"
+" forearm to the arm, then set the hand pivot point and link the hand to "
+"the forearm, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"In case the sections of your model are drawn in the right place, setting "
+"the pivot points and the links is all you have to do to define a "
+"skeleton. If they are not, you can set the section right position either "
+"before or after setting links by using the **Animate** tool or the "
+"**Skeleton** tool in **Animate** mode (see  :ref:`Animating Objects "
+"<animating_objects>`  and  :ref:`Animating Models <animating_models>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:74
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:136
+msgid "**To select a model section:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:76
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|), set the mode to **Build "
+"Skeleton**, and click the section in the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:78
+msgid "**To set the pivot point of the selected section:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:80
+msgid "*Click and drag* the **yellow circle**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:82
+msgid "**To Link the selected section to another section:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"*Click and drag* the **square** at the top of the handle to the section "
+"you want to be parent. The section you drag to is highlighted by "
+"displaying its bounding box and a label displays information about the "
+"link you are going to create."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:86
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:150
+msgid "Release to set the link."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:88
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:156
+msgid "**To Break the link between the selected section and its parent:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"*Click and drag* the **square** at the middle of the graphical link "
+"between the linked sections away from the parent one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:92
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"**To visualize only the skeleton from the current section up to the "
+"parent section:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:94
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:162
+msgid "Activate the **Show Only Active Skeleton** option in the tool options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:100
+msgid "Creating Models with Hooks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes basic models may not produce the desired results because the "
+"positions of the pivot points in the skeleton are fixed, and therefore "
+"cannot follow the changes of model sections which are animated levels "
+"themselves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:103
+msgid "|hook_model_0|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"For example suppose you have a character whose trunk is an animated level"
+" made of several drawings of the trunk bending: as the animation of the "
+"trunk goes on, the limbs linked to it will not follow the movement of the"
+" trunk (because the trunk is neither moving nor rotating in terms of its "
+"transformation values)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:107
+msgid "|hook_model_1|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"By using hooks you can specify, drawing by drawing, where the pivot "
+"points have to be placed: in this way the model will maintain its "
+"consistency even when different drawings from an animation level are "
+"used, during the course of the action (see  :ref:`Using Hooks "
+"<using_hooks>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"For example, by placing hooks on the drawings of the trunk and on the "
+"limbs (where they have to be connected), and defining the links by using "
+"hooks instead of centers, the limbs will follow the trunk even if it is "
+"bending."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"The **Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|) allows you, both, to set a hook as the"
+" pivot point for the section, and to link it to a specific hook of "
+"another section visible in the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"Hooks have to be placed for each character model section where you want "
+"the joints to be. For example, a trunk may have five hooks, one for the "
+"head, two for the arms and two for the legs; a forearm may have two "
+"hooks, one for the elbow and one for the wrist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"When using the **Hook** tool (|hook|) for defining hooks for the model "
+"sections, the **Snap** option can be activated (see :ref:`Using Hooks "
+"<using_hooks>`  ). In this way it's possible to place hooks exactly in "
+"the same position of hooks already defined for other animation levels "
+"visible in the Viewer, or, in case the level is a Toonz Vector level, at "
+"the center of closed shapes (e.g. rectangles, circles or single vector "
+"shapes closed with the **Tape** tool)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"This means that, in case the model sections are drawn in the right place,"
+" you can define perfectly overlapping hooks, so that limbs preserve their"
+" position when hooks are linked; or you can use regular shapes in Toonz "
+"Vector drawings (such as circles), to define the overlapping areas of the"
+" model limbs, and consequently place hooks exactly at their center to "
+"achieve a perfect match when hooks are linked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"The hook number is just a label to identify hooks, and it is not relevant"
+" when performing links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"Usually it's simpler to start working from the parent section, then link "
+"the other sections one by one, following one limb at the time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"When starting to build a skeleton with hooks, two different cases may "
+"take place: the model sections are not drawn in the right place, one in "
+"relation to another; or they are drawn in the right place one in relation"
+" to another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:127
+msgid "|hook_model_2|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"In the first case the appropriate hook has first to be set as the pivot "
+"point for the model section, then the link can be created. Note that when"
+" setting a hook as the new pivot point, the hook, and consequently the "
+"section, *shifts* to the center of the work area; as soon as you link "
+"that section to the hook of another section, it goes to the right place, "
+"with the two hooks perfectly overlapping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"In the second case a hook of the selected section and a hook of another "
+"section are overlapping (e.g. the hook on the wrist of the hand section "
+"overlaps the hook on the wrist of the forearm section), and a special "
+"button displaying information about the overlapping hooks can be used to "
+"automatically link the two sections with a single click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:133
+msgid "|hook_model_3|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:140
+msgid "**To set a hook as the pivot point of the selected section:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:142
+msgid "Click the hook label displayed close to the hook."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:144
+msgid "**To Link the selected section to a hook another section:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"*Click and drag* the square at the top of the handle up to the section "
+"you want to be its parent. All the *hooks* are displayed and the section "
+"you drag to is highlighted by displaying its bounding box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"Drag towards the hook you want to link the section to: the hook label is "
+"displayed and another label displays information about the link you are "
+"going to create."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:152
+msgid "**To Link two overlapping hooks:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"Click the label close to the overlapping hooks displaying information "
+"about the link you are going to create."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"*Click and drag* the square at the middle of the graphical link between "
+"the linked sections away from the parent one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:168
+msgid "Animating Models"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"When the Skeleton tool (|skeleton|) mode is set to **Animate**, it is "
+"possible to set positions for the model sections at different frames, "
+"thus defining an animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:171
+msgid ""
+"In the viewer it's possible to select a model section and perform the "
+"following tasks:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:173
+msgid "*Click anywhere* to rotate the current section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:175
+msgid ""
+"*Click and drag the green square with the four arrows* to move the "
+"current section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"As you roll over the handle, the cursor changes shape to indicate to you "
+"the operations you may perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"Every time a position for a section is set, a keyframe is automatically "
+"generated for the Xsheet column (or Timeline layer) where that section is"
+" exposed, at the current frame. Keys are created only for the "
+"transformation you modify: rotation, displacement, or both."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to activate the **Global Key** option in order to set"
+" a keyframe for all the section transformations, including scaling and "
+"shearing, as soon as a keyframe for one transformation is set. This may "
+"result useful if you want to animate the model first, and then refine the"
+" animation by adding stretching and squashing transformations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"If you want to create a keyframe without operating the handle, in order "
+"to leave the section position and rotation as they are, you can use the "
+"**Set Key** button (|key|) available in the bottom bar of the Viewer. In "
+"this case keys are created for all the object transformations (see "
+":ref:`Animating Objects <animating_objects>`  ). It is also possible to "
+"manage keys for several model sections at once by inserting or deleting "
+"keys affecting the Xsheet/Timeline as a whole, or a selection of Xsheet "
+"columns (or Timeline layers) (see :ref:`Working with Multiple Column Keys"
+" <working_with_multiple_column_keys>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"Keys and interpolations you define in this way are displayed in Xsheet "
+"columns (or Timeline layers), where they can be directly managed (see  "
+":ref:`Using Column Keys <using_column_keys>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"As keyframes can be defined at specific frames for specific sections "
+"only, you may calibrate the animation and the movement speed of your "
+"model the way you prefer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"Columns/layers can also be animated by working in the Function Editor "
+"(see  :ref:`Editing Using Spreadsheet and Curves "
+"<editing_curves_and_numerical_columns>`  )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:191
+msgid ""
+"In case a model section is an animation level consisting of several "
+"drawings instead of a single one (for example, if the character’s hand is"
+" an animation level consisting of drawings of the hand in different "
+"positions), the **Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|) lets you also flip through"
+" the drawings to choose the one you need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:193
+msgid "**To Select a model section:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:195
+msgid ""
+"Choose the **Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|), set the mode to **Animate**, "
+"and click the section in the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:197
+msgid "**To Rotate the selected section:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:199
+msgid "Click and drag *anywhere* in the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:201
+msgid "**To Move the selected section:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:203
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag *the green square with the four arrows* available on the "
+"right of the current section pivot point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"**To visualize only the pivot points of the current section up to the "
+"parent section:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:207
+msgid ""
+"Activate the **Show Only Active Skeleton** option in the Skeleton tool "
+"options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:209
+msgid "**To flip through the drawings belonging to the animation level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"Click *the label with the level name* on the right of the current section"
+" pivot point and flip through following and previous frames by doing one "
+"of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:213
+msgid "Drag up or down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:215
+msgid "Click the up or down arrowheads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:221
+msgid "Using Inverse Kinematics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:222
+msgid ""
+"When the **Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|) mode is set to **Inverse "
+"Kinematics**, it's possible to move the model considering the "
+"articulation of all the sections its skeleton is made of. This means that"
+" if you want to move the end of a model limb to a particular position, "
+"all the rest of the sections belonging to that limb will move "
+"consequently, with no need to move each section separately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:224
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you want the hand of a character to reach a particular "
+"point, you don’t need to animate the arm and the forearm separately, but "
+"instead you can move the hand to the final position, automatically "
+"adjusting the arm and forearm sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:226
+msgid "|inverse_kinematics|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:228
+msgid ""
+"When the **Inverse Kinematics** mode is activated, the full skeleton with"
+" pivot points and links is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"When moving the model, a rotation keyframe is automatically defined for "
+"all the sections involved in the movement, unless the **Global Key** "
+"option is activated thus generating a keyframe for all the section "
+"transformations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:232
+msgid ""
+"When using inverse kinematics the movements of the parent section of the "
+"skeleton are automatically computed to allow the right configuration of "
+"the skeleton; this means that they *cannot* be edited anymore by using "
+"standard movement editing tools like the **Animate** tool or the "
+"**Function Editor**. To return to the standard movement editing mode, you"
+" have to reset the pinned centers information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:236
+msgid "Pinned Center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:237
+msgid ""
+"One single center (by default located on the section that is the parent "
+"of the skeleton), is displayed as a **blue square**: indicating that it's"
+" **pinned** and its position won't change throughout the animation when "
+"the character sections are animated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:239
+msgid ""
+"The **pinned center** can be moved from a joint to another along the "
+"animation in order to have a center pinned only for a specific frame "
+"range. When the pinned center is changed at a specific frame, all the "
+"previous frames will retain the **previously pinned center**; all the "
+"following frames will have the **new pinned center** up to the frame "
+"where another pinned center position, if any, is defined in advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:241
+msgid ""
+"Changing the pinned center allows for a more complex animation where "
+"fixed points have to change while the model is moving, for example a walk"
+" where one ankle is pinned while the character is doing the first step, "
+"and the other ankle is pinned during the second step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:243
+msgid ""
+"Once the *pinned center* is defined, it will remain active when animating"
+" skeleton sections both with the **Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|), and with"
+" the **Animate** tool (|animate|). To freely animate any skeleton section"
+" again, reset the pinned center information (see below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:246
+msgid "Temporarily Pinned Centers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:247
+msgid ""
+"Multiple additional centers can be *temporarily pinned* at any frame in "
+"order to constrain additional joints to a specific position. Unlike the "
+"pinned center, **temporarily pinned centers** are *not* preserved when "
+"the current frame changes, as they are used only to define the position "
+"of the sections at a certain frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:249
+msgid ""
+"Using **temporarily pinned centers** allows for the definition of "
+"specific poses at specific frames, for example the rising of an arm by "
+"pinning the shoulder joint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:251
+msgid ""
+"According to the *pinned center*, and the *temporarily pinned centers*, "
+"it's possible to click any point of any section and drag to move the "
+"model: all the parent sections up to the *first pinned center* along the "
+"skeleton will move consequently, while all the linked sections *down to "
+"the free end of the limb* will move rigidly with the picked section. The "
+"sections affected by the movement are highlighted by displaying the link "
+"wires in *red*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:253
+msgid ""
+"The pinned centers information and coordinates are saved along with the "
+"scene; in case you want to delete it or start the animation by using the "
+"inverse kinematics from scratch, this information can be reset to the "
+"default, where only the center of the parent section of the skeleton is "
+"pinned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:255
+msgid "**To animate the model with Inverse Kinematics:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:257
+msgid ""
+"Choose the **Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|) and set the mode to **Inverse "
+"Kinematics**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:259
+msgid "Click any point of any model section and drag it to the desired position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:261
+msgid "**To set the skeleton Pinned Center:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:263
+msgid ""
+"**Click the center**: it turns from an *orange circle* to a *blue square*"
+" to indicate it is **pinned**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:265
+msgid "**To change the skeleton Pinned Center:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:267
+msgid "Select the frame where you want the new center to be set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:269
+msgid ""
+"**Click the center**: all the previous frames will retain the *previously"
+" pinned center*; all the following frames will have the *new pinned "
+"center* up to a frame where another pinned position might have been "
+"defined in advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:271
+msgid "**To set a Temporarily Pinned Center:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:273
+msgid ""
+"**Shift-click the center**: it turns from an *orange circle* to a *light "
+"blue square* to indicate it is **temporarily pinned**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:275
+msgid "**To unset a Temporarily Pinned Center:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:277
+msgid ""
+"**Shift-click the temporarily pinned center**: it turns from a *light "
+"blue square* to an *orange circle* to indicate it's no longer temporarily"
+" pinned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:279
+msgid "**To Reset the Pinned Centers information:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:281
+msgid "Choose the **Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_cutout_animation.rst:283
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the viewer and choose **Reset Pinned Center** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/creating_movements.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/creating_movements.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/creating_movements.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/creating_movements.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/creating_movements.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..36d8aa4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/creating_movements.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2343 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:4
+msgid "Creating Movements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Each scene has a series of *objects* that can be transformed; they can be"
+" Xsheet columns (or Timeline layers), pegbars, cameras, or the table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Every transformation you set for an object at a specific frame "
+"automatically defines a keyframe. When keyframes are defined at several "
+"frames, in-between positions are automatically interpolated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"To create more complex animations, you can also work in a 3D environment,"
+" where cameras and scene elements can be placed like on a stage at "
+"different distances one from another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:15
+msgid "Using the Stage Schematic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The Stage Schematic contains *nodes* for all of the objects used in a "
+"scene, making it possible to manage the way they are linked to each "
+"other. It's organized in a hierarchy starting from the animation table, "
+"where all the columns/layers and pegbars are placed. A camera is "
+"available as well, and additional cameras can be defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:18
+msgid "|stage_schematic|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"By default the Stage Schematic contains the table node and one camera "
+"node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Column/layer nodes are added as soon as you load or create some content; "
+"pegbars and cameras can be added at any time (pegbars will be "
+"automatically linked to the table)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"When more than one camera is created, you can set which is the active "
+"one, used in the Viewer; the active camera node is displayed in blue "
+"while the others are left idle in grey. Each camera can have a different "
+"size and resolution, and each of them can be animated independently (see"
+"  :ref:`Defining Camera Settings <defining_camera_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Objects nodes can be easily added and arranged and they can be selected "
+"in order to be cut, copied, pasted or deleted. When selected, nodes' "
+"edges are highlighted in white; the current node has its label displayed "
+"in yellow; when at least one node is selected, its related links are "
+"displayed in cyan."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"It's also possible to *group* several nodes into one single node, in "
+"order to better manage a complex Stage Schematic. Groups can be opened to"
+" be examined, and its components can be selected for further operations, "
+"like creating animations or new groups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Column/layer nodes have buttons defining their visibility in Camera stand"
+" (|camera_stand|) and Render (|preview|) views, these buttons are located"
+" at the top right of the nodes: the toggles are linked to the ones "
+"available in the Xsheet columns (Timeline layers) headers (see "
+":ref:`Working with Xsheet Columns <working_with_xsheet_columns>` )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:32
+msgid "**To access the stage schematic:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:34
+msgid "Go to the Window menu, and choose the Schematic option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"If necessary, click the FX/Stage toggle button (|schematic|) in the "
+"bottom bar of the Schematic pane until the title bar displays Stage "
+"Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:38
+msgid "**To navigate the stage schematic:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:40
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:60
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:68
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:84
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:92
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:108
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:183
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:193
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:294
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:302
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:310
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:510
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:544
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:570
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:584
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:660
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:738
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:765
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:773
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:791
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:823
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:846
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:858
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:901
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:921
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Use the mouse wheel, or the zoom shortcut keys (by default + and - keys) "
+"to zoom in and zoom out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:44
+msgid "Middle-click and drag to scroll in any direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Fit to Window** button (|fit_to_window|) in the bottom bar of "
+"the stage window to display all the objects in the current window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Focus on Current** button (|focus_on_current|) in the bottom "
+"bar of the stage window to center the stage on the current object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Reorder Nodes** button (|reorder_nodes|) in the bottom bar of "
+"the stage window to change the position of the nodes in the schematic to "
+"a default arrangement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Reset Size** button (|reset|) in the bottom bar of the stage "
+"window, or use the reset view shortcut (by default the 0 key) to display "
+"all the objects at the default size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:54
+msgid "**To add a column/layer:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"Load or create some content for the Xsheet column (Timeline layer): it "
+"will be automatically displayed in the Stage Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:58
+msgid "**To add a pegbar:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click the **New Pegbar** button (|pegbar|) in the bottom bar of the Stage"
+" Schematic window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Stage Schematic and choose **New Pegbar** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:66
+msgid "**To add a camera:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Click the **New Camera** button (|camera|) in the bottom bar of the Stage"
+" Schematic window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Stage Schematic and choose **New Camera** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:74
+msgid "**To set the active camera:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"In the Stage Schematic right-click the camera node you want to set as "
+"active and choose **Activate** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:78
+msgid "**To rename an object:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:80
+msgid "Ctrl + double-click the node name and type a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:82
+msgid "**To minimize or maximize column/layer nodes:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"Click the arrowhead button to the left of the node name to "
+"minimize/maximize it selectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Maximize Nodes** (|maximize|) button in the bottom bar of the"
+" Stage Schematic pane to minimize/maximize all of the nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:90
+msgid "**To select objects and links:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:94
+msgid "Click to select an object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:96
+msgid "Click and drag to select a group of objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) to add an object to, or remove it from"
+" the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"Links can be selected together with objects (see  :ref:`Linking Objects "
+"<linking_objects>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:102
+msgid "**To move the selection:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:104
+msgid "Click and drag any object of the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:106
+msgid "**To edit an objects selection:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:110
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:795
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Copy** command to keep the selection in memory for further "
+"operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Cut** command to eliminate the nodes selection from the Stage "
+"Schematic and keep them in memory for further operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Paste** command to paste the selection kept in memory in the "
+"Stage Schematic: the pasted selection will be linked to the same object "
+"to which the copied or cut objects were linked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:116
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:799
+msgid "Use the **Delete** command to delete the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"All of these commands are available in the menu that opens when right-"
+"clicking nodes and links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"The table and the default camera cannot be removed from the Stage "
+"Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:122
+msgid "**To Group selected objects:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any selected nodes and choose **Group** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"Nodes can only be grouped if they share the parent node, and the parent "
+"node is included in the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:128
+msgid "**To open a Group:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the group and choose **Open Group** from the menu that opens:"
+" the group objects are displayed in a box, showing links between group "
+"nodes, and links with nodes outside of the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"In the Stage Schematic, when the content of a group is displayed it's not"
+" possible to edit the links between group nodes, and links with nodes "
+"outside of the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:134
+msgid "**To close a Group:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:136
+msgid "Click the **Close button** on the right of the group box bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:138
+msgid "**To release a Group:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:140
+msgid "Right-click the group and choose **Ungroup** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:142
+msgid "**To reorder nodes in the Stage Schematic:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Reorder Nodes** button (|reorder_nodes|) in the bottom bar of"
+" the stage window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:150
+msgid "Linking Objects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Objects can be linked in order to create shared movements (movements that"
+" all the linked objects share with the parent object) and relative "
+"movements (movements that are the sum of the object's own movement and "
+"the movement of its parent object)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"As parent objects can be linked, in their turn, to other moving objects, "
+"it is possible to define a complex hierarchy of transformations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"The hierarchy between objects can be edited by setting links that allow "
+"you to set parent and linked objects: columns/layers can be linked to "
+"other columns/layers, pegbars, the table or cameras; pegbars can be "
+"linked to other pegbars, the table or cameras; cameras can be linked to "
+"any object in order to create complex shots, for example with a camera "
+"following the movement of a character in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"Links can be set by using the ports located at each side of the object "
+"node:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:159
+msgid "The **port on the left** is for linking the object to a **parent** object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:161
+msgid "The **port on the right** is for linking the object to a **child** object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:163
+msgid ""
+"The **port at the bottom** is for assigning the object a **motion path** "
+"to follow (see for  :ref:`Creating a Movement along a Motion Path "
+"<creating_a_movement_along_a_motion_path>` )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Links can also be selected in order to be deleted: when selected, links "
+"are highlighted; when at least one object is selected, the related links "
+"are displayed in blue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:167
+msgid ""
+"Columns/layers and pegbars are always linked, at least to the table: this"
+" means that their links cannot be deleted, but only replaced with "
+"different ones or restored to their default: the table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:169
+msgid "**To link a node to another:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:171
+msgid ""
+"In the Stage Schematic, click and drag from a node's left port to the "
+"parent node's right port, or viceversa."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:173
+msgid "**To link a column/layer to another object:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:175
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:247
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:598
+msgid "Do any of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:177
+msgid "Define the link in the Stage Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Animate** tool (|animate|) with the **Pick:** option set to "
+"**Column**, and in the viewer **Shift-click** the column contents to "
+"which you want to link the current column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:181
+msgid "**To select the linked object to edit in the hierarchy:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:185
+msgid "Select it in the Stage Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Animate** tool (|animate|) with the **Pick:** option set to "
+"**Pegbar** to click a drawing in the viewer and select the first pegbar "
+"in the hierarchy the column containing the drawing is linked to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"Right-click a drawing in the viewer to choose from the menu that opens "
+"the **Select** command related to the object that you want to edit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:191
+msgid "**To select links:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:195
+msgid "Click to select a link."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:197
+msgid "Click and drag to select several links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) to add a link to, or remove it from "
+"the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"Objects can be selected together with links (see  :ref:`Using the Stage "
+"Schematic <using_the_stage_schematic>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:203
+msgid "**To remove selected links:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Choose Edit  →  **Delete**, links will be replaced by default ones (i.e "
+"to the table)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:211
+msgid "Advanced Linking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"Optionally, the connector ports can be displayed as letters (instead of "
+"the default circles), to be able to control, in more advanced ways, the "
+"position of the centers to be used when linking the nodes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:214
+msgid "|adv_linking_1|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:216
+msgid "|adv_linking_2|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:218
+msgid ""
+"Center **B** is the geometrical center of each object (and the default "
+"connection option)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:219
+msgid "Center **A** is placed 8 inches to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:220
+msgid "Center **C** is placed 8 inches to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:221
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:229
+msgid "etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"When a link is created, the letters at its ends set the way the linked "
+"object overlaps with the parent object. If at both ends of the link you "
+"set the same letter, the two objects will overlap with no offset respect "
+"to their default centers; while if for example, a column centered on B is"
+" linked to a pegbar centered on A, it will have an offset of 8 inches to "
+"the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"Apart from letters, columns have also numbered centers as well; these "
+"serve for setting links relative to the position of Hooks assigned to "
+"these columns (see  :ref:`Using Hooks <using_hooks>` )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:227
+msgid "Center **1** is the center defined by hook number 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:228
+msgid "Center **2** is the center defined by hook number 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:231
+msgid ""
+"While in this mode, each node will have always a free connector port "
+"available in order to accept a link to a different center. In this way if"
+" you want to link another object to the same parent object, you can "
+"choose whether to use the same center or a different one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"By defining parent and child objects you can also create cutout animation"
+" (see  :ref:`Creating Cutout Animation <creating_cutout_animation>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:235
+msgid "**To switch the connector ports display mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:237
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Switch Output Port Display Mode** button "
+"(|switch_output_port|) in the bottom bar of the Stage Schematic pane "
+"until you see the letters on each side of the nodes, instead of the "
+"default circles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:239
+msgid "**To set the center of an object:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:241
+msgid ""
+"Place the mouse pointer over the object left port and wait for the "
+"double-arrow button to appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:243
+msgid ""
+"Click and **drag up or down the double-arrow** button to scroll the "
+"options available: letters and numbers for columns, and letters for all "
+"the other types of objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:245
+msgid "**To set the way a child object overlaps its parent object:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:249
+msgid ""
+"Set the *same letter* for the two ports at the end of a link to overlap "
+"the objects without an offset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:251
+msgid ""
+"Set the *following letter* in alphabetical order on the **left port** of "
+"the **child object** to offset it to the left: for each successive letter"
+" there is an offset of 8 inches to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:253
+msgid ""
+"Set the *following letter* in alphabetical order on the **right port** of"
+" the **parent object** to offset it to the right: for each successive "
+"letter there is an offset of 8 inches to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:259
+msgid "Using Hooks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:260
+msgid ""
+"Hooks are reference points that can be defined for any animation level "
+"directly in the viewer, by using the **Hook** tool (|hook|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:262
+msgid ""
+"Once defined for a column/layer, they can be used in the Stage Schematic "
+"to link another object to it in relation to a specific hook, or to move "
+"it, according to any of its hook sets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:264
+msgid ""
+"In the first case the hook is used as a tracking point to link another "
+"object (a column/layer or camera) to a specific feature of the animation "
+"level. For example, if you have a character carrying a lamp, you can "
+"track the lamp position with a hook, and link a radial gradient to it "
+"(placed over the lamp for every frame of the animation) to create a glow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:266
+msgid ""
+"In the second case, the hook is used as the center of the column/layer "
+"where the hooked level will be exposed, thus creating a different center "
+"and offset for each level frame. For example, if you have a walking "
+"animation cycle, you can set a new center following the character’s feet "
+"with a hook, and make the level move accordingly to prevent a moon-"
+"walking effect on the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:268
+msgid ""
+"Hooks can also be split and passed from one drawing feature to another, "
+"automatically creating an offset position. For example, the hook "
+"following the character’s foot feature can pass from one foot to another,"
+" in order to make the character move continuously onward."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:273
+msgid ""
+"The hook set 2 follows the lamp, while the hook set 1 follows the "
+"character’s feet, passing from one feet to another when both are on the "
+"ground."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"A hook can be created starting from any frame. Once it is created, it "
+"will appear on the following level frames in the same position, from "
+"where it can be moved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:278
+msgid ""
+"You can use up to 20 hooks for each level; each hook is labeled with a "
+"number, to reference it in each level frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:280
+msgid ""
+"By activating the **Snap** option, hooks for the current level can be "
+"accurately placed by snapping them exactly to the same position of hooks "
+"defined for the other animation levels visible in the viewer. In case the"
+" current level is a Toonz Vector level, hooks will snap also to the "
+"center of any closed shapes it may contain (e.g. rectangles, circles or "
+"single vector shapes closed with the Tape tool). This option may prove "
+"useful especially when defining hooks for cutout animation models (see  "
+":ref:`Creating Cutout Animation <creating_cutout_animation>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:282
+msgid ""
+"Hook information is saved along with each level, as a file in XML format,"
+" named as the file but with the *_hooks* suffix. For example, hooks "
+"defined for the level ``mouse``  will be saved in the file "
+"``mouse_hooks.xml`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:284
+msgid ""
+"Hooks are also visible in Onion Skin mode (see  :ref:`Using Onion Skin "
+"<using_onion_skin>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:286
+msgid ""
+"Hooks can be also used to create a cutout animation model, as they allow "
+"you to link the model sections according to specific pivot points (see  "
+":ref:`Creating Cutout Animation <creating_cutout_animation>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:288
+msgid "**To define a hook for a level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:290
+msgid "Select a frame from the level you want to set hooks for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:292
+msgid "Choose the **Hook** tool (|hook|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:296
+msgid "Click to create a hook and drag to define the hook starting position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:298
+msgid ""
+"Click elsewhere to create another hook and the related hook starting "
+"position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:300
+msgid "**To select hooks:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:304
+msgid "Click a hook to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:306
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) to add a hook to, or remove it from "
+"the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:308
+msgid "**To move selected hooks:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:312
+msgid "Drag them to a new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:314
+msgid "**Shift-drag** to constrain an horizontal or vertical movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:316
+msgid ""
+"Activate the **Snap** option to place the hook exactly at the same "
+"position of hooks defined for other animation levels visible in the "
+"viewer, or in case the level is a Toonz Vector level, also at the center "
+"of closed shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:318
+msgid "**To pass a hook from one position to another:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:320
+msgid "**Alt-click and drag** the hook to split it into two."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:322
+msgid ""
+"Place the **double circle** where the hook has to be for the current "
+"frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:324
+msgid ""
+"Place the **cross** where you want the reference point to be from the "
+"next frame onwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:326
+msgid "**To delete a hook:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:328
+msgid "Select the related hook in any frame and choose Edit  →  **Delete**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:330
+msgid "**To link an object to a level hook:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:332
+msgid "Link the object to the column containing the hook."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"Place the mouse pointer over the column right port and wait for the "
+"double-arrow button to appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:336
+msgid ""
+"**Click and drag up** the double-arrow button to scroll the numbers "
+"available before letter A, and release the mouse button to define the "
+"hook number to be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"Column 3 is linked to the hook set 2 of column 2, while column 2 is "
+"moving according to its own hook set 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:344
+msgid "**To make the level move according to one of its hooks:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:346
+msgid ""
+"Place the mouse pointer over the left port of the column containing the "
+"hook, and wait for the double-arrow button to appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:348
+msgid ""
+"**Click and drag up** the double-arrow button to scroll the numbers "
+"available before letter A, and release the mouse button to define the "
+"hook to be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:350
+msgid "**To prevent an animation walking cycle from moon-walking:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:352
+msgid "Define a hook by following these guidelines:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:354
+msgid ""
+"Place the hook on the *same foot feature* along the whole sequence, for "
+"example the tip of the foot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:356
+msgid ""
+"If the character is supposed to be moving horizontally on the ground, "
+"*the hook should always lie on the ground line* (without changing its "
+"vertical position along the sequence). If the feature you are following "
+"leaves the ground, still place the hook on the ground line, under the "
+"feature you were following."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:358
+msgid ""
+"When both feet are on the ground line you can split the hook to pass it "
+"form one foot to the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:360
+msgid ""
+"If the animation is a cycle and you want the character to keep on "
+"walking, the last hook position has to be connected to the first one, and"
+" the hook has to pass from one foot to the other by splitting it, and "
+"then to the first one again by splitting it again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:366
+msgid "Tracking Points"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:367
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to automatically track specific regions in a sequence of "
+"images by using the **Tracker** tool (|tracker|). The results of the tool"
+" are a series of hooks that can be used to link an object to another (see"
+" above)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:369
+msgid "|tracking_regions|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"When selected, the Tracker tool (|tracker|) allows you to define one or "
+"several regions in an image, by defining a center and a size; regions can"
+" also be connected to one another to better track points having a visual "
+"geometrical relationship. The region defined with the tool sets both, the"
+" *pattern* that the tracking system will try to recognize in the "
+"following images, and the *size* of the search area where it will look "
+"for it (that will be of approximately twice that region)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"Once areas to be tracked are defined in the first frame of a range, it's "
+"possible to automatically track the regions in a selected range, by "
+"specifying the following options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:375
+msgid "|tracking_options|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:377
+msgid ""
+"**Threshold** sets the amount of difference between the defined pattern "
+"and the recognized one. When using low values, the tracking system will "
+"look for an area with an almost identical pattern, and when using high "
+"values, will look for an area that can be quite different from the "
+"original one. This means that if the value is too low, it’s more likely "
+"for the tracking to fail on certain images; if too high, the tracking may"
+" fail by following the wrong areas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:379
+msgid ""
+"**Sensitivity** sets how often the defined pattern has to be updated "
+"according to the variation it may have in the following images. For the "
+"maximum value, the pattern will be updated after each image is tracked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"**Variable Region Size**, when activated, will look for the defined "
+"pattern considering also the different sizes that it can have in the "
+"following images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:383
+msgid ""
+"**Include Background**, when activated, it considers the background as "
+"part of the defined pattern. It can be deactivated when tracking an "
+"element whose background does not affect the pattern, such as a "
+"green/blue screen background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:385
+msgid "**To define a region to be tracked:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:387
+msgid "Choose the **Tracker** tool (|tracker|) and click and drag in the image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:389
+msgid "Use the handles along the defined region bounding box to resize it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:391
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag elsewhere to define a second region: the center of the "
+"region will be labelled with a different letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:393
+msgid "**To define a region connected to another one:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:395
+msgid ""
+"Choose the **Tracker** tool (|tracker|) and **select the region** to "
+"which you want to connect another region."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag elsewhere to define a connected region: the center of the "
+"region will be labelled with the same letter of the first one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:399
+msgid "**To delete a defined region:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:401
+msgid ""
+"Choose the **Tracker** tool (|tracker|) and select the region you want to"
+" delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:403
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:684
+msgid "Choose Edit  →  **Delete**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:405
+msgid "**To track a defined region in a series of images:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:407
+msgid "Select the first image of the range you want to track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:409
+msgid ""
+"Choose the **Tracker** tool (|tracker|) and define the regions to be "
+"tracked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:411
+msgid "Select the frame range in the Xsheet/Timeline or in the Level Strip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:413
+msgid ""
+"Choose Level  →  **Tracking**, set the tracking options and click the "
+"**Track** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:415
+msgid "**To link an object to the tracked region:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:417
+msgid ""
+"Link the object to one of the hooks defined by the tracking process (see"
+"  :ref:`Using Hooks <using_hooks>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:423
+msgid "Animating Objects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:424
+msgid ""
+"You can animate the position, rotation, scale and shear (plus edit the "
+"center) of columns, pegbars, cameras and the table by using the Animate "
+"tool. Objects to be animated can be selected either in the Stage "
+"Schematic, the Viewer, the Xsheet/Timeline or by using a dropdown menu in"
+" the Animate tool's own options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:426
+msgid "In the **Animate tool** (|animate|) options bar you can set the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:428
+msgid ""
+"**Object:**, lets you select which scene object is to be effected by the "
+"tool. Here will be listed all columns, cameras and pegbars created, plus "
+"the table itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:430
+msgid ""
+"**Mode:**, lets you choose which transformation options to display in the"
+" tool options bar. Options are: **Position**, **Rotation**, **Scale**, "
+"**Shear**, **Center** and **All**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:432
+msgid ""
+"**Position**, **N/S:** and **E/W:** set the vertical and horizontal "
+"positions of the selected object, position **Z:** sets its position along"
+" the Z axis (see  :ref:`Working in a 3D Environment "
+"<working_in_a_3d_environment>`  ), and **SO:** sets the column/layer "
+"stacking order, that can be different from the one defined in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline (see  :ref:`Changing Columns Stacking Order "
+"<changing_columns_stacking_order>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:434
+msgid "|animate_tool_position|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:436
+msgid "**Rotation:**, sets the rotation of the selected object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:438
+msgid "|animate_tool_rotation|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:440
+msgid ""
+"**Scale**, **Global:**, **H:** and **V:** set the global, horizontal and "
+"vertical scaling of the selected object. **Maintain:** sets a constraint "
+"for scaling operations performed by using the Animate tool handle: if it "
+"is set to **A/R** the object will maintain its proportions, if it is set "
+"to **Mass** the object will maintain its overall volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:442
+msgid "|animate_tool_scale|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:444
+msgid ""
+"**Shear**, **H:** and **V:** set the horizontal and vertical shearing of "
+"the selected object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:446
+msgid "|animate_tool_shear|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:448
+msgid ""
+"**Center**, **N/S:** and **E/W:** set the vertical and horizontal "
+"position of the center of the selected object. The Center of an object "
+"cannot be animated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:450
+msgid "|animate_tool_center|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:452
+msgid ""
+"**All** displays all transformation types at the same time. In the viewer"
+" a handle will also be available that let users visually change any of "
+"the transformation types: Position, Rotation, Scale, Shear and Center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:454
+msgid "|animate_tool_all|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:456
+msgid ""
+"**Pick:** (only available in All mode) lets the user choose to "
+"automatically select columns/layers or pegbars to be animated when the "
+"selection is done by clicking in the Viewer: when set to **Column**, "
+"clicking a drawing automatically selects the related column/layer; when "
+"set to **Pegbar**, clicking a drawing automatically selects the pegbar to"
+" which the column/layer containing the drawing is linked (if there is "
+"one); when set to **None** the selection of drawings in the Viewer is "
+"disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:458
+msgid ""
+"**Lock buttons** (|lock|) define which values remain locked while "
+"transforming the object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:460
+msgid ""
+"**Global Key** when activated, sets a key for all of the object "
+"transformations as soon as a key is set for any of its transformations "
+"interactively in the viewer. For example if you change the position of an"
+" object, thus defining a keyframe for it, keys will also be automatically"
+" defined for the rotation, scaling and shearing transformations as well. "
+"This option will not take any effect if the values for the property are "
+"input directly in the toolbar, and not interactively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:462
+msgid ""
+"If the tool options bar is too short to display all the tool options, it "
+"can be scrolled by using arrow buttons available at its ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:464
+msgid ""
+"Position values are expressed in the default unit of measure set in the "
+"Preferences  →  Interface dialog (see  :ref:`Choosing the Working Unit "
+"<choosing_the_working_unit>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:470
+msgid "Animate Tool Handle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:471
+msgid ""
+"When the Animation tool is in **All** mode, you can also interactively "
+"control transformation values by using the handle available in the "
+"viewer. The handle is made of an inner double circle with three arms that"
+" allow you to change any of the following transformations:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:473
+msgid "|animate_tool_handle|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:475
+msgid ""
+"As you roll over the handles, the cursor changes shape to indicate to you"
+" the operations you may perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:477
+msgid ""
+"For greater precision it is possible to keep the **Alt** key depressed "
+"before starting to perform any transformation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:479
+msgid ""
+"**Position:** Click and drag anywhere to move the object; if the "
+"**Shift** key is pressed while dragging, the movement will be constrained"
+" in the horizontal or vertical direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:481
+msgid "**Rotate:** Click and drag the circle end to rotate the object;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:483
+msgid "|animate_tool_handle_rotate|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:485
+msgid ""
+"**Scale:** Click and drag the outer square of the double-square end to "
+"scale the object uniformly on the vertical and horizontal; click and drag"
+" the inner square of the double-square end to scale the object according "
+"to the constraint set in the options bar; if no constraint is set and the"
+" **Shift** key is pressed while dragging, the scaling will be uniform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:487
+msgid "|animate_tool_handle_scale| |animate_tool_handle_scaleHV|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:490
+msgid ""
+"**Shear:** Click and drag the parallelogram end to shear the object; if "
+"the **Shift** key is pressed while dragging, the shearing will be "
+"constrained in the horizontal or vertical direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:492
+msgid "|animate_tool_handle_shear|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:494
+msgid ""
+"**Center:** Click and drag the double circle at the center to change the "
+"center of the object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:496
+msgid "|animate_tool_handle_center|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:498
+msgid ""
+"The object center can be moved, but cannot be animated. Once it is set, "
+"or modified, it is retained in that position during all of the animation."
+" If the Center is changed many times, and you want to set it back to its "
+"original position, right-click the object in the Stage Schematic and "
+"choose **Reset Center** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:500
+msgid ""
+"When entering a value or operating the handle, a keyframe will be "
+"automatically generated at the current frame only for the set "
+"transformation; if the **Global Key** option is activated, keys will be "
+"generated for all of the transformations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:502
+msgid ""
+"If you want to set a key for an object transformation, maintaining its "
+"value as it is at the current frame, you can just press **Enter** on the "
+"displayed value. If you want to set keys for all of the object "
+"transformations maintaining their values as they are at the current "
+"frame, you can use the **Set Key** button (|key|) available in the bottom"
+" bar of the viewer; in this case keys are created for all of the object "
+"transformations, regardless of the **Global Key** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:504
+msgid ""
+"Objects can also be animated by working in the Function Editor (see  "
+":ref:`Editing Curves and Numerical Columns "
+"<editing_curves_and_numerical_columns>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:506
+msgid ""
+"The movement of the column contents can be checked by activating the "
+"Onion Skin mode, as it will display the position of drawings contained in"
+" the current column at different frames (see  :ref:`Using Onion Skin "
+"<using_onion_skin>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:508
+msgid "**To select the object to edit:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:512
+msgid "Select it in the stage schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:514
+msgid "If the object is a column/layer, select it in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:516
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Animate** tool (|animate|) with the **Pick:** option set to "
+"**Column** to click a drawing in the viewer to select the related column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:518
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Animate** tool (|animate|) with the **Pick:** option set to "
+"**Pegbar** to click a drawing in the viewer to select the pegbar that the"
+" column containing the drawing is linked to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:520
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Viewer a drawing to select an object from the list of "
+"scene objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:522
+msgid "**To animate an object with the Animate tool:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:524
+msgid "Select the object you want to animate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:526
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:623
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:696
+msgid "Choose the **Animate** tool (|animate|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:528
+msgid ""
+"Set the frame where you want to define the key by doing one of the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:530
+msgid ""
+"Move the current frame cursor in the Xsheet/Timeline or in the Function "
+"Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:532
+msgid "Use the Frame bar or the Playback buttons in the bottom bar of the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:534
+msgid "When animating columns only, select the related cell in the column/layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:536
+msgid "Define a keyframe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:538
+msgid "Select a different frame, and go on defining keyframes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:540
+msgid "**To define a keyframe only for some object transformations:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:542
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:562
+msgid "Deactivate the **Global Key** option in the tool options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:546
+msgid ""
+"Enter values in the **Animate** tool options bar for the object "
+"transformations you want to set a key for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:548
+msgid ""
+"If in **All** mode, operate the handle to move, scale, rotate or shear "
+"the object, automatically generating a key only for the modified "
+"transformation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:550
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:566
+msgid ""
+"As this keyframe is partial and refers only to some transformations, the "
+"**Set Key** button turns striped-blue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:552
+msgid "**To define a keyframe for all the object transformations:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:554
+msgid "Activate the **Global Key** option in the tool options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:556
+msgid "Interactively move, rotate, scale or shear the object in the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:558
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:576
+msgid ""
+"As this keyframe is global and refers to all the transformations, the "
+"**Set Key** button turns blue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:560
+msgid ""
+"**To define a key for an object transformation leaving its value as it is"
+" at the current frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:564
+msgid ""
+"In the **Animate** tool options bar click in the field of the object "
+"transformations you want to set a key for, and press the **Enter** key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:568
+msgid ""
+"**To define keys for all of the object transformations leaving their "
+"values as they are at the current frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:572
+msgid "Click the **Set Key** button (|key|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:574
+msgid ""
+"When animating columns/layers only, right-click in the column/layer cell "
+"and choose **Set Key** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:578
+msgid "**To turn a partial keyframe to a global key:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:580
+msgid "Click the **Set Key** button (|key|): it turns from blue-striped to blue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:582
+msgid "**To remove a set keyframe from the viewer bottom bar:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:586
+msgid ""
+"If the keyframe is global, click the **Set Key** button (|key|): it turns"
+" from blue to grey."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:588
+msgid ""
+"If the keyframe is partial, click twice the **Set Key** button (|key|): "
+"with the first click it turns from striped-blue to blue, with the second "
+"from blue to grey."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:590
+msgid ""
+"**To navigate frames where keyframes are defined in the viewer bottom "
+"bar:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:592
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Previous Key** (|prevkey|) and **Next Key** (|next_key|) "
+"buttons available at the side of the Set Key button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:594
+msgid ""
+"Keys can also be removed or navigated by working in the Function Editor "
+"(see  :ref:`Editing Curves and Numerical Columns "
+"<editing_curves_and_numerical_columns>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:596
+msgid "**To customize the Animate tool options bar:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:600
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Tool Mode:** dropdown menu to choose from one of its modes: "
+"Position, Rotate, Scale, Shear, Center or All: only the options for the "
+"selected transformation category will be displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:602
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Lock** button (|lock|) to choose which transformations have to "
+"be locked while transforming the object: only selected items will be "
+"locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:608
+msgid "Changing Stacking Order of Columns/Layers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:609
+msgid ""
+"The column/layer stacking order, which sets which drawings and images are"
+" placed on top or behind, other images, by default depends on how "
+"columns/layers are placed in the Xsheet/Timeline: Xsheet direction is "
+"from left to right, while Timeline direction is from bottom to top, "
+"making what's on the left/bottom to be behind of what's on the right/top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:611
+msgid ""
+"This would mean that if an animation element has to move behind another "
+"animation element and then in front of it, it'd have to be exposed in two"
+" different columns, one before and one after the column containing the "
+"second animation element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:613
+msgid ""
+"By editing the **SO** (i.e. stacking order) value it's possible to change"
+" and animate the element compositing order without editing the "
+"columns/layers position in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:615
+msgid ""
+"The **SO** default value for all the columns is 0, meaning that the "
+"Xsheet column (or Timeline layer) order is what's taken into account when"
+" there are no modifications to the SO position. As soon as a column/layer"
+" has a higher SO value, it will be placed on top, regardless of the "
+"position of the column/layer in the Xsheet/Timeline; conversely if the SO"
+" value is lower it will be placed behind."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:617
+msgid ""
+"In case a column/layer's Z position is edited, columns/layers closer to "
+"the camera will be composited on top of others, ignoring both its "
+"Xsheet/Timeline order and its SO value (see  :ref:`Working in a 3D "
+"Environment <working_in_a_3d_environment>` )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:619
+msgid "**To edit and animate a column/layer SO value:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:621
+msgid "Select the column/layer to which you want to edit the SO value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:625
+msgid "Set the frame where you want to define the key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:627
+msgid "In the tool options bar enter the value in the **SO** field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:629
+msgid ""
+"Columns/layers **SO** values can also be edited and animated by working "
+"in the Function Editor (see  :ref:`Editing Curves and Numerical Columns "
+"<editing_curves_and_numerical_columns>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:635
+msgid "Creating a Movement along a Motion Path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:636
+msgid ""
+"Objects can be moved along a motion path according to two different type "
+"of movements: one without changing the object orientation, and the other "
+"with an automatic orientation, set according to the direction of the "
+"motion path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:638
+msgid ""
+"A motion path can be assigned to an object node in the Stage Schematic, "
+"and it can be defined with drawing tools and edited in the viewer as if "
+"it was a vector drawing. Once defined, it's displayed as a dashed red "
+"line, with small numbers indicating the control points defining the "
+"vector stroke."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:643
+msgid "A motion path assigned to pegbar 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:646
+msgid ""
+"As soon as a path is assigned to an object's node, the object will be "
+"automatically placed at the beginning of the path according to its "
+"center, and it will only be able to move along it (and not in the "
+"standard E/W and N/S directions anymore)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:648
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The keyframes of the object on the motion path can be defined by dragging"
+" the object along it, and they are *expressed as a percentage* where 0% "
+"is the starting point and 100% is the ending point of the path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:650
+msgid ""
+"It's also possible to link the keyframes of the objects to the positions "
+"of the control points defining the motion path, so that they remain "
+"consistent when the motion path is edited. To help you better understand "
+"where the control points are, the object snaps to them when it is dragged"
+" along the motion path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:652
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change the center of the object, you can move it using the"
+" **Animate** tool (|animate|), and then use the **Reset Center** command "
+"in the Stage Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:654
+msgid ""
+"A motion path can also be created by copying and pasting a drawing vector"
+" stroke, and conversely a drawing vector stroke can be created by copying"
+" and pasting a motion path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:656
+msgid "**To create a motion path:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:658
+msgid "Select the object for which you want to define a motion path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:662
+msgid ""
+"Click the **New Motion Path** button (|new_motion_path|) in the bottom "
+"bar of the stage window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:664
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the stage and choose **New Motion Path** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:666
+msgid "**To define and edit a motion path:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:668
+msgid "Select the motion path node in the stage and do any of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:670
+msgid "Use the drawing tools to define it in the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:672
+msgid "Use the modifier tools to edit it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:674
+msgid ""
+"Draw a new line, and confirm in the dialog that opens, to replace a "
+"previously created motion path with the new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:676
+msgid "**To assign a motion path to an object:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:678
+msgid "Click and drag the motion path top port to the object node bottom port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:680
+msgid "**To remove a motion path from an object:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:682
+msgid "Select the link between the object and the motion path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:686
+msgid "**To set the type of movement along a motion path:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:688
+msgid ""
+"Click the button at *the far left* of the object bottom port to switch "
+"between two options: the **Square** button (|square|) will preserve the "
+"object's original orientation, and the **Rotated Square** button "
+"(|rhomb|) will automatically rotate the object according to the motion "
+"path's direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:690
+msgid ""
+"**To link the object keyframes to the control points defining the motion "
+"path:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:692
+msgid ""
+"Click the button *next to* the object bottom port to activate or "
+"deactivate the **Link to Control Points** option "
+"(|link_to_control_points|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:694
+msgid "**To change the center of the object:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:698
+msgid "Move the center of the object to the new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:700
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the object node in the Stage Schematic and select **Reset "
+"Center** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:702
+msgid "**To save a motion path:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:704
+msgid "Right-click it and select **Save Motion Path** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:706
+msgid ""
+"In the browser choose a location and a name and click the **Save** "
+"button. The file will be saved with the MPATH extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:708
+msgid "**To load a motion path:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:710
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the motion path and select **Load Motion Path** from the menu"
+" that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:712
+msgid ""
+"In the browser retrieve the MPATH file you want to load and click the "
+"Load button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:714
+msgid "**To use a drawing vector stroke as a motion path:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:716
+msgid ""
+"Select the vector stroke you want to use as a motion path with the "
+"**Selection** tool (|selection|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:718
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:730
+msgid "Copy/cut it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:720
+msgid "Select the motion path you want to paste to, in the Stage Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:722
+msgid ""
+"Click in the viewer and paste the copied/cut vector that will "
+"automatically become the motion path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:724
+msgid "**To use a motion path as a vector stroke in a drawing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:726
+msgid "Select the motion path in the Stage Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:728
+msgid ""
+"Select the motion path with the **Selection** tool (|selection|) in the "
+"viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:732
+msgid "Select the drawing where you want to paste the new stroke."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:734
+msgid "Paste the copied/cut motion path that will automatically become a stroke."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:736
+msgid "**To remove a motion path from the Stage Schematic:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:740
+msgid "Select the motion path node and choose Edit  →  **Delete**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:742
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the motion path node and choose **Delete** from the menu that"
+" opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:748
+msgid "Using Keys in Columns/Layers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:749
+msgid ""
+"When columns/layers are animated, their animation can be controlled in a "
+"quick way by managing keyframes and interpolations directly in the Xsheet"
+" or Timeline, with no need to use the Function Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:751
+msgid ""
+"As soon as a keyframe is defined for a column/layer, a **Key icon** is "
+"displayed on the right of the column/layer cell to which it refers; the "
+"key is displayed regardless of how many parameters are animated. Keys can"
+" be moved within the column/layer they refer to, and selected in order to"
+" be cut/copied and pasted from one cell to another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:753
+msgid "|using_column_keys|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:755
+msgid ""
+"When the **Global Key** option is activated for the **Animate** tool, and"
+" the default interpolation is not set to **Linear**, as soon as at least "
+"two keyframes are created for a column, **a line connecting them with two"
+" arrowheads** is displayed (see  :ref:`Animating Objects "
+"<animating_objects>`  and  :ref:`Setting Segment Interpolations "
+"<setting_segment_interpolations>`  ). The two arrowheads divide the line "
+"into three sections indicating the speed in, the constant speed, and "
+"speed out phases *of all the transformations defined*. This allows you to"
+" control the speed of the movement between the two keys as you wish, "
+"including a constant speed movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:757
+msgid ""
+"You can also cycle previously created keys, in order to repeat "
+"automatically all the previously defined keys for the whole length of the"
+" scene, with no need to copy and paste keys from cells to cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:759
+msgid ""
+"All animations and interpolations set for the column/layer can be visible"
+" and edited with the Function Editor. When you edit any column/layer "
+"transformation in the Function Editor, the arrowheads will not be "
+"displayed anymore between keys, to stress the fact that a specific "
+"interpolation has been modified with the Function Editor. If needed, you "
+"can **Reset** the whole column/layer transformation to the default "
+"interpolation values, and make the arrowheads available again (see  "
+":ref:`Editing Curves and Numerical Columns "
+"<editing_curves_and_numerical_columns>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:761
+msgid "**To modify a key:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:763
+msgid "Select the cell the key refers to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:767
+msgid "Use the **Animate** tool (|animate|) to modify position and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:769
+msgid ""
+"Enter values you want to modify in the Animate tool (|animate|) options "
+"bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:771
+msgid "**To select keys:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:775
+msgid "**Click a key icon** to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:777
+msgid ""
+"**Click a key icon and drag** to select a range of keys on different "
+"columns and at different frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:779
+msgid "**Shift-click** to extend the selection to a specific key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:781
+msgid ""
+"**Ctrl-click** (PC) or **Cmd-click** (Mac) to add to, or remove a key to "
+"the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:783
+msgid ""
+"**Right-click** a key icon and choose the related command from the menu "
+"that opens to perform specific selections, such as all keys in the row, "
+"all previous ones, all following ones, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:785
+msgid "**To move a key selection:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:787
+msgid ""
+"Click any of the selected keys and drag the selection to the new "
+"position. Dragging is allowed only inside its own column/layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:789
+msgid "**To edit a key selection:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:793
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Cut** command to eliminate the selection from the scene and "
+"keep it in memory for further operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:797
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Paste** command to paste the selection kept in memory starting "
+"from the selected cell."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:801
+msgid ""
+"All these commands are also available in the menu that opens when right-"
+"clicking the key icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:803
+msgid "**To set the speed of the movement or transformation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:805
+msgid ""
+"**Click the arrowheads** available on the line connecting two subsequent "
+"keys, **and drag them up or down** to the new position. In particular:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:807
+msgid ""
+"To set a **constant speed**, drag the top arrowhead close to the first "
+"key icon to eliminate the ease in section, and the bottom arrowhead close"
+" to the second key icon to eliminate the ease out section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:809
+msgid ""
+"To set a **continuous acceleration**, drag both arrowheads close to the "
+"second key icon in order to increase the speed in section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:811
+msgid ""
+"To set a **continuous deceleration**, drag both arrowheads close to the "
+"first key icon in order to increase the speed out section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:813
+msgid "**To make the arrowheads available when they are not:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:815
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the line connecting two subsequent keys and choose **Reset "
+"Interpolation** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:817
+msgid "**To activate/deactivate the cycling of previously created keys:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:819
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Circular arrow** icon (|circular_arrow|) visible after the "
+"last key of a series.The cells affected by the cycled movement are marked"
+" on the right by *a zigzagged line*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:821
+msgid "**To open the Function Editor:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:825
+msgid "Double-click a key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:827
+msgid "Right-click a key and choose **Function Editor** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:833
+msgid "Working with Multiple Column/Layer Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:834
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to insert or delete keys affecting the Xsheet/Timeline as "
+"a whole, or a selection of Xsheet columns (or Timeline layers)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:836
+msgid ""
+"Inserting or deleting multiple keys allows you to manage keys for several"
+" columns/layers at the same time, for instance when you are working on a "
+"cutout animation where keys may be required for all the columns/layers "
+"where model sections are exposed (see  :ref:`Creating Cutout Animation "
+"<creating_cutout_animation>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:838
+msgid "Inserted keys are created for all the column transformations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:840
+msgid ""
+"When a multiple key is inserted at the current frame, a key is created "
+"for each Xsheet column (or Timeline layer) where an animation level is "
+"exposed; if a column/layer selection is defined, keys are created in "
+"selected columns/layers only (see  :ref:`Working with Xsheet Columns "
+"<working_with_xsheet_columns>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:842
+msgid ""
+"When a multiple key is deleted at the current frame, any key available in"
+" any Xsheet column (or Timeline layer) at the current frame is deleted; "
+"if a column/layer selection is defined, keys are deleted in selected "
+"columns/layers only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:844
+msgid "**To create several keys at once:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:848
+msgid "Select the columns/layers for which you want to create keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:850
+msgid ""
+"Select no column by clicking anywhere in the Xsheet/Timeline, to create "
+"keys for all the columns/layers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:852
+msgid "Select the frame where you want to insert keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:854
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Insert Multiple Keys**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:856
+msgid "**To remove several keys at once:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:860
+msgid "Select the columns/layers from which you want to delete keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:862
+msgid ""
+"Select no column by clicking anywhere in the Xsheet/Timeline, to delete "
+"keys from all the columns/layers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:864
+msgid "Select the frame where you want to delete keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:866
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Remove Multiple Keys**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:872
+msgid "Working in a 3D Environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:873
+msgid ""
+"You can place and move cameras, the table, pegbars and columns/layers in "
+"a 3D environment, as if they were elements on a real 3D stage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:875
+msgid ""
+"This means that it's possible to move the camera automatically generating"
+" a multiplane effect, or truck it through characters and elements "
+"simulating a perspective effect, or create complex 3D motion paths for "
+"any element by combining a depth movement with movements in the E/W and "
+"N/S directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:877
+msgid ""
+"The 3D environment can be activated, or deactivated, with the **3D View**"
+" button (|3d|) available in the Viewer title bar. When activated, the "
+"viewer displays the cone of the camera and all of the scene contents "
+"along the Z axis, which is the direction from the camera to the table. "
+"The area displayed can be moved and rotated to set the best viewing "
+"angle, and a side or top viewpoint can be set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:879
+msgid ""
+"By default all the pegbars and columns are on the table: their Z position"
+" is equal to the number of horizontal fields defined for the default "
+"camera (as the value represents the size of the area that is shot by the "
+"camera) (see  :ref:`Defining Camera Settings <defining_camera_settings>`"
+"  ). By increasing the field value, objects are placed farther from the "
+"camera; by decreasing it, objects are placed closer to the camera; at "
+"zero they are at the same Z position as the camera, and for negative "
+"values they are behind the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:881
+msgid ""
+"As concerning the camera, by default its Z position is equal to the "
+"number of horizontal fields defined for the default camera. By increasing"
+" the field value, the camera moves farther from the table; by decreasing "
+"it, it moves closer; at zero it is at the same Z position of the table "
+"and for negative values it is behind the table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:883
+msgid ""
+"As soon as objects are moved, *projections on an imaginary floor and side"
+" wall* let you understand the position of the drawings in relation to "
+"each other and to the camera. If the current object is a column/layer, a "
+"dotted bounding box displays the area of it currently being shot by the "
+"camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:885
+msgid ""
+"The size of the objects changes according to its Z position, like in a "
+"real 3D environment, decreasing when an object is farther from the camera"
+" and increasing when closer. To keep control of this behaviour it's "
+"possible to define an additional Z position value in the tool options "
+"bar, that sets the position at which the object has to keep its original "
+"size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:887
+msgid ""
+"Columns closer to the camera are displayed on top of others, ignoring the"
+" Xsheet/Timeline order and the **SO** value. In case two or several "
+"columns have exactly the same distance, the **SO** value prevails; if two"
+" or several columns have exactly the same distance and SO value, the "
+"Xsheet column (or Timeline layer) order prevails (see  :ref:`Changing "
+"Columns Stacking Order <changing_columns_stacking_order>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:889
+msgid "**To enter the 3D environment:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:891
+msgid ""
+"Click the **3D View** button (|3d|) available on the right of the viewer "
+"title bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:893
+msgid "**To set an object position in the 3D environment:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:895
+msgid "Activate the **3D View**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:897
+msgid "Select the object you want to move."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:899
+msgid "Select the **Animate** tool (|animate|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:903
+msgid "Enter a value for the **Z** position in the tool options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:905
+msgid ""
+"Use the **double-arrow handle** parallel to the floor of the 3D "
+"environment, to move the selected object and set its Z position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:907
+msgid "**To set at which position the object has to keep its original size:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:909
+msgid ""
+"Enter a value for the **additional Z position** field *displayed in "
+"brackets* in the tool options bar. For example if you want a column "
+"content to keep its original size when placed at the Z position 8, also "
+"enter 8 as the value in brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:911
+msgid "**To move the work area displayed in 3D:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:913
+msgid "Select the **Hand** tool (|hand|) and drag in the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:915
+msgid "**To rotate the work area displayed in 3D:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:917
+msgid "Select the **Rotate** tool (|rotate|) and drag in the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:919
+msgid "**To set a side or a top view:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:923
+msgid ""
+"To set a **Side view** use the button (|side_view|) available on the side"
+" wall of the 3D environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:925
+msgid ""
+"To set a **Top view** use the button (|top_view|) available on the floor "
+"of the 3D environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:927
+msgid "**To exit the 3D environment:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/creating_movements.rst:929
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Camera Stand** (|camera_stand|) or **Camera View** "
+"(|camera_view|) buttons available on the right of the viewer title bar."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/drawing_animation_levels.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/drawing_animation_levels.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/drawing_animation_levels.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/drawing_animation_levels.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/drawing_animation_levels.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3906c89c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/drawing_animation_levels.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4015 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:4
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:42
+msgid "Drawing Animation Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In OpenToonz it is possible to create and draw **Toonz Vector** levels "
+"(PLI format), **Toonz Raster** levels (TLV format) and standard "
+"**Raster** levels (TIF format) directly in the viewer. Drawing tools can "
+"also be used for touch-up in cleaned up drawings, and loaded raster "
+"images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:10
+msgid "Drawing In OpenToonz"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To draw an animation level, first you have to define its type: Toonz "
+"Vector, Toonz Raster or Raster; and its settings like its name, the "
+"number of frames it's made of and the way its drawings are numbered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Toonz Vector levels are defined by drawing of vector strokes; strokes and"
+" areas defined by strokes can be painted by using the styles available in"
+" the level palette. Toonz Vector levels have an unlimited size and "
+"resolution, as they are vector-based. They are saved as PLI files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Toonz Raster levels are defined by drawing bitmap lines; lines and areas "
+"defined by lines can be painted by using the styles available in the "
+"level palette. Toonz Raster levels have a specified size and resolution, "
+"defined when they are created. They are saved as TLV files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Raster levels are defined by drawing bitmap lines using the styles "
+"available in the **Raster Drawing Palette**, that is shared by all of the"
+" Raster levels of the same project (see  :ref:`Project Default Folders "
+"<project_default_folders>`  ). Raster levels have a specified size and "
+"resolution, defined when they are created. They are saved as sequences of"
+" individual TIF files, one per level frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"When an animation level is defined, you can select any of its frames in "
+"the Xsheet/Timeline or in the Level Strip, and start drawing in the "
+"viewer. You can do this both, when you want to create a drawing from "
+"scratch, and when you want to edit a previously made drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"When selected in the Xsheet/Timeline, the viewer displays the whole scene"
+" content at the current frame; when selected in the Level Strip, the "
+"viewer displays the selected frame of the current animation level only, "
+"to let you work more easily on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:27
+msgid "Setting the Default Type of Level to Draw"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to define the default level type that will be created when "
+"you draw inside OpenToonz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"By default Toonz Vector and Toonz Raster levels are saved in the "
+"**+drawing** folder of the current project when the scene is saved, while"
+" Raster levels are saved in the **+extras** folder (see  :ref:`Project "
+"Default Folders <project_default_folders>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:32
+msgid "**To define the Default Type of Level to Draw:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:34
+msgid "Open File  →  Preferences  →  Drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Choose the level type you want to use as default from the **Default Level"
+" Type:** option menu. **Width**, **Height** and **DPI** fields are "
+"available for **Toonz Raster Level** and **Raster Level** options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"The Width, Height and DPI values set in the File  →  Preferences  →  "
+"Drawing section will also be used as default for the **New Level** "
+"dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:43
+msgid "Animation levels can be created in the following ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:45
+msgid "Using the **New Level** dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:47
+msgid "Setting the Autocreation option to **Enabled**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:49
+msgid "Setting the Autocreation option to **Use Xsheet as Animation Sheet**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:55
+msgid "Using the New Level Dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"New animation levels can be defined by using a dialog that lets you set "
+"the number of drawings the level is made of, the animation step used to "
+"expose the frames in the Xsheet/Timeline, and the increment, that sets "
+"the way the level drawings are numbered. For example, a **Step** 2 "
+"repeats each drawing twice in the Xsheet column or Timeline layer, while "
+"an **Increment** 2 will number its drawings as 1, 3, 5, etc. The dialog "
+"also allows you to choose a destination folder, different from the "
+"default one, by using the **Save In** field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"In case you define a Toonz Raster or a Raster level, you can set its "
+"**Width**, **Height** and **DPI** values, according to the way you want "
+"to use it in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Settings like the length of the level and the numbering order can be "
+"edited later, as you are free to arrange the images composing an "
+"animation level the way you prefer (see  :ref:`Editing Animation Levels "
+"<editing_animation_levels>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"When a new level is created in an empty column, the color of that column "
+"header and the cells where the new level gets exposed are colored "
+"denoting the type of level: **light yellow** for Toonz Vector levels, "
+"**light green** for Toonz Raster levels, and **light blue** for Raster "
+"levels (see  :ref:`Working with Xsheet Columns "
+"<working_with_xsheet_columns>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"The New Level dialog inherits the **Default Level Type** settings defined"
+" in Preferences  →  Drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:66
+msgid "**To create a new animation level to draw:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:68
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:151
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:169
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:177
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:187
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:295
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:444
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:450
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:456
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:648
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:725
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:869
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:962
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:972
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:980
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:990
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1031
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1039
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1047
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1055
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1115
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1125
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1137
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1147
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1276
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1303
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1396
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1452
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1485
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1493
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1501
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Select a cell in the Xsheet/Timeline where you want to place your "
+"animation level and choose File  →  **New Level...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the cell in the Xsheet/Timeline where you want to place your "
+"animation level and choose **New Level...** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"(If the Xsheet/Timeline toolbar is visible) Click any of the three **New "
+"Level buttons** at the leftmost part of it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Choose the type of level: Toonz Vector, Toonz Raster or Raster, from the "
+"**Type:** option menu and define its settings, then click the OK button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"When using the Xsheet/Timeline's toolbar buttons to create a new level, "
+"the corresponding level type is already preselected in the dialog's "
+"dropdown menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"If a level is already exposed in the cell column, the new level will be "
+"created in an empty column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:82
+msgid "**To define the saving location for the level you want to draw:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"In the **New Level** dialog type in the **Save In:** field, or use the "
+"**Browser button**, to set the path for the saving location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"If in the browser you choose any project folder, in the path field the "
+"full path will be replaced by the correspondent *folder alias* (see  "
+":ref:`Project Default Folders <project_default_folders>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:92
+msgid "Using the Autocreation Option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"When in Preferences  →  Drawing the **Autocreation:** option is set to "
+"**Enabled**, it is possible to create new drawings automatically by using"
+" drawing tools in the viewer. If the currently selected cell is empty, a "
+"new level will be automatically created and named with the first "
+"available letter of the alphabet; if the currently selected cell is the "
+"one **right after** one containing a level drawing (either in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline or the Level Strip) a new drawing will be added to that "
+"level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:95
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"The level type will be the one defined in Preferences  →  Drawing as "
+"**Default Level Type**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:101
+msgid "Using the Xsheet as Animation Sheet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"When in Preferences  →  Drawing the **Autocreation:** option is set to "
+"**Use the Xsheet as Animation Sheet**, it's possible to create new "
+"drawings automatically by using drawing tools in the viewer. If the "
+"currently selected cell is empty and belongs to an empty column, a new "
+"level will be automatically created and named with the first available "
+"letter of the alphabet; if the currently selected cell is **anywhere "
+"after** one containing a level drawing, a new drawing will be added to "
+"that level. In both cases the drawings will take its number from the "
+"scene current frame ; if that drawing number already existed in the "
+"level, a letter will be added to its number (e.g. A.0001a.ext)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"This working method allows you to work as a traditional animator: you can"
+" start creating the *key drawings*, and then add *breakdown drawings*, "
+"and then *inbetween drawings*. You can quickly check your animation "
+"flipping it in the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"When you add a new drawing it will be repeated as a *hold* along the "
+"column/layer up to the following one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"It's also possible to create a new drawing in a cell that contains a "
+"*hold*: the new drawing will replace the hold up to the following "
+"drawing. Drawings can also be duplicated creating a copy with a different"
+" number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"Once the animation is completed you can renumber the whole sequence "
+"according to the Xsheet/Timeline frame numbering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:114
+msgid "**To create a new animation level**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"Click an empty cell in the Xsheet/Timeline and start drawing using a "
+"drawing tool in the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:118
+msgid "**To add a drawing to an existing level**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"Click an empty cell in the column/layer containing the existing level and"
+" start drawing using a drawing tool in the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:122
+msgid "**To automatically renumber the drawings**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:124
+msgid "Select the cells with the drawings you want to renumber."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:126
+msgid "Choose the Cells  →  **Autorenumber** command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"The **Autorenumber** command is also available in the menu that opens "
+"when right-clicking in a cell."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:134
+msgid "Using the Viewer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"In the viewer, it's possible to use the tools available in the toolbar to"
+" draw, paint, edit and model drawings. The work area of the viewer is "
+"endless and you can scroll, zoom in, zoom out and rotate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"In the title bar you can find information about what is currently "
+"displayed and selected, the zoom percentage, and a set of buttons that "
+"lets you set the view mode (see  :ref:`Using the Viewer "
+"<using_the_viewer>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the viewer another customizable set of buttons is "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:141
+msgid ""
+"The frame bar and the playback buttons let you set the current frame and "
+"move through animation frames. The set frame rate is visualized, and, in "
+"case the playback is activated, the actual frame rate is displayed on its"
+" left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:143
+msgid ""
+"The other buttons are relevant only using the Animate tool (|animate|) to"
+" animate objects and when previewing the animation in the viewer (see "
+":ref:`Animating Objects <animating_objects>` and :ref:`Previewing the "
+"Animation <previewing_the_animation>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"If the bottom bar is too short to display all the options, it can be "
+"scrolled by using arrow buttons available at its ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"In case a frame range is defined by playback markers, the playback "
+"buttons operate on the defined range only (see  :ref:`Using the Playback "
+"Markers <using_the_playback_markers>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:149
+msgid "**To navigate the work area:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Zoom** tool (|zoom|): to zoom in, click and drag up; to zoom "
+"out, click and drag down. The point where you click is the center of the "
+"zooming action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"Use the zoom shortcut keys (by default + and - keys) to zoom in and zoom "
+"out at specific steps (e.g. 50%, 100%, 200%, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:157
+msgid "Use the mouse wheel to zoom in and zoom out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:159
+msgid ""
+"Middle-click and drag or use the **Hand** tool (|hand|) to scroll in any "
+"direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:161
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Rotate** tool (|rotate|) to rotate the viewer: an *horizon "
+"line* is displayed to let you understand the amount of rotation; the "
+"center of rotation is the absolute center of the work area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:163
+msgid ""
+"Use the reset view shortcut (by default the **Alt + 0** key) or right-"
+"click in the viewer and select **Reset View** from the menu that opens, "
+"to display the viewer at its actual size, centered on the absolute center"
+" with no rotation applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Right-click and choose **Fit to Window** to automatically zoom the viewer"
+" so that it fits the camera box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:167
+msgid "**To play the scene contents back:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:171
+msgid "Use the **Play** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:173
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:181
+msgid "Drag the frame bar cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:175
+msgid "**To set the current frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:179
+msgid "Use the playback buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"Type in the **Current Frame** field the number of the frame you want to "
+"view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:185
+msgid "**To set the playback frame rate:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:189
+msgid "Enter a value in the **FPS** field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:191
+msgid "Use the frame rate slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:197
+msgid "Adjusting the Viewer Visualization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:198
+msgid ""
+"The way the viewer visualizes the scene content can be adjusted according"
+" to the task to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:200
+msgid ""
+"**Full Screen** mode can be entered to maximize the viewer to the monitor"
+" screen, hiding any interface window border. This is available only on "
+"the Windows platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:202
+msgid ""
+"Vector drawings, that can slow down the visualization performance when "
+"used in large amounts in a scene, can be visualized as raster drawings, "
+"faster to visualize, still preserving their vector nature, by using the "
+"**Visualize Vector As Raster** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:204
+msgid ""
+"If the current level is vector-based, it will still be displayed as "
+"vector to allow any drawing/editing operation you may perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:206
+msgid ""
+"Raster drawings and images that usually are displayed in the viewer "
+"according to their DPI value, can be displayed at their actual pixel "
+"size, that is to say that one pixel from the image is displayed as one "
+"pixel of the screen monitor, to better examine them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:208
+msgid ""
+"Visualizing an image at its actual pixel size is different from zooming "
+"in because zooming always takes into account the image DPI information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:210
+msgid "**Windows only - To enter the viewer full screen mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the viewer and choose **Full Screen Mode** from the menu that"
+" opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:214
+msgid "**Windows only - To exit the viewer full screen mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the viewer and choose **Exit Full Screen Mode** from the menu"
+" that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:218
+msgid ""
+"**To activate or deactivate the raster visualization for vector "
+"drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:220
+msgid "Activate or deactivate the View  →  **Visualize Vector As Raster** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:222
+msgid "**To display raster drawings and images at their actual pixel size:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:224
+msgid ""
+"In the Xsheet/Timeline select the level to which the drawing or image "
+"belongs so that it becomes the current level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:226
+msgid ""
+"Select the drawing or image in the Level Strip in order to display it "
+"alone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:228
+msgid ""
+"Use the Actual Pixel Size shortcut (by default the **N** key) or right-"
+"click in the viewer and choose **Actual Pixel Size** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:234
+msgid "Customizing the Viewer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:235
+msgid ""
+"The Viewer can be customized according to your needs: the background "
+"colors visible in the Viewer and inside the camera box can be changed; a "
+"Field Guide and a Safe Area can be displayed for reference; the Table and"
+" Camera Box can be hidden; Custom Guides can be added to help you in "
+"aligning objects or composing the elements of the scene for a particular "
+"frame. The View  →  **Inks Only** check allows to hide the painted areas "
+"of the levels, facilitating the drawing process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:237
+msgid ""
+"The set of buttons and information available in the bottom bar of the "
+"Viewer can be customized as well, so that only the elements you require "
+"are visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:239
+msgid "**To change the Viewer Background color:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:241
+msgid "Open the File  →  Preferences  →  **Colors** dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:243
+msgid "Define the **Viewer BG Color** by doing one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:245
+msgid "Set the Red, Green and Blue values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:247
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:257
+msgid ""
+"Click the color thumbnail and use the **Style Editor** to edit it (see  "
+":ref:`Plain Colors <plain_colors>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:249
+msgid "**To change the Camera Box Background color:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:251
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:277
+msgid "Open the Xsheet  →  **Scene Settings...** dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:253
+msgid "Define the **Camera BG Color** by doing one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:255
+msgid "Set the Red, Green, Blue and Alpha values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:259
+msgid "**To show or hide the Table:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:261
+msgid "Choose View  →  **Table** to show or hide the table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:263
+msgid "**To show or hide the Camera Box:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:265
+msgid "Choose View  →  **Camera Box** to show or hide the camera box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:267
+msgid "**To show or hide the Camera Background color:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:269
+msgid ""
+"Choose View  →  **Camera BG Color** to show or hide the camera box "
+"background color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:271
+msgid "**To show or hide the Field Guide:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:273
+msgid "Choose View  →  **Field Guide** to show or hide the field guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:275
+msgid "**To define the displayed Field Guide:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:279
+msgid ""
+"Define the **Field Guide Size:** and **A/R:**. **Size** is the number of "
+"width fields of the field guide (1 field is equal to 1 inch), and the "
+"**A/R** is the ratio between the field guide width and height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:281
+msgid "**To show or hide the Safe Area:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:283
+msgid "Choose View  →  **Safe Area** to show or hide the safe area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:285
+msgid "**To add a Custom Guide:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:287
+msgid ""
+"Click in the ruler: a click in the horizontal ruler will create a "
+"vertical guide, a click in the vertical ruler will create an horizontal "
+"guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:289
+msgid "**To move a Custom Guide:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:291
+msgid "Drag the custom guide marker in the ruler."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:293
+msgid "**To delete a Custom Guide:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:297
+msgid "Right-click on the guide marker in the ruler."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:299
+msgid ""
+"Drag its marker outside of the Viewer, in the opposite direction of the "
+"guide itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:301
+msgid "**To show or hide Custom Guides:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:303
+msgid "Choose View  →  **Guides** to show or hide the guides."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:305
+msgid "**To show or hide the Rulers where Custom Guide markers are located:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:307
+msgid "Choose View  →  **Rulers** to show or hide the rulers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:309
+msgid ""
+"When the Viewer work area is rotated, guides are rotated as well, but "
+"rulers and guide markers will preserve their position and orientation. "
+"However the position of a guide will still be controlled by markers, even"
+" if they visually don’t match anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:311
+msgid "**To customize the set of buttons in the bottom bar of the viewer:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:313
+msgid ""
+"Click the option button (|option|) on the far left of the bottom area, "
+"and select the elements to show, or deselect those to hide, in the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:319
+msgid "Drawing Tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:320
+msgid ""
+"You can draw by using the **Brush** (|brush|) and **Geometric** "
+"(|geometric|) tools. For both tools you can set the thickness of the line"
+" you are going to draw: values range from 0 to 100 for Toonz Vector "
+"levels, and from 1 to 100 for Toonz Raster and Raster levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:322
+msgid ""
+"For Toonz Raster and Raster levels it's possible to set a Brush tool size"
+" higher than 100 by typing it in the Size value fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:324
+msgid ""
+"**Min** and **Max Size/Thickness** can be modified by either of these "
+"methods:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"Pressing **Ctrl + Alt** and moving the mouse. *Moving horizontally* "
+"changes the **Max** value, while *moving vertically* changes the **Min** "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:328
+msgid ""
+"Using the predefined keyboard shortcuts. **U** and **I** for respectively"
+" decreasing and increasing the **Max** value, or **H** and **J** for "
+"respectively decreasing and increasing the **Min** value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:330
+msgid ""
+"With the **Brush** tool (|brush|), you can take full advantage of the "
+"pressure sensitivity if you are using a pressure sensitive tablet. The "
+"more you press on the tablet, the thicker the line you draw."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:332
+msgid ""
+"With the **Geometric** tool (|geometric|), the thickness value is "
+"constantly applied to the whole shape you draw."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"When creating vector drawings the size/thickness can also be set to 0 "
+"(zero): in this case vector strokes will only exist as a wireframe even "
+"if you zoom in or zoom out, and they will be not visible when the "
+"animation is rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:336
+msgid ""
+"For vector drawings, line thickness can be changed and tweaked afterwards"
+" by using other tools (see  :ref:`Editing Drawings <editing_drawings>`  "
+")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:342
+msgid "Drawing with the Brush Tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"The **Brush** tool (|brush|) allows you to draw freehand lines with the "
+"current style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:345
+msgid ""
+"When using a pressure sensitive tablet, and the **Pressure** option is "
+"activated, varying the pressure of the pen on the tablet will allow you "
+"to create variable-thickness lines that will make your drawings more "
+"expressive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:347
+msgid ""
+"When using the **Brush** tool (|brush|) on Toonz Raster and Raster "
+"drawings, the cursor displays the exact pixel area that will be affected "
+"by the brush: the inner jagged circle representing the **Minimum Size**, "
+"and the outer one the **Maximum Size** of the brush."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:349
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:398
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:485
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:520
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:740
+msgid "In the tool options bar you can set the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"**Size Min** and **Max** sets the size of the brush; the size will vary "
+"between the two values if you're using a pressure sensitive tablet. If "
+"the two values are the same, your lines will have a constant thickness. "
+"When using a mouse to draw, the **Maximum** thickness value will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:353
+msgid ""
+"**Accuracy** sets how accurate the generated line is compared to what you"
+" draw with the mouse or tablet pen: a high value will generate lines that"
+" completely preserves the movement you perform (even a trembling hand); a"
+" low value will simplify the line. This is available for Toonz Vector "
+"drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:355
+msgid ""
+"**Smooth** allows for stroke stabilization while drawing. This is "
+"available for Toonz Vector and Toonz Raster drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:357
+msgid ""
+"**Hardness** sets the amount of antialiasing along the line border. This "
+"is available for Toonz Raster and Raster drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:359
+msgid ""
+"**Opacity Min** and **Max** sets the opacity of the brush; the opacity "
+"will vary between the two values if you're using a pressure sensitive "
+"tablet. Overlapping areas are not considered while drawing a single line,"
+" but only when different lines are overlapping. This is available for "
+"Raster drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"**Break** automatically breaks the drawn stroke into sections, if very "
+"sharp angles are drawn: in this way, drawn shapes may result simpler and "
+"easier to fill. This is available for Toonz Vector drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:363
+msgid ""
+"**Draw Order** allows to choose how new drawings will be ordered with "
+"respect to already drawn lines. The options are: **Over All**, **Under "
+"All** and **Palette Order**. When using **Palette Order** new lines will "
+"be drawn above or below already existing ones, using the relative indexes"
+" of the palette Styles as the sorting factor. This is available for Toonz"
+" Raster drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:365
+msgid ""
+"**Pencil** mode draws lines without antialiasing, that is with jagged "
+"edges. This is available for Toonz Raster drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:367
+msgid ""
+"**Pressure** detects, in case you are using a graphic tablet, the "
+"pressure of the pen on the tablet, allowing the creation of variable-"
+"thickness lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:369
+msgid ""
+"**Range** allows for the automatic creation of a series of in-between "
+"strokes, by drawing just the extremes of the animation on subsequent "
+"frames of a level, in the Level Strip, or subsequent exposed cells of a "
+"level in the Xsheet/Timeline. By pressing **Ctrl** key, you can draw "
+"intermediate strokes to form a more complex animation sequence. This "
+"method is similar to the one used by the **Inbetween** command (see  "
+":ref:`Using the In-betweener with Vector Drawings <using_the_in-"
+"betweener_with_vector_drawings>`  ). This is available for Toonz Vector "
+"drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"**Snap** allows for the snapping of the cursor to other already drawn "
+"strokes of the same level, while drawing a new stroke. It has three "
+"levels of sensitivity: **Low**, **Med** and **High**. This is available "
+"for Toonz Vector drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"**Preset:** let you choose a brush preset in the option menu on the "
+"right. You can add or remove a preset clicking the **+** and **-** "
+"buttons. A presets list is created *for each level type* and each added "
+"preset will be available for next use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:375
+msgid ""
+"**Cap** option sets the shape of the ends of the stroke you are going to "
+"draw. Options are **Butt** for squared ends, **Round** for semicircular "
+"ends, and **Projecting** for squared ends extending beyond the end of the"
+" line, according to the vector thickness. This is available for Toonz "
+"Vector drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:377
+msgid ""
+"**Join** option sets the shape of the straight corners along the stroke "
+"you are going to draw. Options are **Miter** for pointed corners, "
+"**Round** for rounded corners, **Bevel** for squared corner. This is "
+"available for Toonz Vector drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:379
+msgid ""
+"**Miter:** sets the maximum length of a miter join, that is computed "
+"multiplying the miter value by the stroke thickness. If the length "
+"exceeds the maximum value, the *Miter* join is turned into a *Bevel* "
+"join. This is available for Toonz Vector drawings only, and only if the "
+"**Join** option is set to miter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:381
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:424
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:540
+msgid ""
+"If the tool options bar is too short to display all the tool options, it "
+"can be scrolled by using arrow buttons available at its ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:383
+msgid "**To add a new brush preset:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:385
+msgid "Click the **+** button on the right of the presets list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:387
+msgid "**To remove a new brush preset:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:389
+msgid "Click the **-** button on the right of the presets list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:395
+msgid "Drawing with the Geometric Tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:396
+msgid ""
+"The **Geometric** tool (|geometric|) allows you to draw rectangles, "
+"circles, ellipses, regular polygons, polylines and arcs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"**Thickness** sets the size of the brush used to draw the geometric "
+"shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:402
+msgid ""
+"**Hardness** sets the amount of antialiasing along the shape border. This"
+" is available for Toonz Raster and Raster drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"**Opacity** sets the opacity of the shape border. Overlapping areas are "
+"not considered while drawing over the same shape, but only when different"
+" shapes are overlapping. This is available for Raster drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:406
+msgid ""
+"**Shape:** sets the type of shape you want to draw. Available options "
+"are: Rectangle, Circle, Ellipse, Line, Polyline, Arc and Polygon. In case"
+" you want to draw a **Polygon**, the **Polygon Sides:** lets you set the "
+"number of sides."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:408
+msgid ""
+"**Auto Group** automatically defines any drawn closed shape (i.e. "
+"rectangles, circles, ellipses, polygons and closed polylines) as a group,"
+" *thus creating a new layer that is placed in front of the other drawing "
+"vectors*, without intersecting them (see  :ref:`Grouping and Ungrouping "
+"Vectors <grouping_and_ungrouping_vectors>`  ). This is available for "
+"Toonz Vector drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:410
+msgid ""
+"**Auto Fill** automatically paints the area defined by any drawn closed "
+"shape (i.e. rectangles, circles, ellipses, polygons and closed polylines)"
+" with the same style used for drawing. This is available for Toonz Vector"
+" drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:412
+msgid ""
+"**Snap** allows for the snapping of the cursor to other already drawn "
+"strokes of the same level, while drawing the shape. It has three levels "
+"of sensitivity: **Low**, **Med** and **High**. This is available for "
+"Toonz Vector drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:414
+msgid ""
+"**Selective** allows the drawing operations not to affect already drawn "
+"lines. This is available for Toonz Raster drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:416
+msgid ""
+"**Pencil** mode draws geometric shapes without antialiasing, that is with"
+" jagged edges. This is available for Toonz Raster drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:418
+msgid ""
+"**Cap** option sets the shape of the ends of open shapes you are going to"
+" draw. Options are **Butt** for squared ends, **Round** for semicircular "
+"ends, and **Projecting** for squared ends extending beyond the end of the"
+" line, according to the vector thickness. This is available for Toonz "
+"Vector drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:420
+msgid ""
+"**Join** option sets the shape of the straight corners along the shapes "
+"you are going to draw. Options are **Miter** for pointed corners, "
+"**Round** for rounded corners, **Bevel** for squared corner. This is "
+"available for Toonz Vector drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:422
+msgid ""
+"**Miter:** sets the maximum length of a miter join, that is computed "
+"multiplying the miter value by the stroke thickness. If the length "
+"exceeds the maximum value, the *Miter* join is turned into a *Bevel* "
+"join. This is available for Toonz Vector levels only, and only if the "
+"**Join** option is set to **Miter**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:426
+msgid ""
+"While **Rectangles** and **Ellipses** are defined by a (bounding) box, "
+"**Circles** and **Polygons** are defined by a center and radius; "
+"**Polylines** can be used to create open or closed shapes by defining a "
+"series of lines; **Arcs** let you set the end points of a curve, and then"
+" the bend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:428
+msgid "**To draw a rectangle or an ellipse:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:430
+msgid ""
+"Click to define the upper left corner, drag, and release to define the "
+"bottom right corner. If you press the **Shift** key while dragging, the "
+"shape will be regular, i.e. a square or a circle; if you press the "
+"**Alt** key, shapes will be drawn starting from their center. It's "
+"possible to press both keys at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:432
+msgid "**To draw a circle:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:434
+msgid "Click to define the center, drag and release to define the radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:436
+msgid "**To draw a polygon:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:438
+msgid "Set the number of sides in the **Polygon Sides:** field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:440
+msgid ""
+"Click to define the center, drag and release to define the radius of a "
+"circle bounding the polygon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:442
+msgid "**To draw a polyline:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:446
+msgid "**Click** to define the first point as a corner point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:448
+msgid ""
+"**Click and drag** to define the first point as a control point; while "
+"dragging you can set the control point handles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:452
+msgid ""
+"**Click** to define the end point of the line as a corner point. If you "
+"press the **Shift** key, you will draw a vertical, horizontal or 45° "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:454
+msgid ""
+"**Click and drag** to define the end point of the line as a control "
+"point; while dragging you can set the control point handles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:458
+msgid ""
+"**Click** or **click and drag** again to define the end point of another "
+"line connected to the end point of the previous line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:460
+msgid "**Double click** to define the last point of an open shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:462
+msgid ""
+"**Click** or **click and drag** again on the first point you defined to "
+"draw a closed shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:464
+msgid "Press the **Ctrl** key to add a linear point after a Nonlinear one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:466
+msgid "Press the **ESC** key to cancel the creation of the polyline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:468
+msgid "**To draw an arc:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:470
+msgid "Click to define the first end point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:472
+msgid "Click to define the second endpoint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:474
+msgid "Drag to set the bend, and click to draw the arc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:480
+msgid "Adding Text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:481
+msgid "Text can be added by using the **Type** tool (|type|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:483
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to work with editable and animatable text in "
+"OpenToonz through the use of the **Text Iwa** effect. For more "
+"information, please see  :ref:`Text Iwa <text_iwa>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:487
+msgid ""
+"**Font:** to be used, taken from a list based on the Operating System "
+"default fonts folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:489
+msgid "**Style:**, for the chosen font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:491
+msgid "**Size:**, for the chosen font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:493
+msgid ""
+"Already written text can be resized by using the **Selection** tool "
+"(|selection|) (see  :ref:`Editing Drawings <editing_drawings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:495
+msgid ""
+"**Vertical Orientation**, lets you place the text vertically, one letter "
+"under another, instead of horizontally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:497
+msgid ""
+"The *current* palette Style is applied to the text you type. The palette "
+"style can be changed while typing text, thus you can have characters with"
+" different styles in the same text editing session (see  :ref:`Editing "
+"Styles <editing_styles>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:499
+msgid ""
+"For vector levels, as soon as the text is committed, it's converted into "
+"vector outlines, and can no longer be edited as text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:501
+msgid "**To add text:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:503
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Type** tool (|type|) and click in the viewer where you want "
+"to start writing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:505
+msgid ""
+"Choose options **Font**, **Style**, **Size** and **Vertical "
+"Orientation**. These options can be changed as long as you are in text "
+"editing mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:507
+msgid ""
+"Change the current color Style in the palette, if you want to use more "
+"than one style in the same text editing session."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:509
+msgid "Click inside the text editing area to change the text insertion point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:511
+msgid ""
+"Click outside the text editing area, or select a different tool, to "
+"commit the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:517
+msgid "Using the Eraser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:518
+msgid ""
+"The **Eraser** tool (|eraser|) allows you to partially erase lines, both "
+"in vector and raster drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:522
+msgid "**Size** sets the eraser size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:524
+msgid ""
+"**Hardness** sets the amount of antialiasing along the eraser border. "
+"This is available for Toonz Raster and Raster drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:526
+msgid ""
+"**Opacity** set the opacity of the eraser; passing twice on an area is "
+"not considered while performing a single erasing operation, but only when"
+" performing different erasing operations. This is available for Raster "
+"drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:528
+msgid ""
+"**Type:** has the options **Normal**, to use the standard eraser; "
+"**Rectangular**, to perform the erasing inside the box you define; "
+"**Freehand**, to perform the erasing inside the area you outline by "
+"clicking and dragging; and **Polyline**, to perform the erasing inside "
+"the area you outline by defining a series of lines. In vector drawings, a"
+" stroke is erased only if it is fully included in the area you define."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:530
+msgid ""
+"**Mode:** has the options **Areas**, to erase only areas, **Lines**, to "
+"erase only the drawing outline, and **Lines & Areas**, to perform both "
+"the operations. This is available only for Toonz Raster drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:532
+msgid ""
+"**Selective** allows you to erase only lines or areas made with the "
+"current style. This is available only for Toonz Vector and Toonz Raster "
+"drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:534
+msgid ""
+"**Invert** performs the erasing on the outside of the area defined with "
+"the Rectangular, Freehand or Polyline options. In vector drawings, a "
+"stroke is erased only if it is fully outside of the area you define."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:536
+msgid ""
+"**Frame Range** allows you to perform Rectangular, Freehand and Polyline "
+"erasing on a range of frames, by defining an area in the first and then "
+"in the last frame of the range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:538
+msgid ""
+"**Pencil** mode erases lines without antialiasing, that is with jagged "
+"edges. This is available for Toonz Raster drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:542
+msgid ""
+"The **Eraser** tool (|eraser|) can be automatically selected by *using "
+"the eraser of the tablet pen*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:548
+msgid "Converting Raster Drawings to Vectors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:549
+msgid ""
+"Scanned drawings and raster ones, i.e. drawings not based on vectors, can"
+" be converted into Toonz Vector levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:551
+msgid ""
+"Two main conversion modes are available: **Centerline** and **Outline**. "
+"The choice between the two modes depends on which conversion best fits "
+"your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:553
+msgid ""
+"In **Centerline** mode a *single vector stroke with a variable thickness*"
+" is generated for each line in the drawing. This means that the converted"
+" drawing can be edited like vector-based drawings made directly in "
+"OpenToonz, for example you can change the bend of a stroke with the "
+"**Pinch** (|pinch|) or **Control Point Editor** tools, and the thickness "
+"with the **Pump** tool (|pump|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:555
+msgid ""
+"In **Outline** mode *two vector strokes* are generated to define each "
+"line in the drawing, and areas filled with different colors are separated"
+" by a stroke. This means that, for example, to change the bend of a line "
+"you have to change the bend of the two strokes defining it, and to change"
+" the thickness you have to model one or both strokes defining it. *The "
+"thickness of all the strokes is set to 0, so that they won’t be visible "
+"in the final render*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:557
+msgid ""
+"Parameters that are not considered necessary by the user can be hidden "
+"using the **Options** button (|option|) at the bottom right of the "
+"**Convert To vector Pop Up**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:560
+msgid "In **Outline** mode the following settings are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:562
+msgid ""
+"**Accuracy** sets how much the vector strokes will follow the shape of "
+"the original drawing lines. High values create more precise strokes, but "
+"makes them more complex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:564
+msgid ""
+"**Despeckling** removes small spots or marks from the converted images. "
+"Its value expresses the size in pixels of the maximum area that has to be"
+" removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:566
+msgid ""
+"**Preserve Painted Areas**, when activated, includes all the colors in "
+"the converted level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:568
+msgid "**Adherence** sets how much smooth curves bend toward full corners."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:570
+msgid ""
+"**Angle** sets the angular threshold below which full corners are "
+"inserted in the image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:572
+msgid ""
+"**Curve Radius** sets the measure of a curve's radius below which it is "
+"replaced by a smooth corner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:574
+msgid ""
+"**Max Colors** defines the maximum number of colors that are considered "
+"in the Raster image and used in the vector one. The value has to be set "
+"taking care of the real number of colors used in the Raster image. High "
+"values increase the time needed for the conversion. This is relevant for "
+"Raster levels only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:576
+msgid ""
+"**Transparent Color** defines the color that has to be set as the "
+"transparent background of the resulting vector level. This is relevant "
+"for Raster levels only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:578
+msgid ""
+"**Tone Threshold** sets the value of the darkest pixels to be taken into "
+"account to detect lines to be converted to vector; for low values only "
+"the darkest pixels are considered thus resulting in thinner lines; for "
+"high values lighter pixels are considered too, thus resulting in thicker "
+"lines. This is relevant for Toonz Raster levels only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:581
+msgid "In **Centerline** mode the following settings are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:583
+msgid ""
+"**Threshold** sets the value of the darkest pixels to be taken into "
+"account to detect lines to be converted to vector strokes; for low values"
+" only the darkest pixels are considered thus resulting in thinner "
+"strokes; for high values lighter pixels are considered too, thus "
+"resulting in thicker strokes. For Toonz Raster levels (TLV files) the "
+"process examines only pixels belonging to the lines; for Raster levels it"
+" examines pixels of the whole image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:585
+msgid ""
+"**Accuracy** sets how much the vector stroke will follow the shape of the"
+" original drawing lines. High values create more precise strokes but "
+"makes them more complex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:587
+msgid ""
+"**Despeckling** ignores during the conversion small areas generated by "
+"the image noise; the higher the value, the larger the areas ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:589
+msgid ""
+"**Max Thickness** sets the maximum vector stroke thickness; if this value"
+" is low very thick lines will be converted in two centerline strokes "
+"defining the line outline; if this value is high, they will be converted "
+"in a single centerline stroke."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:591
+msgid ""
+"**Thickness Calibration Start:** and **End:** calibrates the vector "
+"stroke thickness defined according to the **Threshold** value; a low "
+"value will reduce the stroke thickness preserving its integrity. A "
+"different value inserted in the **Start** / **End** field determines an "
+"animation of the thickness along the length of the level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:593
+msgid ""
+"**Preserve Painted Areas**, when activated, preserves all painted areas "
+"in Toonz Raster levels (TLV files) and all the areas painted with colors "
+"different from the line color in Raster levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:595
+msgid ""
+"**Add Border** adds a vector stroke along the image border in order to "
+"detect also areas bleeding off the image edge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:597
+msgid ""
+"**Enhanced ink recognition**, when activated, allows to vectorize Raster "
+"images (such as TGA, TIF, PNG etc...) without antialiasing along the "
+"lines. An heuristic is used to recognize lines and painted areas creating"
+" a PLI level, where the lines are seen as ink and the painted areas as "
+"paint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:599
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to select the images or the level frames that have to be "
+"converted directly in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:601
+msgid ""
+"When a conversion is performed, a new level is created according to the "
+"selection you made, and exposed in the Xsheet/Timeline in the next "
+"column/layer to that containing the source level. The new file will have "
+"the same name of the starting one, but with a PLI extension, and a “v” "
+"suffix, and is saved in the **+drawings** default folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:603
+msgid ""
+"In case a PLI level with the same name already exists, the name of the "
+"new file will be followed by a progressive number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:605
+msgid "**To convert raster drawings into vectors:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:607
+msgid "Select the level frames to convert in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:609
+msgid "Choose Level  →  **Convert to Vectors...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:611
+msgid "In the dialog set parameters for the conversion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:613
+msgid "Click the **Convert** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:619
+msgid "Checking the Convert to Vectors Process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:620
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the **Convert-to-Vectors Settings** window a preview "
+"area is available to display the drawing selected in the Xsheet/Timeline,"
+" as it will be after the conversion according to the defined settings. At"
+" the same time it allows you to compare the final result with the "
+"original Raster drawing that is displayed on the left side, and to "
+"highlight the vector strokes structure by clicking the **Centerlines "
+"Check** button (|check|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:622
+msgid "You can activate or deactivate it, resize it or navigate its content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:624
+msgid ""
+"If you change any parameter in the **Convert-to-Vector Settings**, the "
+"previewed drawing automatically updates to display how the changes affect"
+" the result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:626
+msgid "**To activate the preview area:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:628
+msgid "In the Xsheet/Timeline select the drawing you want to preview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:630
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:634
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Preview** button (|preview|) in the bottom bar of the "
+"Convert-to-Vector Settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:632
+msgid "**To deactivate the preview area:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:636
+msgid "**To resize the preview area:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:638
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1093
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1523
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1558
+msgid "Do any of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:640
+msgid "Click and drag the horizontal separator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:642
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the separator toward the window border to hide the preview"
+" area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:644
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the separator collapsed to the window border toward the "
+"window center to display again the preview area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:646
+msgid "**To navigate the preview area:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:650
+msgid ""
+"Use the mouse wheel, or the zoom shortcut keys (by default + and - keys) "
+"to zoom in and zoom out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:652
+msgid "Middle-click and drag to scroll in any direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:654
+msgid ""
+"Use the reset view shortcut (by default the 0 key) to display preview at "
+"its actual size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:656
+msgid "**To activate and deactivate the Centerlines Check:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:658
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Centerlines Check** button (|check|) in the bottom bar of the"
+" Convert-to-Vector Settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:664
+msgid "Saving and Loading Convert To Vector Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:665
+msgid ""
+"Convert To Vector settings can be saved as *tnzsettings* files in order "
+"to have different settings for each level and to be loaded back and used "
+"in a different scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:667
+msgid ""
+"Loaded Convert To Vector settings can also become the default settings "
+"for the scene or for the project (see  :ref:`Scene Settings and Project "
+"Default Settings <scene_settings_and_project_default_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:669
+msgid "**To save the Convert To Vector settings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:671
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Save Settings** button (|save|) in the bottom bar of the "
+"Convert-to-Vector Settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:673
+msgid ""
+"In the browser that opens choose for the *tnzsettings* file a location "
+"and a name, and click the **Save** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:675
+msgid "**To load saved Convert To Vector settings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:677
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Load Settings** button (|load|) in the bottom bar of the "
+"Convert-to-Vector Settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:679
+msgid ""
+"In the browser that opens retrieve the *tnzsettings* file you want to "
+"load, and click the **Load** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:681
+msgid "**To reset the Convert To Vector settings to the scene default:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:683
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Reset Settings** button (|reset|) in the bottom bar of the "
+"Convert-to-Vector Settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:689
+msgid "Changing the Canvas Size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:690
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to change the size of Toonz Raster and Raster levels, in "
+"order to increase or decrease the area around the images of a level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:692
+msgid "|canvas_size|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:694
+msgid ""
+"The new size can be set in any unit supported by OpenToonz, by using "
+"absolute or relative values. If the canvas is enlarged, some white "
+"transparent area is added; if the canvas is reduced, some cropping is "
+"applied to the level images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:696
+msgid "**To change the canvas size:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:698
+msgid ""
+"Select the Toonz Raster or Raster level you want to modify in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:700
+msgid "Choose Level  →  **Canvas Size...**, the Canvas Size dialog opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:702
+msgid ""
+"In the dialog set the **Unit** to express the new size of the canvas, and"
+" set the **Width** and **Height** of the new canvas; activate the "
+"**Relative** option to define the new size by specifying only the size "
+"the canvas has to increase or decrease."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:704
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Anchor** diagram to decide the position of the current canvas "
+"in the new one: the arrows are a reference to see how the new size will "
+"increase or decrease the current canvas size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:706
+msgid "Click the **Resize** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:708
+msgid ""
+"In case the new canvas size is smaller than the current one, a "
+"confirmation dialog will open, asking you whether you want to crop the "
+"canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:714
+msgid "Editing Drawings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:715
+msgid ""
+"Toonz Vector, Toonz Raster and Raster levels, can be manipulated in "
+"OpenToonz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:717
+msgid ""
+"To edit a drawing, for example to copy a part of it, you have first to "
+"select it in the Xsheet/Timeline or in the Level Strip. When selected in "
+"the Xsheet/Timeline, the viewer displays the whole scene contents at the "
+"current frame, when selected in the Level Strip, the viewer displays the "
+"selected frame of the current animation level only, to let you work more "
+"easily on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:719
+msgid ""
+"Drawings can be also selected directly in the viewer: this allows you to "
+"work on the different drawings visible at a certain frame with no need to"
+" retrieve them in the Xsheet/Timeline or Level Strip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:721
+msgid ""
+"All the editing performed on drawings is not saved until you save the "
+"related level, or use the **Save All** command (see  :ref:`Saving Levels "
+"<saving_levels>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:723
+msgid "**To select the drawing to edit:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:727
+msgid "Select it in the Xsheet/Timeline or Level Strip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:729
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the viewer the drawing you want to edit and in the menu "
+"that opens choose the **Select** command related to the column containing"
+" the drawing you want to edit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:731
+msgid ""
+"The right-click menu first lists all the columns containing overlapping "
+"drawings, then the columns and objects that are hierarchically linked to "
+"the clicked one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:737
+msgid "Using the Selection Tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:738
+msgid ""
+"The **Selection** tool (|selection|) allows you to edit, move, rotate, "
+"scale and distort a selection in a drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:742
+msgid ""
+"**Type:** has the options **Rectangular**, to select the area of the box "
+"you define by clicking and dragging; **Freehand**, to select the area you"
+" outline by clicking and dragging; and **Polyline**, to select the area "
+"you outline by defining a series of lines. In vector drawings, a vector "
+"stroke is selected only if it is fully included in the area you define."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:744
+msgid ""
+"**Mode:** has the options **Standard**, to select vectors; **Selected "
+"Frames**, to edit all the lines of selected frames at once; **Whole "
+"Level**, to transform all of the drawings of the current animation level;"
+" **Same Style**, to select at once all of the vectors painted with the "
+"same style in the current drawing; **Same Style on Selected Frames**, to "
+"select at once all of the vector strokes painted with the same style in "
+"the selected frames of the current animation level; **Same Style on Whole"
+" Level**, to select at once all of the vector strokes painted with the "
+"same style in all the drawings of the current animation level; **Boundary"
+" Strokes**, to select all the boundary strokes of the current drawing; "
+"**Boundary Strokes on Selected Frames**, to select all the boundary "
+"strokes of the selected frames; **Boundary Strokes on Whole Level**, to "
+"select all the boundary strokes of the whole level.This is available for "
+"Toonz Vector drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:746
+msgid ""
+"**Preserve Thickness** will preserve the original thickness of the "
+"drawing vectors while performing resizing operations. This is available "
+"for Toonz Vector drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:748
+msgid ""
+"**Scale H** and **V** set the horizontal and vertical scaling of the "
+"current selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:750
+msgid ""
+"**Link** will maintain the proportion of the selection while draging over"
+" any of the Scale **H** or **V** letters in the tool options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:752
+msgid "**Rotation** sets the rotation of the current selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:754
+msgid ""
+"**Position N/S** and **E/W** set a vertical and horizontal offset for the"
+" selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:756
+msgid ""
+"**Thickness** sets the thickness of the selected vector strokes. In case "
+"the selected strokes have variable thickness, or different thickness "
+"values, the highest value is displayed, and any change will affect the "
+"other values accordingly. This is available for Toonz Vector drawings "
+"only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:758
+msgid ""
+"**Cap:** sets the shape of the ends of the selected vector strokes. "
+"Options are **Butt** for squared ends, **Round** for semicircular ends, "
+"and **Projecting** for squared ends extending beyond the end of the line,"
+" according to the stroke thickness. This is available for Toonz Vector "
+"drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:762
+msgid "A butt cap, a round cap and a projecting cap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:764
+msgid ""
+"**Join:** sets the shape of the straight corners along the selected "
+"vector strokes. Options are **Miter** for pointed corners, **Round** for "
+"rounded corners, **Bevel** for squared corner. This is available for "
+"Toonz Vector drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:768
+msgid "Miter joins, round joins and bevel joins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:770
+msgid ""
+"**Miter:** sets the maximum length of a *Miter* join, that is computed "
+"multiplying the Miter value by the stroke thickness. If the length "
+"exceeds the maximum value, the *Miter* join is turned into a *Bevel* "
+"join. This is available for Toonz Vector drawings only, and only if the "
+"**Join:** option is set to **Miter**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:772
+msgid ""
+"**Modify Savebox** check box allows you to resize the *Savebox* of a "
+"drawing. The drawing part that, because of the editing, falls outside of "
+"the savebox will be erased. This is available for Toonz Raster drawings "
+"only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:774
+msgid ""
+"The *Savebox* size can be set automatically to the minimum size by "
+"activating the Preferences  →  Drawing  →  **Minimize Savebox after "
+"Editing** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:776
+msgid ""
+"**No Antialiasing** when activated, the antialiasing is not applied when "
+"the selection is deformed or rotated. This is available on Toonz Raster "
+"and Raster drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:778
+msgid ""
+"If the tool options bar is too short to display all the tool options, it "
+"can be scrolled by using the arrow buttons available at its ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:780
+msgid ""
+"When a selection is made, it is displayed with a bounding box with "
+"handles that allow you to perform the following transformations:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:782
+msgid ""
+"**Move**, click and drag the inside of the raster selection, or any "
+"selected vector of a vector selection, to move it; by pressing the "
+"**Shift** key while dragging, the movement will be constrained on the "
+"horizontal or vertical direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:784
+msgid ""
+"The keyboard arrow keys can be used as well to move the selection one "
+"pixel in any direction; if they are used while pressing the **Shift** "
+"key, the movement will be in 10 pixels steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:786
+msgid ""
+"**Rotate**, click and drag outside any corner handle to rotate the "
+"selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:788
+msgid ""
+"**Scale**, click and drag any corner handle to scale the selection "
+"freely; by pressing the **Shift** key while dragging the scaling will be "
+"uniform; by pressing the **Alt** key the scaling will be applied from the"
+" center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:790
+msgid ""
+"**Scale in one direction**, click and drag any side handle to scale the "
+"selection in one direction; by pressing the **Alt** key the scaling will "
+"be applied symmetrically from the center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:792
+msgid ""
+"**Center**, click and drag the center handle to change the center of "
+"rotation, and the center used when Alt-scaling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:794
+msgid ""
+"**Distort**, Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) any corner handle to "
+"distort the selection, or any side handle to shear it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:796
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) operations are not allowed in **Whole "
+"Level** modes (see above)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:798
+msgid ""
+"**Thickness**, click the double arrow-head at the bottom right corner of "
+"the selection and drag up to increase the thickness of selected lines, "
+"down to decrease it. This option is available for Toonz Vector drawings "
+"only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:800
+msgid "To apply the transformations you can click outside the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:802
+msgid ""
+"As you roll over the handles, the cursor changes shape to indicate the "
+"operations you may perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:804
+msgid ""
+"Selections can also be Cut, Copied, Pasted and Deleted by using the "
+"relevant command in the Edit menu. Cut or Copy and Paste also work from "
+"one drawing to another, or onto a new one. This allows you to copy or "
+"move a section of a drawing to another drawing, or split a drawing into "
+"several ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:806
+msgid ""
+"When a drawing in a Toonz level, or a section of it is pasted to another "
+"one, the Styles of the pasted drawing are added to the palette of the "
+"target level, unless the same Styles are already available in the "
+"palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:808
+msgid ""
+"The selection can also be used to change the Style of vector strokes by "
+"choosing it in the palette, or by creating a new Style while selected. "
+"See  :ref:`Editing Styles <editing_styles>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:810
+msgid "**To edit the drawing savebox:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:812
+msgid ""
+"Activate the **Modify Savebox** option to visualize the savebox around "
+"the drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:814
+msgid "Use the handles to resize it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:816
+msgid "Deactivate the **Modify Savebox** option to confirm the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:818
+msgid "**To select and transform an area in a Toonz Raster or Raster level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:820
+msgid "Select the area by doing one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:822
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Rectangular** and click and drag to define the box "
+"whose area you want to select."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:824
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Freehand** and click and drag to outline the area you "
+"want to select."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:826
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Polyline** and click to outline the area you want to "
+"select by defining a series of lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:828
+msgid "Do one of the following to make geometric transformations:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:830
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:858
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:877
+msgid "Operate the handles available along the bounding box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:832
+msgid ""
+"Edit the scale, rotation and position values available in the tool "
+"options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:836
+msgid ""
+"First define the area you want to select, then use the bounding box to "
+"make geometric transformations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:838
+msgid "**To select and transform vectors in a Toonz Vector level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:840
+msgid "Select the vectors by doing one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:842
+msgid "Click a stroke to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:844
+msgid "Shift-click to add a stroke to or remove it from the current selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:846
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Rectangular** and **click and drag to the right** to "
+"define a box and select all the strokes that are *completely* included in"
+" the box; **click and drag to the left** to select all the strokes that "
+"are *partially* included in the box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:848
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Freehand** and click and drag to outline an area and "
+"select all the strokes that are completely included in the area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:850
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Polyline** and click to outline an area by defining a "
+"series of lines and select all the strokes that are completely included "
+"in the area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:852
+msgid ""
+"Set the mode to **Same Style** and click to select automatically all the "
+"vectors painted with the same style used for the vector you select in the"
+" current drawing, or Shift-click to add them to or remove them from the "
+"selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:854
+msgid ""
+"When clicking a stroke belonging to a group, the whole group is selected "
+"(see  :ref:`Grouping and Ungrouping Vectors "
+"<grouping_and_ungrouping_vectors>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:856
+msgid "Do one of the following to make a geometric transformations:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:860
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:879
+msgid ""
+"Edit the scale, rotation, position and thickness values available in the "
+"tool options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:864
+msgid ""
+"First select the vector strokes you want to transform, then use the "
+"bounding box to make geometric transformations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:867
+msgid "**To select and transform all the drawings of a Toonz Vector level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:871
+msgid ""
+"Set the mode to **Whole Level** to automatically select all the strokes "
+"in all of the drawings of the current animation level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:873
+msgid ""
+"Set the mode to **Same Style on Whole Level** and click to select at once"
+" all of the strokes painted with the same style used for the stroke you "
+"selected in all of the drawings of the current animation level, or Shift-"
+"click to add them to or remove them from the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:875
+msgid ""
+"Do one of the following to make geometric transformations affecting all "
+"of the level drawings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:881
+msgid ""
+"When working on the whole level the bounding box displayed in the current"
+" level drawing is double-lined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:883
+msgid "**To paste a selection in another existing drawing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:885
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:897
+msgid "Make a selection in the current drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:887
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:899
+msgid "Copy/cut it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:889
+msgid "Select the other drawing in the Level Strip or in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:891
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:903
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:911
+msgid "Paste the copied/cut selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:893
+msgid ""
+"Selections from Toonz Raster and Toonz Vector levels can be pasted in any"
+" other type of drawing, automatically converting the pasted selection to "
+"the appropriate type; selections from standard Raster levels can only be "
+"pasted in other Raster drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:895
+msgid "**To paste a selection in a new drawing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:901
+msgid "Select an empty frame in the level strip or an empty cell in the ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:905
+msgid "**To merge several drawings into one drawing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:907
+msgid "Select the area you want to merge and copy/cut it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:909
+msgid "Select the drawing you want to paste the selection to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:913
+msgid ""
+"Several raster animation levels can also be merged at once by using the "
+"related command (see  :ref:`Merging Animation Levels "
+"<merging_animation_levels>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:915
+msgid "**To split a drawing into several drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:917
+msgid "Select the area you want to use as a new drawing and copy/cut it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:919
+msgid "Select an empty cell in the ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:921
+msgid ""
+"Paste the copied/cut selection: automatically a new drawing will be "
+"created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:927
+msgid "Grouping and Ungrouping Vectors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:928
+msgid ""
+"All the vector strokes of a drawing lie on the same plane, therefore "
+"drawing *areas* are outlined by segments defined by strokes "
+"intersections. This means that if you draw two intersecting squares, "
+"automatically three areas are defined: one belonging only to the first "
+"square, one to the second one, and another defined by the intersection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:932
+msgid ""
+"Painting a drawing that contains intersecting vector strokes and shapes "
+"may be an issue, because all of them lie on the same layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:934
+msgid ""
+"To organize strokes you can use the grouping features, that creates a new"
+" group entity containing only the strokes you select."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:936
+msgid ""
+"In the case of two intersecting squares, if you want the two squares to "
+"be overlapping instead of intersecting, you can create a group containing"
+" the strokes of the first square, and another those of the second square,"
+" thus defining two groups whose order can be arranged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:938
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to create as many groups as you want in any drawing; groups"
+" can be made of one stroke only as well, for instance a circle, or a "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:942
+msgid ""
+"First define groups, then set a proper layering order to solve the "
+"intersection problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:944
+msgid ""
+"When drawing with the **Geometric** tool (|geometric|), closed shapes "
+"(i.e. rectangles, circles, ellipses, polygons and closed polylines) can "
+"be defined automatically as a group by activating the **Auto Group** "
+"option (see :ref:`Drawing with the Geometric Tool "
+"<drawing_with_the_geometric_tool>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:946
+msgid ""
+"When your strokes selection includes one or several groups, the new group"
+" will include them as well, preserving them and their original sorting "
+"order position in case the group is released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:948
+msgid ""
+"It's not possible to define a group if the selection includes only some "
+"strokes belonging to a group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:950
+msgid ""
+"When a group is released, if no other group is defined in the same "
+"drawing, all the strokes will lie at the same plane; if other groups are "
+"defined, the strokes of the released group will lie on a plane behind, in"
+" front of, or between the other groups, according to the original group "
+"sorting order position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:952
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to enter groups to isolate them visually from the rest of "
+"the drawing and better understand which strokes are inside and which "
+"outside the group. In this way it's also easier to work on the drawing, "
+"for instance to fill an area or to change the color of some strokes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:954
+msgid ""
+"As the **Selection** tool (|selection|) considers the group as a whole, "
+"if you want to select a stroke belonging to a group, first you have to "
+"enter the group, and then select the stroke."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:956
+msgid ""
+"As groups define which strokes belong to a certain plane, when using the "
+"**Fill** tool (|fill|), only areas defined by strokes within the same "
+"group can be filled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:958
+msgid "**To Define a group:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:960
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Selection** tool (|selection|) to select the strokes you want "
+"to be in a group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:964
+msgid "Choose Edit  →  **Group**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:966
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the selection and choose **Group** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:968
+msgid "**To Release a group:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:970
+msgid "Select the group you want to release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:974
+msgid "Choose Edit  →  **Ungroup**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:976
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the selection and choose **Ungroup** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:978
+msgid "**To Enter a group:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:982
+msgid "Select the group, then choose Edit  →  **Enter Group**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:984
+msgid "Right-click the group and choose **Enter Group** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:986
+msgid "Double-click the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:988
+msgid "**To Exit a group:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:992
+msgid "Choose Edit  →  **Exit Group**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:994
+msgid "Right-click the group and choose **Exit Group** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:996
+msgid "Double-click outside the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:998
+msgid "**To Select a group:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1000
+msgid "Choose the **Selection** tool (|selection|) and do any of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1002
+msgid "Click any stroke belonging to the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1004
+msgid "Click and drag to select at least one stroke belonging to the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1006
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Rectangular** and click and drag to define a box and "
+"select at least one stroke belonging to the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1008
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Freehand** and click and drag to outline an area and "
+"select at least one stroke belonging to the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1010
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Polyline** and click to outline an area by defining a "
+"series of lines and select at least one stroke belonging to the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1012
+msgid "**To Select a stroke in a group:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1014
+msgid "Enter the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1016
+msgid "Click the stroke to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1022
+msgid "Setting Stroke and Group Sorting Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1023
+msgid ""
+"For each vector drawing, strokes and groups sorting order can be changed "
+"by setting what has to lie in front of, and what behind."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1027
+msgid ""
+"Select vector strokes, create groups and set their layering order to "
+"better manage the drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1029
+msgid "**To bring the selection to front:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1033
+msgid "Choose Edit  →  **Bring to Front**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1035
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the selection and choose **Bring to Front** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1037
+msgid "**To bring the selection one level forward:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1041
+msgid "Choose Edit  →  **Bring Forward**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1043
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the selection and choose **Bring Forward** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1045
+msgid "**To send the selection back:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1049
+msgid "Choose Edit  →  **Send Back**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1051
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the selection and choose **Send Back** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1053
+msgid "**To send the selection one level backward:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1057
+msgid "Choose Edit  →  **Send Backward**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1059
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the selection and choose **Send Backward** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1065
+msgid "Editing Vector Drawings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1066
+msgid ""
+"Vector drawings can be edited in some additional ways by using the set of"
+" tools. This allows you for example to better calibrate the bend of a "
+"vector, or to change its thickness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1068
+msgid ""
+"All these transformations can be also achieved on already painted "
+"drawings, because the fill styles used to paint will automatically follow"
+" the shape of the areas you modify, working like “liquid” color, flooding"
+" an area defined by an outline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1074
+msgid "Editing Vector Control Points"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1075
+msgid ""
+"To modify a vector by editing its control points you can use the "
+"**Control Point Editor** tool (|cpe|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1077
+msgid ""
+"Control points have handles whose length and direction define the bend of"
+" the vector. With this tool you can select a vector and modify the "
+"control point handles, or the bend of a curve defined by control points, "
+"and move, add or delete control points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1079
+msgid ""
+"Control point handles may be linked, that is to say they share the same "
+"direction, or not, creating a cusp in the vector; they can also be "
+"collapsed in the control point in order to turn it in a corner point. In "
+"case only one handle is collapsed, the point will be corner on one side "
+"and smooth on the other. When a section of the vector is defined by two "
+"corner points, it will be a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1081
+msgid ""
+"The option Auto Select Drawing is available to automatically select any "
+"vector of any drawing visible in the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1085
+msgid ""
+"Click to select a vector stroke and edit its control points; Alt-click to"
+" unlink control point handles; Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) the "
+"selected stroke to add a control point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1087
+msgid "**To select a vector:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1089
+msgid "Click it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1091
+msgid "**To edit the bend of a vector:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1095
+msgid "Click and drag the ends of the control point handles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1097
+msgid "Click and drag the curve defined by the control points to edit it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1099
+msgid ""
+"Shift-click and drag the curve defined by the control point to edit it by"
+" keeping the control points position fixed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1101
+msgid "**To unlink the control point handles:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1103
+msgid "Alt-click one of the handle ends and drag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1105
+msgid "**To link the control point handles:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1107
+msgid ""
+"Alt-click one of the handle ends and drag: the other handle snaps to the "
+"direction of the one you are dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1109
+msgid "**To add a control point:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1111
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (Pc) or Cmd-click (Mac) the vector where you want to add a "
+"control point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1113
+msgid "**To select control points:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1117
+msgid "Click a control point to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1119
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (Pc) or Cmd-click (Mac) a control point to add it to the "
+"selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1121
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag to select all of the control points that are included in "
+"the selection area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1123
+msgid "**To move the selection:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1127
+msgid "Click any selected control point and drag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1129
+msgid ""
+"Use the Arrow keys to move the selection one pixel right, left, up or "
+"down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1131
+msgid "**To delete the selection:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1133
+msgid "Choose Edit  →  Delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1135
+msgid "**To turn a control point into a corner point:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1139
+msgid "Alt-click the control point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1141
+msgid "Move the handle ends to the control point, in order to collapse them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1143
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the control point and choose Set Linear Control Point from "
+"the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1145
+msgid "**To retrieve handles from a corner point:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1149
+msgid "Alt-click the corner point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1151
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the control point and choose Set Non-linear Control Point "
+"from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1157
+msgid "Changing the Bend of Vector Strokes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1158
+msgid ""
+"To modify a bend of a vector stroke in a more intuitive way you can use "
+"the **Pinch** tool (|pinch|). You can use it anywhere you want on the "
+"stroke, in order to modify the bend in any direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1160
+msgid ""
+"When the tool is selected, a segment of the center line of the closest "
+"stroke is highlighted: the segment shows the length of the stroke that "
+"will be affected by the pinching."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1162
+msgid ""
+"The length of the segment depends on the corner points, that the tool "
+"automatically detects along the stroke, according to the **Corner** "
+"value. It can also be manually set by activating the **Manual** option, "
+"and thus using the **Size** value to set the affected length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1164
+msgid ""
+"When the **Manual** mode is activated, a handle is displayed along the "
+"highlighted stroke to control interactively the length of the segment "
+"that will be affected by the tool. The handle has a double circle and a "
+"square at its ends, that allows you to do the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1166
+msgid "**Double circle** lets you move the handle along the segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1168
+msgid ""
+"**Square** lets you increase the length of the segment affected by the "
+"tool by *clicking and dragging right*, or decrease it by *clicking and "
+"dragging left*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1170
+msgid ""
+"In both Automatic and Manual modes, different types of editing can be "
+"performed when clicking and moving the cursor:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1172
+msgid "**Click** and drag to change the bend of the highlighted segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1174
+msgid ""
+"**Shift-click** and drag to edit the highlighted segment by adding a "
+"*cusp*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1176
+msgid ""
+"**Ctrl-click** (Pc) or **Cmd-click** (Mac) and drag to edit the "
+"highlighted segment by adding a *corner*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1178
+msgid "**To modify the bend of a stroke:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1180
+msgid ""
+"Change the length of the segment affected by the tool by setting the "
+"**Corner** value in the tool options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1182
+msgid ""
+"Click, Shift-click, or Ctrl-click (Pc) or Cmd-click (Mac) and drag to "
+"modify the bend of the highlighted segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1186
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag to change the bend; Shift-click to add a cusp; Ctrl-click "
+"(PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) to add a corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1188
+msgid "**To modify the bend of a stroke in manual mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1190
+msgid "Activate the **Manual** option in the tool options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1192
+msgid ""
+"Change the length of the segment affected by the tool by doing one of the"
+" following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1194
+msgid "Set the **Size** value in the tool options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1196
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the small square at one end of the handle displayed along "
+"the highlighted stroke."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1198
+msgid ""
+"Click, Shift-click, or Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) and drag to "
+"modify the bend of the highlighted segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1200
+msgid "**To eliminate a corner point from a segment:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1202
+msgid "Click and drag the point until the smooth segment is formed again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1204
+msgid "Click and drag to correct the bend of the newly smoothed segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1210
+msgid "Using Other Modifier Tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1211
+msgid ""
+"To modify the thickness of a stroke you can use the **Pump** tool "
+"(|pump|). You can use it anywhere you want on the stroke to increase or "
+"decrease the thickness locally. When the tool is selected, a segment of "
+"the closest stroke is highlighted: the segment shows the length of the "
+"stroke that will be affected by the tool. To modify this length you can "
+"change the **Size** value in the tool options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1213
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to modify the thickness of a stroke, a stroke selection, or"
+" strokes in all of the level drawings, by using the **Selection** tool "
+"(|selection|) and its related options (see :ref:`Using the Selection Tool"
+" <using_the_selection_tool>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1215
+msgid ""
+"To distort more than one stroke at once, you can use the **Magnet** tool "
+"(|magnet|). The tool affects all stroke included in a circular area and "
+"allows you to distort them in the direction of your dragging. Highlighted"
+" segments will show the strokes that will be affected. To modify the "
+"action range of the tool, represented by a circle, you can change the "
+"tool size in the tool options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1217
+msgid ""
+"To bend a part of a drawing, for example a character’s arm, you can use "
+"the **Bender** tool (|bender|). The tool allows you to define a line and "
+"then bend all the strokes intersected by the segment. While bending you "
+"can see the affected strokes assuming their position after the "
+"transformation. The bending can be performed in both clockwise and "
+"counterclockwise direction; once you start dragging you cannot change the"
+" bend direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1219
+msgid ""
+"If you move the cursor far from the bending center, you will be able to "
+"set with more precision the amount of bend you want to apply to the "
+"strokes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1221
+msgid ""
+"To smooth a stroke, you can use the **Iron** tool (|iron|). When used "
+"again and again on the same stroke, it increasingly flatten the bends of "
+"the stroke. When the tool is selected, the cursor snaps to the closest "
+"stroke to indicate where you are going to operate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1223
+msgid "**To modify the thickness of a stroke:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1225
+msgid "Select the **Pump** tool (|pump|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1227
+msgid "Set the **Size:** value in the tool options bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1229
+msgid ""
+"Click the point of the stroke where you want to modify the thickness and "
+"drag up to increase it, or down to decrease it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1233
+msgid "Using the Pump tool to change the thickness of drawn strokes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1235
+msgid "**To distort several strokes at once:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1237
+msgid "Select the **Magnet** tool (|magnet|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1239
+msgid ""
+"Click in the Viewer: all the strokes included in the circle will be "
+"affected by the tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1241
+msgid "Drag to distort the strokes in the direction of your dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1243
+msgid "**To bend one or several strokes:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1245
+msgid "Select the **Bender** tool (|bender|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1247
+msgid ""
+"Click on one side of the strokes you want to bend to set the center of "
+"the bend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1249
+msgid ""
+"Click on the opposite side of the strokes: all strokes intersected by the"
+" defined line will be affected by the bending."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1251
+msgid "Drag in the direction you want to bend strokes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1253
+msgid "**To smooth a stroke:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1255
+msgid "Select the **Iron** tool (|iron|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1257
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag along the stroke you want to smooth. By dragging over and "
+"over the stroke will increasingly flatten."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1263
+msgid "Joining and Splitting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1264
+msgid ""
+"To join the ends of two different vector strokes, you can use the "
+"**Tape** tool (|tape|). This way it will be possible to handle them as a "
+"single stroke, for instance for modifying their bend, or thickness, as a "
+"whole."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1266
+msgid ""
+"When the tool is used, the pointer snaps to the closest detected stroke "
+"endpoint in order to make the operation easier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1268
+msgid ""
+"The **Tape** tool (|tape|) can also be used to close gaps along the "
+"drawing outline for painting purposes (see :ref:`Closing Gaps in Drawing "
+"Outline <closing_gaps_in_drawing_outline>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1270
+msgid ""
+"To do the contrary, that is to say splitting a stroke in two sections, "
+"you can use the **Cutter** tool (|cutter|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1272
+msgid "**To join two open ends of one or two strokes:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1274
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Tape** tool (|tape|), and activate the **Join Vectors** "
+"option; activate also the **Smooth** option if you want a smooth joining "
+"with no corners."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1278
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Normal** and the mode to **Endpoint to Endpoint**, "
+"click a stroke endpoint and drag to a different endpoint; the pointer "
+"snaps to the closest detected stroke endpoint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1280
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Rectangular**, and click and drag to define a box "
+"including the endpoints you want to connect; the endpoints will be "
+"automatically joined according to the set **Distance** value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1282
+msgid ""
+"If the strokes you are going to join have different Styles, the Style of "
+"the first vector where you click on will be assigned to the second one "
+"after joining."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1284
+msgid "**To split a stroke:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1286
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Cutter** tool (|cutter|): the pointer snaps to the closest "
+"stroke indicating, with a small highlighted segment, the point where you "
+"are going to split the stroke."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1288
+msgid "Click to split the stroke at the highlighted point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1294
+msgid "Cleaning up Strokes Intersections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1295
+msgid ""
+"Vector strokes intersections may be a weak point in drawings to be "
+"painted, because if a gap occurs, drawing areas cannot be painted "
+"properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1297
+msgid ""
+"The best solution for this kind of issue is to overlap the final section "
+"of strokes, in order to define clear intersections, then automatically "
+"remove the sections that overflow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1299
+msgid "**To cleanup vector intersections:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1301
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Selection** tool (|selection|) to select the strokes whose "
+"intersections you want to cleanup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1305
+msgid "Choose Edit  →  **Remove Vector Overflow**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1307
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the selection and choose **Remove Vector Overflow** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1313
+msgid "Animation Techniques"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1314
+msgid ""
+"Besides drawing frame by frame, one image at a time, until you achieve "
+"the animation you want, some other techniques are easier to achieve "
+"thanks to OpenToonz features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1316
+msgid ""
+"Whatever the technique is, you can control your work and how smooth the "
+"animation is by using the onion skin, that allows you to view more than "
+"one image in the viewer at the same time as reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1322
+msgid "Modelling a Vector Drawing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1323
+msgid ""
+"Instead of animating a level by starting every time from a blank frame, "
+"you can duplicate a vector drawing and make subsequent modifications. You"
+" can do it even if the drawings are painted, because the styles used to "
+"paint will automatically follow the shape of the areas you modify (see  "
+":ref:`Editing Drawings <editing_drawings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1325
+msgid ""
+"The sequence of the animation level drawings can be easily controlled in "
+"the Level Strip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1327
+msgid ""
+"You can use both the Cells  →  **Duplicate Drawing** command and the "
+"standard **Copy** and **Paste** commands to make a copy of a drawing that"
+" you can later modify to create slight movements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1329
+msgid ""
+"When you use the **Duplicate Drawing** command, the selected drawing is "
+"duplicated in the following frame. If the following frame already "
+"contains a drawing, it's shifted down in order to insert the duplicated "
+"drawing in the sequence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1331
+msgid ""
+"When you use the **Copy** and **Paste** commands, you can also decide the"
+" frame of the Level Strip where you want to paste the drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1333
+msgid ""
+"Once finished, you can make a copy of the modified drawing, and modify it"
+" in its turn. You can go on duplicating and modifying drawings until you "
+"complete the animation level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1335
+msgid "**To create an animation level by modelling vector drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1337
+msgid ""
+"In the Viewer, select a drawing of the vector animation level you want to"
+" edit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1339
+msgid "In the Level Strip, select the drawing you want to duplicate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1341
+msgid ""
+"Copy the selected drawing in the following frame by doing one of the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1343
+msgid "Choose Cells  →  **Duplicate Drawing**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1345
+msgid ""
+"Choose Edit  →  **Copy**, then select the following frame and choose "
+"**Paste**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1347
+msgid "Select the new drawing in the Level Strip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1349
+msgid "Use modifier tools to modify the drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1351
+msgid ""
+"Go on duplicating and modifying drawings until you complete the animation"
+" level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1357
+msgid "Using the In-betweener with Vector Drawings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1358
+msgid ""
+"An animation technique reserved to vector animation levels is the use of "
+"the **Inbetween** command. Inbetween creates in-between drawings from the"
+" two extremes of a range of selected frames in the Level Strip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1360
+msgid ""
+"When more than two frames are selected in the Level Strip, a vertical "
+"strip labeled **INBETWEEN** is displayed on the right of each frame. By "
+"clicking on it, all frames between the first and the last selected, will "
+"be overwritten by images interpolating from the first to the last "
+"drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1364
+msgid ""
+"Duplicate a drawing; modify it; insert blank frames; select the frame "
+"range, then click the INBETWEEN vertical bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1366
+msgid ""
+"The interpolated drawings are created by taking into account the number "
+"of the strokes, and the strokes' direction. This means that the result "
+"will depend on the way drawings were made. For example if the first image"
+" is a single shape drawn clockwise, and the last is another shape, you "
+"will get different results depending on the way it was drawn, clockwise "
+"or counterclockwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1368
+msgid ""
+"To obtain the best results with complex drawings, copy the drawing you "
+"want to interpolate from, and paste it in another frame of the level "
+"strip. Modify the pasted drawing without adding and deleting strokes, but"
+" only distorting and moving existing strokes (see  :ref:`Editing Drawings"
+" <editing_drawings>`  ). Select the whole range and then perform the "
+"interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1370
+msgid ""
+"The interpolation acceleration can be controlled in the dialog that opens"
+" prior to performing in-betweening. Options are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1372
+msgid "**Linear**, for a constant interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1374
+msgid "**Ease In**, for an interpolation starting slowly, then getting faster."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1376
+msgid "**Ease Out**, for an interpolation starting quickly, then getting slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1378
+msgid ""
+"**Ease In / Ease Out**, for an interpolation starting slowly, getting "
+"faster, then getting slower again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1380
+msgid ""
+"If you want the interpolation to happen slower or faster, you can insert "
+"frames, or cut them, and use the in-betweener again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1382
+msgid "**To create in-between drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1384
+msgid "Select the level where you want to perform interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1386
+msgid ""
+"In the Level Strip select the frame range, from the drawing you want to "
+"interpolate from, to the one you want to interpolate to. If you want the "
+"interpolation to last more frames, make room for more drawings with the "
+"Edit  →  **Insert** command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1388
+msgid ""
+"Click the vertical strip labeled **INBETWEEN** displayed on the right of "
+"the frame range selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1390
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Interpolation:** mode among **Linear**, **Ease In**, **Ease "
+"Out**, **Ease In / Esase Out**, and click the **Inbetween** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1392
+msgid "**To optimize the in-betweening process:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1394
+msgid "Create and paint the drawing you want to interpolate from."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1398
+msgid ""
+"**Copy** and **Paste** it in another frame of the Level Strip, "
+"considering the number of in-between drawings you want to achieve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1400
+msgid ""
+"**Duplicate** it and insert as many empty frames as the number of in-"
+"between drawings you want to achieve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1402
+msgid ""
+"Modify the pasted or duplicated drawing using the modifier tools, to "
+"create the final drawing of the interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1404
+msgid ""
+"Select the frame range from the drawing you want to interpolate from, to "
+"the one you want to interpolate to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1406
+msgid ""
+"Click the vertical **INBETWEEN** strip displayed on the right of the "
+"frame range selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1412
+msgid "Rotoscoping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1413
+msgid "Rotoscoping consists of tracing drawings taking a live clip as reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1417
+msgid "Using the rotoscoping technique to trace the movement of a hand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1419
+msgid ""
+"As you can import clips and image sequences in a scene, you can simply "
+"load them, and create an animation level by drawing in the Viewer, while "
+"the frames of the clips are visible underneath. See  :ref:`Using the File"
+" Browser <using_the_file_browser>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1421
+msgid ""
+"The way to obtain best results is not trying to reproduce with fidelity "
+"the clip, but to use its frames just as a reference to better understand "
+"the movement or the transformation of the clip’s subject. In this way you"
+" can take advantage, for example, of a natural movement represented in "
+"the clip, without renouncing an expressive drawing style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1423
+msgid "**To perform rotoscoping:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1425
+msgid ""
+"Load a video clip or image sequence in an Xsheet column (or Timeline "
+"layer)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1427
+msgid ""
+"In the Xsheet/Timeline select a cell in a column on the right of the "
+"column (or in a layer on top of the layer) containing the clip you "
+"loaded. The image of the clip placed at the same frame of the cell you "
+"selected will be visible in the Viewer while you're drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1429
+msgid ""
+"Create a new animation level and use tools to trace the first drawing in "
+"the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1431
+msgid "Move to subsequent frames, and trace the next drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1437
+msgid "Cloning Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1438
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes it may be useful to create a clone of a level, or a part of it,"
+" in order to edit it without affecting the original one. For example you "
+"may want to create a new animation level starting from the drawings of "
+"another level, in order to have two sequences similar but not identical."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1440
+msgid ""
+"The **Clone** command allows you to create a copy of the selected cells, "
+"preserving the numbering order and assigning a new name to it. The "
+"**_clone** suffix appended to the name of the level is the default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1442
+msgid ""
+"The cloned level will contain *only drawings exposed in the selected "
+"cells*, even if the original level is composed of more drawings; they "
+"will be automatically exposed in the column on the right (or layer on "
+"top) of the selection, shifting the following columns/layers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1444
+msgid ""
+"The new level will be available in the Scene Cast as a new element; it "
+"will be saved in the **+drawings** or **+extras** default folder, "
+"according to the format of the original file, as soon as you save it with"
+" the **Save Level** command, or you save the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1446
+msgid ""
+"The cell selection can also spread over several columns/layers: in this "
+"case the same number of new columns/layers will be inserted to make room "
+"for the cloning result. If more than one level is selected, the same "
+"number of new levels will be created and it's not possible to assign a "
+"name to the cloned levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1448
+msgid "**To clone levels:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1450
+msgid "Select the cells you want to clone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1454
+msgid "Choose Cells  →  **Clone**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1456
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the selection and choose **Clone** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1458
+msgid "Enter a **Level Name:** and press **OK** to confirm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1464
+msgid "Using Onion Skin"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1465
+msgid ""
+"If you want to view more than one level drawing at the same time in the "
+"Viewer as reference when you create drawings, or you want to check the "
+"animation, you can activate the Onion Skin mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1467
+msgid ""
+"The Onion Skin is available both in the Xsheet/Timeline and in the Level "
+"Strip, according to where the cursor showing the current frame is "
+"displayed, as the onion skin can be activated starting from the cursor "
+"and managed in the frame number column/bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1471
+msgid ""
+"A column animation displayed with the relative Onion Skin set for 6 "
+"previous frames, step two, and an absolute Onion Skin set at frame 35."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1473
+msgid ""
+"When a frame of the Level Strip is selected, the onion skin applies to "
+"the *current level* only, referring to the sequence of the full animation"
+" level as it was created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1475
+msgid ""
+"When a cell of the Xsheet/Timeline is selected, the onion skin applies to"
+" the current level, according to how the drawing sequence is exposed in "
+"the scene, including movements and transformations performed thanks to "
+"the object animation (see  :ref:`Animating Objects <animating_objects>`  "
+"), while the rest of the scene in the current frame will be visible as "
+"usual. If you want, you can also extend the onion skin to the whole "
+"content of the Xsheet/Timeline, to allow references to all of the "
+"animated or moving elements in the scene as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1477
+msgid ""
+"The *relative* Onion Skin mode displays frames in relation to the "
+"position of the current frame. For instance you can activate the frame "
+"previous to the current one, and every time you change the current frame,"
+" the previous frame will be displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1479
+msgid ""
+"The *fixed* Onion Skin mode displays the selected frame independently "
+"from the current frame. For instance you can activate frame 5, and every "
+"time you change the current frame, frame 5 will be displayed in Onion "
+"Skin mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1481
+msgid ""
+"The way images are displayed in Onion Skin mode can be customized in the "
+"Preferences pane. It's possible to define the **Paper Thickness**, to set"
+" an independent color correction for previous and following frames, and "
+"to **Display Lines Only** for Toonz Vector and Toonz Raster."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1483
+msgid "**To activate or deactivate frames in Relative Onion Skin mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1487
+msgid ""
+"In the Xsheet, click the small romboid markers available to the left of "
+"the frames column (or above the frame bar in the Timeline). Click and "
+"drag automatically activates or deactivates a series of frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1489
+msgid ""
+"In the Level Strip, click the small circular markers available to the "
+"left of the strip frames. Click and drag automatically activates or "
+"deactivates a series of frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1491
+msgid "**To activate or deactivate frames in Fixed Onion Skin mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1495
+msgid ""
+"In the Xsheet, click the small ghosted romboid markers available to the "
+"very left of the frames column (or above the frame bar in the Timeline). "
+"Click and drag automatically activates or deactivates a series of frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1497
+msgid ""
+"In the Level Strip, click the small ghosted circular markers available to"
+" the very left of the strip frames. Click and drag automatically "
+"activates or deactivates a series of frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1499
+msgid "**To Deactivate (or Activate again) the Onion Skin mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1503
+msgid ""
+"Double-click over the big circle to the left of the current frame cursor."
+" Double-click again to activate it back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1505
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Viewer or in the frames column/bar of the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline, and choose **Deactivate Onion Skin** or **Activate Onion"
+" Skin** in the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1507
+msgid ""
+"The first time you activate Onion Skin mode by Right-clicking in the "
+"Viewer or the Xsheet/Timeline frames column/bar, a default relative onion"
+" skin mode activates, showing the previous three frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1509
+msgid "**To Extend the onion skin to the Whole Scene Content:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1511
+msgid "Activate the onion skin in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1513
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Viewer or in the frame column/bar of the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline, and choose **Extend Onion Skin to Scene** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1515
+msgid "**To Limit the onion skin to the Current Level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1517
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Viewer or in the frame column/bar of the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline, and choose **Limit Onion Skin to Level** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1519
+msgid "**To customize the way images are displayed in onion skin mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1521
+msgid "Choose File  →  Preferences  →  **Onion Skin**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1525
+msgid ""
+"Set a value for the **Paper Thickness** parameter; the lower the value, "
+"the more transparent the drawings displayed in Onion Skin mode will be."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1527
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Previous Frames Correction** to set a color for displaying "
+"previous frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1529
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Following Frames Correction** to set a color for displaying "
+"following frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1531
+msgid ""
+"Activate the **Display Lines Only** option to display Toonz Vector or "
+"Toonz Raster levels with lines only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1537
+msgid "Using Shift and Trace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1538
+msgid ""
+"The **Shift and Trace** function can help you in the creation of animated"
+" levels as if you were drawing on paper using a light table; in fact it "
+"allows you to use the previous and next key drawings as references, while"
+" you insert an inbetween or a break down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1540
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to temporary move and rotate the drawings you want to use "
+"as reference, to fit the position where you want to draw the inbetween. "
+"It's also possible to automatically set the position of the reference "
+"drawings creating and editing a path of action line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1542
+msgid ""
+"To better check the new drawing and the animation, you can toggle the "
+"Shift and Trace visualization on or off the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1544
+msgid "**To enter the Shift and Trace view:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1546
+msgid ""
+"Position the frame cursor on the frame where you want to draw the "
+"inbetween drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1548
+msgid ""
+"Enable View  →  **Shift and Trace**; the previous and next drawings will "
+"be visualized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1550
+msgid "**To Edit the Position of the reference drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1552
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1572
+msgid ""
+"Position the frame cursor where you want to draw the inbetween drawing "
+"and sketch the path of action line beteween your reference points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1554
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1574
+msgid "Activate View  →  **Edit Shift**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1556
+msgid ""
+"Click on the drawing you want to reposition in the Viewer, or use the "
+"**Previous Drawing** / **Following Drawing** options in the tool options "
+"bar; the related reference drawing bounding box will be displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1560
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag *inside the bounding box* to **move** the reference "
+"drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1562
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag *outside the bounding box* to **rotate** the reference "
+"drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1564
+msgid "Click and drag *the center handle* to change the **center of rotation**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1566
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag *any corner handle of the bounding box* to **scale** the "
+"reference drawing from its center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1568
+msgid "Repeat the same steps on the second reference drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1570
+msgid "**To automatically Edit the Position of the reference drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1576
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click and drag to create a path, from the reference point in the "
+"first drawing, to the reference point in the second one. The starting and"
+" the ending points will be overlapped at the center of the path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1578
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the handle along the path to change its shape; the "
+"reference drawings will move according to the handle position and rotate "
+"according to the path shape modification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1580
+msgid ""
+"If needed, use the bounding box handles to fix the rotation of the "
+"reference drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1582
+msgid ""
+"Clicking and dragging one of the reference drawings will remove the path "
+"of action line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1584
+msgid "**To Toggle the Shift and Trace visualization:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1586
+msgid ""
+"Activate View  →  **No Shift** to toggle the visualization of the "
+"reference drawings back to their original position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1588
+msgid "**To Reset the position of the reference drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1590
+msgid "Choose the View  →  **Reset Shift** command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1592
+msgid "**To Reset the transformations of one of the reference drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1594
+msgid ""
+"In the tool options bar click on either **Reset Previous** or **Reset "
+"Following** buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1596
+msgid "**To Create an inbetween drawing using the Shift and Trace feature:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1598
+msgid "Create the first key drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1600
+msgid "Create the second key drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1602
+msgid "Select the cell where you want to create the inbetween drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1604
+msgid "Activate View  →  **Shift and Trace**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1606
+msgid "Sketch the path of action line beteween your reference points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1608
+msgid ""
+"Activate View  →  **Edit Shift** and edit the position of the reference "
+"drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/drawing_animation_levels.rst:1610
+msgid "Create the inbetween drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/editing_animation_levels.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/editing_animation_levels.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/editing_animation_levels.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/editing_animation_levels.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/editing_animation_levels.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7fa4c93b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/editing_animation_levels.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1121 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:4
+msgid "Editing Animation Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Once you have created your animation levels, you may need to work on them"
+" in order to add or insert new drawings, or rearrange the frame sequence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"All the editing can be saved by saving the level, or by saving the scene "
+"with the Save All command, thus automatically saving all of its levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:13
+msgid "Using the Level Strip"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"An animation level can be managed in the Level Strip. The Level Strip "
+"shows all of the drawings of the current level (even drawings not "
+"currently exposed in the Xsheet/Timeline) according to their numbering "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In case a frame range of the animation level has been loaded with the "
+"Load Level dialog, only the frames within the allocated frame range will "
+"be visible in the level strip (see  :ref:`Using the File Browser "
+"<using_the_file_browser>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"When a level is selected, each frame of the strip contains a level "
+"drawing, according to the level numbering order. When a frame in the "
+"strip is selected, the related drawing is displayed in the Viewer, "
+"replacing any previous displayed content, to let you work on it more "
+"easily."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"When one or more frames are selected you can perform standard cut, copy, "
+"paste, delete and insert operations. New drawings can be added, and any "
+"sequence can be renumbered. From the Level Strip, drawings can be also "
+"exposed in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"When you change the order of the drawings in the Level Strip, or when a "
+"drawing is cut, deleted or inserted, and drawings are exposed in the "
+"scene, the Xsheet/Timeline will continue to contain a reference to that "
+"particular frame of the animation level, whatever its content is. When "
+"the Xsheet/Timeline contains a reference to a drawing that is eliminated "
+"in the Level Strip, the level name and number turn red, to warn you that "
+"there is no drawing available for that cell anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The width of the level strip pane cannot be resized freely, because it "
+"depends on the size of the animation level preview icons, but it can be "
+"customized in the Preferences  →  Interface dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:26
+msgid "**To edit an animation level in the Level Strip:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:28
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:36
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:52
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:181
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:191
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:285
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:417
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:453
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"Select in the Xsheet/Timeline a cell containing a drawing from the "
+"animation level you want to edit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the level icon in the Scene Cast and choose Display in Level "
+"Strip from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:34
+msgid "**To scroll the Level Strip:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:38
+msgid "Middle-click and drag to scroll up or down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:40
+msgid "Use the mouse wheel to scroll up or down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:42
+msgid "Use the scrolling bars to scroll only within the actual level extent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:44
+msgid "Use the Up Arrow and Down Arrow keys to move one frame up or down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Use the Page Up and Page Down keys to scroll the visible frames up or "
+"down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Use the Home and End keys to scroll up to the beginning or the end of the"
+" level strip content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:50
+msgid "**To select drawings in the Level Strip:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:54
+msgid "Click a drawing to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:56
+msgid "Click and drag to select a series of drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:58
+msgid "Shift-click a frame to extend the selection up to that frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) the frames to add them to, or remove "
+"them from the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:62
+msgid "Use the Edit  →  Select All command to select all of the level drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Use the Edit  →  Invert Selection command to invert the current selection"
+" of drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"The Select All and Invert Selection commands are also available in the "
+"menu that opens when right-clicking in the Level Strip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:68
+msgid "**To exit the level strip editing mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:70
+msgid "Click a cell or select a frame in the frames area of the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:72
+msgid "**To customize the level strip width:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:74
+msgid "Choose File  →  Preferences  →  Interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:76
+msgid "Set the Width and Height values of the level strip Icon Size*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:78
+msgid "Restart OpenToonz to make the changes effective."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:84
+msgid "Editing Level Frames"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"The level content can be edited one frame at a time, for example for "
+"retouching some artwork or copying a part of a drawing to a different "
+"frame, or several frames at the same time, for example to rearrange the "
+"drawing sequence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:87
+msgid "**To edit a drawing of an animation level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"Select the frame in the Level Strip containing the drawing you want to "
+"modify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:91
+msgid "Use the tools to edit the drawing in the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:93
+msgid "**To edit drawings of an animation level with the Edit menu commands:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:95
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:115
+msgid "Select the frames you want to edit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:97
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:117
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:275
+msgid "Do any of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Use the Copy command to keep in memory selected drawings for further "
+"operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"Use the Cut command to eliminate selected drawings from the animation "
+"level and keep them in memory for further operations. The frames "
+"elimination causes a gap in the level numbering order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"Use the Paste command to paste drawings kept in memory in the animation "
+"level, starting from the selected insertion frame. The operation shifts "
+"down the following frames, and automatically renumbers them. If before "
+"the insertion frame there is a numbering gap, the pasted frames will fill"
+" the gap before starting to shift and renumber the following frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"Use the Paste Into command to paste drawings kept in memory in the frames"
+" selected in the level strip, overwriting their content. If the selection"
+" contains less frames than those kept in memory, frames in excess will be"
+" ignored; if the selection contains more frames than those kept in "
+"memory, frames in excess will be left as they are."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:107
+msgid "Use the Delete command to delete selected drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"Use the Insert command to insert empty (white) frames before the "
+"selection; inserted frames will be as many as the selected ones. The "
+"operation shifts down the following frames, and automatically renumbers "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"All of the Edit menu commands are also available in the menu that opens "
+"when right-clicking in the level strip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:113
+msgid "**To edit drawings of an animation level with the Cells menu commands:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:119
+msgid "Use the Reverse command to invert the order of selected drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"Use the Swing command to append selected drawings to the end of the "
+"selection in a reversed order. The last drawing of the selection will not"
+" be repeated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"Use the Step 2, Step 3 or Step 4 command to repeat selected drawings in "
+"order to have a step 2, step 3 or step 4 animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"Use the Each 2, Each 3 or Each 4, command to preserve only one drawing "
+"each 2, each 3 or each 4, of the selection, and delete the others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"Use the Duplicate Drawing command to make a copy of the first drawing of "
+"the selection in the following frame. If the following frames already "
+"contain drawings, the duplicated drawing will be inserted by shifting the"
+" others down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"Use the Merge command to paste in the current level the drawings copied "
+"from a different level, according to their original frame position and "
+"regardless of the currently selected frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"All the Cells menu commands are also available in the menu that opens "
+"when right-clicking in the Level Strip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:137
+msgid "Renumbering and Adding Frames in a Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"When you need to add one or several drawings to a level, you first need "
+"to create room for the new drawings. This task can be achieved either "
+"using the Insert command (see  :ref:`Editing Level Frames "
+"<editing_level_frames>`  ), or the Renumber dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:140
+msgid ""
+"While the inserting operation automatically shifts the numbering of the "
+"following frames in order to make room for the new ones, the renumbering "
+"lets you control the way frames have to be renumbered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:142
+msgid ""
+"After the renumbering, drawings are rearranged to have an incremental "
+"numbering in the Level Strip, where blank frames are not considered. For "
+"example for a level where frames 4 and 5 are renumbered 11 and 12, the "
+"Level Strip will display only five frames correctly numbered 1, 2, 3, 11 "
+"and 12."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"If you need to add a range of frames to a level, for instance for "
+"scanning them or creating some artwork, you can add it with the Add "
+"Frames dialog. This dialog allows you also to insert drawings in a level "
+"numbered in an irregular way, for example after some frames which have "
+"been cut or renumbered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"Both the renumbering and the adding frames operation fails if the "
+"numbering assigned to the frames is used by already existing frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"If the Automatically Create Drawings option is activated in the "
+"Preferences  →  Drawing dialog, when you want to add a drawing at the end"
+" of the sequence simply select the first grey frame available, and draw "
+"in the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:150
+msgid "**To renumber drawings of an animation level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"Select the drawings you want to renumber; also a non-continuous selection"
+" is allowed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:154
+msgid "Select Level  →  Renumber."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"In the dialog that opens set the Start Frame number that will be assigned"
+" to the first drawing of the selection, and the Step used to number all "
+"following frames in the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:158
+msgid "**To add drawings to an animation level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:160
+msgid "Select Level  →  Add Frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"In the dialog that opens sets the frame range you want to add, and the "
+"Step used to number the frames in the range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"The Add Frames and Renumber commands are also available in the menu that "
+"opens when right-clicking in the Level Strip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:170
+msgid "Reverting Level Frames to a Previous Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:171
+msgid ""
+"In case some mistakes are made during the editing of a level, or during "
+"the painting process, e.g. a drawing section is accidentally deleted, it "
+"is possible to retrieve the last saved version of the level frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:173
+msgid ""
+"For Toonz raster levels generated from a cleanup process, it is also "
+"possible to retrieve the original cleaned up drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:175
+msgid ""
+"In order to revert to the original cleaned up drawings the Preferences  →"
+"  Drawing  →  Keep Original Cleaned Up Drawings As Backup option has to "
+"be activated when the cleanup is performed (see  :ref:`Cleaning up "
+"Drawings <cleaning_up_drawings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:177
+msgid "**To revert the level drawings to the last saved version:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:179
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:189
+msgid "In the Level Strip select the drawings you want to revert."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:183
+msgid "Choose Level  →  Revert to Last Saved Version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"Right click the selection and choose Revert to Last Saved Version from "
+"the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:187
+msgid "**To revert to the original cleaned up drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:193
+msgid "Choose Level  →  Revert to Cleaned Up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:195
+msgid ""
+"Right click the selection and choose Revert to Cleaned Up from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:201
+msgid "Merging Animation Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:202
+msgid ""
+"Toonz vector levels and standard raster levels can be easily merged into "
+"a single animation level generated by flattening them according to their "
+"stacking order, using the   →  Merge Levels command. TLV levels can be "
+"merged, using the   →  Merge TLV Levels command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:204
+msgid ""
+"This can be useful for instance if you are sketching an animation with "
+"drawings repeated in several cells and exposed in several columns, and "
+"you want to generate a single sequence of drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:206
+msgid "In both cases there is no limit to the number of columns you can merge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:212
+msgid "Merging Toonz Vector Levels or Raster Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"Using the   →  Merge Levels command the number of resulting drawings will"
+" depend on the number of drawings exposed in the first column on the left"
+" of the selection. When merging raster levels, the resolution of the "
+"resulting drawings will depend on the resolution of the drawings exposed "
+"in the first column on the left of the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:215
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:243
+msgid "Animation levels are merged according to the following guidelines:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:217
+msgid ""
+"The frame numbering order is followed; this means that all the drawings "
+"exposed at frame 1 will be merged to the drawing exposed at frame 1 of "
+"the first column of the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:219
+msgid ""
+"If two different drawings are associated at different frames to the same "
+"drawing exposed in the first column of the selection, only the first one "
+"will be applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:221
+msgid ""
+"Drawings not corresponding to any drawing exposed in the first column of "
+"the selection will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"It is not possible to merge columns if more than one level is exposed in "
+"any of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:225
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:251
+msgid ""
+"When levels are merged, any geometrical transformation achieved by "
+"editing and moving the related column or pegbar, will be retained."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:227
+msgid ""
+"For Toonz vector levels each drawing of the merged levels will be "
+"retained as a group of vectors in the resulting level drawings; the "
+"palette of the resulting level will contain all of the styles used in the"
+" drawings of the merged levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:229
+msgid "**To merge animation levels:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:231
+msgid ""
+"Select the columns where the animation levels you want to merge are "
+"exposed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:233
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  Merge Levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:238
+msgid "Merging Toonz Raster Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:239
+msgid ""
+"The   →  Merge tlv Levels allows to combine several columns containing "
+"Toonz Raster Levels creating a new TLV level. The merged columns will be "
+"eliminated from the  and replaced with a new TLV level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:241
+msgid ""
+"Using the   →  Merge tlv Levels command the number of resulting drawings "
+"will depend on the frames combination of the involved levels. When "
+"merging Toonz Raster levels, the resolution of the resulting level will "
+"depend on the resolution of the drawings exposed in the first column on "
+"the left of the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"The  frame numbering order is followed; this means that the merge level "
+"will be created following the frames numbering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:247
+msgid ""
+"If a combination of drawings will be reused the drawing previously "
+"created will be reused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:249
+msgid "Also the palettes of the selected levels will be merged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:253
+msgid ""
+"**It is not possible to merge columns if more than one level is exposed "
+"in any of them.**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:255
+msgid "**To merge tlv levels:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:257
+msgid "Select two ore more columns filled with the tlv you want to merge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:259
+msgid "Choose   →  Merge tlv Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:261
+msgid "Define File name and location in the pop up that opens and press Apply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:266
+msgid "Processing Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:267
+msgid ""
+"Some commands are available to process the raster levels in order to "
+"adjust the brightness and contrast or the levels, to fade the colors "
+"toward a defined set of Red, Green, Blue and Alpha values, to adjust the "
+"levels of the images or to binarize them. The Adjust Thickness command is"
+" available to modify the thickness of the lines on Toonz Vector Levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:269
+msgid ""
+"A preview area is available to check the result of the applied "
+"processing: you can navigate its content and set its size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:271
+msgid ""
+"The processed images are stored in the cache and will be saved on disk "
+"using the save level or the save scene command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:273
+msgid "**To resize the preview area:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:277
+msgid "Click and drag the horizontal separator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:279
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the separator toward the window border to hide the preview"
+" area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:281
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the separator collapsed to the window border toward the "
+"window center to display again the preview area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:283
+msgid "**To navigate the preview area:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:287
+msgid ""
+"Use the mouse wheel, or the zoom shortcut keys (by default + and - keys) "
+"to zoom in and zoom out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:289
+msgid "Middle-click and drag to scroll in any direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"Use the reset view shortcut (by default the 0 key) to display preview at "
+"its actual size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:296
+msgid "Brightness and Contrast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"In case it is needed to adjust drawings in order to increase the darkness"
+" and the opacity of the drawing, it is possible to process them by "
+"calibrating the brightness and contrast.This is available only for raster"
+" levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:299
+msgid "**To process drawings brightness and contrast:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:301
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:317
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:395
+msgid "Select the images or the level frames to process in the ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:303
+msgid "Choose Level  →  Brightness and Contrast."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:305
+msgid "In the dialog that opens set the brightness and contrast variation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:307
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:323
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:339
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:379
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:403
+msgid "Click the Apply button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:312
+msgid "Add Antialias"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:313
+msgid ""
+"Allows to add antialias or to make it smoother or harder on raster and "
+"Toonz raster images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:315
+msgid "**To use the Add Antialias command:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:319
+msgid "Choose Level  →  Add Antialias..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:321
+msgid "In the dialog that opens set the threshold and the smoothness values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:328
+msgid "Adjust Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:329
+msgid ""
+"Adjusts the highlights and shadows of the Source content by remapping "
+"pixels intensity according to the Input and Output levels values for the "
+"RGB, Red, Green, Blue and Alpha channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:331
+msgid "**To adjust images levels:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:333
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:349
+msgid "Select the images or the level frames to adjust in the ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:335
+msgid "Choose Level  →  Adjust Levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:337
+msgid "Adjust the image levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:344
+msgid "Adjust Thickness"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:345
+msgid ""
+"The Adjust Thickness command allows to modify the thickness of all the "
+"lines of the layer or of those selected. If no line is selected the "
+"command acts on the whole level, otherwise it works on selected lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:347
+msgid "**To adjust the thickness of the lines:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:351
+msgid "Choose Level  →  Adjust Thickness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:353
+msgid ""
+"Choose a mode. The modes are: Scale Thickness that scale lines up or down"
+" using a percentage value, Add Thickness that add an amount of thickness "
+"to the lines using the current unit, Costant Thickness that apply a "
+"thickness value, ignoring its variations, using the current unit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:355
+msgid "Sets a starting and an ending value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:357
+msgid "Press the Apply button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:362
+msgid "Color Fade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:363
+msgid ""
+"In case it is needed to adjust the drawing colors it is possible to fade "
+"the drawings toward a color defined by Red, Green, Blue and Alpha values."
+" The Intensity, expressed as a percentage, ranges from 0 to 100.The "
+"original color will fade to the color you set according with the "
+"Intensity parameter. This is available only for raster levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:365
+msgid "**To fade drawing colors:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:367
+msgid "Select the images or the level frames to fade in the ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:369
+msgid "Choose Level  →  Color Fade."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"In the dialog that opens set the color you want to fade the selection to "
+"by doing one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:373
+msgid "Set the Red, Green and Blue values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:375
+msgid ""
+"Click the color thumbnail and use the Style Editor to edit it (see  "
+":ref:`Editing Styles <editing_styles>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:377
+msgid "Move the Intensity slider to set the value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:384
+msgid "Binarize"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:385
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to process colored raster lines images recognizing basic "
+"colors (red, green, blue, cyan, magenta and yellow) plus black. The "
+"process produce an uniform background color, eliminating shadows and "
+"dirty pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:387
+msgid ""
+"The colored lines are identified and all the pixels belonging to each "
+"line are changed to the maximum value of the identified color. The anti-"
+"aliasing is removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:389
+msgid ""
+"The use o f this command is useful to pre-process scanned images "
+"simplifying the Cleanup process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:391
+msgid ""
+"The preview is available to check the result. The alpha toggle allows to "
+"produce images with a transparent background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:393
+msgid "**To binarize images:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:397
+msgid "Choose Level  →  Binarize."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:399
+msgid "Activate the Preview toggle to check the result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:401
+msgid "Activate the Alpha toggle if you need transparent background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:408
+msgid "Saving Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:409
+msgid ""
+"All the editing performed in the level strip is not saved until you save "
+"the level. You can also automatically save all of the editing done on any"
+" level of the  by saving the scene (see  :ref:`Saving and Loading Scenes "
+"<saving_and_loading_scenes>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:411
+msgid ""
+"When saving an animation level it is possible to automatically create a "
+"backup file of the previous version by setting the Backup Animation "
+"Levels when Saving option in the Preferences  →  General dialog. The "
+"backup version is created in the same location where the level is saved, "
+"and has an _backup suffix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:413
+msgid ""
+"An asterisk after the level name in the level strip title bar denotes "
+"that there are unsaved changes for the current level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:415
+msgid "**To save the current level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:419
+msgid "Choose File  →  Save Level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:421
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the scene cast and choose Save Level from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:423
+msgid ""
+"**To save the current level with a different name in a different "
+"location:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:425
+msgid "Choose File  →  Save Level As."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:427
+msgid ""
+"In the browser that opens select for the level you want to save a "
+"location and name, and click the Save button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:429
+msgid ""
+"The Save Level As command creates a copy of the level with a different "
+"file name and location, but does not change the name and location of the "
+"level used in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:434
+msgid "Exporting Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:435
+msgid ""
+"Animation levels created with OpenToonz can be exported in a variety of "
+"image file formats in order to be used in third-party software. The "
+"levels are exported as a sequence of files named with a progressive four-"
+"digits number written between the file name and the file extension, e.g. "
+"``animation.0001.tif`` , ``animation.0002.tif`` , etc.or a single file "
+"for the .TLV format. File formats available are BMP, JPG, PNG, TGA ,TIF "
+"and TLV (the .TLV format is available only to export vector levels "
+"(.PLI); the format options can be set for each format in the Output "
+"Settings dialog (see  :ref:`Choosing the Output Settings "
+"<choosing_the_output_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:437
+msgid ""
+"When exporting vector levels, the size and resolution of the exported "
+"sequence can be defined in the Export Level dialog. The default size and "
+"resolution are those defined in the camera settings, and the preview of "
+"the resulting image is visible in the preview area of the Export Options "
+"page to understand how the exported images will be cropped (see  "
+":ref:`Defining Camera Settings <defining_camera_settings>`  ). The size "
+"of the exported image can be changed entering a scale value in the Scale "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:439
+msgid ""
+"Any trucking, resizing and animation of the camera is not considered when"
+" exporting vector levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:441
+msgid ""
+"The Retas Compliant option name the exported sequence with a a "
+"progressive four-digits number suffix before the file extension, e.g. "
+"``animation0001.tga`` , ``animation0002.tga`` , etc and sets the "
+"exporting format to TGA."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:443
+msgid "Background Color allows to set the RGBA values of the background color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:445
+msgid ""
+"The No Antialias option allow to remove the antialias from the exported "
+"sequence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:447
+msgid "**To export the current level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:449
+msgid "Choose File  →  Export Level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:451
+msgid ""
+"In the File Browser page select the level you want to save, a location "
+"and a name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:455
+msgid "Choose the file format you want the exported level to have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:457
+msgid ""
+"Activate the Retas Compliant option to export the level in the same "
+"format and with the same options that the Retas software uses when "
+"exporting painted drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:459
+msgid "In the Export Options, sets the RGBA values for the background color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:461
+msgid ""
+"Activate the No Antialias option to remove the anitialias from the "
+"exported levels sequence images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:463
+msgid "If you are exporting a Toonz Vector Level:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:465
+msgid "Set the Output Size in the Vectors Export Box fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:467
+msgid "Set a Start and End percentage value for the line thickness"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:469
+msgid "Click the Export button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:471
+msgid ""
+"The Export Level command creates a new version of the level with a "
+"different file name, location and format, but does not change the name, "
+"location and format of the level used in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:473
+msgid "**To set the file format options:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:475
+msgid "Choose File  →  Output Settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_animation_levels.rst:477
+msgid "Set the options for the format you want to use for exporting levels."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8428a6d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2150 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:4
+msgid "Editing Using Spreadsheet and Curves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:6
+msgid ""
+"Changes in Object transformations and effects parameters are shown in the"
+" **Function Editor** window, where keyframes and their related "
+"interpolations can be controlled and modified by using a *Spreadsheet* of"
+" numerical columns or a *Graph Editor*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The **Spreadsheet** displays changes in columns where each column "
+"represents a single animatable parameter and each row shows the value of "
+"a parameter at each frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Blank cells represent the absence of a change in a parameters value due "
+"to no keyframes being defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"The **Graph Editor** displays changes as curves in a graph, where frames "
+"are laid horizontally and values are laid vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Keyframes are represented as points and the interpolated values between "
+"them are visualized as red lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"The spreadsheet's columns and the graph editor's curves are different "
+"representations of the same data, so any changes made in one view are "
+"also reflected in the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:20
+msgid "Using the Function Editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:22
+msgid "|function_editor_1|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The function editor window is divided into three sections. On the left "
+"there is an area where the Spreadsheet or Graph Editor is displayed, on "
+"the right top is an area where the interpolation of the current "
+"transformation segment is displayed, and on the right bottom is the "
+"objects/effects tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"The tree has two main item folders, *Stage* and *FX*: in the first you "
+"can find folders for the defined cameras, the table, used pegbars and "
+"columns; in the second one you can find folders for each used effect. "
+"Each folder contains the related transformation parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"The objects/effects tree tells if the object/effect is animated and which"
+" parameter is animated, by using the following icons:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:30
+msgid "A plain folder is for non-animated objects/effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:32
+msgid "A folder with an arrow is for animated objects/effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:34
+msgid "An icon with a dotted straight line is for non-animated parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:36
+msgid "An icon with a continuos curve is for animated parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Clicking these icons allows you to select which object/effect and which "
+"parameters have to be displayed as a spreadsheet or curves in the area on"
+" the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Transformation data can be saved and loaded as a CURVE file, to allow the"
+" exporting and importing from one scene to another, and they can be "
+"exported as well as a DAT file in order to be used in other software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:42
+msgid "**To resize the Function Editor sections:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:44
+msgid "Do any of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:46
+msgid "Click and drag the separators to resize sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:48
+msgid "Click and drag a separator toward the window border to hide a section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the separator collapsed to the window border toward the "
+"window center to display again the hidden section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:52
+msgid "**To display or hide column parameters:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:54
+msgid "Retrieve the object or the effect in the objects/effect tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:56
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:88
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:105
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:174
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:206
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:214
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:228
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:240
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:248
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:266
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:349
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:371
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:419
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:429
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:447
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:457
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:475
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:606
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:624
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:734
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:762
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:784
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Click the folder to display or hide all columns or curves related to its "
+"parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:60
+msgid "Click the parameter icon to display or hide its related column or curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click a parameter icon and drag to display or hide all the columns or "
+"curves you pass upon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the folder and choose **Show Animated Only** from the menu "
+"that opens to display or hide only the animated columns or curves related"
+" to its parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the folder and choose **Show All** from the menu that opens "
+"to display or hide all columns or curves related to its parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:68
+msgid "**To open the Graph Editor in a separate window:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the option **Graph Editor Opens in Popup** is selected from the"
+" **Function Editor:** dropdown menu, in the Preferences  →  Interface "
+"window. (Restart OpenToonz)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:72
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:78
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Function Editor Toggle** button (|schematic|) in the top bar "
+"of the Function Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:74
+msgid "**To open the Spreadsheet in a separate window:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the option **Spreadsheet Opens in Popup** is selected from the "
+"**Function Editor:** dropdown menu, in the Preferences  →  Interface "
+"window. (Restart OpenToonz)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:80
+msgid "**To switch between Spreadsheet and Graph Editor in the Function Editor:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Make sure the option **Toggle Between Graph Editor and Spreadsheet** is "
+"selected from the **Function Editor:** dropdown menu, in the Preferences"
+"  →  Interface window. (Restart OpenToonz)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:86
+msgid "**To scroll the Spreadsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:90
+msgid "Middle-click and drag to scroll in any direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:92
+msgid "Use the mouse wheel to scroll up or down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"Use the scrolling bars to scroll only within the actual spreadsheet "
+"extent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:96
+msgid "Use the Up Arrow and Down Arrow keys to move one frame up or down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"Use the Page Up and Page Down keys to scroll the visible frames up or "
+"down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"Use the Home and End keys to scroll up to the beginning or the end of the"
+" Xsheet/Timeline content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:103
+msgid "**To navigate the Graph Editor:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"Use the mouse wheel, or the zoom shortcut keys (by default **+** and "
+"**-** keys) to zoom in and zoom out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"Click in the horizontal ruler and drag up to zoom in horizontally, down "
+"to zoom out; click in the value vertical ruler and drag up to zoom in "
+"vertically, down to zoom out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Middle-click and drag the graph area to scroll in any direction, the "
+"horizontal ruler to scroll horizontally, and the vertical ruler to scroll"
+" vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Use the reset view shortcut (by default the **Alt + 0** key) or right-"
+"click the graph area and choose Fit from the menu that opens, to display "
+"all the visible curves in the current Function Curve Editor window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:115
+msgid "**To save transformation data:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the relevant parameter in the objects/effects tree, and "
+"choose **Save Curve** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"Use the Browser to choose a name and location for the file to be saved: "
+"the data will be saved as a CURVE file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:121
+msgid "**To load transformation data:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the relevant parameter in the objects/effects tree, and "
+"choose **Load Curve** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"Use the Browser to retrieve the curve to load; valid files are in CURVE "
+"format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:127
+msgid "**To export transformation data:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the relevant parameter in the objects and effects tree, and "
+"choose **Export Data** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"Use the Browser to choose a name and location for the file to be saved: "
+"the data will be saved as a DAT file that can be used in other software "
+"supporting this type of information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:137
+msgid "Defining keyframes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"Keyframes, including those belonging to object transformations done by "
+"using the **Animate** tool (|animate|) and those defined for effects "
+"parameters in the **FX Settings** window, can be controlled and edited "
+"both using the Spreadsheet's numerical columns and the Graph Editor's "
+"curves (see :ref:`Animating Objects <animating_objects>` and "
+":ref:`Editing FX Settings <editing_fx_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:140
+msgid ""
+"In the Spreadsheet, keyframes are displayed as orange cells; in the Graph"
+" Editor, keyframes are represented as control points along the curve. In "
+"both cases they can be added, edited, moved and deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:146
+msgid "Using the Spreadsheet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:148
+msgid "|function_editor_spreadsheet|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"The Spreadsheet displays transformations in columns like the ones "
+"available in the Xsheet/Timeline, having one for each parameter. For each"
+" frame, the column's cells display the related transformation values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"Keyframes are displayed in different-colored cells, and can be moved "
+"along the column to different frames positions. In-between values are "
+"automatically generated according to the keyframes and to the set "
+"interpolation (see  :ref:`Setting Segment Interpolations "
+"<setting_segment_interpolations>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"All the columns referring to the same object or effects are grouped under"
+" one single header. For example under a pegbar header you can find all "
+"the columns referring to its transformations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"Columns cells can be used to type in directly values for keys, edit or "
+"move them. Values contained in cells can be cut, copied and pasted, so "
+"that transformations can be displaced, repeated and deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:158
+msgid "**To define keyframes directly in Spreadsheet columns:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"Double click in the column cell where you want to define a keyframe: the "
+"cell becomes editable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:162
+msgid "Type in the value for the key, and press **Enter** to confirm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:164
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:819
+msgid "**To move a keyframe:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"Click the *vertical strip* at the left of a keyframe cell, and drag it up"
+" or down to the new position; the in-between values change accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:168
+msgid "**To displace the channel along the column:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"Click the *vertical strip* at the left of the selected column cells, and "
+"drag it up or down to the new position: the content of the segments "
+"completely included in the selection will move along the column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:172
+msgid "**To copy/cut and paste column values:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag to perform a selection; the selection can be extended to "
+"several columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Copy** command: the selection will be kept in memory for "
+"further operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:180
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Cut** command: the selection will be removed from the columns "
+"and will be kept in memory for further operations. The cells removal "
+"causes the following cells to shift up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:182
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Paste** command: the selection kept in memory will be pasted "
+"starting from the selected insertion cell. The command causes the "
+"following cells to shift down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Delete** command: selected cells will be deleted, causing the "
+"following cells to shift up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:190
+msgid "Using the Graph Editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:192
+msgid "|function_editor_grapheditor|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"The Graph Editor displays transformations as curves in a graph where "
+"*time* is laid horizontally, and parameter *values* are laid vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:196
+msgid ""
+"Curves are defined by control points representing keyframes. Points can "
+"be easily added by working directly in the graph or using the **Set Key**"
+" button (|key|) in the top bar of the **Function Editor**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:198
+msgid ""
+"Control points can also be selected in order to be edited, moved or "
+"deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:200
+msgid ""
+"The **Set Key** button (|key|) is either *grey* when no keyframe is "
+"defined for the current curve at the current frame, or *blue* when a "
+"keyframe is defined for the current curve at the current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:202
+msgid ""
+"Frames and keyframes can be navigated by using the related buttons in the"
+" top bar of the editor. The **Next Key** (|next_key|) and **Previous "
+"Key** buttons (|prevkey|) are available only if more than one keyframe is"
+" defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:204
+msgid "**To set the current curve:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:208
+msgid "Click the related parameter name in the objects/effects tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:210
+msgid "Display the curve in the Graph Editor, then click to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:212
+msgid "**To set the current frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Click in the frame horizontal ruler to set a position for the current "
+"frame marker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:218
+msgid "Click and drag the current frame marker in a horizontal direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"Type the frame number in the **Frame** text box, or use the **Next "
+"Frame** and **Previous Frame** buttons available in the top bar of the "
+"editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:222
+msgid "Move the current frame cursor in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:224
+msgid ""
+"Use the frame bar or the playback buttons in the bottom bar of the main "
+"viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:226
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:815
+msgid "**To add a keyframe:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Set Key** button (|key|) to add a keyframe at the current "
+"frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:232
+msgid ""
+"Type a value in the **Value** text box to add a keyframe at the current "
+"frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:234
+msgid "Right-click and choose **Set Key** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:236
+msgid ""
+"**Ctrl-click** (PC) or **Cmd-click** (Mac) the curve where you want to "
+"add the keyframe point to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:238
+msgid "**To remove a keyframe:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:242
+msgid "Select the keyframe to remove and choose Edit  →  **Delete**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"Set the current frame where a keyframe is and click the **Set Key** "
+"button (|key|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:246
+msgid "**To select keyframes:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:250
+msgid "Click to select a keyframe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:252
+msgid "Shift-click to add a keyframe to or remove it from the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:254
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag to select all of the keyframes that are in the area you "
+"define."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:256
+msgid "**To select curve segments:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:258
+msgid "Select the segment or the control points at the ends of the segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:260
+msgid "**To move the selection:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:262
+msgid "Click and drag any of the selected control points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:264
+msgid "**To edit curves:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:268
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Copy** command: the selected segments will be kept in memory "
+"for further operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:270
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Cut** command: the selected segments will be removed from the "
+"curve and will be kept in memory for further operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:272
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Paste** command: the segments kept in memory will be pasted "
+"starting from the selected keyframe, preserving any other previously "
+"defined keyframes not replaced by the new ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:274
+msgid "Use the **Delete** command: the selection will be deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:276
+msgid "**To navigate keyframes for the current curve:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:278
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Next Key** (|next_key|) and **Previous Key** buttons "
+"(|prevkey|) available at the sides of the **Set Key** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:280
+msgid "**To cycle previously created keyframes:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:282
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the dashed line after the end of the curve and choose "
+"**Activate Cycle** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:284
+msgid "**To disable the cycle:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:286
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the curve and choose **Deactivate Cycle** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:288
+msgid ""
+"Only keyframes included in the selection are considered when performing "
+"copy, cut and paste operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:290
+msgid ""
+"All the **Edit** menu commands are also available in the menu that opens "
+"when right-clicking in the Xsheet/Timeline cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:296
+msgid "Setting Segment Interpolations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"A transformation segment, that is to say the section between two "
+"keyframes, can have different interpolations affecting the way the value "
+"changes from one key to another. The set interpolation will be displayed "
+"graphically in the Graph Editor, and as a series of values, one for each "
+"frame, in the Spreadsheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:299
+msgid ""
+"Available interpolations are the following: **Linear**, **Speed In / "
+"Speed Out**, **Ease In / Ease Out**, **Ease In / Ease Out %**, "
+"**Exponential**, **Expression**, **File**, **Constant** and **Similar "
+"Shape**. The *default interpolation* can be set in the Preferences  →  "
+"Animation window, but the interpolation can be changed at any time in the"
+" interpolation area of the Function Editor, on the top right of the "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:301
+msgid ""
+"In the same area it is also possible to define an interpolation **Step**,"
+" that is to say the number of frames for which the interpolation values "
+"have to be repeated, for instance to match a movement with an animation "
+"level exposed at a specific step. The default animation step can be set "
+"in the Preferences  →  Animation window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:303
+msgid "**To set the type of interpolation for a segment in the Spreadsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:305
+msgid "Move the current frame cursor to a frame belonging to a segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:307
+msgid ""
+"Choose the interpolation from the option menu available in the "
+"**Interpolation:** area of the Function Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:309
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:327
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:335
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:796
+msgid "Click the **Apply** button to apply the desired change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"**To set the type of interpolation for multiple segments in the "
+"Spreadsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:313
+msgid "Make a cell selection that encompases multiple keyframe segments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:315
+msgid ""
+"Right click on one of the selected cells and choose the desired "
+"interpolation type in the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:317
+msgid "**To set the type of interpolation for a segment in the Graph Editor:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:319
+msgid "Set the segment by doing one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:321
+msgid "Click a segment to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:323
+msgid "Move the **Current Frame Marker** to a frame belonging to a segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:325
+msgid ""
+"Choose the interpolation from the dropdown menu available in the "
+"**Interpolation:** area of the Function Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:329
+msgid ""
+"The interpolation options are also available when right-clicking a "
+"segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:331
+msgid "**To set the Step of the interpolation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:333
+msgid ""
+"Specify the **Step** value in the interpolation area of the Function "
+"Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:341
+msgid "Using Linear Interpolations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:343
+msgid "|function_editor_iLinear|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:345
+msgid ""
+"When the interpolation is *Linear* the curve segment turns to a straight "
+"line and the speed of the transformation is constant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:347
+msgid "**To set a Linear interpolation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"Choose **Linear** from the option menu available in the Interpolation "
+"area of the Function Editor and click the **Apply** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:353
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the curve segment you want to set the interpolation for, and "
+"choose **Linear Interpolation** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:359
+msgid "Using Speed In / Speed Out Interpolations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:361
+msgid "|function_editor_iSpeed|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:363
+msgid ""
+"When the interpolation is Speed In / Speed Out, both control points at "
+"the ends of the segment have handles whose direction and length define "
+"the slope of the curve, therefore the speed of the transformation. The "
+"handles direction and length can be set by entering values in the "
+"Interpolation area of the Function Editor, or by dragging the handles "
+"themselves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:365
+msgid ""
+"By default the handles are linked, making their degree of movement "
+"dependent on adjacent segments in order to define a smooth curve, but the"
+" link can be broken in order to move the handle freely. For example if "
+"subsequent segments have the Speed In / Speed Out interpolation, the "
+"handles of the shared points share the same direction, but breaking the "
+"link each handle can have a different direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:367
+msgid ""
+"Handles can also be collapsed in control points in order to turn them "
+"into corner points; in this case to retrieve the handles it is possible "
+"to reset their length and direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:369
+msgid "**To set a Speed In / Speed Out interpolation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"Choose **Speed In / Speed Out** from the dropdown menu available in the "
+"Interpolation area of the Function Editor and click the **Apply** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:375
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the curve segment you want to set the interpolation for, and "
+"choose **Speed In / Speed Out Interpolation** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:377
+msgid "**To set the speed of the interpolation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:379
+msgid ""
+"Select the keyframe at the beginning or at the end of the curve segment "
+"you want to edit, or the curve segment itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"Set the slope of the curve after or before the keyframe by doing one of "
+"the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:383
+msgid ""
+"Enter the **Speed In** and **Speed Out** direction and length values in "
+"the Interpolation area of the Function Editor and click the **Apply** "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:385
+msgid "Click and drag the end of the handles to move them freely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:387
+msgid ""
+"**Shift-click** and drag the end of the handles to move them with a "
+"constraint in the horizontal or vertical direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:389
+msgid "**To move a control point handle free from the adjacent segments:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:391
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the control point and choose **Unlink Handles** from the menu"
+" that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:393
+msgid "**To link back handles to adjacent segments:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:395
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the control point and choose **Link Handles** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:397
+msgid "**To turn a control point into a corner point:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:399
+msgid "Select the control point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:401
+msgid "Move the handle ends to the control point, in order to collapse them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:403
+msgid "**To retrieve handles from a corner point:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:405
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the control point and choose **Reset Handles** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:411
+msgid "Using Ease In / Ease Out Interpolations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:413
+msgid "|function_editor_iEase|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:415
+msgid ""
+"When the interpolation is Ease In / Ease Out, the segment is divided into"
+" three sections by two vertical lines: the first section is an "
+"acceleration, the second is at constant speed, the third is a "
+"deceleration. The duration in frames of each section can be set by "
+"entering values in the Interpolation area of the Function Editor, or by "
+"dragging the vertical lines available on the segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:417
+msgid "**To set an Ease In / Ease Out interpolation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:421
+msgid ""
+"Choose **Ease In / Ease Out** from the dropdown menu available in the "
+"Interpolation area of the Function Editor and click the **Apply** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:423
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the curve segment you want to set the transformation for, and"
+" choose **Ease In / Ease Out Interpolation** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:425
+msgid "**To set the Ease In / Ease Out of the interpolation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:427
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:455
+msgid ""
+"Select the keyframe before or after the Ease In / Ease Out curve segment "
+"you want to edit, or the curve segment itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:431
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:459
+msgid ""
+"Enter the **Ease In** and **Ease Out** values in the Interpolation area "
+"of the Function Editor and click the **Apply** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:433
+msgid ""
+"Move the vertical line setting the Ease In or Ease Out section of the "
+"segment, to change the curve after or before the keyframe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:439
+msgid "Using Ease In / Ease Out % Interpolations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:441
+msgid "|function_editor_iEasePer|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:443
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The Ease In / Ease Out % interpolation is similar to the Ease In / Ease "
+"Out one, but the Ease In and Ease Out sections of the segments are "
+"expressed as a percentage of the segment frame duration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:445
+#, python-format
+msgid "**To set an Ease In / Ease Out % interpolation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:449
+msgid ""
+"Choose **Ease In / Ease Out %** from the dropdown menu available in the "
+"Interpolation area of the Function Editor and click the **Apply** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:451
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the curve segment you want to set the transformation for, and"
+" choose **Ease In / Ease Out % Interpolation** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:453
+#, python-format
+msgid "**To set the Ease In / Ease Out % of the interpolation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:461
+msgid ""
+"Move the vertical line setting the Ease In or Ease Out section of the "
+"curve segment, to change the curve after or before the keyframe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:467
+msgid "Using Exponential Interpolations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:469
+msgid "|function_editor_iExpon|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:471
+msgid ""
+"When the interpolation is **Exponential** the curve segment turns to a "
+"curve that continually becomes steeper, because of that, the higher the "
+"frame, the faster the related value grows. Only positive values are "
+"significant for this interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:473
+msgid "**To set an Exponential interpolation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:477
+msgid ""
+"Choose **Exponential** from the dropdown menu available in the "
+"Interpolation area of the Function Editor and click the **Apply** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:479
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the curve segment you want to set the transformation for, and"
+" choose **Exponential Interpolation** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:485
+msgid "Using Interpolations Based on Expressions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:487
+msgid "|function_editor_iExpres|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:489
+msgid ""
+"When the interpolation is defined by an Expression, the segment values "
+"come from a *mathematical formula* that can be typed by using algebra "
+"notations. In this case the keyframes at both ends of the segment may "
+"change as well, according to the typed expression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:491
+msgid ""
+"While typing the expression, if the syntax is recognized, a menu "
+"automatically opens suggesting you the possible terms: from the menu you "
+"can select the term both to display in a tooltip box its correct syntax, "
+"and to insert it in the expression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:493
+msgid ""
+"As soon as terms are recognized, different colors are used to highlight "
+"them: **operators and functions** are displayed in *dark blue*, "
+"**variables** in *light blue*, **constants** in *green*. When the "
+"expression is entered, any **syntax error** will be displayed in *red*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:495
+msgid ""
+"The **Unit** used for the function is displayed in a box next to the "
+"expression; in case the unit refers to a movement, the default unit can "
+"be changed, and the values will be automatically converted to the default"
+" one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:497
+msgid ""
+"Apart from the standard operators and functions, some variables and "
+"predefined functions can also be used in expressions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:499
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:648
+msgid "Supported terms are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:502
+msgid "**Operators**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:504
+msgid "``+`` , ``-`` , ``*`` , ``/``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:504
+msgid "Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, Division"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:505
+msgid "``%``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:505
+msgid "Modulus: ``10%6=4`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:506
+msgid "``^``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:506
+msgid ""
+"Exponentiation: ``a^2``  means ``a*a`` ; ``a^0.5``  is square root of "
+"``a`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:512
+msgid "**Math Functions**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:514
+msgid "``sin(), cos(), tan(), atan(), atan2()``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:514
+msgid "Angles are expressed in degrees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:515
+msgid "``sinh()`` , ``cosh()`` , ``tanh()``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:515
+msgid "Hyperbolic functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:516
+msgid "``log()`` , ``exp()``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:517
+msgid "``floor(value)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:517
+msgid "The greatest whole number less or equal than ``value`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:518
+msgid "``ceiling(value)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:518
+msgid "The smallest whole number less or equal than ``value`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:519
+msgid "``round(value)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:519
+msgid "The integer closest to ``value`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:520
+msgid "``abs()``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:520
+msgid "Absolute value: ``abs(a)``  is ``a``  without the sign."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:521
+msgid "``sign(value)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:521
+msgid "Returns 0 if ``value``  is 0; -1 if negative; 1 if positive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:522
+msgid "``sqrt(value)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:522
+msgid "Returns square root of ``value`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:523
+msgid "``min(a,b,c,...)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:523
+msgid "Returns argument with minimum value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:524
+msgid "``max(a,b,c,...)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:524
+msgid "Returns argument with maximum value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:525
+msgid "``clamp(value,min,max)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:525
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:526
+msgid ""
+"Returns ``min``  if ``value``  is less than ``min`` ; ``max``  if "
+"``value``  is greater than ``max`` ; otherwise it returns ``value`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:526
+msgid "``crop(value,min,max)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:527
+msgid "``step(value,min)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:527
+msgid "Returns 0 if ``value``  is less than ``min`` , otherwise it returns 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:528
+msgid "``smoothstep(value,min,max)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:528
+msgid ""
+"Returns 0 if ``value``  is less than ``min`` , 1 if ``value``  is greater"
+" than or equal to ``max`` , and perform a smooth interpolation between 0 "
+"and 1 in interval ``min``  to ``max`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:534
+msgid "**Logical Operators**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:536
+msgid "``<``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:536
+msgid "Less"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:537
+msgid "``<=``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:537
+msgid "Less or equal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:538
+msgid "``>``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:538
+msgid "More"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:539
+msgid "``>=``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:539
+msgid "More or equal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:540
+msgid "``==``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:540
+msgid "Equal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:541
+msgid "``!=``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:541
+msgid "Not equal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:547
+msgid "**Boolean Operators**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:549
+msgid "``&&``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:549
+msgid "And."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:550
+msgid "``||``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:550
+msgid "Or."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:551
+msgid "``!``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:551
+msgid "Not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:557
+msgid "**Conditional Expression**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:559
+msgid "``(logical_expression)?value1:value2``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:559
+msgid ""
+"If ``logical_expression``  is true, it returns ``value1`` , otherwise it "
+"returns ``value2`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:565
+msgid "**Variables**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:567
+msgid "``t``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:567
+msgid ""
+"Ranges from 0.0 to 1.0 along the transition allowing position/lenght-"
+"independent transitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:568
+msgid "``f`` , ``frame``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:568
+msgid "The current frame number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:569
+msgid "``r`` , ``rframe``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:569
+msgid "It is relative to the transition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:575
+msgid "**Constants**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:577
+msgid "``pi``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:577
+msgid "3.141593..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:578
+msgid "numeric constant"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:578
+msgid "E.g. 1, 2, 4.3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:584
+msgid "**Predefined Functions**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:586
+msgid "``cycle(period)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:586
+msgid "Cycles the transition of the ``period``  previous frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:587
+msgid "``pulse(pos)`` , ``pulse(pos,length)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:587
+msgid ""
+"Generates a pulse ranging from 0.0 to 1.0 set at position ``pos`` , with "
+"a different breadth depending on the ``length``  of the pulse itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:588
+msgid "``bump(pos)`` , ``bump(pos,length)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:588
+msgid ""
+"Generates a bump ranging from 0.0 to 1.0 set at position ``pos`` , with a"
+" different breadth depending on the ``length``  of the bump itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:589
+msgid "``random``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:589
+msgid "Generates random sequences between 0.0 and 1.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:590
+msgid "``random(max)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:590
+msgid "Generates a random number between 0.0 and ``max`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:591
+msgid "``random(min,max)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:591
+msgid "Generates a random number between ``min``  and ``max`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:592
+msgid "``random_s(seed)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:592
+msgid ""
+"Works like random, but allows the user to specify the ``seed``  to modify"
+" the value of the ``random``  function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:593
+msgid "``random_s(seed,max)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:593
+msgid "Like above, with ``max``  as the maximum value of the transition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:594
+msgid "``random_s(seed,min,max)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:594
+msgid ""
+"Like above, with ``min``  and ``max``  as the minimum and maximum values "
+"of the transition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:595
+msgid "``saw(length)`` , ``saw(length,height)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:595
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:596
+msgid ""
+"Generates a periodic sawtooth shaped curve according to the ``length``  "
+"and ``height``  values; if ``height``  is not expressed it is assumed to "
+"be equal to ``length`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:596
+msgid "``sawtooth(length)`` , ``sawtooth(length,height)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:597
+msgid "``wave(length)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:597
+msgid "The same as ``sin(f*2*pi/length)`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:602
+msgid ""
+"The predefined function ``saw`` , ``wave``  and ``pulse``  use implicitly"
+" a variable independent from the frame number. You can provide explicitly"
+" a variable using the form: ``fun (var; argument...)`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:604
+msgid "**To set an interpolation based on an Expression:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:608
+msgid ""
+"Choose **Expression** from the dropdown menu available in the "
+"Interpolation area of the Function Editor and click the **Apply** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:610
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the curve segment you want to set the transformation for, and"
+" choose **Expression Interpolation** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:612
+msgid "**To set the expression:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:614
+msgid ""
+"Type the expression in the Interpolation area of the Function Editor. As "
+"you type, if the syntax is recognized, a menu automatically opens "
+"suggesting you the possible terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:616
+msgid "Press **Enter** to submit the expression and check its syntax."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:618
+msgid "If the expression refers to a movement, change the unit if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:620
+msgid "Press the **Apply** button to apply the desired change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:622
+msgid "**To select a suggested term:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:626
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Up Arrow** and **Down Arrow** keys to select the term in the "
+"menu that opens, then press **Enter**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:628
+msgid "Click the term in the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:630
+msgid ""
+"When selecting a term with the Arrow keys a tooltip box displays the term"
+" correct syntax."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:636
+msgid "Using Transformation References"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:637
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to use in expressions references to any *object*, *effect*"
+" or *Plastic vertex* transformation. In this way, expressions can be used"
+" to create relationships between different transformations belonging to "
+"different items that can be of any of the aforementioned types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:639
+msgid ""
+"The syntax to create a reference to an object transformation is the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:641
+msgid "``object.transformation`` or ``object.transformation(delta)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:643
+msgid ""
+"where ``object``  is the ID name of a *camera*, *column*, *pegbar* or the"
+" *table*, as can be read in the Stage and FX Schematic nodes' tooltips; "
+"``transformation`` can be any of its available transformations; and "
+"``delta`` is the difference between the target frame and the current one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:645
+msgid ""
+"For example ``camera1.ns``  refers to the N/S position of the Camera1. "
+"Whereas ``camera1.ns(f-5)``  refers to the N/S position of the Camera1, 5"
+" frames before the current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:651
+msgid "**Objects**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:653
+msgid "``cam<n>`` , ``camera<n>``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:653
+msgid "Refer to the camera ``n`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:654
+msgid "``col<n>``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:654
+msgid "Refers to the column ``n`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:655
+msgid "``peg<n>`` , ``pegbar<n>``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:655
+msgid "Refer to the pegbar ``n`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:656
+msgid "``tab`` , ``table``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:656
+msgid "Refer to the table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:662
+msgid "**Transformations**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:664
+msgid "``ns`` , ``ew``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:664
+msgid "Refer to the vertical and horizontal position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:665
+msgid "``path`` , ``pos``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:665
+msgid "Refer to the position along the motion path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:666
+msgid "``rot``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:666
+msgid "Refers to the rotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:667
+msgid "``scale`` , ``scaleh`` , ``scalev``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:667
+msgid "Refer to the global, horizontal and vertical scaling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:668
+msgid "``shearh`` , ``shearv``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:668
+msgid "Refer to the horizontal and vertical shear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:669
+msgid "``z``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:669
+msgid "Refers to the position along the z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:673
+msgid "The syntax to create a reference to an effect parameter is the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:675
+msgid "``fx.name.parameter`` or ``fx.name.parameter(delta)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:677
+msgid ""
+"where ``name``  is the ID name of an *effect*, as can be read in the FX "
+"Schematic nodes' tooltips, ``parameter`` is any of the available effect "
+"parameters, and ``delta`` is the difference between the target frame and "
+"the current one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:679
+msgid ""
+"When an effect parameter has multiple sub-parameters, for example the "
+"Center parameter has X and Y sub-parameters, the syntax has to be the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:681
+msgid ""
+"``fx.name.parameter.subparameter`` or "
+"``fx.name.parameter.subparameter(delta)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:683
+msgid ""
+"where ``name``  can be any used effect, ``parameter``  the main effect "
+"parameter, ``subparameter``  is the effect sub-parameter, and ``delta`` "
+"is the difference between the target frame and the current one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:685
+msgid ""
+"For example ``fx.blur2.value``  refers to the Value parameter of the "
+"effect Blur2; ``fx.blur2.value(f-5)``  refers to the Value parameter of "
+"the effect Blur2, 5 frames before the current frame; and "
+"``fx.raylit1.center.x``  refers to the X sub-parameter of the Center "
+"parameter of the effect Raylit1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:687
+msgid ""
+"If the effect parameter name consists of several words, they have to be "
+"typed in expressions *without* blank spaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:690
+msgid ""
+"The syntax to create a reference to a Plastic vertex transformation is "
+"the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:692
+msgid ""
+"``vertex(column_number, \"vertex_name\").transformation`` or "
+"``vertex(column_number, \"vertex_name\").transformation(delta)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:694
+msgid ""
+"where ``column_number``  is the ID number of the *column* in which the "
+"referenced vertex exist, ``vertex_name``  is the exact name of the "
+"referenced Plastic vertex, ``transformation``  is any of the available "
+"vertex transformations (see below), and ``delta`` is the difference "
+"between the target frame and the current one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:697
+msgid "**Plastic Vertex Transformations**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:699
+msgid "``angle``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:699
+msgid "Refers to the angle between the vertex and its parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:700
+msgid "``distance``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:700
+msgid "Refers to the distance between the vertex and its parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:701
+msgid "``so``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:701
+msgid "Refers to the vertex sorting order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:704
+msgid ""
+"See :ref:`Use Mathematical Expression in Plastic Animation "
+"<use_mathematical_expression_in_plastic_animation>` for further details "
+"on animating a Plastic mesh using expressions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:710
+msgid "Using Interpolations Based on File Data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:712
+msgid "|function_editor_iFile|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:714
+msgid ""
+"When an interpolation is based on File data, the segment values are "
+"retrieved from the contents of a file. In this case the keyframes at both"
+" ends of the segment may change as well, according to the file data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:716
+msgid ""
+"The file can be created by an external device or other applications, such"
+" as motion-control cameras or 3D software; supported file formats are "
+"BAT, DAT, RTF and TXT."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:718
+msgid ""
+"The value for each frame is taken from the file content, that must "
+"consist of a series of numbers listed in several lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:720
+msgid ""
+"In case the file contains several values in each line, it is possible to "
+"define which value in each line has to be used by specifying a column "
+"number. For example, if you have a file like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:722
+msgid "100, 200, 300"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:724
+msgid "101, 201, 301"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:726
+msgid "102, 202, 302"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:728
+msgid "the value 2 will cause 200, 201, 202 to be loaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:730
+msgid ""
+"The unit used for the data is displayed in a box next to the file path; "
+"in case the unit refers to a movement, the default unit can be changed, "
+"and the values will be automatically converted to the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:732
+msgid "**To set an interpolation based on File data:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:736
+msgid ""
+"Choose **File** from the option menu available in the Interpolation area "
+"of the Function Editor and click the **Apply** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:738
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the curve segment you want to set the transformation for, and"
+" choose **File Interpolation** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:740
+msgid "**To set the File information:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:742
+msgid ""
+"Type in the **File Path** field, or use the browser button, to set the "
+"path to the data file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:744
+msgid ""
+"Specify which value in each line has to be used by specifying the "
+"**Column** number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:746
+msgid "If the File data refers to a movement, change the unit if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:748
+msgid ""
+"If in the Browser you choose any project default folder, in the path "
+"field the full path will be replaced by the related default folder alias "
+"(see  :ref:`Project Default Folders <project_default_folders>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:754
+msgid "Using Constant Interpolations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:756
+msgid "|function_editor_iConst|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:758
+msgid ""
+"When an interpolation is **Constant**, the segment values are always "
+"equal to the value of the first key defining the segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:760
+msgid "**To set a Constant interpolation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:764
+msgid ""
+"Choose **Constant** from the option menu available in the Interpolation "
+"area of the Function Editor and click the **Apply** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:766
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the curve segment you want to set the interpolation for, and "
+"choose **Constant Interpolation** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:772
+msgid "Using Interpolations Based on Similar Shapes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:774
+msgid "|function_editor_iSimilar|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:776
+msgid ""
+"When the interpolation is based on a Similar Shape, the segment values "
+"changes according to the shape of the curve you specify as reference (see"
+"  :ref:`Using Transformation References "
+"<using_transformation_references>`  ). As soon as the interpolation is "
+"set, whenever the reference curve is edited, the segment will change "
+"accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:778
+msgid ""
+"This interpolation proves useful when you want to control at once several"
+" curves: if all of them share the same reference curve, by modifying the "
+"reference curve you will modify automatically all the curves referring to"
+" it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:780
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to set a **Frame Offset** value so that the "
+"interpolation will refer not to the same frame range of the reference "
+"curve, but to a different one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:782
+msgid "**To set an interpolation based on a Similar Shape:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:786
+msgid ""
+"Choose **Similar Shape** from the option menu available in the "
+"Interpolation area of the Function Editor and click the **Apply** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:788
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the curve segment you want to set the transformation for, and"
+" choose **Similar Shape Interpolation** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:790
+msgid "**To set the reference curve:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:792
+msgid ""
+"Set the **Reference Curve:** in the Interpolation area of the Function "
+"Editor by typing the reference to an object or an effect transformation "
+"by using the appropriate syntax (see  :ref:`Using Transformation "
+"References <using_transformation_references>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:794
+msgid ""
+"Set a **Frame Offset** in the Interpolation area of the Function Editor "
+"if you want the interpolation to refer not to the same frame range of the"
+" reference curve, but to a different one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:802
+msgid "Controlling Several Function Curves at the Same Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:803
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to control the keys and the interpolations of all the "
+"function curves visualized in the Function Editor by using widgets "
+"available in a horizontal strip at the top of the **Graph Editor** area, "
+"below the frame ruler."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:805
+msgid ""
+"This allows you to define keys and control the interpolation speed for "
+"different curves at the same time, such as a camera truck and pan, or an "
+"effect animation and a pegbar movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:807
+msgid ""
+"With respect to keys, a keyframe is visible in the strip for each "
+"keyframe defined for any curve visible in the Graph Editor; a line "
+"connects the keyframes for all the frames where there is an animation "
+"going on. The strip keyframe can be moved, automatically moving the "
+"keyframes it refers to; in case the strip keyframe refers to keyframes at"
+" the same frame in several curves, all the keyframes will move along."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:809
+msgid ""
+"With respect to interpolation, if all the visible curves have a key at "
+"the same specific frame, and the segment on the side of the key has the "
+"same **Ease In / Ease Out** value or the same **Speed In / Speed Out** "
+"horizontal component, a marker will be visible in the strip on the side "
+"of the strip keyframes. The marker shaped as an *opening square bracket* "
+"is for the segment to the right of the keyframe, the one shaped like a "
+"*closing square bracket* is for the segment on the left of the keyframe. "
+"The markers can be moved, automatically changing the **Ease In / Ease "
+"Out** or the **Speed In / Speed Out** values of all the segments they "
+"refer to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:811
+msgid "**To set which curves have to be controlled:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:813
+msgid ""
+"Display the curves in the Graph Editor (see  :ref:`Using the Graph Editor"
+" <using_function_curves>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:817
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) the frame ruler where you want to add "
+"the keyframe: a keyframe will be added to all the visible curves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:821
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the strip keyframe: all the keyframes it refers to will "
+"move along."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:823
+msgid "**To control the speed of the interpolation:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:825
+msgid "Move the markers visible on the sides of the strip keyframes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/editing_curves_and_numerical_columns.rst:829
+msgid "Example expressions"
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/example_expressions.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/example_expressions.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..abc94ce0
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/example_expressions.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/example_expressions.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/example_expressions.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7d7c2c30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/example_expressions.po
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/example_expressions.rst:4
+msgid "Example Expressions"
+msgstr "Expression های نمونه"
+
+#: ../../source/example_expressions.rst:7
+msgid "Aim At"
+msgstr "نشانه گیری به سوی"
+
+#: ../../source/example_expressions.rst:8
+msgid "This expression rotates column 1 (col1) to face column 2 (col2):"
+msgstr "این column 1 (col1) expression را به طرف column 2 (col2) می چرخاند:"
+
+#: ../../source/example_expressions.rst:10
+msgid "``atan2(col2.ns - col1.ns, col2.ew - col1.ew)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/example_expressions.rst:12
+msgid "|rotate_towards|"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/fx_index.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/fx_index.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/fx_index.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/fx_index.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/fx_index.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bc227c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/fx_index.po
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/fx_index.rst:6
+msgid "Categories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/fx_index.rst:2
+msgid "FX Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/fx_index.rst:4
+msgid "The FX Reference is not complete at this time"
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/layer_blending_index.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/layer_blending_index.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/layer_blending_index.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/layer_blending_index.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/layer_blending_index.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7f6a0abb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/layer_blending_index.po
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/layer_blending_index.rst:2
+msgid "Layer Blending"
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f29bc30f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.po
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:4
+msgid "Local Transparency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:6
+msgid "|node|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:9
+msgid "Inputs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:11
+msgid "**Source ->** The image that will be affected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"**Reference ->** The luminance of the Reference image will control the "
+"opacity of the Source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"The Source will be made transparent where the Reference is light, and "
+"opaque where the Reference is dark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:17
+msgid "Parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:19
+msgid "**Intensity ->** Controls the overall strength of the effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"A value of 50 will produce a result halfway between the Source image and "
+"the full effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:23
+msgid "Usage Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:25
+msgid "We can use a checker pattern to control the opacity of a circle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:27
+msgid "|circle| |checker|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"This is how the two levels are connected in the FX Schematic; by "
+"connecting the checker level to the Reference input, we will use its "
+"luminance to mask portions of the circle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:32
+msgid "|graph|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"Here is the result; the red circle is visible within the black areas of "
+"the checker pattern and not in the white areas"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/local_transparency.rst:36
+msgid "|example| |example_2|"
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..90442134
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.po
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:4
+msgid "Transparency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:6
+msgid "|node|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:9
+msgid "Inputs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:11
+msgid "**Source ->** The image that will be affected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:14
+msgid "Parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:16
+msgid "**Intensity ->** Controls the overall strength of the effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"A value of 50 will produce a result halfway between the Source image and "
+"the full effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:20
+msgid "Usage Example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"We will see the transparency of a yellow circle on top of a black "
+"rectangle background"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:24
+msgid "|circle| |background|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"This is how the image levels are connected in the FX schematic; by "
+"connecting the circle level to the source input we can control the "
+"circle's transparency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:29
+msgid "|fx_schematic|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Here is the result; the first image is with zero percent transparency, "
+"the second image is with fifty percent transparency, and the third image "
+"is with seventy five percent transparency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/fx_docs/layer_blending/transparency.rst:33
+msgid "|example_1| |example_2| |example_3|"
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3fa4ac23
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ade93339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/index.rst:18
+msgid "Getting Started:"
+msgstr "شروع کردن:"
+
+#: ../../source/index.rst:26
+msgid "Sections:"
+msgstr "بخش ها"
+
+#: ../../source/index.rst:7
+msgid "OpenToonz User Manual"
+msgstr "کتابچه راهنمای کاربر اوپن تونز"
+
+#: ../../source/index.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"This is the manual for OpenToonz, an open-source full-featured 2D "
+"animation creation software."
+msgstr ""
+"این کتابچه راهنما برای اوپن تونز است؛ یک نرم افزار انیمیشن سازی دو بعدی منبع باز با ویژگی های کامل."
+
+#: ../../source/index.rst:10
+msgid "`http://opentoonz.github.io <http://opentoonz.github.io>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/index.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"This manual is an ongoing project, which aims to provide the first and "
+"most complete reference for OpenToonz features, and as such there will "
+"always be room for improvements and updates. Collaboration is welcome!"
+msgstr ""
+"این کتابچه راهنما یک پروژه در حال پیشرفت است، که هدف دارد تا اولین و کامل ترین مرجع برای ویژگی های اوپن تونز را ارائه بدهد؛ و به همین ترتیب همیشه جا برای بهبود ها و بروزرسانی ها وجود خواهد داشت. از همکاری استقبال می شه!"
+
+#: ../../source/index.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To contribute to OpenToonz's documentation, please visit the OpenToonz "
+"docs repository."
+msgstr ""
+"برای مشارکت در مستندات اوپن تونز، لطفا از مخزن OpenToonz docs دیدن کنید."
+
+#: ../../source/index.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"`https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz_docs "
+"<https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz_docs>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/index.rst:55
+msgid "Special Thanks"
+msgstr "تشکر ویژه"
+
+#: ../../source/index.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"This documentation is based on Toonz Harlequin 7.1 User Guide, originally"
+" created by Digital Video S.p.A., Rome Italy."
+msgstr ""
+"این مستندات بر پایه راهنمای کاربر Toonz Harlequin 7.1؛ اصالتا ساخته شده توسط Digital Video S.p.A.، رم ایتالیا است."
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/installing_opentoonz.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/installing_opentoonz.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..388d65b9
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/installing_opentoonz.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/installing_opentoonz.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/installing_opentoonz.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7da03106
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/installing_opentoonz.po
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:4
+msgid "Installing OpenToonz"
+msgstr "نصب اوپن تونز"
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:10
+msgid "Downloading OpenToonz"
+msgstr "دانلود اوپن تونز"
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"You can download the appropriate version of OpenToonz for your operating "
+"system from the `Download page "
+"<https://opentoonz.github.io/e/download/opentoonz.html>`_ in the official"
+" OpenToonz web site. Choose either the Windows or macOS version to start "
+"downloading the installer application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"All other builds apart from the ones downloaded from the official web "
+"site ARE NOT officially supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to find the developer's \"nightly\" builds `here "
+"<https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/nightly>`_, where "
+"you can test the latest features and bug fixes, as they are being "
+"included in OpenToonz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"WARNING: Use at you own risk! The Nightly Build version could potentially"
+" be a highly unstable one, so it is not adviced to use it in production "
+"environments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Also, `MorevnaProject <https://github.com/morevnaproject>`_ provides "
+"builds for `Windows 32-bit, Windows 64-bit, macOS, and appimage "
+"<https://github.com/morevnaproject/opentoonz/releases>`_ as well as `snap"
+" <https://snapcraft.io/opentoonz-morevna>`_ for Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Finally, there are OTX (OpenToonz eXperimental) timely releases by "
+"`manongjohn <https://github.com/manongjohn>`_ avalaible for `Windows "
+"64-bit, macOS and in appimage format "
+"<https://github.com/manongjohn/OTX/releases>`_ where it is possible to "
+"test the latest features and bug fixes in a portable way (i.e. without "
+"the need to do a full OpenToonz install)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:27
+msgid "Installing on Windows"
+msgstr "نصب روی ویندوز"
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:28
+msgid "Execute the OpenToonzSetup.exe file and follow these steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:31
+msgid "Choose the language for the installer messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:33
+msgid "|win_setup_1|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:36
+msgid "Accept OpenToonz Terms of Use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:38
+msgid "|win_setup_2|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Decide where to install the **OpenToonz stuff** folder and if you wish to"
+" overwrite any settings in a preexisting OpenToonz stuff folder in the "
+"chosen location (except for user's personal settings, which will always "
+"be preserved)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:43
+msgid "|win_setup_3|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Decide whether or not to create a desktop icon during the installation "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:48
+msgid "|win_setup_4|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:51
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"Press the Install button to start the installation process with the "
+"chosen settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:53
+msgid "|win_setup_5|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"Decide whether or not to Launch OpenToonz right away after closing the "
+"installer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:58
+msgid "|win_setup_6|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:61
+msgid "Chocolatey"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:63
+msgid "``choco install opentoonz``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:68
+msgid "Installing on OS X"
+msgstr "نصب روی OS X"
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:69
+msgid "Follow these steps:"
+msgstr "این مراحل را دنبال کنید:"
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:72
+msgid "Right-click on the OpenToonz.pkg file in Finder & select Open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:75
+msgid "Press the Continue button."
+msgstr "دکمه Continue را بفشارید."
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:77
+msgid "|osx_setup_2|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:80
+msgid "Choose a language and press the Continue button."
+msgstr "یک زبان را انتخاب کنید و دکمه Continue را بفشارید."
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:82
+msgid "|osx_setup_3|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:85
+msgid "Press the Agree button to accept the OpenToonz Terms of Use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:87
+msgid "|osx_setup_4|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"Select the install destination (will be Macintosh HD unless multiple "
+"disks are available) and press the Continue button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:92
+msgid "|osx_setup_5|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:97
+msgid "|osx_setup_6|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:100
+msgid "Press the Close button to exit the installer."
+msgstr "دکمه Close را برای خروج از نصب کننده بفشارید."
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:102
+msgid "|osx_setup_7|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:105
+msgid "Homebrew"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:107
+msgid "``brew cask install opentoonz``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:112
+msgid "Installing on Linux"
+msgstr "نصب روی لینوکس"
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:117
+msgid "ALT Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:119
+msgid "``# apt-get install opentoonz opentoonz-doc``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:124
+msgid "Arch Linux"
+msgstr "آرچ لینوکس"
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:126
+msgid "``# pacman -S opentoonz``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:131
+msgid "Debian GNU/Linux"
+msgstr "دبیان گنو/لینوکس"
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:133
+msgid "Download PGP signing key package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"``wget http://www.deb-multimedia.org/pool/main/d/deb-multimedia-keyring"
+"/deb-multimedia-keyring_2016.8.1_all.deb``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:137
+msgid "Install PGP package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:139
+msgid "``sudo dpkg -i deb-multimedia-keyring_2016.8.1_all.deb``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:141
+msgid "Add repository address to your sources list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:143
+msgid ""
+"``sudo echo \"deb http://www.deb-multimedia.org stable main\" | tee -a "
+"/etc/apt/sources.list`` Builds for testing and sid also avalaible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:145
+msgid "Debian packages avalaible only for amd64, arm64 and i386 architectures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:147
+msgid "Install OpenToonz."
+msgstr "اوپن تونز را نصب کنید."
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:149
+msgid "``sudo apt update && apt install opentoonz opentoonz-data``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:151
+msgid "For updating enter ``sudo apt update && apt upgrade``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:154
+msgid "Gentoo"
+msgstr "جنتو"
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:156
+msgid "``sudo emerge media-gfx/opentoonz``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:159
+msgid "NixOS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:161
+msgid "``nix-env -iA nixos.opentoonz``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:164
+msgid "openSUSE"
+msgstr "اوپن سوزه"
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:166
+msgid "``sudo zypper install opentoonz``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:169
+msgid "Solus"
+msgstr "سولوس"
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:171
+msgid "``sudo eopkg install opentoonz``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:174
+msgid "Void Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:176
+msgid "``sudo xbps-install -S opentoonz``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:181
+msgid "Universal binaries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:184
+msgid "Flatpak"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:186
+msgid "Installing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:188
+msgid "``flatpak install flathub io.github.OpenToonz``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:190
+msgid "Run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:192
+msgid "``flatpak run io.github.OpenToonz``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:197
+msgid "Snap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/installing_opentoonz.rst:199
+msgid "``sudo snap install opentoonz``"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/interface_overview.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/interface_overview.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/interface_overview.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/interface_overview.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/interface_overview.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e4cb36b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/interface_overview.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1110 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:4
+msgid "Interface Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:6
+msgid "|UI_1|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"OpenToonz interface is organized into rooms, also known as workspaces: "
+"each room is a different collection of windows which are laid out at "
+"specific positions on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:14
+msgid "Using Rooms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:16
+msgid "|UI_rooms|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Available rooms are listed on the far right of the menu bar. Each of them"
+" always displays the content of the current scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Rooms can be named and their order can be rearranged. New rooms can be "
+"added and existing rooms can be deleted. When a room is added it is "
+"empty; to configure it, panes can be added one by one (see below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:23
+msgid "**To enter a room:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:25
+msgid "Click the related tab on the far right of the menu bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:27
+msgid "**To name a room:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:29
+msgid "Double-click the tab and type the name you want to assign to the room."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:31
+msgid "**To order room tabs:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:33
+msgid "Click and drag the tab to the new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:35
+msgid "**To add a new room:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the room tab area and choose New Room from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:39
+msgid "**To delete a room:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the room tab and choose Delete Room \"<Name>\" from the menu "
+"that opens. The current room cannot be deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:43
+msgid "**To return to the set of rooms provided with Toonz:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:45
+msgid "Choose Windows  →  Reset to Default Rooms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:51
+msgid "Customizing Rooms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Rooms can be modified by setting different sizes to different panes, and "
+"adding or removing panes. To prevent the accidental addition or removal "
+"of panes, rooms configuration can be locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Most of the panes can be maximized to fill the full interface, and can be"
+" added as floating windows by using the Windows menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:57
+msgid "**To resize a pane in the room:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"Click any vertical or horizontal separator and drag it to the new "
+"position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Some panes like the toolbar and the level strip have some fixed size, "
+"therefore they cannot be resized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:63
+msgid "**To open a pane as a floating window:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:65
+msgid "Select in the Windows menu the pane you want to open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:67
+msgid "**To resize a floating window:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:69
+msgid "Click and drag the border or corner of a window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:71
+msgid "**To close a floating window or a dialog:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:73
+msgid "Click the close button at the right of the title bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:75
+msgid "**To add a pane to a room:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:77
+msgid "Use the Windows menu to open the pane as a floating window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag its title bar to move it around and release to dock it "
+"according to the highlighted insertion point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Trying to dock a pane to the leftmost/rightmost part of the interface may"
+" fail if the main OpenToonz window is maximized at that moment. To "
+"overcome this, you can restore the main window size, dock the desired "
+"pane, and then maximize it back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:83
+msgid "**To remove a pane from a room:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the title bar of the pane you want to remove to undock it "
+"from the room."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:87
+msgid "Close the floating window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:89
+msgid "**To maximize, or minimize a maximized pane:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:91
+msgid "Double-click its title bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Some panes like the toolbar and the level strip have some fixed size, "
+"therefore they cannot be maximized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:95
+msgid "**To lock/unlock the rooms configuration:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:97
+msgid "Activate/deactivate the Windows  →  Lock Room Panes option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:103
+msgid "Room Panes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Below there is a list of the panes (in the same order in which they "
+"appear in the Windows menu) that can be used to build rooms and that can "
+"be opened as floating windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:110
+msgid "Batch Servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:112
+msgid "|UI_batch|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"The Batch Servers window allows you to process the batch list by using "
+"the render farm, and contains information about the list of server "
+"(rendering) nodes defined for the farm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:116
+msgid "See  :ref:`Monitoring the Server Nodes <monitoring_the_server_nodes>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:122
+msgid "Cleanup Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:124
+msgid "|UI_cleanup|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"The Cleanup Settings pane allows you to define the parameters for the "
+"clean-up process of scanned raster images, in order to convert them into "
+"Toonz Raster images, ready to be painted in OpenToonz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:128
+msgid "See  :ref:`Cleaning-up Scanned Drawings <cleaning-up_scanned_drawings>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:134
+msgid "Color Model"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:136
+msgid "|UI_colormodel|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"The color model viewer displays the image, or animation level, you loaded"
+" as reference to paint the current animation level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:140
+msgid "See  :ref:`Using a Color Model <using_a_color_model>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:146
+msgid "File Browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:148
+msgid "|UI_filebrowser|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"The file browser allows you to load and save files, and to access "
+"projects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"On the left there is a file tree with some main folders containing "
+"material stored on your computer: My Computer, Network, My Documents, "
+"History, Library and Projects. You can open folders and sub-folders in "
+"order to retrieve files that are displayed in the area on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"See  :ref:`Managing Projects <managing_projects>`  and  :ref:`Using the "
+"File Browser <using_the_file_browser>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:160
+msgid "Flipbook"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:162
+msgid "|UI_flipbook|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"The flipbook can display animation levels, clips or sequences of images. "
+"It can be used to check levels for instance before loading them, or to "
+"control a rendered sequence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:166
+msgid "See  :ref:`Using the Flipbook <using_the_flipbook>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:172
+msgid "Function Editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:174
+msgid "|UI_functioneditor|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"The function editor maps objects and FX transformations with key values "
+"and related interpolations by using a spreadsheet or a graph editor. It "
+"is divided into two sections: on the left there is an area where the "
+"spreadsheet or graph editor is displayed, on the right top is an area "
+"where the interpolation of the current transformation segment is "
+"displayed, and on the right bottom is the objects/FX tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:178
+msgid "See  :ref:`Using the Function Editor <using_the_function_editor>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:184
+msgid "Level Strip"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:186
+msgid "|UI_levelstrip|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"The level strip displays the sequence of drawings belonging to the level "
+"currently selected in the Xsheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:190
+msgid ""
+"It helps you to edit the sequence of drawings and to see all the drawings"
+" of the current level, even if those drawings are not exposed in a "
+"Xsheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:192
+msgid "See  :ref:`Editing Animation Levels <editing_animation_levels>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:198
+msgid "Palette"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:200
+msgid "|UI_palette|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:202
+msgid ""
+"It displays the styles defined for the current level, or in case it is "
+"inactive the styles defined for a previously selected level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:204
+msgid "See  :ref:`The Palette Window <the_palette_window>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:210
+msgid "Scene Cast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:212
+msgid "|UI_scenecast|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:214
+msgid ""
+"The scene cast pane lets you control the files loaded in the scene, save "
+"them and load new ones. It can be organized in folders and sub-folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:216
+msgid "See  :ref:`Using the Scene Cast <using_the_scene_cast>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:222
+msgid "Schematic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:224
+msgid "|UI_schematic|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:226
+msgid ""
+"The schematic can alternatively display stage information or special FX "
+"usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:228
+msgid ""
+"The stage schematic displays as nodes all the objects defined in a scene,"
+" i.e. columns, pegbars, cameras, the table and motion paths, and allows "
+"you to manage the way they are linked to each other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"The FX schematic allows you to apply FX to the content of Xsheet columns,"
+" and to manage the way they are applied. All the columns and FX are "
+"displayed as nodes that can be connected in order to set the way FX "
+"affect the scene content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:232
+msgid ""
+"See  :ref:`Using the Stage Schematic <using_the_stage_schematic>`  and  "
+":ref:`Using the FX Schematic <using_the_fx_schematic>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:238
+msgid "Studio Palette"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:240
+msgid "|UI_studiopalette|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:242
+msgid ""
+"The studio palette allows you to store an unlimited number of level "
+"palettes. From here any palette can be retrieved and assigned to the "
+"current level in order to paint it, with no need to define the same "
+"styles again and again. It also includes a viewer displaying the styles "
+"of the currently selected palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:244
+msgid "See  :ref:`Using the Studio Palette <using_the_studio_palette>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:250
+msgid "Style Editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:252
+msgid "|UI_styleeditor|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:254
+msgid ""
+"The style editor allows you to modify the palette styles. You can choose "
+"the type of style among color, texture, vector and raster. There also is "
+"a settings tab where you can decide some parameters for the style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:256
+msgid "See  :ref:`Editing Styles <editing_styles>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:262
+msgid "Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:264
+msgid "|UI_tasks|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:266
+msgid ""
+"The Tasks window contains the task tree with all the tasks submitted to "
+"the batch processing, and information about the task currently selected "
+"in the tree. From the task tree you can start or stop a task execution, "
+"or remove it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:268
+msgid ""
+"See  :ref:`Managing and Executing Render Tasks "
+"<managing_and_executing_render_tasks>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:274
+msgid "Message Center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:276
+msgid "|UI_messagecenter|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:278
+msgid ""
+"The message center displays in a list the messages OpenToonz is sending "
+"to the user. You can set filters on the messages showed in the window "
+"using the appropriate radio buttons, or you can clear completely the list"
+" pressing the Clear button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:284
+msgid "Toolbar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:286
+msgid "|UI_toolbar|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:288
+msgid ""
+"The toolbar contains tools to draw, select and edit drawings, and to "
+"animate objects like the camera, columns and pegbars. The tools in the "
+"toolbar can only be used in the main viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:290
+msgid ""
+"If the toolbar is too short to display all the tools, it can be scrolled "
+"by using arrow buttons available at its ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"|animate| **Animate** modifies the position, rotation and size of the "
+"current objects (see  :ref:`Animating Objects <animating_objects>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"|selection| **Selection** performs a selection and transforms it (see  "
+":ref:`Using the Selection Tool <using_the_selection_tool>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:302
+msgid ""
+"|brush| **Brush** draws in the work area in freehand mode (see  "
+":ref:`Drawing with the Brush Tool <drawing_with_the_brush_tool>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:307
+msgid ""
+"|geometric| **Geometric** draws geometric shapes (see  :ref:`Drawing with"
+" the Geometric Tool <drawing_with_the_geometric_tool>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:312
+msgid ""
+"|type| **Type** adds text by setting the font and size (see  :ref:`Adding"
+" Text <adding_text>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:317
+msgid ""
+"|fill| **Fill** fills drawing areas with the current style (see  "
+":ref:`Filling Areas <filling_areas>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:322
+msgid ""
+"|paint_brush| **Paint Brush** paints lines and areas in Toonz raster "
+"drawings in freehand mode. (see  :ref:`Filling Areas <filling_areas>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:327
+msgid ""
+"|eraser| **Eraser** deletes vectors in vector drawings, and painted areas"
+" and lines in raster drawings (see  :ref:`Drawing Tools <drawing_tools>`"
+"  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:332
+msgid ""
+"|tape| **Tape** joins two open ends of one or two vectors in vector "
+"drawings, or closes gaps in raster drawings (see  :ref:`Joining and "
+"Splitting <joining_and_splitting>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"|style_picker| **Style Picker** picks a style from the current drawing, "
+"that becomes the current style in the palette and in the style editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:342
+msgid ""
+"|RGB_picker| **RGB Picker** picks red, green and blue values from the "
+"viewer content, and applies them to the current style (see  :ref:`Plain "
+"Colors <plain_colors>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:347
+msgid ""
+"|cpe| **Control Point Editor** modifies the vector shape by editing its "
+"control points (see  :ref:`Editing Vector Control Points "
+"<editing_vector_control_points>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:352
+msgid ""
+"|pinch| **Pinch** modifies the vector shape by clicking and dragging "
+"anywhere on the vector (see  :ref:`Changing the Bend of Vectors "
+"<changing_the_bend_of_vectors>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:357
+msgid ""
+"|pump| **Pump** locally modifies the vector thickness by clicking on the "
+"section you want to affect and then dragging up or down (see  :ref:`Using"
+" Other Modifier Tools <using_other_modifier_tools>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:362
+msgid ""
+"|magnet| **Magnet** deforms several vectors at once by clicking the area "
+"you want to affect and dragging (see  :ref:`Using Other Modifier Tools "
+"<using_other_modifier_tools>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:367
+msgid ""
+"|bender| **Bender** bends vectors in vector drawings (see  :ref:`Using "
+"Other Modifier Tools <using_other_modifier_tools>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:372
+msgid ""
+"|iron| **Iron** removes creases from vectors by moving the cursor on the "
+"vector you want to flatten (see  :ref:`Using Other Modifier Tools "
+"<using_other_modifier_tools>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:377
+msgid ""
+"|cutter| **Cutter** splits a vector in two sections when clicking on it "
+"(see  :ref:`Joining and Splitting <joining_and_splitting>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:382
+msgid ""
+"|skeleton| **Skeleton** defines character models, and animates them as in"
+" cutout animation (see  :ref:`Using the Skeleton Tool "
+"<using_the_skeleton_tool>`  )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:387
+msgid ""
+"|hook| **Hook** defines reference points to be used in the stage "
+"schematic to move an object, or link one object to another (see  "
+":ref:`Using Hooks <using_hooks>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:392
+msgid ""
+"|tracker| **Tracker** tracks specific regions in a sequence of images "
+"(see  :ref:`Tracking Points <tracking_points>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"|plastic| **Plastic** builds a mesh that allows to deform and animate a "
+"character or part of it (see  :ref:`Using Plastic tool "
+"<using_plastic_tool>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:402
+msgid ""
+"|zoom| **Zoom** zooms in and out the viewer content; after you click you "
+"can drag up to zoom in the work area, or drag down to zoom out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:407
+msgid ""
+"|hand| **Hand** pans over the viewer content; if the 3D view is "
+"activated, the Hand tool lets you pan over the 3D view as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:412
+msgid ""
+"|rotate| **Rotate** rotates the viewer content; if the 3D view is "
+"activated, the Rotate tool lets you change the point of view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:418
+msgid "Tool Options Bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:420
+msgid "|UI_tooloptionsbar|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:422
+msgid ""
+"The tool options bar displays settings for the current tool, if it has "
+"any."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:424
+msgid ""
+"For example it lets you set the thickness and other properties of the "
+"Brush tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:426
+msgid ""
+"If the tool options bar is too short to display all the tool options, it "
+"can be scrolled by using arrow buttons available at its ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:432
+msgid "Command Bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:434
+msgid "|UI_commandbar|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:436
+msgid ""
+"The Command Bar is a place where the user can display favorite OpenToonz "
+"tools and commands to have them readily available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:438
+msgid "The Command Bar pane can be docked in any part of the OpenToonz UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:440
+msgid ""
+"If the Command Bar is too short to display all the command buttons, a "
+"double-arrow symbol will appear at the right end of it, allowing to "
+"display a drop down menu with the rest of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:442
+msgid "**To display the Command Bar:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:444
+msgid "Choose Windows  →  Command Bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:446
+msgid "**To customize the Command Bar buttons:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:448
+msgid "Choose Windows  →  Command Bar to open the Command Bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:450
+msgid ""
+"Right click on it and select **Customize Command Bar** from the menu that"
+" opens. The Customize Command Bar window will open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:452
+msgid "|UI_commandbar_window|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:454
+msgid ""
+"To *add* a command: Search for a command in the **Toolbar Items** list "
+"(right) and drag it to the **Command Bar** list (left)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:456
+msgid ""
+"To *add* a separator: At the end of the **Toolbar Items** list (right), "
+"drag the **----Separator----** item to the **Command Bar** list (left)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:458
+msgid ""
+"To *delete* a command: Locate the command in the **Command Bar** list "
+"(left), right click on it and select **Remove** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:460
+msgid "Click **OK** to accept the changes or **Cancel** to discard them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:466
+msgid "Viewer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:468
+msgid "|UI_viewer|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:470
+msgid ""
+"The viewer is the work area where you can draw images and see at the same"
+" time the result of your compositing. It is endless and you can scroll, "
+"zoom in, zoom out and rotate it the way you prefer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:472
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:487
+msgid ""
+"It has different modes of visualization among which you can choose the "
+"more suitable to the operation you are performing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:474
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:489
+msgid ""
+"See  :ref:`Using the Viewer <using_the_work_area>`  and  :ref:`Previewing"
+" the Animation <previewing_the_animation>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:480
+msgid "ComboViewer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:482
+msgid "|UI_comboviewer|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:484
+msgid ""
+"The comboviewer integrates in a single pane a viewer, horizontal toolbar "
+"and a tool options bar. It's and alternative work area where you can draw"
+" images and see at the same time the result of your compositing. It is "
+"endless and you can scroll, zoom in, zoom out and rotate it the way you "
+"prefer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:495
+msgid "Xsheet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:497
+msgid "|UI_xsheet|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:499
+msgid ""
+"The Xsheet allows you to manage the scene content, in the same manner as "
+"the timeline. It is organized in columns, and columns are divided into "
+"cells, representing the content of that column in that particular frame. "
+"In the columns you can load animation levels, clips, images, audio files "
+"or other Xsheets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:501
+msgid ""
+"Each column has its own header containing information about its content. "
+"The column on the far left displays the frame number, with a cursor "
+"placed on the current frame. The headers area and the frame column are "
+"always visible, even when scrolling the Xsheet area; in this way it's "
+"easier to understand how the scene is built."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:503
+msgid "Frames are rendered reading images from left to right in each cell row."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:505
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:521
+msgid "See  :ref:`Working in Xsheet <working_in_xsheet>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:511
+msgid "Timeline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:513
+msgid "|UI_timeline|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:515
+msgid ""
+"The timeline allows you to manage the scene content, in the same manner "
+"as the Xsheet. It is organized in horizontal layers, and layers are "
+"divided into cells, representing the content of that layer in that "
+"particular frame. In the layers you can load animation levels, clips, "
+"images, audio files or other timelines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:517
+msgid ""
+"At the leftmost part each layer has its own header containing information"
+" about its content. At the top part of the timeline there is a time ruler"
+" that displays the frame number, with a cursor placed on the current "
+"frame. The headers area and the time ruler are always visible, even when "
+"scrolling the timeline area; in this way it's easier to understand how "
+"the scene is built."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:519
+msgid "Frames are rendered reading images from bottom to top in each cell column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:527
+msgid "History"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:529
+msgid "|UI_history|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:531
+msgid ""
+"The history pane, lets you check and undo/redo the history of the latest "
+"actions performed in the current OpenToonz scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:533
+msgid ""
+"See  :ref:`Assigning Memory for the Undo Operation "
+"<assigning_memory_for_the_undo_operations>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:539
+msgid "Record Audio"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:541
+msgid "|UI_recordaudio|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:543
+msgid ""
+"The record audio window, lets you record a live audio source, listen to "
+"it, and insert it into a new audio column of the Xsheet. The insertion "
+"point will be located at the right of the selected cell column, and "
+"starting at the selected cell frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:546
+msgid ""
+"Currently, this window cannot be docked to form part of a room, like the "
+"other ones in the Windows menu. Instead it must be opened as a floating "
+"window, when needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:552
+msgid "Customizing the Interface Appearance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:553
+msgid ""
+"The appearance of the OpenToonz interface can be customized to suit any "
+"production need by choosing a specific language and interface theme."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:555
+msgid ""
+"OpenToonz allows users to choose a specific language for the software "
+"interface, including menus, commands, tooltips, and on-screen messages. "
+"Currently available languages are: English, German, Spanish, French, "
+"Italian, Russian, Japanese and Chinese."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:557
+msgid ""
+"There are also several included themes to choose from: Default, Blue, "
+"Dark and Light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:561
+msgid "The OpenToonz interface theme set to Default and to Light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:563
+msgid ""
+"The interface themes are defined by means of a QSS file, whose concepts, "
+"terminology, and syntax are inspired by CSS files (HTML Cascading Style "
+"Sheets). The QSS files also refers to a set of PNG images that are used "
+"to create interface widgets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:565
+msgid ""
+"These files are stored in a folder named as the QSS file, and located in "
+"the ``C:\\OpenToonz stuff\\config\\qss``  folder on Windows and "
+"``OpenToonz stuff\\config\\qss``  folder on Macintosh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:567
+msgid "The QSS file for Macintosh is named with the _mac suffix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:569
+msgid ""
+"The QSS file can be edited with any text editor software, e.g. Notepad or"
+" TextEdit; the PNG images with any image editor software. Editing the QSS"
+" file requires some skill in CSS language, but some changes like colors "
+"of pane elements, can be easily done by expressing them with red, green "
+"and blue values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:571
+msgid ""
+"The QSS files defining the colors and the images used in the OpenToonz "
+"interface have to be written according to a specific syntax, otherwise "
+"OpenToonz interface will not be displayed properly. If you decide to edit"
+" a QSS file, make a backup copy first in case you need to revert the file"
+" to the original version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:573
+msgid "**To choose the interface language:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:575
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:583
+msgid "Choose File  →  Preferences  →  Interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:577
+msgid ""
+"In the Language* option menu choose the language you want to use in the "
+"interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:579
+msgid "Restart OpenToonz to have the interface in the selected language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:581
+msgid "**To choose the interface theme:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:585
+msgid "In the Theme option menu choose the style to be applied to the interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:587
+msgid "**To create a new theme:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:589
+msgid ""
+"Navigate to ``C:\\OpenToonz stuff\\config\\qss``  folder on Windows and "
+"``OpenToonz stuff\\config\\qss``  folder on Macintosh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:591
+msgid "Duplicate one of the already existing style folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:593
+msgid ""
+"Rename the folder and the QSS files inside it with the name you want to "
+"assign to the style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:595
+msgid "Edit the QSS file and the PNG images contained in the new folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:597
+msgid ""
+"The new style will be available in the Preferences dialog the next time "
+"you run OpenToonz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:599
+msgid "**To edit style QSS file:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:601
+msgid ""
+"Open and edit with a text editor software (e.g. Notepad or TextEdit) the "
+"QSS files available in the style folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:603
+msgid "**To edit style images:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/interface_overview.rst:605
+msgid ""
+"Open and edit with an image editor software the PNG files available in "
+"the style folder."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/keyboard_shortcuts.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/keyboard_shortcuts.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc106b48
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/keyboard_shortcuts.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/keyboard_shortcuts.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/keyboard_shortcuts.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e0c72b09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/keyboard_shortcuts.po
@@ -0,0 +1,795 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:4
+msgid "Keyboard Shortcuts"
+msgstr "میانبر های صفحه کلید"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:10
+msgid "Configuring Shortcuts"
+msgstr "پیکربندی میانبر ها"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12
+msgid "|configure_shortcuts_window|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Predefined shortcuts are available for OpenToonz tools, modifiers and "
+"menu commands. They can be customized, and new shortcuts can be added for"
+" undefined items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"Shortcuts are specific to each user, meaning that each user in the system"
+" can have a different set of shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18
+msgid "**To configure a shortcut:**"
+msgstr "**برای پیکربندی یک میانبر:**"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:30
+msgid "Choose File  →  **Configure Shortcuts...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"Search for the command or tool you want to configure the shortcut for in "
+"the appropriate folder, or by using the Search field at the top of the "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:34
+msgid "Select the command or tool name in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Press the keyboard key, or combination of keys, you want to assign as "
+"shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28
+msgid "**To remove a configured shortcut:**"
+msgstr "**برای حذف یک میانبر پیکربندی شده:**"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:36
+msgid "Click the Remove button."
+msgstr "روی دکمه Remove کلیک کنید."
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:42
+msgid "Predefined Keyboard Shortcuts"
+msgstr "میانبر های صفحه کلید از پیش تعریف شده"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"The following are **some** of the predefined shortcuts available in "
+"OpenToonz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:49
+msgid "**Tools**"
+msgstr "**ابزار ها**"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:51
+msgid "|animate|  Animate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:51
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:141
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:210
+msgid "**A**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:52
+msgid "|selection|  Selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:52
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:122
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:123
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:211
+msgid "**S**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:53
+msgid "|brush|  Brush"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:53
+msgid "**B**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:54
+msgid "|geometric|  Geometric"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:54
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:142
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:143
+msgid "**G**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:55
+msgid "|type|  Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:55
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:133
+msgid "**Y**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:56
+msgid "|fill|  Fill"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:56
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:98
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:162
+msgid "**F**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:57
+msgid "|eraser|  Eraser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:57
+msgid "**E**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:58
+msgid "|tape|  Tape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:58
+msgid "**T**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:59
+msgid "|style_picker|  Style Picker"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:59
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:163
+msgid "**K**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:60
+msgid "|RGB_picker|  RGB Picker"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:60
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:199
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:201
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:202
+msgid "**R**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:61
+msgid "|cpe|  Control Point Editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:61
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:135
+msgid "**C**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:62
+msgid "|pinch|  Pinch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:62
+msgid "**M**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:63
+msgid "|skeleton|  Skeleton"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:63
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:136
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:137
+msgid "**V**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:64
+msgid "|hook|  Hook"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:64
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:200
+msgid "**O**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:65
+msgid "|plastic|  Plastic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:65
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:134
+msgid "**X**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:66
+msgid "|zoom|  Zoom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:66
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:110
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:111
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:123
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:137
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:140
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:143
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:188
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:189
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:201
+msgid "**Shift**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:66
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:67
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:92
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:93
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:94
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:98
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:99
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:110
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:111
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:112
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:113
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:120
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:121
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:122
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:123
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:124
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:125
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:132
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:133
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:134
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:135
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:136
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:137
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:140
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:141
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:142
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:143
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:144
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:147
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:154
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:162
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:163
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:164
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:186
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:187
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:188
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:189
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:190
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:191
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:199
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:200
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:201
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:202
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:209
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:210
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:211
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:213
+msgid "**+**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:66
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:67
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:68
+msgid "**Space**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:67
+msgid "|rotate|  Rotate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:67
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:99
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:112
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:113
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:120
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:121
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:122
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:123
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:124
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:125
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:132
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:133
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:134
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:135
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:136
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:137
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:141
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:142
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:143
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:144
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:147
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:162
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:163
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:190
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:191
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:199
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:200
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:201
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:209
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:213
+msgid "**Ctrl/⌘ Cmd**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:68
+msgid "|hand|  Hand"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"If you **press and hold** a tool keyboard shortcut, you perform a "
+"temporary tool selection: when you release the key you will return to the"
+" previously selected tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:75
+msgid "**Tool Modifiers**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:77
+msgid "Brush Size - Decrease max"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:77
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:124
+msgid "**U**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:78
+msgid "Brush Size - Increase max"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:78
+msgid "**I**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:79
+msgid "Brush Size - Decrease min"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:79
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:209
+msgid "**H**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:80
+msgid "Brush Size - Increase min"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:80
+msgid "**J**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:81
+msgid "Rectangular/Normal type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:81
+msgid "**F5**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:82
+msgid "Frame Range"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:82
+msgid "**F6**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:83
+msgid "Selective"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:83
+msgid "**F7**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:84
+msgid "Segment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:84
+msgid "**F8**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:89
+msgid "**Visualization**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:91
+msgid "Actual Pixel Size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:91
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:120
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:154
+msgid "**N**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:92
+msgid "Fit to Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:92
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:93
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:98
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:154
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:164
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:186
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:187
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:202
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:210
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:211
+msgid "**Alt/⌥ Option**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:92
+msgid "**9**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:93
+msgid "Reset View"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:93
+msgid "**0**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:94
+msgid "Zoom in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:95
+msgid "Zoom out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:95
+msgid "**-**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:96
+msgid "Onion Skin Toggle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:96
+msgid "**/**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:97
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:212
+msgid "Maximize Panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:97
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:99
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:212
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:213
+msgid "**`**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:98
+msgid "Full Screen Mode"
+msgstr "حالت تمام صفحه"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:99
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:213
+msgid "Main Window Full Screen Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:104
+msgid "**Playback Controls**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:106
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:184
+msgid "Play"
+msgstr "پخش"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:106
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:184
+msgid "**P**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:107
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:185
+msgid "Loop"
+msgstr "لوپ"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:107
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:121
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:164
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:185
+msgid "**L**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:108
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:192
+msgid "Previous Drawing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:108
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:110
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:112
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:186
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:188
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:190
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:192
+msgid "**,**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:109
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:193
+msgid "Next Drawing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:109
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:111
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:113
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:187
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:189
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:191
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:193
+msgid "**.**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:110
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:188
+msgid "Previous Frame"
+msgstr "فریم قبلی"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:111
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:189
+msgid "Next Frame"
+msgstr "فریم بعدی"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:112
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:190
+msgid "Previous Keyframe"
+msgstr "کی فریم قبلی"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:113
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:191
+msgid "Next Keyframe"
+msgstr "کی فریم بعدی"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:118
+msgid "**File Menu**"
+msgstr "**منو File**"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:120
+msgid "New Scene"
+msgstr "صحنه جدید"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:121
+msgid "Load Scene..."
+msgstr "بارگذاری صحنه..."
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:122
+msgid "Save All"
+msgstr "ذخیره همه"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:123
+msgid "Save Scene"
+msgstr "ذخیره صحنه"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:124
+msgid "Preferences..."
+msgstr "تنظیمات..."
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:125
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "خروج"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:125
+msgid "**Q**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:130
+msgid "**Edit Menu**"
+msgstr "**منو Edit**"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:132
+msgid "Undo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:132
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:161
+msgid "**Z**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:133
+msgid "Redo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:134
+msgid "Cut"
+msgstr "کات"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:135
+msgid "Copy"
+msgstr "کپی"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:136
+msgid "Paste Insert"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:137
+msgid "Paste Insert Above/After"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:138
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "حذف"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:138
+msgid "**Del**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:139
+msgid "Insert"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:139
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:140
+msgid "**Ins**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:140
+msgid "Insert Above/After"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:141
+msgid "Select All"
+msgstr "انتخاب همه"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:142
+msgid "Group"
+msgstr "گروه کردن"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:143
+msgid "Ungroup"
+msgstr "لغو گروه"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:144
+msgid "Bring to Front"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:144
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:145
+msgid "**]**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:145
+msgid "Bring Forward"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:146
+msgid "Send Backward"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:146
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:147
+msgid "**[**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:147
+msgid "Send to Back"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:152
+msgid "**Level Menu**"
+msgstr "**منو Level**"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:154
+msgid "New Level..."
+msgstr "Level جدید..."
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:159
+msgid "**Xsheet Menu**"
+msgstr "**منو Xsheet**"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:161
+msgid "Set Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:162
+msgid "New FX..."
+msgstr "FX جدید..."
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:163
+msgid "Edit FX..."
+msgstr "ویرایش FX..."
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:164
+msgid "Apply Lip Sync Data to Column"
+msgstr "اعمال داده ی لیپ سینک روی Column"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:182
+msgid "**Play Menu**"
+msgstr "**منو Play**"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:186
+msgid "First Frame"
+msgstr "اولین فریم"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:187
+msgid "Last Frame"
+msgstr "آخرین فریم"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:197
+msgid "**Render Menu**"
+msgstr "**منو Render**"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:199
+msgid "Preview"
+msgstr "پیش نمایش"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:200
+msgid "Output Settings..."
+msgstr "تنظیمات خروجی..."
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:201
+msgid "Render"
+msgstr "رندر"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:202
+msgid "Fast Render to MP4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:207
+msgid "**Windows Menu**"
+msgstr "**منو Windows**"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:209
+msgid "History"
+msgstr "تاریخچه"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:210
+msgid "Record Audio"
+msgstr "ضبط صدا"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:211
+msgid "Startup Popup..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:218
+msgid "**Help Menu**"
+msgstr "**منو Help**"
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:220
+msgid "Online Manual..."
+msgstr "کتابچه راهنمای آنلاین..."
+
+#: ../../source/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:220
+msgid "**F1**"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/managing_palettes_and_styles.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/managing_palettes_and_styles.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/managing_palettes_and_styles.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/managing_palettes_and_styles.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/managing_palettes_and_styles.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1cec89b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/managing_palettes_and_styles.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2180 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:4
+msgid "Managing Palettes and Styles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In OpenToonz, Toonz Vector and Toonz Raster animation levels comes with "
+"their own palette, containing styles that can be used to *draw lines* and"
+" *paint lines and areas*. Raster levels, on the contrary, can be just "
+"edited by using the styles available in the **Raster Drawing Palette**, "
+"that is shared by all of the raster levels in the project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"In Toonz Vector and Toonz Raster levels, palette styles are interactively"
+" “linked” to drawn *lines* and filled *areas* by using indexes. The main "
+"advantage of this method is that if you edit a style of the palette, all "
+"the lines and filled areas using that style will be automatically "
+"updated. This allows you to change or calibrate colors, even after the "
+"painting process has been done, without having to correct the style line "
+"by line, or area by area in the image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In Raster levels, palette styles are simply used to draw or touch up the "
+"image, and no link exists between the styles and the already drawn lines."
+" This palette, named **Raster Drawing Palette**, is shared by all the "
+"Raster levels belonging to a specific project and is stored in the "
+"**+palettes**  project default folder (see  :ref:`Project Default Folders"
+" <project_default_folders>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"All the editing performed in palettes and styles is not saved until you "
+"save the related Toonz level, the palette itself, or the **Save All** "
+"command is used (see  :ref:`Saving Levels <saving_levels>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:17
+msgid "The Palette Editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"The Palette Editor displays the styles of the current animation level "
+"that are (or can be) used, to draw and paint the level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:21
+msgid "|palette|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"The default palette of any new **Toonz Vector** level contains only the "
+"plain black color; the default palette of a **Toonz Raster** level "
+"contains either the plain black color, for new levels, or the colors "
+"recognized during the cleanup process, for cleaned up levels from scans. "
+"Any palette always contains the **Color_0** item, that allows you to "
+"remove any style from *lines* and filled *areas*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:25
+msgid "Each palette can contain up to 4096 styles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:27
+msgid "Styles in the Palette Editor can be displayed in different modes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"**Small Thumbnails View** displays styles as small squares. The style "
+"index is displayed at the bottom right corner. Full name of the style can"
+" be displayed as a tooltip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"**Medium Thumbnails View** displays styles as medium squares. You can "
+"read the first letters of the name of the style directly inside the "
+"chips; the style index is displayed at the bottom right corner. Full name"
+" of the style can be displayed as a tooltip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"**Large Thumbnails View** displays styles as large squares. You can read "
+"the first letters of the name of the style directly inside the chips; the"
+" style index is displayed at the bottom right corner. Full name of the "
+"style can be displayed as a tooltip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"**List View** displays style thumbnails next to their names in a list; "
+"the index of the style is displayed as a tooltip. If the palette styles "
+"refer to a studio palette, its path will be displayed along with the "
+"style name (see  :ref:`Using the Studio Palette "
+"<using_the_studio_palette>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"By default the Palette editor is *active*, that means that it "
+"automatically displays the styles of the current animation level, but it "
+"can be made *inactive* in order not to be updated when you select a "
+"different level. In this way, by opening more than one Palette editor it "
+"will be possible to simultaneously compare and edit several palettes "
+"referring to different animation levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Palettes also can be saved as independent files in TPL format to be "
+"loaded back into the scene to retrieve colors, or to be used with the "
+"**External Palette** effect (see  :ref:`Using the File Browser "
+"<using_the_file_browser>`  and  :ref:`External Palette "
+"<external_palette>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Most of the palette editing described below can be applied to the "
+"**Palette** viewer available in the **Studio Palette** as well (see  "
+":ref:`Using the Studio Palette <using_the_studio_palette>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:43
+msgid "**To change the palette display mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:45
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:75
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:87
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:141
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:214
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:250
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:274
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:375
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:417
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:795
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:805
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:815
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:825
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Click the option button (|option|) on the right of the top bar of the "
+"**Palette Editor**, and choose a display mode from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Use the standard zoom **+** or **-** shortcut keys in the **Palette "
+"Editor** to increase or decrease the styles chips size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:52
+msgid "**To make the Palette editor inactive or active:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Switch** button (|switch|) on the right of the **Palette "
+"Editor** title bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:56
+msgid "**To save a palette with a different name in a different location:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Save Palette As** button (|save_as|) in the top bar of the "
+"**Palette Editor**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"In the browser that opens choose a location and name for the palette you "
+"want to save, and click the **Save** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"The **Save Palette As** command creates a copy of the palette with a "
+"different file name and location, but does not change the name and "
+"location of the palette used in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:68
+msgid "Arranging Palette Styles and Pages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Palette styles can be added, named, reordered and arranged in pages. They"
+" can be copied and pasted from one position to another, or from one "
+"palette to another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"When styles used for painting drawings are **Cut**, lines and areas "
+"painted with them will be displayed in **red**; if they are **Deleted**, "
+"you will be prompted whether to delete the styles only and show the lines"
+" and areas painted with them in red, or to delete the lines and areas "
+"painted with them as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:73
+msgid "**To select a style:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:77
+msgid "Click it in the **Palette Editor**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Use the number keys on the main or numerical keyboards to select the "
+"corresponding style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"When in **Medium/Large Thumbnails View** a visual cue of which key "
+"shortcut corresponds to which style is shown on the upper center of each "
+"style chip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"In case of having more than 10 styles in the current palette, you can use"
+" the **Tab key** on the keyboard to switch to the next bank of 10 styles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:85
+msgid "**To select multiple styles:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:89
+msgid "Shift-click to extend the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) to add a style to, or remove it from "
+"the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:93
+msgid "**To add a new style:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"Click the **New Style** button (|new_style|) in the top bar of the "
+"palette editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:97
+msgid "**To name a style:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"When styles are displayed in **Medium/Large Thumbnails View** or **List "
+"View** modes, double-click the style name to edit it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:101
+msgid "**To edit palette styles with the Edit menu commands:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:103
+msgid "Select the styles you want to edit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:105
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:316
+msgid "Do any of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Cut** command to eliminate selected styles from the palette and"
+" keep them in memory for further operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Copy** command to keep in memory selected styles for further "
+"operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Paste Insert** command to paste styles kept in memory in the "
+"palette, after the currently selected style. **Cut** styles will be added"
+" preserving their indexes; **Copied** styles will be added using new "
+"indexes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Paste Color & Name** command to paste styles kept in memory, "
+"over the styles selected in the palette, overwriting their content. If "
+"the selection contains less styles than those kept in memory, styles in "
+"excess will be ignored; if the selection contains more styles than those "
+"kept in memory, styles in excess will be left as they are."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Paste Color** command to paste the red, green, blue and alpha "
+"values of the styles kept in memory in the styles selected in the "
+"palette, preserving their name. If the selection contains less styles "
+"than those kept in memory, styles in excess will be ignored; if the "
+"selection contains more styles than those kept in memory, styles in "
+"excess will be left as they are."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Paste Name** command to paste the names of the styles kept in "
+"memory in the styles selected in the palette, preserving their colors. If"
+" the selection contains less styles than those kept in memory, styles in "
+"excess will be ignored; if the selection contains more styles than those "
+"kept in memory, styles in excess will be left as they are."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:119
+msgid "Use the **Delete** command to delete selected styles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"All the **Edit** menu commands are also available in the menu that opens "
+"when right-clicking the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:123
+msgid "**To move selected styles:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) and drag the selection to the new "
+"position; the insertion point is marked while you drag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:127
+msgid "**To move selected styles into a different page:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) and drag the selection to the tab of "
+"the page where you want to put selected styles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:131
+msgid "**To move styles into a new page:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) and drag the selection to the right of"
+" the last page tab: a new page will be created containing the dragged "
+"styles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:135
+msgid "**To remove all the unused styles:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the palette and choose **Remove Unused Styles** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:139
+msgid "**To add a new page:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:143
+msgid ""
+"Click the **New Page** button (|new_page|) in the top bar of the Palette "
+"Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the palette area where page tabs are displayed and choose "
+"**New Page** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:147
+msgid "**To name a page:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:149
+msgid "Double-click the page name to edit it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:151
+msgid "**To move a page:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:153
+msgid "Click and drag the page tab to the new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:155
+msgid "**To delete a page:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the page tab and choose **Delete Page** from the menu that "
+"opens. The current page cannot be deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:163
+msgid "Using the Studio Palette"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:165
+msgid "|studio_palette|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:167
+msgid ""
+"The Studio Palette allows you to store and manage an unlimited number of "
+"palettes. It is intended as a library of character and prop palettes "
+"related to one or more specific productions. From here Palettes, or "
+"Styles contained in them, can be *retrieved*, *assigned*, or *merged* to "
+"the current level palette, with no need to define the same styles again "
+"and again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"It consists of a Palette Tree and a Palette Viewer: the **Palette Tree** "
+"lists two main folders: **Global Palettes** and **Project Palettes**, and"
+" all the folders and palettes you add; the **Palette Viewer** displays "
+"the currently selected palette and allows you to edit it as a standard "
+"palette (see  :ref:`The Palette Window <the_palette_window>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:171
+msgid ""
+"Any level palette can be added to the Studio Palette; if a **Color "
+"Model** is defined for that level, it will be saved along with the "
+"palette and retrieved any time that palette will be assigned to a level "
+"(see  :ref:`Using a Color Model <using_a_color_model>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:173
+msgid ""
+"Palettes added to the **Global Palettes** folder will be available in the"
+" Studio Palette in any OpenToonz session, regardless of the current "
+"project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:175
+msgid ""
+"Palettes added to the **Project Palettes** folder will be available only "
+"when the current project is the relevant one. For example if your current"
+" project is *Production One*, and you add some palettes to the **Project "
+"Palettes** folder, those palettes will be available only when the current"
+" project is *Production One*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"If you want to add to the **Studio Palette** a series of palettes you "
+"have previously created and stored in a folder, you can also "
+"automatically retrieve them by searching that specific folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"Styles that are imported from the **Studio Palette** to the palette of "
+"the current level are marked with a *small white square*. This reference "
+"can be used to link styles to the original Studio Palette styles: the "
+"link can be activated or deactivated anytime for any selection of styles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:181
+msgid "|regular-imported-linked_style|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"When the link is activated, an arrow is displayed on the small white "
+"square, and the style will be updated according to the original Studio "
+"Palette style. When the link is deactivated, the style can be modified "
+"regardless of the original Studio Palette style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"Linking animation level palettes to the Studio Palette can assure color "
+"consistency for the whole production, because as soon as a change is "
+"needed, it can be done in the Studio Palette, automatically updating all "
+"the linked animation levels palettes and, consequently, drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"In the level palette, the information about which Studio Palette the "
+"palette styles refers to can be retrieved in the **List View** mode, "
+"where, next to the style thumbnails and names, the path to the source "
+"studio palette is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"When palettes are added to **Global Palettes**, they are copied to the "
+"**studiopalette**  folder located where OpenToonz projects are stored "
+"(see  :ref:`Setting up Projects <setting_up_projects>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:191
+msgid ""
+"When palettes are added to **Project Palettes**, they are copied to the "
+"**+palettes** folder you specified for the current project (see  "
+":ref:`Project Default Folders <project_default_folders>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"These folders can be used, for example, to move your Studio Palette, or "
+"the Project Palette, to a different network, or to make a backup copy of "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:196
+msgid "**To add an empty palette:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:198
+msgid "Select the folder where you want to create the new palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:200
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the folder where you want to locate the palette and choose "
+"**New Palette** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:202
+msgid "**To name a palette:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:204
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:236
+msgid "Double click its name and type a new name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:206
+msgid "**To view a palette in the Studio Palette:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:208
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:240
+msgid "Select it in the **Palette Tree**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:210
+msgid "**To add a level palette to the Studio Palette:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:212
+msgid "Select the level to display its palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Palette** button (|drag_palette|) in the top bar of the "
+"palette editor and drag the current palette to the **Studio Palette** "
+"folder where you want to locate it. The palette will retain its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:218
+msgid ""
+"Add an empty palette in the Studio Palette editor, right-click it and "
+"select **Replace with Current Palette** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:220
+msgid "**To add palettes by searching in a computer folder:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:222
+msgid ""
+"Select the folder where you want to place palettes retrieved during the "
+"search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:224
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the folder and select **Search for Palettes** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:226
+msgid "Browse to the computer folder you want to scan."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:228
+msgid "**To add a new folder:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:230
+msgid "Select the folder where you want to create the new folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:232
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the folder where you want to locate your new folder and "
+"choose **New Folder** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:234
+msgid "**To name a folder:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:238
+msgid "**To delete a palette or a folder:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:242
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the palette or the folder you want to delete and choose "
+"**Delete Palette** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:244
+msgid "**To rearrange palettes in the Studio Palette folders:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:246
+msgid "Click and drag the palette from the current location to the new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:248
+msgid ""
+"**To load a palette from the Studio Palette to the current level "
+"palette:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:252
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the palette, from the **Studio Palette Tree** to the "
+"**Palette** button (|drag_palette|) in the top bar of the **Palette "
+"Editor**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:254
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the palette you want to use and select **Load into Current "
+"Palette** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:256
+msgid ""
+"In case the palette misses some styles used to paint the level drawings, "
+"you will be prompted whether to delete the styles only and show the lines"
+" and areas painted with them in red, or to delete the lines and areas "
+"painted with them as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"**To reorder the current palette using a specific Studio Palette as "
+"reference:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:260
+msgid "Select the level that uses the palette that has to be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:262
+msgid ""
+"Select into the **Studio Palette** pane the palette you want to use as "
+"reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:264
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the palette and select **Adjust Current Level to This "
+"Palette**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:266
+msgid "Insert a **Tolerance** value in the window that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:268
+msgid ""
+"The **Tolerance** parameter defines the range of RGB values that will be "
+"used for matching colors from the curret palette to those of the Studio "
+"Palette. Default value of 0 means no range use, so just colors with the "
+"same RGB values will be reordered and all the others will be added as new"
+" colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:270
+msgid ""
+"All the colors of the Studio Palette will be transferred into the current"
+" palette, all of this colors will show the **Reference to Studio "
+"Palette** box. The colors that are used in both palettes will be ordered,"
+" for positon and color index, as in the reference Studio Palette. All the"
+" colors that are new into the curent palette will be moved after the last"
+" transferred color. Pages will be added when required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:272
+msgid ""
+"**To merge a palette from the Studio Palette to the current level "
+"palette:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the palette from the Studio Palette tree to the level "
+"palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:278
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the palette you want to use and select **Merge to Current "
+"Palette** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:280
+msgid "**To replace a palette from the Studio Palette with the current palette:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:282
+msgid ""
+"Select the palette you want modify in the Global Palette, or Project "
+"Palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:284
+msgid "Right-click the palette and select **Replace with Current Palette**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:286
+msgid ""
+"**To copy styles from the Studio Palette to the current level palette, "
+"and vice versa:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:288
+msgid ""
+"Select the palette in the Studio Palette to display it in the palette "
+"viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:290
+msgid "Select the styles you want to copy in one palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) and drag the selection to the other "
+"palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"If you drag the selection to the right of the last page tab, a new page "
+"will be created containing the dragged styles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:296
+msgid "**To activate a Style Link to the studio palette:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:298
+msgid "Select the styles that have been imported from the Studio Palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:300
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:306
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the selection and select **Toggle Link to Studio Palette** "
+"from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:302
+msgid "**To deactivate a style link to the Studio Palette:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:304
+msgid "Select the styles that have been linked to the Studio Palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:308
+msgid "**To remove style reference to the Studio Palette:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:310
+msgid "Select the styles that have a reference to the Studio Palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:312
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the selection and select **Remove Reference to Studio "
+"Palette** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:314
+msgid "**To resize the Studio Palette sections:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:318
+msgid "Click and drag the separator to resize sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:320
+msgid "Click and drag the separator towards the pane border to hide a section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:322
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the separator collapsed to the pane border towards the "
+"pane center to display again the hidden section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:328
+msgid "Animating Palettes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:329
+msgid ""
+"For Toonz Vector and Toonz Raster levels, colors in a palette can be "
+"animated and changed according to the frames of the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:331
+msgid ""
+"The animation is defined by keys that refer to the absolute timing of the"
+" Xsheet/Timeline: this means that there is no relation between the level "
+"length and the length of the animation of the palette colors. For example"
+" you can create a palette animated from frame 1 to 100 even if its level "
+"is only five frames long."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:333
+msgid ""
+"The color animation will always refer to the Xsheet/Timeline timing, even"
+" if you move the related level to a different frame range. For example, "
+"if you animate a palette from frame 1 to frame 20, and the level is "
+"exposed after frame 20, no color animation will be visible and the color "
+"used for the level will refer to the last key of the colors animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:335
+msgid ""
+"Keys are set for *all* the palette Colors and Settings (in the case of "
+"**Generated** styles and **Textures**) at once, and can be navigated "
+"directly in the **Palette Editor** (with the expected update of the "
+"viewer content) to check the color animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:337
+msgid "**To define a palette key:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:339
+msgid "Select in the Xsheet/Timeline the frame where you want to define the key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:341
+msgid "Click the **Key** button (|key|) in the top bar of the Palette Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:343
+msgid "**To check if the palette has a key at a specific frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:345
+msgid ""
+"Select the frame you want to check: if the **Key** button (|key|) in the "
+"top bar of the Palette Editor is blue, the colors have a key at the "
+"current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:347
+msgid "**To navigate the palette keys:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:349
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Previous Key** (|next_key|) and **Next Key** buttons "
+"(|prevkey|) available at the side of the key button in the top bar of the"
+" palette editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:351
+msgid "**To remove a palette key:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:353
+msgid ""
+"Do one of the following to select the frame you want to remove the key "
+"from:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:355
+msgid "Select it in the Xsheet frame column or the Timeline frame ruler."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:357
+msgid "Navigate the palette keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:359
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Key** button (|key|) in the top bar of the **Palette Editor**"
+" to remove it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:365
+msgid "Editing Styles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:367
+msgid ""
+"Palette styles can be modified with the Style Editor. There are four "
+"types of styles to choose from: **Color**, **Texture**, **Vector** and "
+"**Raster**. Under the **Vector** tab, there are the **Generated**, "
+"**Trail** and **Vector Brushes** categories, available for Toonz Vector "
+"levels only. For several types of styles, there is also control over "
+"various styles options in the **Settings** tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:369
+msgid ""
+"An **Auto** button lets you decide whether the edits have to be assigned "
+"automatically to the style, or only after you click on the **Apply** "
+"button. In the bottom right corner you can see swatches for the previous "
+"and new style status; if you want to go back to the previous style, "
+"simply click on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"Only the first style in the palette, labeled **Color_0**, cannot be "
+"edited: instead, it allows you to remove any style from lines and filled "
+"areas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:373
+msgid "**To open the Style Editor as a floating window:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:377
+msgid "Choose Windows  →  **Style Editor**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:379
+msgid "Double-click the style you want to edit in the Palette Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:381
+msgid "**To automatically apply the editing to the style:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:383
+msgid "Activate the **Auto** button in the Style Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:385
+msgid "**To apply manually the editing to the style:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:387
+msgid "Deactivate the **Auto** button in the Style Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:389
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Apply** button every time you want to apply the editing to "
+"the style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:391
+msgid "**To return to the old style cancelling the editing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Click the style swatch in the very bottom right corner of the Style "
+"Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:399
+msgid "Colors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:401
+msgid "|style_editor_color|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:403
+msgid ""
+"Colors can be defined either by Hue / Saturation / Value or the Red / "
+"Green / Blue values. They can be used for both drawing *lines* and "
+"filling *areas*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:405
+msgid ""
+"You can also set the opacity with the Alpha slider: the lower the value, "
+"the more transparent the color. You can check the opacity of the color "
+"with the checkerboard pattern visible beneath the color, whose visibility"
+" is proportional to the color transparency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:407
+msgid ""
+"To edit a color you can use either the sliders or the color wheel. To "
+"pick a color from the sliders or from the wheel, click it; to adjust "
+"values you can use the arrowhead buttons available at each slider ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:409
+msgid ""
+"Colors can also be picked from the Viewer content by using the **RGB "
+"Picker** tool (|RGB_picker|), whose **Type:** option lets you choose the "
+"following: **Normal**, to pick values of a color; **Rectangular**, to "
+"pick the average values of the colors included in the box you define; "
+"**Freehand**, to pick the average values of the colors included in the "
+"area you outline by clicking and dragging; and **Polyline**, to pick the "
+"average values of the colors included in the area you outline by defining"
+" a series of lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:411
+msgid ""
+"If the current style is not a plain color, the color you edit in the "
+"**Color** tab is the color used by the special style. If the special "
+"style uses more than one color, you can select the color to edit in the "
+"row of thumbnails available below the **Auto** and **Apply** buttons. "
+"(see  :ref:`Special Styles <special_styles>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:413
+msgid "**To pick the color from the viewer content:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:415
+msgid "Select the **RGB Picker** tool (|RGB_picker|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:419
+msgid "Click in the viewer to pick the needed color values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:421
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Rectangular**, then click and drag in the viewer to "
+"define a box which picks the average values of the colors included in the"
+" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:423
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Freehand**, then click and drag in the viewer to "
+"outline an area which picks the average values of the colors included in "
+"the area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:425
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Polyline**, then click in the viewer to outline an area"
+" by defining a series of lines and this will pick the average values of "
+"the colors included in the area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:431
+msgid "Textures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:433
+msgid "|style_editor_texture|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:435
+msgid ""
+"Textures can be used both for drawing *lines* and filling *areas*. They "
+"can be selected from a list available in the **Texture** tab, where your "
+"own textures can be added as well, or custom textures can be added by "
+"clicking the **Custom Texture** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:437
+msgid ""
+"Texture styles can be used both in Toonz Vector and Toonz Raster levels, "
+"but only when applied to Toonz Raster levels they react to the settings "
+"values in the **Settings** tab (see  :ref:`Texture Settings "
+"<texture_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:439
+msgid ""
+"Image sequences can also be loaded as textures, provided they follow the "
+"OpenToonz rules for being detected as such. In the case an image sequence"
+" is loaded as a texture their frames will change with each new frame of "
+"the Xsheet/Timeline, and will cycle when it reaches its last frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:441
+msgid "**To add a new texture to the Texture library:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:443
+msgid ""
+"Create the image you want to use as a texture with the following "
+"characteristics:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:445
+msgid ""
+"The number of pixels of the width and height of the image has to be equal"
+" to 2 to the power of any number (i.e. 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, "
+"etc.); if not, texture images will show stretched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:447
+msgid ""
+"The file has to be saved in any of the following formats: TIF, TGA, PNG, "
+"BMP, JPG, NOL, RGB and SGI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:449
+msgid ""
+"Save the texture file in one of the following folders: "
+"``<projectroot>\\library\\textures`` or ``Opentoonz "
+"stuff\\library\\textures`` (see  :ref:`Setting up Projects "
+"<setting_up_projects>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:455
+msgid "Custom Textures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:456
+msgid ""
+"Custom textures can be loaded for drawing both *lines* and filling "
+"*areas*. The custom texture will be saved into the Palette and its icon "
+"will be replaced with an icon of the loaded texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:459
+msgid "**To add a custom texture:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:461
+msgid "Select a style in the Palette editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:463
+msgid ""
+"Go in the **Texture** tab of the Style Editor and press the **Custom "
+"Texture** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:465
+msgid ""
+"Go in the **Settings** tab, use the **Load From File** field and choose "
+"the image (or image sequence) you want to use as texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:467
+msgid ""
+"In Toonz Raster levels, press the **Preview** button to visualize the "
+"texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:473
+msgid "Texture Mapping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:474
+msgid ""
+"Texture mapping is the way the texture is applied to the *lines* or "
+"*areas* using the style. It's applied differently either if the level is "
+"a Toonz Vector or Toonz Raster one:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:476
+msgid ""
+"**Toonz Vector**: Texture mapping is performed using the vector stroke "
+"parametric coordinates; this means that for *lines* the texture "
+"automatically “follows” the stroke's shape and thickness, whether for "
+"*areas* the texture image is tiled to cover the area painted with the "
+"style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:478
+msgid ""
+"**Toonz Raster**: Texture mapping is performed using standard mapping "
+"coordinates; this means that the texture image is tiled to cover the "
+"lines or areas painted with the style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:481
+msgid ""
+"A more powerful texture mapping can be performed by using the **Texture**"
+" and **Pinned Texture** special FX (see  :ref:`Toonz Level <toonz_level>`"
+"  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:487
+msgid "Texture Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:488
+msgid ""
+"Textures applied to styles used in Toonz Raster levels allow to set "
+"various parameters such as:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:490
+msgid ""
+"**Use As Pattern**, allows to use the brightness of the image to modulate"
+" the brightness of the plain Color of the style to which it is applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:492
+msgid ""
+"**Position**, allows to control how the texture is applied to the "
+"drawing. Options include: **Fixed** (the texture will be fixed and slide "
+"when the character moves), **Automatic** (the texture will follow the "
+"character's position during the animation) and **Random** (the texture "
+"position will change at each frame in a random way);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:494
+msgid "**Scale**, allows to set the scale of the texture pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:496
+msgid "**Rotation**, allows to set a rotation angle to the texture pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:498
+msgid ""
+"**X displ** and **Y displ**, allow to offset the texture pattern "
+"horizontally or vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:500
+msgid ""
+"**Contrast**, allows to change the contrast of the image applied as "
+"texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:506
+msgid "Generated Styles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:508
+msgid "|style_editor_generated|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:510
+msgid ""
+"Generated styles use a number of mathematical functions to create effects"
+" that can be used either for vector strokes or for filling areas defined "
+"by vectors. They can be selected from a list available in the Generated "
+"section of the Vector tab, where styles suitable for vector strokes have "
+"a thumbnail representing how they will look as a diagonal line; styles "
+"suitable for filling have a thumbnail representing the top right corner "
+"piece of an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:512
+msgid ""
+"Generated styles can simulate for instance a frieze, a leaf, or a pencil "
+"stroke along a vector, or allow you to fill areas with special effects "
+"such as polka dots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:514
+msgid ""
+"Generated styles can be customized by defining the parameters available "
+"in the Settings tab. This allows you to have many similar styles, each "
+"with a different configuration of settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:516
+msgid ""
+"Colors used by generated styles can be modified by using the Color tab "
+"available in the Style Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:518
+msgid ""
+"The first item available in the list allows you to remove the Generated "
+"style, in order to return it to a Color style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:520
+msgid "**To change colors used by a generated style:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:522
+msgid "Move to the Color tab in the Style Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:524
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:582
+msgid "Edit the color using the wheel and sliders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:526
+msgid ""
+"If the generated style uses more than one color, select the color to edit"
+" in the row of swatches available below the Auto and Apply buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:532
+msgid "Trail Styles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:534
+msgid "|style_editor_trail|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:536
+msgid ""
+"Trail styles are available for vector levels only. A trail style repeats "
+"an image or an animation level, created with OpenToonz or third party "
+"software, along the vectors of a vector level. Trail styles cannot be "
+"used to paint areas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:538
+msgid ""
+"In the Trail section on the Vector tab you can select the image or the "
+"animation level you want to use as a style. You can add to the list your "
+"own animation levels as well: both OpenToonz animation levels (PLI) and "
+"full-color images or sequences of full-color images (BMP, JPG, NOL, PIC, "
+"PICT, PCT, PNG, RGB, SGI, TGA, TIF and TIFF) are supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:540
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:564
+msgid ""
+"PLI levels are rendered according to the vector length and thickness, "
+"thus appearing jagged when zoomed in. If the output format is a vector "
+"one, then the PLI level will remain vector-based. (see  :ref:`Choosing "
+"the Output Settings <choosing_the_output_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:542
+msgid ""
+"The images are repeated changing their placement and size according to "
+"the vector’s shape and thickness. If the animation levels contains "
+"different drawings, they are repeated cyclically along the vector length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:544
+msgid ""
+"Parameters such as the distance between subsequent images along the "
+"vector and their rotation can be defined in the Settings tab (see  "
+":ref:`Settings <settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:546
+msgid "**To add a new custom style:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:548
+msgid ""
+"Create an image or an animation level with OpenToonz, or with third-party"
+" software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:550
+msgid ""
+"Save it in the folder ``Projectroot\\library\\custom styles`` (see  "
+":ref:`Setting up Projects <setting_up_projects>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:556
+msgid "Vector Brush Styles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:558
+msgid "|style_editor_vectorbrush|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:560
+msgid ""
+"Vector brush styles are available for vector levels only. A vector brush "
+"applies a vector image, created with OpenToonz, along the vector strokes "
+"of a vector level. Vector brush styles cannot be used to paint areas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:562
+msgid ""
+"In the Vector Brush section of the Vector tab, you can select the image "
+"you want to use as a style. You can add to the list your own PLI images "
+"as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:566
+msgid ""
+"The Vector Brush image is applyed to each stroke of the drawing that use "
+"this style according to the stroke’s shape and thickness. If the "
+"animation levels used as vector Brush contains different drawings, only "
+"the first one will be taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:568
+msgid ""
+"Colors used by vector brushes can be modified by using the Color tab "
+"available in the style editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:570
+msgid ""
+"The first item available in the list allows you to remove the Vector "
+"Brush in order to return it to a Color style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:572
+msgid "**To add a new vector brush:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:574
+msgid "Create a PLI level with OpenToonz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:576
+msgid ""
+"Save it in the folder ``Projectroot\\library\\vector brushes`` (see  "
+":ref:`Setting up Projects <setting_up_projects>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:578
+msgid "**To change colors used by a Vector Brush style:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:580
+msgid "Move to the **Color** tab in the Style Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:584
+msgid ""
+"If the Vector Brush uses more than one color, select the color to edit in"
+" the row of swatches available below the Auto and Apply buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:590
+msgid "Raster Brushes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:592
+msgid "|style_editor_raster|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:594
+msgid ""
+"Raster brushes are available to paint in Raster levels and, with some "
+"limitations, in Toonz Raster levels. They are essentially brushes "
+"compatible with the `MyPaint <http://mypaint.org/about/>`_ open source "
+"painting software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:596
+msgid ""
+"The Raster brushes use the **Color** from the current style as a base, "
+"and all its remaining options can be found in the **Settings** tab of the"
+" Style Editor pane (see  :ref:`Settings for Raster Brushes "
+"<settings_for_raster_brushes>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:598
+msgid ""
+"In Toonz Raster levels, currently only *additive* Raster brushes can be "
+"used (i.e. brushes that add paint to a level, not the ones that erase, "
+"blend or blur already painted strokes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:600
+msgid ""
+"In Toonz Raster levels, Raster brushes use only the **Opacity** values of"
+" the selected brush to paint with the current style color, and cannot use"
+" any of the other *Color related* settings of that brush."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:602
+msgid ""
+"In Toonz Raster levels, Raster brushes can only paint *lines* (they "
+"cannot be used to fill *areas*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:609
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:611
+msgid "|style_editor_settings|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:613
+msgid "The Settings tab is available for defining some style properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:615
+msgid ""
+"For Toonz Raster levels, it contains only the **Autopaint for Lines** "
+"option, that can be used to automatically paint border *lines* of an "
+"area, with the same color used to fill that *area* (see  :ref:`Using the "
+"Autopaint for Lines Option <using_the_autopaint_for_lines_option>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:617
+msgid ""
+"For Toonz Vector levels, it contains parameters only when the style is a "
+"**Generated** or **Trail** one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:619
+msgid ""
+"When the style is a **Generated** one, the Settings tab contains one or "
+"more sliders that allow you to finetune the predefined style to your "
+"needs. When the style is a **Trail** one, the Settings tab contains two "
+"sliders: **Distance** sets the space between two subsequent images of the"
+" animation level used as a trail; **Rotation** sets the angle of all the "
+"images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:621
+msgid ""
+"You can add the same **Generated** or **Trail** style as many times as "
+"you want, each time defining different settings for it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:627
+msgid "Settings for Raster Brushes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:629
+msgid "|style_editor_settings-raster|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:631
+msgid ""
+"Raster brushes have an extensive set of parameters to finetune their "
+"behaviour. These parameters can be changed in the Settings tab of the "
+"Style Editor pane. They include:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:634
+msgid "Basic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:636
+msgid ""
+"**Radius**, basic brush radius (logarithmic). 0.7 means 2 pixels; 3.0 "
+"means 20 pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:638
+msgid ""
+"**Radius by random**, alter the radius randomly in each dab. You can also"
+" do this with the by\\_random input on the radius setting. If you do it "
+"here, there are two differences:. 1) the opaque value will be corrected "
+"such that a big-radius dabs is more transparent. 2) it will not change "
+"the actual radius seen by dabs\\_per\\_actual\\_radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:640
+msgid "**Hardness**, hard brush-circle borders (setting to 0 will draw nothing)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:642
+msgid "**Pixel feather**, (info needed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:644
+msgid ""
+"**Eraser**, how much this tool behaves like an eraser. 0.0 for normal "
+"painting; 1.0 for standard eraser behavior; 0.5 pixels go towards 50% "
+"transparency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:646
+msgid ""
+"**Jitter**, add a random offset to the position where each dab is drawn. "
+"0.0 is disabled; 1.0 standard deviation is one basic radius away; \\<0.0 "
+"negative values produce no jitter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:648
+msgid ""
+"**Elliptical dab: angle**, this defines the angle by which elliptical "
+"dabs are tilted. 0.0 makes horizontal dabs; 45.0 produces 45 degree dabs,"
+" turned clockwise; 180.0 is horizontal again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:650
+msgid ""
+"**Elliptical dab: ratio**, aspect ratio of the dabs; must be \\>= 1.0, "
+"where 1.0 means a perfectly round dab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:652
+msgid ""
+"**Direction filter**, a low value will make the direction input adapt "
+"more quickly, a high value will make it smoother."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:654
+msgid "**Snap to pixel**, (info needed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:656
+msgid "**Pressure gain**, change the gain factor for the pressure of the brush."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:659
+msgid "Opacity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:661
+msgid ""
+"**Opacity**, 0 means brush is transparent; 1 fully visible. (also known "
+"as alpha)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:663
+msgid ""
+"**Opacity multiply**, this gets multiplied with Opacity. It is used for "
+"making opaque depend on pressure (or other inputs)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:665
+msgid ""
+"**Opacity linearize**, correct the nonlinearity introduced by blending "
+"multiple dabs on top of each other. This correction should get you a "
+"linear (\"natural\") pressure response when pressure is mapped to "
+"opaque\\_multiply, as it is usually done. 0.9 is good for standard "
+"strokes, set it smaller if your brush scatters a lot, or higher if you "
+"use dabs\\_per\\_second. 0.0 the **Opacity** value above is for the "
+"individual dabs; 1.0 the **Opacity** value above is for the final brush "
+"stroke, assuming each pixel gets (dabs\\_per\\_radius\\*2) brush dabs on "
+"average, during a stroke."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:667
+msgid "**Lock alpha**, (info needed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:670
+msgid "Dabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:672
+msgid ""
+"**Dabs per basic radius**, how many dabs to draw while the pointer moves "
+"a distance of 1 brush radius (i.e. the base value of the radius)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:674
+msgid ""
+"**Dabs per actual radius**, same as above but the radius actually drawn "
+"is used, which can change dynamically with pressure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:676
+msgid ""
+"**Dabs per second**, dabs to draw each second, no matter how far the "
+"pointer moves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:679
+msgid "Smudge"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:681
+msgid ""
+"**Smudge**, paint with the smudge color instead of the brush color. The "
+"smudge color is slowly changed to the color you are painting on. 0.0 do "
+"not use the smudge color; 0.5 mix the smudge color with the brush color; "
+"1.0 use only the smudge color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:683
+msgid ""
+"**Smudge length**, this controls how fast the smudge color becomes the "
+"color you are painting on. 0.0 immediately change the smudge color; 1.0 "
+"never change the smudge color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:685
+msgid "**Smudge radius**, (info needed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:688
+msgid "Speed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:690
+msgid ""
+"**Fine speed filter**, how slow the input fine speed is following the "
+"real speed. 0.0 change immediately as your speed changes (not "
+"recommended, but try it)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:692
+msgid ""
+"**Gross speed filter**, same as **Fine speed filter**, but note that the "
+"range is different."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:694
+msgid ""
+"**Fine speed gamma**, this changes the reaction of the **Fine speed** "
+"input to extreme physical speed. You will see the difference best if "
+"**Fine speed** is mapped to the radius. -8.0 very fast speed does not "
+"increase *Fine speed* much more; +8.0 very fast speed increases *Fine "
+"speed* a lot. For very slow speed the opposite happens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:696
+msgid "**Gross speed gamma**, same as **Fine speed gamma** for gross speed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:698
+msgid ""
+"**Offset by speed**, change position depending on pointer speed. = 0 "
+"disable; \\> 0 draw where the pointer moves to; \\< 0 draw where the "
+"pointer comes from."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:700
+msgid ""
+"**Offset by speed filter**, how slow the offset goes back to zero when "
+"the cursor stops moving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:703
+msgid "Tracking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:705
+msgid ""
+"**Slow position tracking**, slowdown pointer tracking speed. 0 disables "
+"it, higher values remove more jitter in cursor movements. Useful for "
+"drawing smooth, comic-like outlines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:707
+msgid ""
+"**Slow tracking per dab**, similar as above but at brushdab level "
+"(ignoring how much time has past, if brushdabs do not depend on time)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:709
+msgid ""
+"**Tracking noise**, add randomness to the mouse pointer; this usually "
+"generates many small lines in random directions; maybe try this together "
+"with **Slow tracking**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:712
+msgid "Stroke"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:714
+msgid ""
+"**Stroke threshold**, how much pressure is needed to start a stroke. This"
+" affects the stroke input only. OpenToonz does not need a minimal "
+"pressure to start drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:716
+msgid ""
+"**Stroke duration**, how far you have to move until the stroke input "
+"reaches 1.0. This value is logarithmic (negative values will not inverse "
+"the process)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:718
+msgid ""
+"**Stroke hold time**, this defines how long the stroke input stays at "
+"1.0. After that it will reset to 0.0 and start growing again, even if the"
+" stroke is not yet finished.. 2.0 means twice as long as it takes to go "
+"from 0.0 to 1.0; 9.9 and bigger stands for infinite."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:721
+msgid "Color"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:723
+msgid "**Color hue**, (info needed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:725
+msgid "**Color saturation**, (info needed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:727
+msgid "**Color value**, (info needed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:729
+msgid ""
+"**Change color hue**, change color hue. -0.1 small clockwise color hue "
+"shift; 0.0 disable; 0.5 counterclockwise hue shift by 180 degrees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:731
+msgid ""
+"**Change color lightness (HSL)**, change the color lightness (luminance) "
+"using the HSL color model. -1.0 blacker; 0.0 disable; 1.0 whiter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:733
+msgid ""
+"**Change color satur. (HSL)**, change the color saturation using the HSL "
+"color model. -1.0 more grayish; 0.0 disable; 1.0 more saturated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:735
+msgid ""
+"**Change color value (HSV)**, change the color value (brightness, "
+"intensity) using the HSV color model. HSV changes are applied before HSL "
+"ones. -1.0 darker; 0.0 disable; 1.0 brighter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:737
+msgid ""
+"**Change color satur. (HSV)**, change the color saturation using the HSV "
+"color model. HSV changes are applied before HSL ones. -1.0 more grayish; "
+"0.0 disable; 1.0 more saturated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:739
+msgid "**Save color**, (info needed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:741
+msgid "**Colorize**, (info needed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:744
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:746
+msgid ""
+"**Custom input**, set the custom input to this value. If it is slowed "
+"down, move it towards this value (see below). The idea is that you make "
+"this input depend on a mixture of pressure/speed/whatever, and then make "
+"other settings depend on this 'custom input' instead of repeating this "
+"combination everywhere you need it. If you make it change *by random* you"
+" can generate a slow (smooth) random input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:748
+msgid ""
+"**Custom input filter**, how slow the custom input actually follows the "
+"desired value (the one above). This happens at brushdab level (ignoring "
+"how much time has past, if brushdabs do not depend on time). 0.0 no "
+"slowdown (changes apply instantly)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:754
+msgid "Changing the Type of Style"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:755
+msgid ""
+"When you select a Color, Texture, Generated, Trail, Vector Brush or "
+"Raster brush style in the Style Editor, you automatically assign it to "
+"the current style, thus changing its style type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:757
+msgid ""
+"A different case is when you want to *change back* from a **Generated**, "
+"**Vector Brush** or **Raster** brush style to a **Color** one, because "
+"when the current style is one of those types, the Color tab is used for "
+"setting their colors. So, in this case you first have to remove the "
+"Generated, Vector Brush or Raster brush styles by using the first swatch "
+"available in the swatch list, and then move to the **Color** tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:759
+msgid ""
+"Also note that when you change from a style suitable for both *lines* and"
+" *areas* to a style suitable only for *lines*, the *areas* painted with "
+"that style will become invisible, and vice versa. For example if you "
+"change a style from Color to Trail, all areas painted with that style "
+"will become invisible. If you modify the style so that it's suitable "
+"again for *lines* and *areas*, the invisible parts will become visible "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:761
+msgid "**To change the type of style from Color to any other:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:763
+msgid "Choose an item in the **Texture**, **Vector** or **Raster** tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:765
+msgid "**To change the type of style back to Color:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:767
+msgid ""
+"Choose the *Color* tab and start moving a slider or the selector in the "
+"color wheel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:769
+msgid ""
+"**To change the type of style from Generated, Vector Brush or Raster "
+"brush back to color:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:771
+msgid ""
+"In the **Generated**, **Vector Brush** or **Raster** brush sections of "
+"the Style Editor select the first style in the list (the top-left most "
+"one) to remove any special type from the current style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:773
+msgid ""
+"Choose the **Color** tab and start moving a slider or the selector in the"
+" color wheel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:779
+msgid "Editing Several Styles at the Same Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:781
+msgid ""
+"You can modify several styles at the same time by using the **Palette "
+"Gizmo**. It allows you to scale or shift the value, saturation, hue and "
+"alpha of the selected styles, blend them, or fade them to a specific "
+"color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:783
+msgid "|palette_gizmo|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:785
+msgid ""
+"Only the **Color** styles are affected by the **Palette Gizmo** editing "
+"and the blending. e.g. Generated and Trail styles will not be affected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:787
+msgid "**To open the Palette Gizmo:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:789
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the selected styles and choose **Palette Gizmo** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:791
+msgid "**To change the value of the selected styles:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:793
+msgid ""
+"Set the percentage of variation or the shift magnitude you want to apply "
+"to the styles value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:797
+msgid ""
+"Click the **+** button to increase the value on the set percentage or "
+"shift magnitude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:799
+msgid ""
+"Click the **-** button to decrease the value on the set percentage or "
+"shift magnitude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:801
+msgid "**To change the saturation of the selected styles:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:803
+msgid ""
+"Set the percentage of variation or the shift magnitude you want to apply "
+"to the styles saturation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:807
+msgid ""
+"Click the **+** button to increase the saturation on the set percentage "
+"or shift magnitude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:809
+msgid ""
+"Click the **-** button to decrease the saturation on the set percentage "
+"or shift magnitude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:811
+msgid "**To change the hue of the selected styles:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:813
+msgid "Set the shift magnitude you want to apply to the styles hue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:817
+msgid "Click the **+** button to increase the hue on the set shift magnitude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:819
+msgid "Click the **-** button to decrease the hue on the set shift magnitude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:821
+msgid "**To change the alpha of the selected styles:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:823
+msgid ""
+"Set the percentage of variation or the shift magnitude you want to apply "
+"to the styles alpha."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:827
+msgid ""
+"Click the **+** button to increase the alpha on the set percentage or "
+"shift magnitude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:829
+msgid ""
+"Click the **-** button to decrease the alpha on the set percentage or "
+"shift magnitude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:831
+msgid "**To blend selected styles:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:833
+msgid "Select a set of styles in the **Palette Editor**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:835
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Blend** button: style colors will be blended from the first "
+"to the last color of the selected styles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:837
+msgid "**To fade the selected styles to a specific color:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:839
+msgid ""
+"Choose the color you want to fade the selection to by doing one of the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:841
+msgid "Set the **Red**, **Green** and **Blue** values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:843
+msgid ""
+"Click the color thumbnail and use the Style Editor to edit it (see  "
+":ref:`Plain Colors <plain_colors>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:845
+msgid "Set the percentage of the fading you want to apply to the styles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:847
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Fade** button to fade styles to the set color, according to "
+"the set percentage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:853
+msgid "Using the Name Editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:855
+msgid ""
+"The **Name Editor** allows to systematize the naming of styles used in a "
+"production, by defining preset names for **Character**, **Part** and "
+"**Suffix**. In that way, styles in a palette can easily be given "
+"significant names that will ease its use later on the production."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:857
+msgid "|name_editor|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:859
+msgid ""
+"Currently there's no standard separator character inserted between the "
+"different preset names used, so if you want to have those separated by an"
+" underscore, for example, you should insert that character at the "
+"beginning or end of the different names in each category, as shown in the"
+" image above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:861
+msgid "**To open the Name Editor:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:863
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the **Palette Editor** and choose **Name Editor** from the"
+" menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:865
+msgid "**To delete a preset name:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_palettes_and_styles.rst:867
+msgid ""
+"Right-click over the desired *preset name* and choose **Remove** from the"
+" menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/managing_projects.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/managing_projects.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a6491c1
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/managing_projects.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/managing_projects.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/managing_projects.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a36a2c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/managing_projects.po
@@ -0,0 +1,840 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:4
+msgid "Managing Projects"
+msgstr "مدیریت پروژه ها"
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Projects are an easy way to manage scenes and files used in them. They "
+"allow you to organize your production material not only by defining "
+"default settings used throughout the production, but also default folders"
+" where files will be automatically saved, and from where they will be "
+"retrieved when needed. This means that, for example, as soon as you scan "
+"drawings, they will be saved automatically in the input default folders "
+"you specified for your project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"The main advantage of managing the production through projects, is that a"
+" consistency of production settings and production material can be "
+"achieved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"The consistency of production settings is achieved because all the scenes"
+" of a projects, as soon as they are created, inherit all the settings "
+"from the project (see  :ref:`Setting Up a Scene <setting_up_a_scene>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"The right use of production material is achieved because once you have "
+"defined a production structure through projects, all the scenes are able "
+"to save and retrieve files by using the project default folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:16
+msgid "Setting the Projectroot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The projectroot is the folder where the project information and database "
+"are stored; it is displayed in the OpenToonz browser as one of the main "
+"folders with the related path in brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"The default value is ``C:\\OpenToonz stuff\\projects``  on Windows and "
+"``/Applications/OpenToonz/OpenToonz stuff/projects``  on Macintosh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"If your production has to be managed on more than one computer on a "
+"network, you can share the same project database on all the computers you"
+" want, by defining the same projectroot on each computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to define more than one projectroot if needed: in "
+"this case projectroot folders will be visible in the OpenToonz browser, "
+"each with the related path in brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:27
+msgid "|additional_project_locations|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"The projectroot information can be changed at any moment, for instance if"
+" you need to move the project database files from one computer to "
+"another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:31
+msgid "**To set the projectroot on Windows:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:33
+msgid "Open the Run application dialog by selecting Run from the Start menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"Type ``regedit``  in the text box and click OK. This will open the "
+"Registry Editor application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"Navigate to the ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\OpenToonz\\OpenToonz`` "
+"and double-click TOONZPROJECTS in the right part of the window: the Edit "
+"String dialog opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:39
+msgid "Enter the new path for the projectroot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:41 ../../source/managing_projects.rst:51
+msgid "Click OK and exit from the Registry Editor application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:43 ../../source/managing_projects.rst:53
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:76
+msgid "Restart OpenToonz to make the change effective."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:45
+msgid "**To add a projectroot on Windows:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Open the registry editor to edit the TOONZPROJECTS registry as described "
+"above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"Enter the path for the new projectroot, separated by a semicolon (e.g. "
+"``C:\\production01;D:\\production02`` )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:55
+msgid "**To set the projectroot on Macintosh:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the OpenToonz icon in the ``Applications/OpenToonz`` folder, "
+"and choose Show Package Contents from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"In the folder that opens browse to the ``Contents/Resources``  folder and"
+" open the ``SystemVar.ini``  file with a text editor application, such as"
+" TextEdit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"3. Look for the following line where the projectroot is defined: "
+"``TOONZPROJECTS=”/Applications/OpenToonz/OpenToonz stuff/projects”``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:64
+msgid "Change the path in inverted commas by typing a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:66 ../../source/managing_projects.rst:74
+msgid "Save the ``SystemVar.ini``  file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:68
+msgid "**To add a projectroot on Macintosh:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"Open the configuration file to edit the TOONZPROJECTS variable as "
+"described above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"Change the path in inverted commas by adding a new path for the new "
+"projectroot, separated by a semicolon (e.g. "
+"``/Applications/OpenToonz/OpenToonz stuff/production01`` ``;`` "
+"``/Applications/OpenToonz/OpenToonz stuff/production02`` )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:81
+msgid "Setting up Projects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:82
+msgid "|new_project|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"When you define a new project you can specify its default folders, while "
+"its default settings will be inherited from the current project. Default "
+"folders and settings can be modified at any time to satisfy new "
+"production needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"Project information is stored in an XML file named as the project with "
+"the ``_otprj``  suffix, in a folder named as the project located in the "
+"projectroot (see  :ref:`Setting the Projectroot "
+"<setting_the_projectroot>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"Projects can be organized in folders and can contain sub-projects that "
+"can be browsed in the OpenToonz file browser. This allows you to "
+"customize the project structures in order to follow your production "
+"needs, for instance creating a folder for each episode, then a project "
+"for each scene belonging to that episode. As the project browser will "
+"display the project tree and all the folders contained in the "
+"projectroot, you can also organize your folder structure in the "
+"projectroot by using the OS file system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"There is always one current project selected in the project browser: when"
+" you start working on a scene, automatically it will belong to the "
+"current project, inheriting its settings and default folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"If you want a new scene to be part of a new project, first you have to "
+"define a new project. If you want it to be part of a previously created "
+"project, first you have to set that project as the current one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"If you want to use the farm for rendering scenes, all the server "
+"(rendering) nodes of the farm have to share the same projectroot (see  "
+":ref:`Installing the Toonz Farm on Windows "
+"<installing_the_toonz_farm_on_windows>`  ) and all the drives containing "
+"the projects database, have to be shared on the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:96
+msgid "**To create a new project:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:98
+msgid "Choose File  →  New Project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"Select the projectroot or repository (see  :ref:`Configuring the Version "
+"Control in OpenToonz <configuring_the_version_control_in_toonz>`  ), and "
+"the project or folder where you want to create the new project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"Type the name of the project and set the path to the folders you want to "
+"use as default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:104
+msgid "Click the OK button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:106
+msgid "**To change the current project:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"Click the small round button on the left of the project name in the "
+"project tree available in the OpenToonz file browser. It becomes red when"
+" selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:110
+msgid "**To add a scene to a project:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:112
+msgid "Set the project as the current one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:114
+msgid "Choose File  →  New Scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:116
+msgid "**To change project default folders:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:118
+msgid "Select File  →  Project Settings and change default folders paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"When changing default folders, scenes previously created in the same "
+"project may fail retrieving used files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:126
+msgid "Project Default Folders"
+msgstr "پوشه های پیش فرض پروژه"
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"Projects have default folders where scanned drawings, painted drawings, "
+"scenes, rendered frames and palettes are automatically saved. These "
+"folders are shared by all of the scenes created for that particular "
+"project, and are labelled in the following way:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"**+inputs** is the folder where all scanned drawings are saved (as TIF "
+"files)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"**+drawings** is the folder where OpenToonz cleaned up drawings, drawings"
+" made directly in OpenToonz and imported OpenToonz drawings are saved "
+"(TLV and PLI files)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"**+scenes** is the folder where the OpenToonz scenes are saved (TNZ "
+"files)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"**+extras** is the folder where all the imported non-OpenToonz levels, "
+"images and audio files are saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:137
+msgid "**+outputs** is the folder where rendered images are saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:139
+msgid ""
+"**+palettes** is the folder where the project palettes of the studio "
+"palette are saved, and where the Raster Drawing Palette, shared by all "
+"the raster levels belonging to the project, is stored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:141
+msgid ""
+"For each of these folders you can specify different locations on your "
+"computer network depending on the way you set up the storage of your "
+"production material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:143
+msgid ""
+"Absolute or relative paths can be specified for the default folders "
+"definition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"If you specify an absolute path, the folders will be created, when "
+"needed, where specified. For example you can set **+drawings** to be "
+"``C:\\production\\drawings01`` on Windows, or ``/Volume/Macintosh "
+"HD/production/drawing01``  on Macintosh: this means that the OpenToonz "
+"drawn and cleaned up levels will be automatically saved in "
+"``C:\\production\\drawings01`` on Windows, or in ``/Volume/Macintosh "
+"HD/production/drawing01``  on Macintosh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"If you specify a relative path, all the folders you specify in the path "
+"will be created, when needed, in the project folder under the selected "
+"projectroot or repository (see  :ref:`Configuring the Version Control in "
+"OpenToonz <configuring_the_version_control_in_toonz>`  ). For example, "
+"for the project myproject, you can set **+drawings** to be "
+"``sequence01\\mydrawings`` : this means that the OpenToonz drawn and "
+"cleaned up levels will be automatically saved in the "
+"``myproject\\sequence01\\mydrawings``  folder located in the selected "
+"projectroot or repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"The $scenepath variable can also be used to automatically create specific"
+" folders according to the scene you are working on. The variable can be "
+"either appended to the specified paths, or used in the path definition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"The labels of the default folders you can find in the project settings "
+"(i.e. **+drawings**, **+extras**, etc.) can be used as aliases in "
+"OpenToonz. For example if some material is retrieved from the extras "
+"default folder, its loading path will contain the alias **+extras**. They"
+" can be also used when you need to specify a saving path, for example in "
+"the Path field of the New Level dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"When in a scene you load material not located in the current project "
+"folders, you can choose whether to import files, that is to say copy them"
+" in the related project folders, or to create a link with the external "
+"file. The link is defined by an absolute path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"Files loaded in a scene without importing can be imported later on at "
+"once by using the Collect Assets feature (see  :ref:`Collecting Assets "
+"<collecting_assets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"All shared disks involved in the folder definitions, i.e. disks where "
+"production material has to be written and read, must be shared granting "
+"full permissions to any user, otherwise the exchange of files will not "
+"succeed. For Windows, disks must have a Share Permission set to Full "
+"Control for Everyone; for Macintosh, the sharing settings must allow any "
+"user to read from and write to disks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:159
+msgid ""
+"When no project is defined, the ``OpenToonz stuff/sandbox`` project is "
+"used by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:161
+msgid "**To set default folders for a new project:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:163
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:165
+msgid "Type the path to the folder you want to use as default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:167
+msgid ""
+"Use the browser button on the right of each text field, to set the folder"
+" you want to use as default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:173
+msgid "Adding Custom Default Folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"Besides the basic default folders you can also add your own default "
+"folders, and use the related aliases, by defining a TXT file named "
+"``project_folders.txt``  in the ``OpenToonz stuff\\profiles``  folder. In"
+" this file you can also change the order of the folders already available"
+" to change the way they are listed in the project settings dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:176
+msgid "The following is an example of a ``projectfolders.txt``  file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:178
+msgid "inputs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:179
+msgid "drawings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:180
+msgid "backgrounds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:181
+msgid "scenes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:182
+msgid "extras"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:183
+msgid "outputs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:184
+msgid "palettes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:185
+msgid "3D"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"where the **+backgrounds** and **+3D** aliases were added to the default "
+"ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:190
+msgid "**To add more default folders to projects:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:192
+msgid "Open the ``OpenToonz stuff\\profiles\\project_folders.txt``  file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"List the default folders you want to define, one per line, and save the "
+"file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:200
+msgid "Using the $scenepath Variable in Folder Definition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"The $scenepath variable can also be used in the definition of the "
+"**+inputs**, **+drawings**, and **+extras** aliases when typing the "
+"default folder path. In this case the path where you save the current "
+"scene will replace the $scenepath variable in the path definition, with "
+"the needed folders automatically created during the saving process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:203
+msgid ""
+"For example if **+drawings** is ``$scenepath\\mydrawings,`` and you save "
+"the scene scene01 in ``+scenes\\seq01`` , OpenToonz drawn or cleaned up "
+"levels for that scene will be saved in ``seq01\\scene01\\mydrawings`` ; "
+"when you save the scene scene02, in ``seq01\\scene02\\mydrawings`` ; and "
+"so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"In this way the needed default folders are automatically created with the"
+" same given name (mydrawings), one for each scene, according to the path "
+"used when saving the scene. As a consequence, if the variable is used in "
+"this way for all the aliases, all the files related to a scene will be "
+"stored in a folder named as the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:207
+msgid "|scenepath_variable|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:209
+msgid ""
+"A second example: if **+drawings** is ``mydrawings\\$scenepath,`` when "
+"you save the scene scene01 in ``+scenes\\seq01`` , OpenToonz drawn or "
+"cleaned up levels for that scene will be saved in "
+"``mydrawings\\seq01\\scene01`` ; when you save the scene scene02, in "
+"``mydrawings\\seq01\\scene02`` ; and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"In this case the needed default folders are automatically created with "
+"the name and path of folders used when saving the scene, inside the path "
+"specified (mydrawings). As a consequence, if the variable is used in this"
+" way for all the aliases, all the files used in the project will be "
+"stored in a main folder for each alias, whose content is divided into "
+"folders named as the scenes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"The definition of the **+palettes** alias cannot include $scenepath, as "
+"the palettes refer to the whole project, not to specific scenes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:215
+msgid ""
+"It is not possible to use at the same time for an alias the $scenepath "
+"variable in folder definition and the Append $scenepath option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:221
+msgid "Using the Append $scenepath Option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:222
+msgid ""
+"The Append $scenepath option is available for the **+inputs**, "
+"**+drawings** and **+extras** aliases. If you activate the Append "
+"$scenepath option for an alias, the path where you save the current scene"
+" will be added to the path of the alias, with the needed folders "
+"automatically created during the saving process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:224
+msgid ""
+"For example if **+drawings** is ``mydrawings`` , and you save the scene "
+"scene01 in ``+scenes\\seq01`` , OpenToonz drawn or cleaned up levels for "
+"that scene will be saved in ``mydrawings\\seq01\\scene01`` ; if you save "
+"the scene scene02 in ``+scenes\\seq01`` , OpenToonz drawn or cleaned up "
+"levels for that scene will be saved in ``mydrawings\\seq01\\scene02`` ; "
+"and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:226
+msgid "|append_scenepath|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:228
+msgid ""
+"This allows OpenToonz to create scene-related folders automatically when "
+"saving OpenToonz files or importing external files, while allowing the "
+"use of the generic aliases **+drawings**, **+inputs** and **+extras**, no"
+" matter where levels are loaded from within the current project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"When a scene is saved in the **+scenes** folder, the value for $scenepath"
+" is the scene name; for example if you save the scene scene02 in "
+"**+scenes**, $scenepath will be scene02."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:232
+msgid ""
+"It is not possible to use for an alias the Append $scenepath option and "
+"at the same time the $scenepath variable in defining the related folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:238
+msgid "Using the Project Browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:239
+msgid ""
+"The project browser is available at the end of the file browser tree. It "
+"lists all of the projects that have been created, whose actual location "
+"is in the projectroot that was defined in the initial installation of "
+"OpenToonz. The projectroot value is displayed in brackets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:241
+msgid "The name of the folders which the aliases point to are displayed in blue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:243
+msgid ""
+"In case more than one projectroot is defined, each will be listed with "
+"the related projectroot value in brackets (see  :ref:`Setting the "
+"Projectroot <setting_the_projectroot>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:248
+msgid "Default Folders with Relative Paths"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:249
+msgid ""
+"When default folders are defined by using a relative path, in the project"
+" browser you will see all the folders specified in the path under the "
+"projectroot, and the project folders tree will be the same of the file "
+"system tree. The folders that are the target of the paths are displayed "
+"in blue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:251
+msgid ""
+"For example, for the project Project01, with **+drawings** that is "
+"``section01\\prod drawings`` , the project browser will display the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:256
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:265
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:273
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:282
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:294
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:304
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:312
+msgid "Projects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:256
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:265
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:273
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:282
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:294
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:304
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:312
+msgid "Project01"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:256
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:265
+msgid "section01"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:256
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:273
+msgid "**prod drawings**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:258
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:298
+msgid ""
+"If the option Append $scenepath is activated, and you save the scene "
+"scene01 in ``+scenes\\seq01`` , the project browser will display the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:265
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:282
+msgid "prod drawings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:265
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:273
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:282
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:304
+msgid "seq01"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:265
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:281
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:304
+msgid "**scene01**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:267
+msgid ""
+"If the $scenepath is used in the folder definition, with +drawings that "
+"is ``$scenepath\\prod drawings,`` and you save the scene scene01 in "
+"``+scenes\\seq01`` , the project browser will display the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:273
+msgid "scene01"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:275
+msgid ""
+"If the $scenepath is used in the folder definition, with +drawings that "
+"is ``mydrawings\\$scenepath,`` and you save the scene scene01 in "
+"``+scenes\\seq01`` , the project browser will display the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:287
+msgid "Default Folders with Absolute Paths"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:288
+msgid ""
+"When default folders are defined by using an absolute path, in the "
+"project browser you will see only the related aliases, whatever their "
+"location on the network is. In this way you can quickly access the "
+"production material without browsing the computer, or the network. The "
+"aliases are displayed in blue, because they are the location the default "
+"folders paths point to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:290
+msgid ""
+"For example, for the project Project01, with **+drawings** that is "
+"``C:\\production\\prod drawings`` on Windows, or ``/Volume/Macintosh "
+"HD/production/prod drawings`` on Macintosh, the project browser will "
+"display the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:294
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:312
+msgid "**+drawings**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:296
+msgid ""
+"where **+drawings** is an alias for ``C:\\production\\prod drawings`` on "
+"Windows, or ``/Volume/Macintosh HD/production/prod drawings`` on "
+"Macintosh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:304
+msgid "\\+drawings \\"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:306
+msgid ""
+"If the $scenepath is used in the folder definition, with **+drawings** "
+"that is ``C:\\$scenepath\\prod drawings`` on Windows, or "
+"``/Volume/Macintosh HD/$scenepath/prod drawings`` on Macintosh, and you "
+"save the scene scene01 in ``+scenes\\seq01`` , the project browser will "
+"display the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:312
+msgid "\\+scenes \\"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:312
+msgid "scene01.tnz"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:314
+msgid ""
+"with **+drawings** that is ``C:\\seq01\\scene01\\prod drawings`` on "
+"Windows, or ``/Volume/Macintosh HD/seq01/scene01/prod drawings`` on "
+"Macintosh, and is located under the related scene file (TNZ format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/managing_projects.rst:316
+msgid ""
+"If the $scenepath is used in the folder definition, with **+drawings** "
+"that is ``C:\\prod drawings\\$scenepath`` on Windows, or "
+"``/Volume/Macintosh HD/prod drawings/$scenepath`` on Macintosh, and you "
+"save the scene scene01 in ``+scenes\\seq01`` , the project browser will "
+"display the same as above, but this time **+drawings** is ``C:\\prod "
+"drawings\\seq01\\scene01`` on Windows, or ``/Volume/Macintosh HD/prod "
+"drawings/seq01/scene01`` on Macintosh."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/painting_animation_levels.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/painting_animation_levels.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/painting_animation_levels.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/painting_animation_levels.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/painting_animation_levels.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30cdaeb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/painting_animation_levels.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1493 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:4
+msgid "Painting Animation Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Toonz animation levels, both those cleaned up, and those made directly in"
+" OpenToonz, can be painted by using the styles, stored in the palette, "
+"and a set of tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"All Toonz level drawings are made of **lines** (determined by the strokes"
+" of scanned or vector drawings), and **areas** defined by *closed lines*."
+" Raster and vector lines can be painted or erased, partially or for their"
+" full extent; areas can be filled with styles, or remain empty, with "
+"complete transparency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"All the painting work is not saved until you save the related level, or "
+"use the **Save All** command (see  :ref:`Saving Levels <saving_levels>`  "
+")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"If the computer performance worsens during the painting process of Toonz "
+"Raster animation levels, try activating the **Minimize Raster Memory "
+"Fragmentation** option in the Preferences  →  General dialog (see  "
+":ref:`Optimizing the Memory Usage <optimizing_the_memory_usage>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:17
+msgid "Painting Tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Painting operations can be performed by using the **Fill** tool (|fill|) "
+"and the **Paint Brush** tool (|paint_brush|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"In case you want to retrieve a style already used in the drawing, you can"
+" pick it with the **Style Picker** tool (|style_picker|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The filling operation can be performed by activating different options, "
+"that can be combined together to perform particular tasks, for example to"
+" fill several areas at the same time with the same style, or several "
+"frames, with a single operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The **Fill** tool (|fill|) allows you to paint a drawing area or line by "
+"clicking it. Options available are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"**Type:** has the options **Normal**, to fill an area by clicking in it; "
+"**Rectangular**, to fill all the areas included in the box you define; "
+"**Freehand**, to fill all the areas included in the area you outline by "
+"clicking and dragging; and **Polyline**, to fill all the areas included "
+"in the area you outline by defining a series of lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"**Mode:** has the options **Areas**, to fill only areas, **Lines**, to "
+"paint only the strokes, and **Lines and Areas**, to perform both "
+"operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"**Selective** prevents the fill operation to be performed on *already "
+"filled* areas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"**Fill Depth** sets how much the fill style passes through the "
+"antialiasing of the area lines. With low values, even a very thin line "
+"made of semitransparent pixels will be effective to stop de filling "
+"operation; with high values, only the more opaque pixels will stop color "
+"from flooding outside. This option applies to Toonz Raster drawings only."
+" It is possible to set two values: the minimum value is used when using "
+"the tool with the standard mouse **click**, the maximum value when using "
+"the tool with the **Shift-click**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"**Segment** lets you apply the fill only to a segment of raster lines. A "
+"segment is determined by an abrupt change of *thickness* or *direction* "
+"in the stroke. This is available for Toonz Raster drawings only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"**Onion Skin** lets you pick the style to use for the filling operation "
+"from other drawings, visible in onion skin mode, and apply it to the "
+"current drawing (see  :ref:`Using Onion Skin <using_onion_skin>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"**Frame Range** allows you to perform the filling on a range of frames, "
+"by clicking in the first and then in the last frame of the range. You can"
+" also Shift-click to define the filling position for intermediate frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"The **Paint Brush** tool (|paint_brush|) allows you to paint a drawing "
+"area or a line, as if you were using a brush. It is available for Toonz "
+"Raster drawings only. Options are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:42
+msgid "**Size** sets the brush size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"**Mode:** has the options **Areas**, to paint only inside areas, "
+"**Lines**, to paint manually only the drawing lines, and **Lines and "
+"Areas**, to perform both operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"**Selective** prevents the painting operation to be performed on *already"
+" painted* areas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:52
+msgid "Filling Areas"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Areas can be filled when their outline is well-defined, with no gaps "
+"occurring along it. For vector drawings, the outline can be defined by a "
+"single vector with overlapping or joined ends, or by different vectors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"Options available for the painting tools can help you to speed up the "
+"painting job. You can decide which options are the most suitable for your"
+" task by following the guidelines below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"In Toonz Raster levels, the areas that can be painted are limited either "
+"by the image border or by the image Savebox, according to the **Use the "
+"TLV Savebox to Limit Filling Operations** option available in Preferences"
+"  →  Tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"Some styles may not be suitable for filling areas, such as the **Trail** "
+"or **Vector** styles or some of the **Generated** styles. If you select "
+"one of these styles in the Palette, and you use it to fill an area, no "
+"operation will be performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:61
+msgid "**To fill an area:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Fill** tool (|fill|), set the fill type to **Normal** and "
+"the mode to **Areas**, and select a style in the Palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:65
+msgid "Click in the area you want to fill."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"If the filling color doesn’t flood the narrowest areas in raster drawings"
+" because of semitransparent pixels, try to increase the minimum **Fill "
+"Depth** value, or **Shift-click** to use the maximum value (see  "
+":ref:`Painting Tools <painting_tools>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:69
+msgid "**To fill several frames with a single command:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Fill** tool (|fill|), set the fill type to **Normal** and "
+"the mode to **Areas**, and activate the **Frame Range** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"Select the first frame of the range and **click** in the area you want to"
+" fill, for example the character’s face."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:75
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:87
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:111
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:180
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:270
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:278
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:290
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:306
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:322
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:467
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:481
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:497
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Select the last frame of the range you want to apply the Fill to, and "
+"**click** in the same area, in the example the character’s face: the "
+"areas in all of the frames in the range will be automatically filled "
+"according to the first and second clicking positions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"Select an intermediate frame of the range you want to apply the Fill to, "
+"and **Shift-click** in the same area, in the example the character’s "
+"face: the areas in all of the frames in the range will be automatically "
+"filled according to the first and second clicking positions. Select "
+"another intermediate frame and **Shift-click** again: the areas in all of"
+" the frames in the new range will be automatically filled according to "
+"the second and third clicking positions. Do the same as many times as you"
+" like, then **click** in the same area on the last frame of the range to "
+"complete the multi frame filling mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"Since the **Fill** with the **Frame Range** option is applied making a "
+"linear interpolation from the first clicking point to the following one, "
+"some painting mistakes may occur. The more the area you want to fill "
+"moves along the frame range, the more mistakes may be made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:83
+msgid "**To fill several areas at once with the same style:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:85
+msgid "Select the **Fill** tool (|fill|), set the fill mode to **Areas**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Rectangular** and click and drag to define a box: all "
+"the areas *completely included* in the box will be filled with the "
+"current style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:91
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Freehand** and click and drag to outline an area: all "
+"the areas *completely included* in the area you outline will be filled "
+"with the current style. If the ends of the outline you draw are open, the"
+" area will be defined as if joining the two open ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Polyline** and click to outline an area by defining a "
+"series of lines: all the areas *completely included* in the area you "
+"outline will be filled with the current style. If the ends of the outline"
+" you draw are open, the area will be defined as if joining the two open "
+"ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:95
+msgid "**To fill all remaining areas in a level drawing with the same style:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Fill** tool (|fill|), set the fill type to **Rectangular** "
+"and the mode to **Areas**, and activate the **Selective** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"**Click and drag** to define a box: all the outlined non-filled areas "
+"*completely included* in the box will be filled with the current style. "
+"This option combination may be useful if the drawing has a lot of areas "
+"to be painted with the same style, that can be painted at the end at once"
+" by using this command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"You can add to this combination the **Frame Range** option as well, to "
+"perform the same task extended to a range of frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:103
+msgid "**To fill drawing areas using as reference a previously painted drawing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:105
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:121
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:316
+msgid ""
+"**Activate the onion skin** mode to display the painted drawing behind "
+"your current drawing (see  :ref:`Using Onion Skin <using_onion_skin>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Fill** tool (|fill|), set the fill mode to **Areas** and "
+"activate the **Onion Skin** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"**Click** to pick the style to use from the drawing displayed in onion "
+"skin mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:113
+msgid "**Release** to fill the area where the cursor is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:115
+msgid "**Drag** to the area you want to fill and **release** the mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:117
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"If several drawings are displayed in onion skin mode, only the drawing "
+"closest to the current one will be considered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"**To automatically fill a whole drawing using as reference a previously "
+"painted drawing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Fill** tool (|fill|), set the fill type to **Rectangular**, "
+"the mode to **Areas**, and activate the **Onion Skin** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"**Click and drag** to define a box: all the areas *completely included* "
+"in the box will be filled with the styles picked from the painted areas "
+"of the drawing displayed in onion skin mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"If some areas are automatically painted with the wrong style, fix them to"
+" prevent the mistake to be amplified in the following frames you are "
+"going to paint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:131
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:328
+msgid "**To retrieve a style from a drawing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:133
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:330
+msgid "Select the **Style Picker** tool (|style_picker|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"Click in the area whose style you want to pick. The picked style becomes "
+"the current one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:141
+msgid "Closing Gaps in Drawing Outline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:142
+msgid ""
+"If the area outline is not perfectly defined, you will not be able to "
+"fill it. The gap can be closed by adding a line with the **Brush** "
+"(|brush|) or **Geometric** (|geometric|) tools (see :ref:`Drawing Tools "
+"<drawing_tools>`  ), or by using the **Tape** tool (|tape|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"For Toonz Vector drawings the **Tape** tool (|tape|) allows you to join "
+"vector strokes manually or automatically, both considering their "
+"endpoints and any point along the strokes themselves, according to the "
+"tool settings. Options available are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"**Type:** has the options **Normal**, to manually define joining vectors,"
+" or **Rectangular**, to automatically close all the gaps detected in the "
+"box you define."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"When the type is set to **Rectangular** only gaps between endpoints, and "
+"between an endpoint and a line, are considered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:150
+msgid ""
+"**Mode:** has the option **Endpoint to Endpoint**, to join two lines "
+"endpoints; **Endpoint to Line**, to join an endpoint to any point along a"
+" line; and **Line to Line**, to join any point along a line to any other "
+"point along another line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"**Distance** sets the maximum distance between endpoints, and between an "
+"endpoint and a line, that are automatically joined when using the "
+"Rectangular option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"**Join Vectors**, when activated, connects the join stroke to the "
+"endpoint thus creating a single stroke; if deactivated the join stroke "
+"will be a new independent stroke (see  :ref:`Joining and Splitting "
+"<joining_and_splitting>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"If the strokes you are going to join have different styles, the style of "
+"the first stroke you click on will be assigned to the second one, after "
+"the joining."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"**Smooth**, when activated, creates a smooth joined stroke with no "
+"corners."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"For Toonz Raster drawings the **Tape** tool (|tape|) automatically joins "
+"the open ends detected in the drawing according to the tool settings. "
+"Options available are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"**Type:** has the options **Normal**, to close all the gaps detected in "
+"the drawing by clicking in it; **Rectangular**, to close all the gaps "
+"detected in the box you define; **Freehand**, to close on all the gaps "
+"detected in the area you define by clicking and dragging; and "
+"**Polyline**, to close on all the gaps detected in the area you define by"
+" drawing a series of straight lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"**Frame Range** allows you to perform the joining on a range of frames, "
+"by clicking in the first and then in the last frame of the range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"**Distance** sets the maximum distance between two open ends to be "
+"detected, in order to join them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:168
+msgid ""
+"**Angle** sets the maximum angle between two open ends to be detected, in"
+" order to join them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"**Style Index** sets the style to be used for the line joining the open "
+"ends. If instead of a style index you type ``current`` , the currentntly "
+"selected style will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:172
+msgid ""
+"**Opacity** sets the opacity of the style used for the line joining the "
+"open ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"Please note that by default **Opacity** value is set to 1, and with this "
+"value the gap will be closed using a transparent line that will not be "
+"seen in the Viewer. Also, note that the value of this option will equally"
+" affect how the Gap Check function is displayed in the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:176
+msgid "**To close a gap in a vector drawing outline:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Tape** tool (|tape|), set the type to **Normal** and set "
+"whether to join vectors, or to create a smooth joining."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:182
+msgid ""
+"Set the mode to **Endpoint to Endpoint**, then click a stroke endpoint "
+"and drag to a different endpoint; the pointer snaps to the closest "
+"detected stroke endpoint, as start and end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"Set the mode to **Endpoint to Line**, then click a stroke endpoint and "
+"drag to any point along a stroke; the pointer snaps to the closest "
+"detected stroke endpoint as start, and to any closest point along a "
+"stroke as end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Set the mode to **Line to Line**, then click any point along a stroke and"
+" drag to any other point along a stroke; the pointer snaps to the closest"
+" point along a stroke as start, and to the any other closest point along "
+"a stroke as end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:188
+msgid "**To close all gaps in a vector drawing outline in a specific area:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:190
+msgid "Select the **Tape** tool (|tape|), set the type to **Rectangular**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag to define an area: all the gaps between endpoints, and "
+"between endpoints and lines, detected in the area according to the set "
+"distance will be closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:194
+msgid "**To close all gaps in a raster drawing outline:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:196
+msgid "Select the **Tape** tool (|tape|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:198
+msgid ""
+"Click in the viewer to close all the gaps detected according to the set "
+"distance and angle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:200
+msgid "**To close a specific gap in a raster drawing outline:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:202
+msgid "Select the **Tape** tool (|tape|) and activate the **Rectangular** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:204
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag to define an area: all the gaps detected in the area "
+"according to the set distance and angle will be closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:210
+msgid "Checking Gaps in the Drawing Outline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"To control the drawing outline and see if areas are well-defined in order"
+" to be filled with colors, it is possible to activate a series of checks:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"The **Gap Check** highlights with *magenta lines* the gaps that can be "
+"automatically closed by using the **Tape** tool (|tape|) with its current"
+" settings; if you change the **Distance** and **Angle** values of the "
+"Tape tool, while the check is activated, you can check interactively if "
+"the gaps that are detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:215
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the **Tape** tool **Opacity** value will affect the "
+"display of the Gap Check in Toonz Raster levels, so if it is set to the "
+"default value of 1, you will not be able to see anything with the Gap "
+"Check function. Set it to 255 instead, to be able to use this check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:217
+msgid ""
+"The **Fill Check** displays all the well-defined areas that can be filled"
+" with colors in grey, all the lines or vector strokes in black, and the "
+"not well-defined areas and the background in white; if the **Black BG "
+"Check** is activated, all the lines or vector strokes are displayed in "
+"white (see  :ref:`Checking Painted Drawings <checking_painted_drawings>`"
+"  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:219
+msgid ""
+"All the checks can also be combined in order to achieve specific display "
+"modes (see also  :ref:`Checking Painted Drawings "
+"<checking_painted_drawings>` )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:221
+msgid "**To check if gaps occur in the drawing outline:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:223
+msgid "Activate or deactivate the **Gap Check** from the View menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:225
+msgid "**To check if the areas in the drawing are well-defined:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:227
+msgid "Activate or deactivate the **Fill Check** from the View menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:233
+msgid "Checking Painted Drawings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"To control if all the drawings areas are properly painted, and to see if "
+"the filling left small gaps along the lines antialiasing, or where a "
+"certain style is being used to paint lines or areas, it is possible to "
+"activate a series of checks:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:236
+msgid ""
+"The **Transparency Check** displays all the painted areas in the color "
+"defined in Preferences  →  Colors  →  Paint Color, all the lines or "
+"vector strokes in the color defined in Preferences  →  Colors  →  Ink "
+"Color on White Bg (or Preferences  →  Colors  →  Ink Color on Black Bg, "
+"depending on the chosen background color)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:238
+msgid ""
+"The **Ink Check** displays the *lines or vector strokes*, colored with "
+"the current style in red."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:240
+msgid ""
+"The **Paint Check** displays the *areas* painted with the current color "
+"in red."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:242
+msgid ""
+"The **Black BG Check** displays the background color, defined in the "
+"Scene Settings, in black (see  :ref:`Customizing the Viewer "
+"<customizing_the_work_area>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"All the checks can also be combined in order to achieve specific display "
+"modes (see also  :ref:`Checking Gaps in the Drawing Outline "
+"<checking_gaps_in_the_drawing_outline>` )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:246
+msgid "**To activate or deactivate a check:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:248
+msgid "Activate or deactivate the check from the View menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:254
+msgid "Painting Lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"Lines of a drawing can be painted with the **Fill** tool (|fill|). For "
+"Toonz Raster drawings, the Fill tool (|fill|) affects continuous lines "
+"sharing the same style; for Toonz Vector drawings, only a single vector "
+"stroke at a time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"For Toonz Raster drawings, lines can be also painted with the **Paint "
+"Brush** tool (|paint_brush|) set to **Lines** mode. In this case by "
+"setting the size of the tool, you can paint any section of the lines as "
+"if you were using a brush."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:260
+msgid ""
+"For Toonz Vector drawings, a vector stroke can be also painted by "
+"selecting it first, then selecting the style you want in the level "
+"Palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:262
+msgid "**To paint a Toonz Raster line:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:264
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Fill** tool (|fill|), set the fill mode to **Lines** and "
+"select a style in the palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:266
+msgid "Click the line you want to paint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:268
+msgid "**To paint a Toonz Vector stroke:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:272
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Fill** tool (|fill|), set the fill mode to **Lines**, select"
+" a style in the Palette and click the stroke you want to paint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:274
+msgid ""
+"With the **Selection** tool (|selection|) select the strokes you want to "
+"paint, then select a style in the Palette (see  :ref:`Using the Selection"
+" Tool <using_the_selection_tool>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:276
+msgid "**To partially paint a Toonz Raster line:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:280
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Fill** tool (|fill|), set the fill mode to **Lines**, "
+"activate the **Segment** option, and click the line section you want to "
+"paint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:282
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Paint Brush** tool (|paint_brush|), set the mode to "
+"**Lines** and use it on the line section you want to paint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:284
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Paint Brush** tool (|paint_brush|) with the proper style to "
+"split a continuous line into sections, then use the **Fill** tool "
+"(|fill|) to paint the previously separated sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:286
+msgid "**To paint several separated lines or vector strokes, at once:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:288
+msgid "Select the **Fill** tool (|fill|), set the fill mode to **Lines**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Rectangular** and click and drag to define a box: all "
+"the lines included in the box will be painted with the current style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Freehand** and click and drag to define an area: all "
+"the lines included in the area you defined will be painted with the "
+"current style. If the ends of the area you draw are open, it will be "
+"defined as if joining the two open ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:296
+msgid ""
+"Set the type to **Polyline** and click to define an area by drawing a "
+"series of straight lines: all the lines *completely included* in the area"
+" you defined will be painted with the current style. If the ends of the "
+"area you draw are open, the area will be defined as if joining the two "
+"open ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:298
+msgid ""
+"A vector stroke will be painted only if it's *fully included* in the area"
+" you define."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:300
+msgid ""
+"**To paint lines or vector strokes, in several frames with a single "
+"command:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:302
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Fill** tool (|fill|), set the fill mode to **Lines** and "
+"activate the **Frame Range** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:304
+msgid ""
+"Select the first frame of the range and **click** the line you want to "
+"paint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:308
+msgid ""
+"Select the last frame of the range you want to apply the paint to, and "
+"**click** on the same line: the line in all the frames in the range will "
+"be automatically painted according to the first and second clicking "
+"positions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:310
+msgid ""
+"Select an intermediate frame of the range you want to apply the paint to,"
+" and **Shift-click** in the same line: the line in all of the frames in "
+"the range will be automatically painted, according to the first and "
+"second clicking positions. Select another intermediate frame and **Shift-"
+"click** again: the line in all of the frames in the new range will be "
+"automatically painted, according to the second and third clicking "
+"positions. Do the same as many times as you like, then **click** in the "
+"same line on the last frame of the range, to complete the multi frame "
+"painting mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:312
+msgid ""
+"Since the Fill tool (|fill|) with the Frame Range option is applied "
+"making a linear interpolation from the first to the second clicking "
+"point, some painting mistakes may occur. The more the line you want to "
+"fill moves along the frame range, the more mistakes may be made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:314
+msgid "**To paint a line using as reference a previously painted drawing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:318
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Fill** tool (|fill|), set the fill mode to Lines and "
+"activate the **Onion Skin** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:320
+msgid ""
+"Click to pick the style to use, from the drawing displayed in onion skin "
+"mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:324
+msgid "Release to paint the line where the cursor is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:326
+msgid "Drag to the line you want to paint and release the mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:332
+msgid ""
+"Click the line whose style you want to pick. The picked style becomes the"
+" current one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:338
+msgid "Using Match Lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:339
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes it may be useful to split a hand-drawn animation level into "
+"several animation levels that can be scanned separately, and later re-"
+"assembled before the painting process. For example you can draw an "
+"animation level with some shadow lines that match perfectly a character "
+"animation, then apply them with a color different from the character "
+"lines in order to paint them more easily."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"Some other times you may need to merge two or several animation levels "
+"into a single one, or automatically add the same drawing on all of the "
+"drawings of an animation level, for example a line closing the drawing "
+"areas that fall outside the shot and that the animator left open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"In both cases you can use the match lines feature to achieve your tasks, "
+"as it allows you to merge the levels exposed in two columns/layers, and "
+"if needed to delete the merged match lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:345
+msgid "Match lines can only be applied to Toonz Raster (TLV) animation levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:347
+msgid ""
+"In the Xsheet, when two columns are merged, the column drawings on the "
+"right are considered as match lines applied to the drawings on the left "
+"(in the Timeline, when two layers are merged, the layer drawings on top "
+"are considered as match lines applied to the drawings on the bottom)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:349
+msgid "|apply_match_lines|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:351
+msgid "In both cases it's possible to define the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:353
+msgid ""
+"**Add Match Line Inks** preserves the original match line styles and adds"
+" them to the destination level palette in a separate page named **match "
+"lines**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:355
+msgid ""
+"**Use Ink:** allows you to define which style, among those in the "
+"destination level palette, has to be used for the applied match lines, "
+"replacing any original styles the match lines may be painted with."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:357
+msgid ""
+"**Merge Inks** if the target level has the same styles (i.e. with the "
+"same index and color) as the match lines inks, the existing styles will "
+"be used. Otherwise, the original match line styles will be preserved and "
+"added to the destination level palette in a separate page named **match "
+"lines**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:359
+msgid ""
+"**Line Stacking Order** let you graphically select which of the two "
+"columns (left or right) will be drawn on top, and also how to merge them:"
+" **Keep Halftones** or **Fill Gaps**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"**Line Prevalence** sets whether the match lines have to be placed behind"
+" the lines of the destination level (value set to 0), or on top of them "
+"(value set to 100)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:363
+msgid ""
+"When the **Line Prevalence** value is set to 0, the match lines are "
+"applied without modifying the lines in the destination level at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:365
+msgid ""
+"When the match lines are applied, any geometrical transformation achieved"
+" by editing and moving the related column/layer or pegbar, will be "
+"retained."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:367
+msgid ""
+"Match lines are associated to the animation level drawings according to "
+"the following guidelines:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:369
+msgid ""
+"The Xsheet/Timeline frame numbering order is followed. This means that "
+"the match line drawing exposed at frame 1 will be applied to the "
+"animation drawing exposed at frame 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"If two different match line drawings are associated to the same drawing "
+"of the animation level at different frames, only the first one (according"
+" to the frame numbering order) will be applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"For all the drawings not corresponding to any match line drawing, no "
+"match lines will be applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:375
+msgid "Match lines not corresponding to any drawing will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:377
+msgid ""
+"If several animation levels are exposed in the column/layer to which "
+"match lines have to be applied, only the first one (according to the "
+"frame numbering order) will be considered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:379
+msgid ""
+"If several animation levels are exposed in the column used as match line,"
+" all of them will be applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"Several match lines can be added to the same animation level, by applying"
+" them one at a time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:383
+msgid ""
+"Applied match lines can be deleted as a whole from the destination level,"
+" or it is possible to delete specific lines according to their style "
+"indexes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:385
+msgid "**To apply match lines to an animation level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:387
+msgid "Expose in a column/layer the level you want to apply the match lines to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:389
+msgid ""
+"Expose the match line animation level(s) in another column of the Xsheet,"
+" to the right of the previous one (or if using the Timeline, expose the "
+"match line animation level(s) in another layer, above the previous one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:391
+msgid "Move, scale, rotate the match line drawings if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:393
+msgid "Select the two columns by shift-clicking or click-draging their headers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:395
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Apply Match Lines...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"In the dialog that opens choose the styles to be used for the match lines"
+" and the line prevalence, and click the Apply button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:399
+msgid "**To delete all applied match lines:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:401
+msgid ""
+"Select the columns/layers, the cells, or the Level Strip frames where the"
+" animation level with the applied match lines is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:403
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Delete Match Lines**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:405
+msgid "**To delete lines by selecting the style index:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:407
+msgid ""
+"Select the columns/layers, the cells, or the Level Strip frames where the"
+" animation level whose lines you want to delete is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:409
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Delete Lines...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:411
+msgid ""
+"In the dialog that opens choose the indexes of the styles used for lines "
+"you want to delete, and the frames where you want to apply the deletion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:413
+msgid "Click the Delete button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:415
+msgid ""
+"To specify multiple indexes or frames, values have to be separated by a "
+"comma; to define a range of values, you can type the first and the last "
+"separated by a dash (e.g. 4-7 will refer to values 4, 5, 6 and 7)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:421
+msgid "Using the Autopaint for Lines Option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:422
+msgid ""
+"Toonz Raster levels may include colored lines coming from a color cleanup"
+" session, or from some applied match line levels (see  :ref:`Processing "
+"Colored Lineart Drawings <processing_colored_lineart_drawings>`  and  "
+":ref:`Using Match Lines <using_match_lines>`  for details)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:424
+msgid ""
+"In most of the cases these colored lines are meant to set the outline of "
+"the body shadow, or body highlight, and for this reason usually they have"
+" to be painted with the same color of the shadow or highlight areas they "
+"help define."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:426
+msgid ""
+"This task can be performed automatically by setting a special property "
+"for the color, so that when you paint an area defined totally or "
+"partially by a line whose color has this property, the line is "
+"automatically painted with the same color you use for the area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:428
+msgid "**To set the autopaint property for a color:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:430
+msgid "Select the color in the palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:432
+msgid ""
+"In the Style Editor select the Settings page and activate the **Autopaint"
+" for Lines** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:434
+msgid "**To automatically paint lines when painting areas:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:436
+msgid ""
+"Paint an area defined totally or partially by a line whose color has the "
+"**Autopaint for Lines** option activated: the line is automatically "
+"painted with the same color you use for the area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:442
+msgid "Using a Color Model"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:443
+msgid ""
+"Color models, usually created for accurate color-referencing during a "
+"production, in the form of images or animation levels, can be used while "
+"painting animation levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:445
+msgid ""
+"Any image or animation level can be used as a reference by loading it in "
+"the Color Model viewer. In case an animation level is loaded, you can "
+"select any frame as a reference at any moment; in this way you can also "
+"create color models made of several drawings, for example one drawing for"
+" the Front view of the character, and one for the Back view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:447
+msgid "|color_model|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:449
+msgid ""
+"When a color model is loaded for the current level, you can decide to "
+"load its palette, thus overwriting the current level palette, or to keep "
+"the current animation level palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:451
+msgid ""
+"If the color model is a Toonz Raster or Vector level (TLV or PLI file), "
+"it already comes with a palette, whose style names and page configuration"
+" will be preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:453
+msgid ""
+"If the color model is a full-color Raster image or animation level, the "
+"palette is automatically generated by extracting colors from the image, "
+"or the first image of the level. If the full-color image contains many "
+"shaded colors, the palette will be optimized to reduce the number of "
+"colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:455
+msgid ""
+"Best results can be achieved by preparing models painted with flat colors"
+" and whose lines have no antialiasing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:457
+msgid ""
+"When a color model is loaded for a certain animation level, it is "
+"associated to that level and the related palette, and it's displayed in "
+"the Color Model viewer every time that level is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:459
+msgid ""
+"A color model can be associated to palettes stored in the Studio Palette."
+" In this way every time you assign a palette to an animation level "
+"retrieving it from the Studio Palette, its related color model will be "
+"automatically associated to the level (see  :ref:`Using the Studio "
+"Palette <using_the_studio_palette>`  for details)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:461
+msgid ""
+"You can also use any drawing belonging to the animation level as a color "
+"model to be used on the fly, but in this case it will neither be "
+"associated to the level, nor to the palette saved in the Studio Palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:463
+msgid ""
+"When the image is displayed in the Color Model viewer, you can use it not"
+" only as visual reference, but also for picking styles with no need to "
+"use the Palette or the Style Picker tool (|style_picker|). The color "
+"model can also be panned and zoomed in or out, by using standard "
+"shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:465
+msgid "**To load a color model:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:469
+msgid ""
+"Choose File  →  **Load Color Model...**, and load the Toonz level or the "
+"full color raster image you want to use as a reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:471
+msgid ""
+"**Right-click** in the Color Model viewer and choose **Load Color Model**"
+" from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:473
+msgid ""
+"Drag and drop the Toonz level or the full color raster image you want to "
+"use as reference to the Color Model viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:475
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether to overwrite current palette with the Color Model palette,"
+" or to keep the current animation level palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:477
+msgid ""
+"If you decide to keep the current animation level palette, the current "
+"level palette will be applied to the Color Model as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:479
+msgid "**To select a frame from the loaded color model level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:483
+msgid "Use the playback buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:485
+msgid "Drag the frame bar cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:487
+msgid "Type in the frame bar field the number of the frame you want to view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:489
+msgid "**To pick styles from a color model:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:491
+msgid ""
+"Click the area or line whose style you want to pick, whatever your "
+"current tool is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:493
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a Raster image as reference and you decided to keep the "
+"current animation level palette, when you click an area or a line, the "
+"closest style available in the palette will be picked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:495
+msgid "**To navigate the color model viewer:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:499
+msgid ""
+"Use the zoom shortcut keys (by default + and - keys) to zoom in and zoom "
+"out at specific steps (e.g. 50%, 100%, 200%, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:501
+msgid "Use the mouse wheel to zoom in and zoom out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:503
+msgid ""
+"Use the Reset View shortcut (by default the 0 key), or right-click in the"
+" viewer and choose **Reset View** from the menu that opens, to display "
+"the flipbook content at its actual size, centered on the image center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:505
+msgid "Middle-click and drag to scroll in any direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:507
+msgid "**To create a color model from an original drawing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:509
+msgid "Scan and cleanup, or draw, your color model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:511
+msgid "Create the needed styles in the palette and paint the image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:513
+msgid "Save the image and load it as color model whenever it is needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:515
+msgid "**To use a drawing from the current animation level as a model:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:517
+msgid ""
+"Select the drawing you want to use as a reference for the current "
+"animation level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:519
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Color Model viewer and choose **Use Current Frame** "
+"from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:521
+msgid "**To store a color model together with a palette in the studio palette:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:523
+msgid "Load the color model to associate it to the current level palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:525
+msgid ""
+"Store the level palette in the Studio Palette (see  :ref:`Using the "
+"Studio Palette <using_the_studio_palette>`  for details)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:527
+msgid ""
+"**To associate a color model to a palette already saved in the studio "
+"palette:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:529
+msgid ""
+"In the Studio Palette select the palette to which you want to associate a"
+" color model, and do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:531
+msgid "Choose File  →  **Load Color Model...**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:533
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the palette in the studio palette tree and choose **Load "
+"Color Model...** from the menu that opens (see  :ref:`Using the Studio "
+"Palette <using_the_studio_palette>`  for details)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:535
+msgid "Retrieve the color model from the browser that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:537
+msgid ""
+"If the color model uses a palette different from the one stored in the "
+"Studio Palette, you will be prompted whether to keep it or to overwrite "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:539
+msgid "**To retrieve a color model stored in the studio palette:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:541
+msgid ""
+"Load the palette it's associated to from the Studio Palette as the "
+"current level palette (see  :ref:`Using the Studio Palette "
+"<using_the_studio_palette>`  for details)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:543
+msgid "**To remove the association of a palette to a color model:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/painting_animation_levels.rst:545
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Color Model viewer and choose **Remove Color Model** "
+"from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/production_workflow.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/production_workflow.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/production_workflow.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/production_workflow.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/production_workflow.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43c66781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/production_workflow.po
@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:4
+msgid "Production Workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:10
+msgid "Traditional Workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"The following is an example of how OpenToonz allows the management of a "
+"traditional animation production."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:13
+msgid "|traditional_workflow|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:19
+msgid "Scanning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Hand-drawn elements are first defined in an OpenToonz Xsheet, and then "
+"acquired by using a scanner. These elements can consist of animation "
+"levels, i.e. sequences of drawings belonging to the same animation, or "
+"background images and overlays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The scanned images then pass through a cleanup process, and are auto "
+"centered when necessary, using their pegbar holes as a guide and their "
+"related field guide setting. In the case of lineart drawings, these are "
+"further prepared for the painting process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:24
+msgid "See  :ref:`Scanning Paper Drawings <scanning_paper_drawings>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:30
+msgid "Paperless Drawing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Additional drawings and animation levels can be drawn directly in "
+"OpenToonz. Drawings can be an important part of the scene, such as a "
+"background or a character’s prop, or incidental elements needed to "
+"achieve a particular result, for example a mask image to create a matte "
+"effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:33
+msgid "See  :ref:`Drawing Animation Levels <drawing_animation_levels>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:39
+msgid "Color Model"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"Color models are created for accurate color-referencing during "
+"production, when painting characters and props. They can be drawings made"
+" in OpenToonz, scanned images processed in OpenToonz, or images coming "
+"from a 3rd party software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"In case of OpenToonz drawings, the color model palette can be defined by "
+"creating styles and colors to be used for painting animation levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"See  :ref:`Managing Palettes and Styles <managing_palettes_and_styles>`  "
+"and  :ref:`Using a Color Model <using_a_color_model>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:50
+msgid "Ink & Painting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Animation levels scanned and cleaned up in OpenToonz, and those made "
+"directly in OpenToonz, are painted by using the styles stored in the "
+"palette and a set of tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Palette styles are interactively “linked” to drawn lines and filled areas"
+" by using indexes. The main advantage of this method is that if you edit "
+"a style of the palette, all the lines and filled areas using that style "
+"will be automatically updated. This allows you to change or calibrate "
+"colors also after the painting process has been done, without correcting "
+"the style line by line, or area by area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"See  :ref:`Managing Palettes and Styles <managing_palettes_and_styles>`  "
+"and  :ref:`Painting Animation Levels <painting_animation_levels>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:61
+msgid "Compositing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"All OpenToonz painted levels and images are exposed in the Xsheet where "
+"the timing of all the elements of a scene can be controlled. Images, "
+"animations and clips from 3rd party software can be loaded as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After adding and arranging the required elements to the Xsheet as layered"
+" columns, they are then animated by using interpolated keys placed on "
+"necessary parameters. Elements that can be animated in this way include "
+"the camera, columns, pegbars and the table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Special FX, such as blurs, lights, keys, masks, warps, gradients, etc. "
+"can be applied to the content of Xsheet columns, and can also be animated"
+" by setting key value to the parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"Object and special FX transformations are mapped in the function editor "
+"window, where set key values and related interpolations can be controlled"
+" and modified by using function curves or numerical columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"See  :ref:`Working in Xsheet <working_in_xsheet>` ,  :ref:`Creating "
+"Movements <creating_movements>` ,  :ref:`Applying Special FX "
+"<applying_special_fx>`  and  :ref:`Editing Using Spreadsheet and Curves "
+"<editing_curves_and_numerical_columns>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:76
+msgid "Render Farm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"The scene is rendered in order to compose all the transformations and "
+"applied special FX in a sequence of frames in the format and resolution "
+"you prefer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:79
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"The OpenToonz render farm allows you to batch-render OpenToonz scenes by "
+"using a series of computers connected on the same network using TCP/IP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:81
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:180
+msgid ""
+"See  :ref:`Rendering the Animation <rendering_the_animation>`  and  "
+":ref:`Using the Toonz Farm <using_the_toonz_farm>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:87
+msgid "Paperless Workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:88
+msgid ""
+"The following is an example of how OpenToonz allows the management of a "
+"paperless animation production."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:90
+msgid "|paperless_workflow|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:95
+msgid "Preproduction: Concept"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"Even if a paperless project can be run regardless of the script, the "
+"concept of a format with few settings and a stable cast of characters "
+"will ease the arrangement of libraries to be prepared before the actual "
+"episode production."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:102
+msgid "Preproduction: Graphic Design"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"The graphic design of characters, props and locations is equally "
+"important, in order to find out a style that will fit well both with the "
+"drawing capabilities of the software and with the cutout animation "
+"technique."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"In particular when designing character models and props, for which you "
+"could develop a specific line style to apply to vectors, or use very neat"
+" lines typical of vector animations, you should consider a design where "
+"the model animation pivot points can be easily disguised under drawings "
+"features (for example the pivot point of a ponytail linked to the "
+"character’s head can be disguised under a ribbon)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:111
+msgid "Preproduction: Storyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"While usually the storyboard is used by the director to control the "
+"rhythm of the action, in case of a paperless production it also "
+"identifies all the elements needed for the production of each scene, by "
+"listing all of the character animations and poses, and identifying all of"
+" the props and backgrounds that are needed to implement the story."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:118
+msgid "Animatic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"The animatic is created starting from the scanned storyboard drawings. In"
+" OpenToonz, or in a third-party software, the storyboard drawings are "
+"imported, timing is adjusted and camera movements are set. Audio files "
+"too can be imported for reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"In case the animatic is created in OpenToonz, it can also be split so "
+"that each cut can be used as a starting point for the final compositing "
+"of each scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:127
+msgid "Libraries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"Libraries are prepared by drawing directly in OpenToonz all of the "
+"elements composing the scenes, such as locations, characters, props, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"As far as the characters are concerned, they will be decomposed in "
+"multiple levels (i.e. head, torso, arms etc.) used as skeleton components"
+" rejoined through a hierarchy which at the end will make models available"
+" to the animators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"According to the storyboard analysis, the drawings needed both for the "
+"canonical turn-around model (i.e. a collection of models as seen from "
+"different points of view: front, back, side and three-quarter views) and "
+"for additional movements are prepared. Starting from these reference "
+"animations, such as running or walking cycles, jumping, may be stored as "
+"well in order to be re-used in the scene production."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"Props and backgrounds can be also created with third-party software, "
+"including rendered images from 3D software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"See  :ref:`Drawing Animation Levels <drawing_animation_levels>`  and  "
+":ref:`Creating Cutout Animation <creating_cutout_animation>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:142
+msgid "Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:143
+msgid ""
+"In the layout phase, all of the elements that are necessary for the scene"
+" (backgrounds, props, characters, reference animations) are loaded from "
+"the library in Xsheet, usually as Sub-Xsheets. They are put in place "
+"according to the animatic. Basic animation is achieved by setting key "
+"positions for animated characters or importing reference animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Camera movements and animation timing previously set in the animatic are "
+"refined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"See  :ref:`Working in Xsheet <working_in_xsheet>`  and  :ref:`Using Sub-"
+"Xsheets <using_sub-xsheets>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:153
+msgid "Animation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"The animation for the scene defined in the layout is refined by adding "
+"key position to the character movements. Character poses are added by "
+"tweaking the model to achieve a more fluid animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"The right speed for all the movements is set by controlling interpolation"
+" mode in the function editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"See  :ref:`Animating Objects <animating_objects>`  and  :ref:`Using the "
+"Function Editor <using_the_function_editor>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:164
+msgid "Special FX"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Special FX, such as blur, glow, color corrections, particles, are applied"
+" to the scene elements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:167
+msgid ""
+"Additional animation elements related to special FX, for example masks or"
+" images for the particles effect, are drawn directly in the scene, or "
+"imported from external files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:169
+msgid "See  :ref:`Applying Special FX <applying_special_fx>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:175
+msgid "Render"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/production_workflow.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"The scene has to be rendered in order to compose all the transformations "
+"and applied special FX in a sequence of frames in the format and "
+"resolution you prefer."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/rendering_the_animation.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/rendering_the_animation.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..03438cac
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/rendering_the_animation.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/rendering_the_animation.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/rendering_the_animation.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..deaad890
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/rendering_the_animation.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2207 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:4
+msgid "Previewing and Rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In order to generate the final animation, including all the "
+"transformations and effects applied to the scene elements, the scene has "
+"to be *rendered*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to *preview* the animation for performing checks and "
+"tune-ups before the full rendering process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:13
+msgid "Previewing the Animation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Animations can be previewed directly in the OpenToonz Viewer, including "
+"in the **Preview** mode all the Flipbook features, or by rendering a "
+"preview and visualizing it in a separate Flipbook window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In both cases the Flipbook window tools can be used, and its appearance "
+"can be customized (see  :ref:`Using the Flipbook <using_the_flipbook>`  "
+")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"If the computer performance worsens during the preview process of raster "
+"animation levels, try activating the **Minimize Raster Memory "
+"Fragmentation** option in the Preferences  →  General dialog (see  "
+":ref:`Optimizing the Memory Usage <optimizing_the_memory_usage>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:24
+msgid "Previewing Frames in the Viewer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"In the Viewer it is possible to activate the Preview mode to render the "
+"current frame according to the current camera (see  :ref:`Using the Stage"
+" Schematic <using_the_stage_schematic>`  for s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"When changing the current frame, for example by using the playback "
+"buttons, it is possible to render other frames of the scene as well. The "
+"framebar displays already rendered frames in *dark grey*, frames that "
+"have yet to be rendered in *light red*, and the current frame, while "
+"being rendered in *light green* and when already rendered in *light "
+"grey*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"For the current camera it is also possible to define a **Sub-camera**, "
+"having an area smaller than the camera frame, inside which the preview "
+"will be rendered, and outside which the scene elements will be displayed "
+"as they are."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"To optimize the preview time, only the area visible in the Viewer will be"
+" rendered: if you zoom out the viewer the preview will resume to render "
+"the new visualized area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"When the **Preview mode** is activated, every change made in the scene "
+"will cause the preview of frames affected by the changes to be "
+"recomputed. If, for some reason, the preview fails during the update "
+"process, you can regenerate the preview, which will automatically delete "
+"previously previewed frames, and compute them again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:35
+msgid "Once the frames are previewed, the results can be saved to disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"The background colors of the preview window, including the colors of the "
+"camera background, the window background and the checkerboard visible "
+"when transparent images are rendered, are those defined for the Flipbook "
+"(see  :ref:`Using the Flipbook <using_the_flipbook>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"When previewing frames in the Viewer it is possible to display blank "
+"frames after each preview playback, when looping (see  :ref:`Using the "
+"Flipbook <using_the_flipbook>`  ), and to limit the range of frames to be"
+" considered when playing back the animation by using the **Playback "
+"Markers** (see  :ref:`Using the Playback Markers "
+"<using_the_playback_markers>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"The Camera Box, the Field Guide, the Safe Area and the Guides can be "
+"shown or hidden in the Viewer during Preview as well (see  "
+":ref:`Customizing the Viewer <customizing_the_work_area>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"If the **Apply Shrink to Main Viewer** option is activated in the Preview"
+" Settings dialog, the previewed frames may have a reduced resolution (see"
+"  :ref:`Using the Preview Window <using_the_preview_window>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:45
+msgid "**To activate and deactivate the preview:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Preview** button (|preview|) in the viewer title bar to "
+"activate or deactivate the *Preview mode*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:49
+msgid "**To define a preview Sub-camera for the current camera:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Activate the **Define Sub-camera** button (|define_preview_subcamera|) in"
+" the viewer bottom bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag in the Viewer to define the box for the *Sub-camera area*;"
+" once the box is defined you can resize it by clicking and dragging its "
+"sides and corners, and move it by clicking and dragging inside of it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:55
+msgid "**To hide the Sub-camera box:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Deactivate the **Define Sub-camera** button (|define_preview_subcamera|) "
+"in the Viewer bottom bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:59
+msgid "**To activate and deactivate the Sub-camera preview:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Sub-camera Preview** button (|subcamera_preview|) in the "
+"Viewer title bar to activate or deactivate the *Sub-camera Preview mode*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:63
+msgid "**To regenerate the preview:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the viewer in *Preview mode* and choose from the menu that"
+" opens one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"**Regenerate Frame Preview** to delete and recompute the current frame "
+"only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"**Regenerate Preview** to delete and recompute the whole previewed frame "
+"range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:71
+msgid "**To save previewed frames:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:73
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:243
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:255
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:281
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:295
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:313
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:351
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:363
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:690
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:700
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:785
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:809
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:817
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:825
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:833
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:75
+msgid "Click the **Save Images** button (|save|) in the Viewer bottom bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Viewer, and choose **Save Previewed Frames** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:79
+msgid "Use the Browser to choose a name and location for the file to be saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"The saved files format will be the one currently defined in the **Output "
+"Settings** dialog, and the format options used at save time will also be "
+"the ones defined by using the **Options** button there (see  "
+":ref:`Choosing the Output Settings <choosing_the_output_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"The saved files *color depth* will always be 8 bit, regardless of the "
+"options chosen in the Output Settings or Preview Settings dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:89
+msgid "Using the Preview Window"
+msgstr "استفاده از پنجره Preview"
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"The animation can be previewed in a separate window according to specific"
+" *Preview Settings*, that can be different from the *Output Settings*. In"
+" this way the preview can be configured so that it is faster to compute "
+"then the final output, for example because it uses a camera with a "
+"smaller resolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to define the range of previewed frames both in the "
+"Preview Settings and by using the Playback Markers in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline: any change made in one mode is reflected in the other "
+"one as well (see  :ref:`Using the Playback Markers "
+"<using_the_playback_markers>`  ). It is also possible to display blank "
+"frames after each preview playback, when looping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:94
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to activate the Preferences  →  Preview  →  **Fit to "
+"Flipbook** option to ensure that the previewed images fit the size of the"
+" preview window, regardless their resolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to clone the Preview window, or to automatically open as "
+"many Preview windows as needed by activating the Preferences  →  Preview"
+"  →  **Display in a New Flipbook Window** option, for example to examine "
+"or compare specific frames by using the Flipbook tools (see  :ref:`Using "
+"the Flipbook <using_the_flipbook>` )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:98
+msgid "|preview_settings_dialog|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"As when changes are made in the scene all the preview windows "
+"automatically update, it is possible to check the animation before and "
+"after some editing by freezing any of the Previews."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"The Preview window framebar displays rendered frames in *grey*, frames "
+"that have yet to be rendered in *light red*, and the current frame that "
+"is being rendered in *light green*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"To optimize the preview time, only the area visible in the Preview window"
+" will be rendered: if you zoom out the Viewer the preview will resume to "
+"render the new visualized area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"The Preview Settings dialog lets you define the resolution, range, step "
+"and shrink of the preview frames. Settings are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"**Output Camera:** sets which camera, among the ones defined in the "
+"scene, has to be used to set the resolution and preview the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"**Frame Start:** and **End:** set the frame range of the scene to "
+"preview; by default these values refer to the whole scene length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"**Step:** sets the step for the rendered sequence; for example if it is "
+"two, one frame each two will be rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"**Shrink:** sets the reduction value for the previewed sequence "
+"resolution; for example if it is 2, one pixel each two will be rendered, "
+"thus resulting in previewed frames having half of the original output "
+"camera resolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"**Apply Shrink to Main Viewer** if activated uses the shrink value set in"
+" the preview settings to the preview mode of the viewer as well (see  "
+":ref:`Previewing Frames in the Viewer <previewing_frames_in_the_viewer>`"
+"  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"**Resample Balance:** controls the resample that is used when images are "
+"scaled or rotated. In scenes where images are strongly resampled, for "
+"instance when their size changes dramatically, the final rendering may "
+"appear slightly out of focus. By balancing the resample you can give some"
+" sharpness back to the rendered frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"There are several options to choose from. Originally *Toonz* provided "
+"three options: **Standard**, **Improved**, **High**. The higher the "
+"balance chosen, the longer the time needed for rendering the output. "
+"Additionally, *OpenToonz* provides several other standard resampling "
+"filters that could help improve the final results in a wider range of "
+"situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"**Channel Width:** sets the color depth for rendered images; choices are "
+"8 bit or 16 bit per color channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"**Dedicated CPUs:** sets, in case your computer has multiple CPUs, how "
+"many processors will be assigned to the previewing process. Setting the "
+"value to All will generate a number of rendering threads equal to the "
+"number of processors, thus speeding up the previewing process. However it"
+" is suggested to use the Half or Single values if the scene to preview is"
+" very complex, because the higher the dedicated CPUs, the more the memory"
+" required to perform the preview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"**Render Tile:** allows the preview of very complex scenes whose frames "
+"will be computed in tiles that are automatically stitched to create the "
+"final preview: the smaller the size of the tile, the longer the preview "
+"process. Setting the value to Medium or Small will allow the preview of "
+"very high resolution outputs of very complex scenes, that otherwise may "
+"fail to be previewed; setting the value to None may prevent some "
+"artifacts that the tile stitching may generate. In most of the cases the "
+"Large value will do the work, because it is not slower than the None "
+"option, and yet is able to preview complex scenes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"**Use Sub-camera**, when activated, uses the sub-camera defined for the "
+"selected camera in the preview frames (see  :ref:`Previewing Frames in "
+"the Viewer <previewing_frames_in_the_viewer>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:132
+msgid "**To set the scene preview settings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:134
+msgid "Choose File  →  **Preview Settings**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:136
+msgid "Set the options you want to use for the preview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:138
+msgid "**To open the preview window:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:140
+msgid "Choose File  →  **Preview**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:142
+msgid "**To clone the preview window:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Flipbook window and choose **Clone Preview** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:146
+msgid "**To freeze the preview rendering:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Flipbook window and choose **Freeze Preview** from the"
+" menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:150
+msgid "**To open a new Flipbook window every time you run a preview:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:152
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:158
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:164
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:289
+msgid "In File  →  Preferences  →  Preview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:154
+msgid "Activate the **Display in a New Flipbook Window** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:156
+msgid "**To rewind the preview content automatically after playback:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:160
+msgid "Activate the **Rewind After Playback** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:162
+msgid "**To display blank frames after each preview playback when looping:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:166
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:667
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:710
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:799
+msgid "Do any of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:168
+msgid ""
+"Use **Blank Frames** option to set how many blank frames you want to be "
+"displayed after each preview playback, when looping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:170
+msgid "Use **Blank Frames Color** option to set the color for the blank frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:176
+msgid "Previewing and Caching Effect Nodes in the Schematic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"The Preview window can also be opened from the FX Schematic, to check the"
+" compositing result up to a specific node. The behaviour of the FX "
+"Schematic Preview window is the same as the standard one (see  "
+":ref:`Using the Preview Window <using_the_preview_window>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"In case the Sub-camera is used, the Preview window will fit the Sub-"
+"camera area (see  :ref:`Using the Preview Window "
+"<using_the_preview_window>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to cache the preview up to a specific node, so that "
+"the result of the compositing up to that node is stored in the computer "
+"memory and will be reused with no need to recompute it the next time the "
+"preview is run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"Of course if something changes in the flow up to the cached node (for "
+"example if an object transformation or an effect parameter is changed), "
+"the cached preview will be discarded and will be stored again the next "
+"time the Preview is run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:185
+msgid "**To open a Preview window referring to an FX Schematic node:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:187
+msgid "Right-click the node and choose **Preview** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:189
+msgid "**To cache an effect node:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:191
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the node and choose **Cache FX** from the menu that opens: "
+"the effect node will be displayed with a fold at the bottom right corner "
+"to highlight that it has been cached."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:193
+msgid "**To uncache an effect node:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:195
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the node and choose **Cache FX** from the menu that opens: "
+"the cached preview images will be discarded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:201
+msgid "Using the Flipbook"
+msgstr "استفاده از Flipbook"
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:202
+msgid ""
+"The Flipbook is an image viewer where animation levels, images, clips and"
+" rendered frames can be displayed. In OpenToonz it is used to display the"
+" scene contents in the Viewer, including the Preview mode, and to display"
+" the previewed or rendered animations. It is also used to view files and "
+"levels from the browser or the Xsheet/Timeline, and to display the loaded"
+" Color Model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:204
+msgid ""
+"The Safe Area is the only element that can be shown or hidden in the "
+"Flipbook when previewing the animation (see  :ref:`Customizing the Viewer"
+" <customizing_the_work_area>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:206
+msgid ""
+"The Flipbook title bar displays the information about the content on the "
+"left, and the zoom percentage on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:208
+msgid "At the bottom a customizable set of buttons is available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:210
+msgid ""
+"The **Option** button (|option|) sets which buttons and elements have to "
+"be displayed in the bottom bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The **Save Images** button (|save|) opens a browser to save the flipbook "
+"content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:214
+msgid ""
+"The **Snapshot** (|snapshot|) and **Compare to Snapshot** (|compare|) "
+"buttons allow the comparison between different frames of the flipbook "
+"content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"The **Define Sub-camera** button (|define_preview_subcamera|) allows the "
+"definition of a region, smaller than the size of the loaded image "
+"sequence, that will limit the portion of the images that will be "
+"displayed in the Flipbook. It may prove useful to speed up the loading "
+"time and increase the playback speed, when you are only interested in a "
+"certain region of the full camera image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:218
+msgid ""
+"The **Sub-camera Preview** button (|subcamera_preview|) lets you activate"
+" or deactivate the defined sub-camera region (see above)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"The **Background** color buttons sets a **White** (|preview_white|), "
+"**Black** (|preview_black|) or **Checkered** (|preview_checkboard|) "
+"background for transparent images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:222
+msgid ""
+"The framerate slider sets the number of frames per second to be displayed"
+" during playback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:224
+msgid ""
+"The playback buttons can be used to play the Flipbook content back and "
+"set the current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:226
+msgid ""
+"The **Channel** buttons display the Red, Green, Blue and Alpha channels "
+"of the Flipbook content, both in *colors* and *grey-scale*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:228
+msgid ""
+"The **Histogram** button (|histogram|) opens a window displaying "
+"histograms mapping the amount of the darkest and lightest pixels in each "
+"channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"If the bottom bar is too short to display all the options, it can be "
+"scrolled by using arrow buttons available at its ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"In an opened Flipbook it is possible to load new contents both replacing "
+"the previous animation, or appending the new contents to it. When several"
+" Flipbooks are opened, their playback can be *linked*, so that moving the"
+" current frame or playing the contents back in one of them, automatically"
+" moves the current frames and plays the contents back in *all* the other "
+"Flipbooks as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:235
+msgid ""
+"The colors displayed as background in the flipbook can also be customized"
+" so that they can better fit the color scheme of the production."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:237
+msgid "**To open a Flipbook:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:239
+msgid "Choose Window  →  **Flipbook**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:241
+msgid "**To load some contents into a Flipbook:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Flipbook and choose **Load Images** from the menu that"
+" opens, then use the Browser to retrieve the file you want to load."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:247
+msgid ""
+"Drag and drop the file you want to load from the OpenToonz file browser "
+"to the Flipbook."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:249
+msgid "**To append some content to the Flipbook content:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:251
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Flipbook and choose **Append Images** from the menu "
+"that opens, then use the Browser to retrieve the file you want to append "
+"to the current content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:253
+msgid "**To navigate the Flipbook content:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:257
+msgid ""
+"Use the zoom shortcut keys (by default **+** and **-** keys) to zoom in "
+"and zoom out at specific steps (e.g. 50%, 100%, 200%, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:259
+msgid "Use the mouse wheel to zoom in and zoom out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:261
+msgid "Click and drag to define an area you want to zoom to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:263
+msgid ""
+"Use the Reset View shortcut (by default the **Alt + 0** key), or right-"
+"click in the Viewer and choose **Reset View** from the menu that opens, "
+"to display the Flipbook content at its actual size, and centered on the "
+"image center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:265
+msgid "Middle-click and drag to scroll in any direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:267
+msgid "**To fit the size of the Flipbook window to its content:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:269
+msgid "Double-click the Flipbook title bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:271
+msgid "**Windows only - to enter/exit the Flipbook full screen mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:273
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the Flipbook and choose **Full Screen Mode** / **Exit Full "
+"Screen Mode** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:275
+msgid "**To customize the Flipbook bottom bar:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:277
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Option** button (|option|) to choose which buttons and elements"
+" have to be displayed: only selected items will be displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:279
+msgid "**To play the Flipbook content back:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:283
+msgid "Use the **Play** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:285
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:299
+msgid "Drag the frame bar cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:287
+msgid "**To rewind the Flipbook content automatically after playback:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:291
+msgid "Activate the **Rewind after Playback** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:293
+msgid "**To set the current frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:297
+msgid "Use the playback buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:301
+msgid "Type in the frame bar field the number of the frame you want to view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:303
+msgid "**To link the playback of all the open Flipbook windows:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:305
+msgid ""
+"Choose View  →  **Link Flipbooks** to activate or deactivate the linked "
+"playback mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:307
+msgid "**To set the playback frame rate:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:309
+msgid ""
+"Use the frame rate slider; by default the framerate is the one set in the"
+" **Scene Settings** dialog (see  :ref:`Setting the Frame Rate "
+"<setting_the_frame_rate>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:311
+msgid "**To save the Flipbook content:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:315
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Flipbook and choose **Save Images** from the menu that"
+" opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:317
+msgid "Click the **Save Images** button (|save|) in the Flipbook bottom bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"Use the Browser to choose a name, a format and a location for the file to"
+" be saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:321
+msgid "**To take a snapshot of a frame and compare it to another frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:323
+msgid ""
+"Select the frame you want to store and click the **Snapshot** button "
+"(|snapshot|) in the Flipbook bottom bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:325
+msgid ""
+"Move to a different frame, or load some different content, and click the "
+"**Compare to Snapshot** button (|compare|)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:327
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the vertical or horizontal marker to display the taken "
+"snapshot under the current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:329
+msgid ""
+"Click again the **Compare to Snapshot** button (|compare|) to exit the "
+"compare mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:331
+msgid "**To Define the Loading Box:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:333
+msgid "Load in the Flipbook the sequence of images you want to visualize."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:335
+msgid ""
+"Activate the **Define Loading Box** button (|define_preview_subcamera|) "
+"in the Flipbook bottom bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag in the image to Define the Loading Box; once the box is "
+"defined you can resize it by clicking and dragging its sides and corners,"
+" and move it by clicking and dragging inside it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:339
+msgid "**To activate and deactivate the Loading Box:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Use Loading Box** button (|subcamera_preview|) in the "
+"Flipbook bottombar to activate or deactivate the loading box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:343
+msgid "**To set the Flipbook background color for transparent images:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:345
+msgid ""
+"Click the **White Background** (|preview_white|), **Black Background** "
+"(|preview_black|) or **Checkered Background** (|preview_checkboard|) "
+"buttons in the Flipbook bottom bar to activate/deactivate the desired "
+"background color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:347
+msgid ""
+"In the Preview window and when the Viewer is in *Preview mode* the "
+"background color will be visible behind the *Camera BG Color* (see below "
+")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:349
+msgid "**To set the image channels to be displayed:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:353
+msgid ""
+"Click the top section of the **Red**, **Green** and **Blue** buttons in "
+"the Flipbook bottom bar to display, or hide, the related *image channel* "
+"in colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:355
+msgid ""
+"Click *the bottom* section of the **Red**, **Green** and **Blue** buttons"
+" in the Flipbook bottom bar to display, or hide, the related *image "
+"channel* in grey-scale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:357
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Alpha Channel** button in the Flipbook bottom bar to display,"
+" or hide, the image alpha channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:359
+msgid "When no channel button is activated the full image is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:361
+msgid "**To display the Histograms of the Flipbook content:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:365
+msgid "Click the **Histogram** button (|histogram|) in the Flipbook bottom bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:367
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the Flipbook content and choose **Show Histogram** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:369
+msgid "Choose the channel for which you want to see the histogram."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:371
+msgid "**To define the previewed images background color:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:373
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:385
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Scene Settings...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:375
+msgid "Set the **Camera BG Color** by doing one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:377
+msgid "Set the **Red**, **Green** and **Blue** values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:379
+msgid ""
+"Click the *color thumbnail* and use the Style Editor to edit it (see  "
+":ref:`Plain Colors <plain_colors>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"This color is relevant only in the Preview window and when the Viewer is "
+"in *Preview mode*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:383
+msgid "**To define the Flipbook checkerboard colors:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:387
+msgid ""
+"Set the **Checkerboard Color 1** and **Color 2** by doing one of the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:389
+msgid "Set the Red, Green and Blue values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:391
+msgid ""
+"Click the color thumbnail and use the Style Editor to edit it (see  "
+":ref:`Plain Colors <plain_colors>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:397
+msgid "Using the Playback Markers"
+msgstr "استفاده از Playback Marker ها"
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:398
+msgid ""
+"Two markers, **Playback Start Marker** and **Playback End Marker**, are "
+"available in the frame column of the Xsheet (and the frame row of the "
+"Timeline) to define the playback range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"The user can manually set the playback markers to define the *starting* "
+"and *ending* frames to be considered when playing back the animation, or "
+"leave them unset, so OpenToonz automatically defines a playback range "
+"that includes all of the Xsheet/Timeline contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:402
+msgid ""
+"When the playback markers are activated, the frame range in the **Preview"
+" Settings...** dialog changes accordingly (see  :ref:`Using the Preview "
+"Window <using_the_preview_window>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:404
+msgid "**To set a playback range:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:406
+msgid "Set the starting frame by doing one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:408
+msgid "Drag the **Playback Start Marker** to the desired frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:410
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the desired frame in the frame column/bar and select **Set"
+" Start Marker** from the menu that shows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:412
+msgid "Set the ending frame by doing one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:414
+msgid "Drag the **Playback End Marker** to the desired frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:416
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the desired frame in the frame column and select **Set "
+"Stop Marker** from the menu that shows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:418
+msgid ""
+"**To set the playback range to match the duration of a block of "
+"contiguous exposed cells:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:420
+msgid ""
+"In the Xsheet/Timeline, select an exposed cell from the desired "
+"column/layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:422
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the desired frame in the frame column and select **Set "
+"Auto Markers** from the menu that shows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:424
+msgid ""
+"There must be an exposed cell in that column/layer at that frame for the "
+"**Set Auto Markers** option to be available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:426
+msgid ""
+"No matter to what block of contiguous exposed cells the selected cell "
+"belongs to, this function will take into account the frame in which the "
+"user performed the right click operation to set the markers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:428
+msgid "**To set a single-frame playback range:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:430
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the desired frame in the frame column/bar and select "
+"**Preview This** from the menu that shows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:432
+msgid "**To unset the playback markers:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:434
+msgid ""
+"Right click on the frame column and select **Remove Markers** from the "
+"menu that shows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:436
+msgid "When deactivated, playback markers turn *grey*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:441
+msgid "Rendering the Animation"
+msgstr "رندر انیمیشن"
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:442
+msgid ""
+"Final animations can be rendered directly by loading the related scene, "
+"or in batch mode. In both cases the rendering properties are defined in "
+"the Output Settings dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:444
+msgid ""
+"Information about the scene name and frame number can be included when "
+"needed in rendered frames by activating the **Show Info in Rendered "
+"Frames** option in the Preferences  →  General dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:450
+msgid "Choosing the Output Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:451
+msgid ""
+"The Output Settings dialog lets you define the file format, location and "
+"properties for the final rendering. Settings are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:453
+msgid "|output_settings_dialog|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:458
+msgid "Camera Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:460
+msgid ""
+"**Output Camera:** sets which camera, among the ones defined in the "
+"scene, has to be used to render the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:462
+msgid ""
+"**Frame Size** sets the frame size of the current camera, also available "
+"in the Xsheet  →  **Camera Settings...** dialog (see  :ref:`Defining "
+"Camera Settings <defining_camera_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:464
+msgid ""
+"**Frame Start:** and **End:** set the frame range of the scene to render;"
+" by default these values refer to the whole scene length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:466
+msgid ""
+"**Step:** sets the step for the rendered sequence; for example if it is "
+"2, one frame each two will be rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:468
+msgid ""
+"**Shrink:** sets a reduction value for the defined render resolution; for"
+" example if it is 2, one pixel each two will be rendered, thus resulting "
+"in frames having half of the original output camera resolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:473
+msgid "File Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:475
+msgid ""
+"**Save in:** is for setting the location where the output is saved; the "
+"location can be set by typing or by using the Browser button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:477
+msgid ""
+"If in the Browser you choose any default folder of the active project, in"
+" the path field the full path will be replaced by the related default "
+"folder alias (see  :ref:`Project Default Folders "
+"<project_default_folders>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:479
+msgid ""
+"**Name:** is the name you want to assign to the output file; by default "
+"it's the name of the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:481
+msgid ""
+"In case the chosen file format produces image sequences, the base name "
+"will be assigned to all rendered frames, that will be identified by a "
+"progressive four-digits number written between the *base name* and the "
+"*file extension*, e.g. ``animation.0001.tif`` , ``animation.0002.tif`` , "
+"etc. These file sequences will be displayed in the OpenToonz File Browser"
+" with a double dot before the file extension, e.g. ``animation..tif`` , "
+"and treated as a single animation level when loaded back into OpenToonz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:483
+msgid ""
+"**File Format** is the format for the output; natively supported formats "
+"are the following: 3GP, AVI, BMP, GIF, JPG, MOV, NOL, PNG, RGB, SGI, "
+"Spritesheet, TGA, TIF and TIFF."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:485
+msgid ""
+"OpenToonz supports the 3GP and MOV formats by using the 32-bit version of"
+" QuickTime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:487
+msgid ""
+"To save in other popular video formats, like MP4 and WebM, OpenToonz uses"
+" FFmpeg (a free software project that produces libraries and programs for"
+" handling multimedia data). Once FFmpeg is installed in the system, and "
+"configured to work with OpenToonz, MP4 and WebM will be listed along the "
+"other standard output file formats. For detailed instructions on how to "
+"install and configure FFmpeg, please see  :ref:`Using FFmpeg with "
+"OpenToonz <using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:489
+msgid ""
+"Apart from 3GP, AVI, GIF, MOV, MP4 and WebM, all other formats will "
+"output image sequences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:491
+msgid ""
+"**Options** button, opens a dialog to set specific properties related to "
+"the chosen file format, such as codecs for video files, color depth for "
+"TIF images, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:493
+msgid ""
+"**Resample Balance:** controls the resample that is used when images are "
+"scaled or rotated. In scenes where images are strongly resampled, for "
+"instance when their size changes dramatically, the final rendering may "
+"appear slightly out of focus. By chosing a different resampling algorithm"
+" you can give some sharpness back to the rendered frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:495
+msgid ""
+"There are several options to choose from. Originally Toonz provided only "
+"three options: **Standard**, **Improved**, and **High**. The higher the "
+"balance chosen, the longer the time needed for rendering the output. "
+"Currently OpenToonz also provides several other standard resampling "
+"options that could help improve the final results in a wider range of "
+"situations. These include: **Triange filter**, **Mitchell-Netravali "
+"filter**, **Cubic convolution**, **Hann window**, **Hamming window**, "
+"**Lanczos window**, **Gaussian convolution**, **Closest Pixel** and "
+"**Bilinear**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:497
+msgid ""
+"**Channel Width:** sets the color depth for rendered images; choices are "
+"**8 bit** and **16 bit** per color channel. If using the 16 bit channel "
+"width, be sure to select an output file format supporting it, for example"
+" the **TIF** format with the **64(RGBA)** option activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:499
+msgid ""
+"**Dedicated CPUs:** sets, in case your computer has multiple CPUs, how "
+"many processor threads will be assigned to the rendering process. Setting"
+" the value to **All** will generate a number of rendering threads equal "
+"to the number of processors, thus speeding up the rendering process. "
+"However in systems with limited RAM resources, it's suggested to use the "
+"**Half** or **Single** options if the scene to render is very complex, "
+"because the higher the dedicated CPUs, the more RAM will be required to "
+"perform the rendering, leading to potentially longer rendering times or "
+"system instability."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:501
+msgid ""
+"**Render Tile:** allows the rendering of complex scenes, by dividing each"
+" frame in a certain number of *tiles*, which are individually rendered "
+"and finally stitched together to create the final output frame: the "
+"smaller the size of the tiles, the longer the rendering will take but the"
+" less RAM will require. Setting the value to **Medium** or **Small** will"
+" allow the rendering of very high resolution outputs of very complex "
+"scenes, that otherwise may fail to be rendered; setting the value to "
+"**None** may prevent some artifacts that the tile stitching may generate."
+" In most cases the **Large** value will do the work, because it's not "
+"slower than the **None** option, and yet is able to render complex "
+"scenes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:506
+msgid "Other Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:508
+msgid ""
+"**Add Clapperboard** allows to add a Clapperboard. A clapperboard is a "
+"static image intended to display information of the scene. It will be "
+"added before the rendered frames, in order to record and convey "
+"information to subsequent phases of the pipeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:510
+msgid ""
+"For this option to be enabled you must first choose any video file format"
+" from the **File Format** dropdown menu (i.e. 3GP, AVI, MOV, MP4 or "
+"WebM)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:512
+msgid ""
+"**Edit Clapperboard...** button, opens a dialog for designing the "
+"clapperboard and setting its properties. For detailed information on "
+"using the Clapperboard feature, please see the  :ref:`Using The "
+"Clapperboard <using_the_clapperboard>`  section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:514
+msgid ""
+"**Gamma:** performs a gamma correction on rendered images before writing "
+"them to a file; the value you specify can include decimal fractions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:516
+msgid ""
+"**Dominant Field:** allows you to render two images per frame, then "
+"keeping only *odd* lines from one image, and *even* lines from the other "
+"to compose a final frame. This process is called *interlacing*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:518
+msgid ""
+"*Interlaced* images are useful when experiencing a strobe effect due to a"
+" fast camera or object movement, as all movement interpolation will be "
+"effectively doubled (having one *odd-lines image* and one *even-lines "
+"image*, instead of just one full *progresive* frame), thus becoming "
+"smoother."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:520
+msgid ""
+"Field rendering is only relevant for scenes that are intended for video "
+"output. Options are **None** (for rendering *progresive* frames), **Even "
+"(PAL)** and **Odd (NTSC)** (for chosing which of the rendered "
+"*interlaced* fields is to be shown in first place). Usually you should "
+"choose it according to the video standard you are outputting to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:522
+msgid ""
+"**Frame Rate**: is the frame rate of the scene, also available in the "
+"Xsheet  →  **Scene Settings...** dialog (see  :ref:`Setting the Frame "
+"Rate <setting_the_frame_rate>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:524
+msgid ""
+"**Stretch from FPS:  To:** changes the timing of the Xsheet when "
+"outputting files; in this way you can output a number of frames that is "
+"independent from the frame rate set in the scene settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:526
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you are working at 25 fps, a 150 frames Xsheet will "
+"produce 6 seconds of animation. If you need to transfer the frame rate to"
+" 30 fps using the same Xsheet, the animation will last 5 seconds (150 "
+"frames divided by 30 fps is equal to 5 seconds), and consequently it will"
+" be a little bit faster. Stretching from 25 to 30 fps, the output will "
+"include an increased number of frames to retain the original time length,"
+" and the rendered frames will be 180 (6 seconds multiplied by 30 fps is "
+"equal to 180 frames)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:528
+msgid ""
+"When going from a higher frame rate to a lower one, some level drawings "
+"will not be used because the number of output frames decreases. When "
+"doing the contrary, some level drawings will be repeated because the "
+"number of output frames is higher. Interpolations for object movements "
+"and special effects variations will be re-computed according to the final"
+" frame rate, in order to keep all the interpolations as smooth as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:530
+msgid ""
+"When the field rendering is used (by using the **Dominant Field** option)"
+" and the **Stretch** feature is set for passing from a lower frame rate "
+"to a higher one, drawings and images *will be interlaced* as well, to "
+"create newly added frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:532
+msgid ""
+"The **Particles** effect may have unexpected results when the scene is "
+"stretched to a higher FPS value, as the effect requires the original "
+"timing information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:534
+msgid ""
+"**Multiple Rendering:** creates automatically for a single scene several "
+"output files based on the Xsheet columns (or Timeline layers) content, "
+"and according to the FX Schematic. Options are **None**, **FX Schematic "
+"Flows** and **FX Schematic Terminal Nodes** (see  :ref:`Creating Multiple"
+" Renderings <creating_multiple_renderings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:536
+msgid ""
+"**Do stereoscopy** activates the stereoscopic 3D output of the scenes. "
+"Each frame will be rendered from two different camera view creating two "
+"sequences of files, one for each view. The suffixes **_l** (left) and "
+"**_r** (right) will be used to identify sequences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:538
+msgid "**Camera Shift:** sets the distance between the two camera views."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:540
+msgid ""
+"For working properly at least some elements of the scene must have "
+"**Z-Depth** values other than 0 in their positioning. OpenToonz uses "
+"these values and the **Camera Shift** parameter for rendering the "
+"stereoscopic effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:542
+msgid ""
+"**Render** button, starts rendering the scene using the current render "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:544
+msgid "**To set the scene output settings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:546
+msgid "Choose File  →  Output Settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:548
+msgid "Set the options you want to use for the final rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:554
+msgid "Using The Clapperboard"
+msgstr "استفاده از Clapperboard"
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:555
+msgid ""
+"A clapperboard is a static image intended to display information of the "
+"scene. It will be added before the rendered frames, in order to record "
+"and convey information to subsequent phases of the pipeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:557
+msgid "|clapperboard|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:559
+msgid ""
+"The clapperboard consists of board *items*. At the bottom-right of the "
+"Clapperboard Settings dialog there is a list of all the clapperboard "
+"items, which can be layered by moving them **Up** or **Down** in the list"
+" by using the appropriate buttons. Items can also be created or deleted "
+"by using the **Add** or **Remove** buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:563
+msgid ""
+"Settings for the *currently selected* item are displayed above the items "
+"list, at the top-right of the Clapperboard Settings dialog. Each item has"
+" an information **Type:**. Most of them will automatically retrieve the "
+"correspondent data from the current scene or the system, such as: scene "
+"**Duration**, **Scene location**, **Current date**, etc. Other types, "
+"such as **Text** or **Image** allow to input user defined data to be "
+"displayed in the Clapperboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:567
+msgid ""
+"The settings can be saved as a *Preset* in order to be reused later, "
+"using the **Save as Preset** and **Load Preset** buttons. They can also "
+"be stored in the project's default settings by using the File  →  **Save "
+"Default Settings** command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:570
+msgid ""
+"WARNING: Adding the Clapperboard will make the scene file to lose "
+"compatibility with older versions of OpenToonz. Setting the **Duration:**"
+" back to 0 will remove the clapperboard data from the scene, so that "
+"compatibility can be restored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:572
+msgid "**To Add a Clapperboard:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:574
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:590
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:596
+msgid "Open the File  →  Output Settings... dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:576
+msgid ""
+"Select the output file format to any movie type (3GP, AVI, MOV, MP4 or "
+"WebM)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:578
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:598
+msgid "Open **Other Settings** group box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:580
+msgid "Enable the **Add Clapperboard** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:582
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:600
+msgid ""
+"Click **Edit Clapperboard...** button. The **Clapperboard Settings** "
+"dialog opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:584
+msgid "Set the **Duration (frames):** option to any value greater than 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:586
+msgid ""
+"Setting the duration to 0 frames will remove the clapperboard data from "
+"the scene when it's saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:588
+msgid "**To temporarily deactivate the Clapperboard:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:592
+msgid "Disable the **Add Clapperboard** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:594
+msgid "**To Delete the Clapperboard:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:602
+msgid "Set the **Duration (frames):** option value to 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:604
+msgid "Save the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:610
+msgid "Creating Multiple Renderings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:611
+msgid ""
+"With **Multiple Rendering:** it's possible to render automatically, from "
+"a single scene, several output files based on the Xsheet columns (or "
+"Timeline layers) content and according to the FX Schematic. Options are "
+"**None**, **FX Schematic Flows** and **FX Schematic Terminal Nodes**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:613
+msgid ""
+"**Flows**: creates as many outputs as the **flows connecting the column "
+"nodes to the Xsheet node**. Any effect nodes with multiple input ports "
+"met along the flow (such as Matte effects) will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:615
+msgid ""
+"**Terminal Nodes**: creates as many outputs as the **number of nodes "
+"linked to the Xsheet node**; all the columns and effects linked to each "
+"of these nodes will be taken into account for the rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:617
+msgid ""
+"The names of the different output files are automatically generated in "
+"order to avoid any name conflict between file names. In particular they "
+"are built by appending to the *output file name*: the **column name**, "
+"then the **column ID** (as can be read in the node tooltip), then the "
+"**effect name**, then the **effect ID** (as can be read in the node "
+"tooltip) *in case the effect node was renamed*. For example "
+"``scene01_B(Col3)_My Blur(Blur1)..tif``  is one of the output files of "
+"the scene *scene01* , related to the flow going from column *B* (whose ID"
+" is *Col3*) to the effect node *My Blur* (whose ID is *Blur1*)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:619
+msgid ""
+"No output will be displayed after the rendering, regardless of **Open "
+"Flipbook after Rendering** being activated in Preferences  →  Preview "
+"dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:621
+msgid ""
+"If you need more control on the way scene elements are rendered, you may "
+"consider using Sub-Xsheets and the **Over** effect (see  :ref:`Using Sub-"
+"Xsheets <using_sub-xsheets>`  and  :ref:`Over <over>`  ). For example if "
+"you want a single output for a set of columns/layers, you may collapse "
+"them in a Sub-Xsheet (in case of **Flows** type multiple rendering) or "
+"connect them to several Over nodes (in case of **Terminal Nodes** type "
+"multiple rendering)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:627
+msgid "Rendering Animations with Alpha Channel Information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:628
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to render a scene with a transparent background color in "
+"order to export it to editing systems supporting alpha channel "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:630
+msgid ""
+"In this case no image has to be used as background, and the output file "
+"format has to support alpha channel information, e.g. TIF at 32 or 64 "
+"bits per pixel, TGA at 32 bits per pixel, or MOV with codecs supporting "
+"alpha (i.e. Animation)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:632
+msgid "**To render animation with alpha channel information:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:634
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Scene Settings...**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:636
+msgid "Set the alpha channel of the **Camera BG Color** to 0 (i.e. transparent)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:638
+msgid "Choose an output file format supporting alpha channel information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:644
+msgid "Rendering A Loaded Scene"
+msgstr "رندر یک صحنه بارگذاری شده"
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:645
+msgid ""
+"The current scene can be rendered directly while being loaded in "
+"OpenToonz according to the defined Output Settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:647
+msgid ""
+"By choosing the appropriate range in the Output Settings it's possible to"
+" render the scene in chunks, for example by rendering a section first, "
+"and then another one. In this case the animation available in the Output "
+"location will always include all frames rendered up to that point, both "
+"if the format is a multiple-files output (e.g. TIF or TGA), and a single-"
+"file one (e.g. MP4 or MOV). The same applies if a section of the scene "
+"has to be rendered again because some corrections were needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:649
+msgid ""
+"If the scene contains some audio files and is rendered in a file format "
+"supporting audio (for example MP4), all the audio files will be merged to"
+" form the soundtrack of the movie (see  :ref:`Creating a Soundtrack "
+"<creating_a_soundtrack>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:651
+msgid ""
+"Audio files loaded in Sub-Xsheets will not be included in the output "
+"soundtrack (see  :ref:`Using Sub-Xsheets <using_sub-xsheets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:653
+msgid ""
+"As soon as the rendering is over, the rendered animation can be "
+"automatically displayed in a OpenToonz Flipbook by activating the **Open "
+"Flipbook after Rendering** option in the Preferences  →  Preview dialog; "
+"it's also possible to display blank frames after each rendering playback "
+"when looping. If a soundtrack is available for the rendered scene, it's "
+"also possible to listen to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:655
+msgid ""
+"When displayed in the Flipbook, the rendering can be checked by using the"
+" Flipbook tools (see  :ref:`Using the Flipbook <using_the_flipbook>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:657
+msgid ""
+"You can also activate the **Use Default Viewer for Movie Format** option "
+"in the Preferences  →  General dialog, in order to play back the output "
+"with its own default viewer, e.g. QuickTime Player for the MOV format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:659
+msgid "**To render the currently loaded scene:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:661
+msgid "Choose File  →  **Render**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:663
+msgid "**To display blank frames after each rendering playback when looping:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:665
+msgid "Choose File  →  Preferences  →  **Preview**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:669
+msgid ""
+"In **Blank Frames:** set how many blank frames you want to be displayed "
+"after each preview playback, when looping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:671
+msgid "In **Blank Frames Color:** set the color for the blank frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:677
+msgid "Rendering Scenes in Batch Mode"
+msgstr "رندر صحنه ها در Batch Mode"
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:678
+msgid ""
+"The rendering of a scene can be added to a task list and performed in "
+"batch mode, in order to run it in the background while you perform other "
+"work on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:680
+msgid ""
+"*Render tasks* can be submitted from the OpenToonz Browser and can be "
+"managed and executed in the Tasks pane, together with *Cleanup tasks* "
+"(see  :ref:`Cleaning up Drawings in Batch Mode "
+"<cleaning_up_drawings_in_batch_mode>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:682
+msgid "|tasks_render|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:684
+msgid ""
+"The Tasks pane is divided into two sections: on the left there is the "
+"Task tree where all of the *Render tasks* are displayed with a clapboard "
+"icon and all the *Cleanup tasks* with a brush icon; on the right there is"
+" Information about the task selected in the Task tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:686
+msgid ""
+"The Task list can be saved as TNZBAT files and loaded back later, in case"
+" you want to manage it through different working sessions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:688
+msgid "**To Save a Task list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:692
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Save** (|save|) or the **Save As** (|save_as|) buttons in the"
+" top bar of the Tasks pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:694
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the **Tasks** item at the top of the list and choose **Save "
+"Task List** or the **Save Task List As** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:696
+msgid "Use the Browser that opens to save the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:698
+msgid "**To Load a Task list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:702
+msgid "Click the **Load** (|load|) button in the top bar of the Tasks pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:704
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the **Tasks** item at the top of the list and choose **Load "
+"Task List** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:706
+msgid "Use the Browser that opens to retrieve and load a previously saved list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:708
+msgid "**To resize the Tasks pane sections:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:712
+msgid "Click and drag the separator to resize sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:714
+msgid "Click and drag the separator toward the window border to hide a section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:716
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the separator collapsed to the window border toward the "
+"window center to display again the hidden section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:722
+msgid "Managing and Executing Render Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:723
+msgid ""
+"When a *Render task* is selected in the tree, in the section on the right"
+" of the Tasks pane task-related properties are displayed, some of which "
+"can be edited to configure the task. Properties are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:725
+msgid ""
+"**Name** displays the task name; it can be edited to better identify the "
+"task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:727
+msgid "**Status** shows if the task is: Waiting, Running, Completed or Failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:729
+msgid ""
+"**Command Line** displays the command line related to the task execution "
+"with arguments and qualifiers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:731
+msgid "**Server** displays the computer that is running, or will run, the task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:733
+msgid "**Submitted By** displays the *user* that submitted the task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:735
+msgid ""
+"**Submitted On** displays the *computer* from where the task was "
+"submitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:737
+msgid "**Submission Date** displays *when* the task was submitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:739
+msgid "**Start Date** displays when the task execution started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:741
+msgid "**Completion Date** displays when the task execution was completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:743
+msgid "**Duration** displays how long the execution lasted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:745
+msgid "**Step Count** displays the number of frames rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:747
+msgid "**Failed Steps** displays the number of frames that failed to be rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:749
+msgid "**Successful Steps** displays the number of frames successfully rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:751
+msgid ""
+"**Priority** sets the importance or urgency of the task: tasks with a "
+"higher priority will be executed first. It can be edited to change the "
+"task priority."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:753
+msgid ""
+"**Output** displays the location, name and extension of the rendered "
+"output; this information comes from the scene output settings but can be "
+"edited here before the rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:755
+msgid ""
+"**Frames Per Chunk** sets how the task is divided into sub-tasks in order"
+" to distribute the rendering job in the render farm, one sub-task for "
+"each computer. It can be edited to change the chunk size (see  "
+":ref:`Using Chunks when Rendering Tasks "
+"<using_chunks_when_rendering_tasks>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:757
+msgid ""
+"**From** and **To** set the scene frame range to render; this information"
+" comes from the scene output settings but can be edited here before the "
+"rendering (see  :ref:`Choosing the Output Settings "
+"<choosing_the_output_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:759
+msgid ""
+"**Step** sets the step for the rendered sequence; this information comes "
+"from the scene output settings but can be edited here before the "
+"rendering (see  :ref:`Choosing the Output Settings "
+"<choosing_the_output_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:761
+msgid ""
+"**Shrink** sets the reduction value of the rendered sequence resolution; "
+"this information comes from the scene output settings but can be edited "
+"here before the rendering (see  :ref:`Choosing the Output Settings "
+"<choosing_the_output_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:763
+msgid ""
+"**Dedicated CPUs** sets how many processors are assigned to the rendering"
+" process; this information comes from the scene output settings but can "
+"be edited here before the rendering (see  :ref:`Choosing the Output "
+"Settings <choosing_the_output_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:765
+msgid ""
+"**Render Tile** sets if the rendering has to be computed in tiles; this "
+"information comes from the scene output settings but can be edited here "
+"before the rendering (see  :ref:`Choosing the Output Settings "
+"<choosing_the_output_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:767
+msgid ""
+"**Dependencies** lets you set which of the other submitted tasks *have to"
+" be successfully completed* before starting the current task execution: "
+"these tasks can be added from the box on the right where all submitted "
+"tasks are displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:769
+msgid "Task execution can be started and stopped from the task list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:771
+msgid ""
+"When the tasks are executed, the icon color tells the status of the task "
+"according to the following color code:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:773
+msgid "*Grey*, when the task is *waiting* or is not executed yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:775
+msgid "*Yellow*, when the task is *being executed*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:777
+msgid "*Green*, when the task is *successfully executed*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:779
+msgid "*Orange*, when the task is *executed with some errors*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:781
+msgid "*Red*, when the task *execution has failed*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:783
+msgid "**To Add scenes to render in the task list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:787
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Add Render** button (|add_render|) in the top bar of the "
+"Tasks pane and use the Browser to select a scene file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:789
+msgid ""
+"Select the scenes in the OpenToonz Browser, then right-click any of them "
+"and choose **Add As Render Task** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:791
+msgid "**To Configure the render task in the task list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:793
+msgid "Select a render task in the task list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:795
+msgid "Configure it by using the options available on the right of the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:797
+msgid "**To select tasks in the task list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:801
+msgid "Click a task to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:803
+msgid "Shift-click a task to extend the selection up to that task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:805
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) a task to add it to, or remove it from"
+" the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:807
+msgid "**To Execute selected tasks:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:811
+msgid "Click the **Start** (|start|) button in the top bar of the Tasks pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:813
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any selected task icon and choose **Start** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:815
+msgid "**To Stop the execution of selected tasks:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:819
+msgid "Click the **Stop** (|stop|) button in the top bar of the Tasks pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:821
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any selected task icon and choose **Stop** from the menu that"
+" opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:823
+msgid "**To Remove selected tasks from the list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:827
+msgid "Click the **Remove** (|remove|) button in the top bar of the Tasks pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:829
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any selected task in the list and choose **Remove** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:831
+msgid "**To Add or Remove tasks from the Dependencies list:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:835
+msgid ""
+"To Add a task to the dependencies list, select a task in the task list on"
+" the right and click the **<< Add** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:837
+msgid ""
+"To Remove a task from the dependencies list, select a task in the "
+"dependencies list on the left, and click the **Remove >>** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:843
+msgid "Using Chunks when Rendering Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:844
+msgid ""
+"If you are using the OpenToonz render farm, it's possible to divide a "
+"task into chunks so that each computer of the farm will render a section "
+"of the same render task (see  :ref:`Using the Toonz Farm "
+"<using_the_toonz_farm>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:846
+msgid ""
+"The default value for the chunk size (expressed in number of frames) can "
+"be set using the **Render Task Chunk Size** in the Preferences  →  "
+"General pane. If the default value is higher than the duration (in "
+"frames) of the submitted scene, the value will be automatically adjusted "
+"to be equal to the duration of the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:848
+msgid ""
+"Once a task is submitted, it's possible to change the chunk size by "
+"editing the related value in the task properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:850
+msgid ""
+"When a task is divided into chunks, each chunk of the task is represented"
+" in the task tree as a sub-task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:852
+msgid ""
+"Render tasks and sub-tasks will be distributed on the farm, one for each "
+"computer, so that several tasks can be executed at the same time (see  "
+":ref:`Using the Toonz Farm <using_the_toonz_farm>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:854
+msgid ""
+"If you are not using the OpenToonz render farm, dividing the task into "
+"chunks is not only useless, but it slows down the rendering process as "
+"well. For this reason it's suggested to use a high **Render Task Chunk "
+"Size** value (e.g. 1000) in the Preferences  →  General pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/rendering_the_animation.rst:856
+msgid ""
+"Chunk size is relevant only when animations are rendered as image "
+"sequences (for example in TIF or TGA formats)."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/scanning_paper_drawings.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/scanning_paper_drawings.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/scanning_paper_drawings.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/scanning_paper_drawings.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/scanning_paper_drawings.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f315041b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/scanning_paper_drawings.po
@@ -0,0 +1,680 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:4
+msgid "Scanning Paper Drawings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:6
+msgid ""
+"Currently OpenToonz DOES NOT SUPPORT the native scanning functionality, "
+"as described in this page. Instead you can use the provided GTS scanning "
+"and cleaning software, please follow `this link to download GTS "
+"<https://opentoonz.github.io/e/download/gts.html>`_ ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"This manual page is preserved in its original form, in case the scanning "
+"code of OpenToonz is reactivated in a future version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"In order to be managed by OpenToonz, paper drawings have to be scanned "
+"into OpenToonz. Paper drawings can be both animation levels, consisting "
+"of a large number of sequenced drawings, and other elements such as "
+"backgrounds and overlays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"The scan process can be done in different modes, and in case autocenter "
+"is needed it has to follow specific guidelines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Animation levels have to be defined first and then scanned according to a"
+" defined set of parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:21
+msgid "Supported Scanners"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"OpenToonz supports directly, by using internal drivers, some specific "
+"scanners via a USB connection; all the other scanners are supported via "
+"any type of connection by using TWAIN drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:24
+msgid "|define_scanner|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"For an updated list of directly supported scanners, please visit the "
+"`OpenToonz Web site <https://opentoonz.github.io/e/>`_ ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"If your scanner is supported via internal drivers, the scanning process "
+"is managed completely by OpenToonz and the Scan Settings dialog; if it is"
+" not, the scanning process is managed by the TWAIN interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"On Windows, the TWAIN drivers provided with the scanner need to be "
+"installed. Note that if you decide to use internal drivers, you have to "
+"disable the **Windows Image Acquisition (WIA)** service on your computer;"
+" if you want to use TWAIN drivers, you have to enable it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"On macOS, you need to install the TWAIN drivers only if you are going to "
+"use them. Note that if you decide to use internal drivers, any TWAIN "
+"driver referring to that scanner has to be removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"The driver you want to use must be selected according to your scanner "
+"before starting the scanning process. You can choose whether to use the "
+"internal or TWAIN drivers; in the latter case, you have to select which "
+"driver to use from a list based on the TWAIN drivers installed on your "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"When using TWAIN drivers you need to specify the driver every time you "
+"restart OpenToonz: the dialog box is automatically displayed when you "
+"select any Scan related command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:38
+msgid "**To install TWAIN drivers:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:40
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:58
+msgid "Refer to the scanner documentation for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"**Windows only - To disable or enable the Windows Image Acquisition (WIA)"
+" service:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:44
+msgid "Open the Control Panel  →  Administrative Tools  →  **Services** dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the **Windows Image Acquisition (WIA)** service and choose "
+"**Properties** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:48
+msgid "In the Properties dialog do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:50
+msgid "Set the **Startup Type** option to **Disabled** to use internal drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:52
+msgid "Set the **Startup Type** option to **Automatic** to use TWAIN drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:54
+msgid "Restart the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:56
+msgid "**Macintosh only - To remove the scanner TWAIN drivers:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:60
+msgid "**To define the scanner:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:62
+msgid "Choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Define Scanner**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:64
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:145
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:157
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:204
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"If your scanner is directly supported, choose Scanner Driver  →  "
+"**Internal**, and click the **OK** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"If your scanner is not directly supported, be sure that TWAIN drivers are"
+" installed, and choose Scanner Driver  →  **TWAIN**, and click the **OK**"
+" button: in the dialog that opens, select the TWAIN driver related to "
+"your scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:74
+msgid "Scanning Modes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"Drawings can be scanned mainly in three different modes: *black and "
+"white*, *greyscale* and *color*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"The first two modes can be used to acquire standard lineart drawings "
+"whose outline is usually made in a single color, that during the scanning"
+" is acquired as black or dark grey. Even if the outline color is lost "
+"during the scanning, later on you can assign one or more colors to it "
+"during the painting process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"**Black and white** scanning gives you the most immediate results, and "
+"fewer parameters need to be set. Once a **Threshold:** value is set, "
+"pixels of the scanned image are considered as either black or white. Due "
+"to the simplicity of this concept, less time is required to scan the "
+"image, and scanned files are lighter to manage. Even if images show hard "
+"edges, the proper antialiasing will be added during the cleanup process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"**Greyscale** scanning, being based on a range of grey values, requires a"
+" longer scanning time. Determining **Brightness:** and **Contrast:** "
+"parameters depends considerably on the individual animated sequence and "
+"on what you want to achieve. The greyscale mode also offers "
+"**Autoadjust** options during the cleanup process, useful to even the "
+"differences between drawings made by key animators and those made by in-"
+"betweeners. See  :ref:`Autoadjusting Greyscale Lineart Drawings "
+"<autoadjusting_greyscale_lineart_drawings>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"**Color** scanning is for scanning colored lineart and other colored "
+"images as backgrounds and overlays. Using colors in lineart allows you to"
+" draw different lines with different colors, for example a character "
+"outline in black and its body shadow in red or in blue. As colored lines "
+"can be identified later during the cleanup process, scanning colored "
+"artwork in colors allows you to preserve different line colors with no "
+"need of intensive painting work. See  :ref:`Processing Colored Lineart "
+"Drawings <processing_colored_lineart_drawings>`  ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:89
+msgid "Scanning Guidelines for Autocentering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"To autocenter scanned drawings during the cleanup process, the pegbar "
+"holes need to be detected on the images (see  :ref:`Autocentering "
+"<autocentering>`  ). For this reason they have to be scanned in black, by"
+" properly preparing the scanner and performing the scanning process "
+"according to the following guidelines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:96
+msgid "Preparing Scanners"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"If you use the scanner automatic paper feeder, you should stick a piece "
+"of thin black tape in the feeder on the opposite side of the scanner "
+"lamp. Be sure to stick the black tape in a position to face the peg holes"
+" when the paper is fed into the scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"If you use the scanner bed, you should place a black sheet of paper under"
+" the scanner cover, so that when a drawing is scanned facing down the "
+"glass of the scanner bed, the black paper will be behind it. The black "
+"paper must be larger than your animation paper, but it does not have to "
+"cover the entire scanner bed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:105
+msgid "Scanning Artwork"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"It is better to use quite thick animation paper for your artwork: very "
+"thin paper may jam the scanner, and the scanner light may pass through "
+"picking up some grey from the black paper or tape placed behind it. When "
+"this happens, the process will take longer to perform and will produce a "
+"poor quality result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:108
+msgid ""
+"Avoid using *black* or *colored* paper reinforcements around the pegbar "
+"holes in your drawing sheets. The scanner has to read the exact shape of "
+"the hole punches, and colored reinforcements may cause holes to be "
+"scanned larger than their actual size. If you do use *white* "
+"reinforcements, make sure they are aligned directly over the peg holes: "
+"if the holes are slightly covered by the reinforcement, the registration "
+"may fail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"Do not draw too close to the pegbar holes. Avoid drawing anything with "
+"the same shape or area of the pegbar hole in the pegbar holes area; leave"
+" at least 1 cm (~1/2”) of clear space between the pegbar holes and the "
+"rest of your drawings. Lines drawn near the pegbar holes may cause the "
+"registration to fail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:116
+msgid "Defining Animation Levels to Scan"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"To scan an animation level, first you have to define its name, the number"
+" of frames it is made of, and the way its drawings are numbered. Its size"
+" and resolution will be set during the scanning session."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"The definition can be made drawing by drawing directly in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline, or at once by using the **New Level** dialog. You can "
+"assign it the name and the numbering order you prefer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"In case you use the **New Level** dialog you can set the number of "
+"drawings the level is made of, the animation step to expose the level "
+"repeating its frames, and the increment, that sets the way the level "
+"drawings are numbered. For example a **Step:** value 2 repeats each "
+"drawing twice in the Xsheet column (or Timeline layer), while an "
+"**Increment:** value 2 numbers the drawings 1, 3, 5, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:123
+msgid "|new_scan_level|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"By default scanned drawings are saved in the **+inputs** directory of the"
+" current project; if the *+inputs* definition uses the $scenepath "
+"variable, they are saved only if the scene is saved (see  :ref:`Project "
+"Default Folders <project_default_folders>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"You can change the location by using either the **Path:** field in the "
+"**New Level** dialog, or the **Level Settings** window in case you define"
+" a level directly in Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"Settings such as the length of the level and the numbering order can be "
+"edited later, as you are free to arrange the images composing your "
+"animation level the way you prefer (see  :ref:`Editing Animation Levels "
+"<editing_animation_levels>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"When an animation level is defined, the name and numbers for the drawings"
+" of the level are displayed in *red* as no level actually exists yet; the"
+" column/layer cells where the level is exposed are colored in *light "
+"blue*, the color denoting full-color images (see  :ref:`Working with "
+"Columns/Layers <working_with_xsheet_columns>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:133
+msgid "**To define an animation level directly in Xsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"Double-click a cell, then type a name and a number; the name and the "
+"number must be separated by a space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"Press **Enter** to add a new drawing, and type a different number that "
+"will be assigned to the new drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:139
+msgid "Go on adding all the drawings you need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:141
+msgid "Click a different cell to end the process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:143
+msgid "**To define an animation level with the New Level dialog:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"Select a cell in the Xsheet/Timeline where you want to place your "
+"animation level to scan and choose File  →  **New Level**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the cell in the Xsheet/Timeline where you want to place your "
+"animation level to scan and choose **New Level** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"If any level is already exposed in the cell column/layer, it will shift "
+"down/right from the cell you selected on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"In the New Level dialog choose **Scan Level** from the **Type:** option "
+"menu and define its settings, then click the **OK** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:155
+msgid "**To define the saving location for the level to be scanned:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:159
+msgid ""
+"If you are using the **New Level** dialog, type in the **Path:** field, "
+"or use the browser button, to set the path for the saving location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:161
+msgid ""
+"If you are defining the level directly in Xsheet/Timeline, right-click "
+"the level cells and select **Level Settings** from the menu that opens. "
+"In the Level Settings window, type in the **Path:** field, or use the "
+"browser button, to set the path for the saving location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:163
+msgid ""
+"If in the browser you choose any project default folder, in the **Path:**"
+" field the full path will be replace by the related default folder alias "
+"(see  :ref:`Project Default Folders <project_default_folders>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:169
+msgid "Scanning Drawings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"According to the driver you are using, internal or TWAIN, the scanning "
+"process will be controlled either by the Scan Settings dialog or the "
+"TWAIN interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:172
+msgid "|scan_settings|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:174
+msgid "The Scan Settings dialog allows you to define the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"**Paper Format** sets the size for the drawings to be scanned. The option"
+" menu contains a list of already defined formats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"**Reverse Order** makes the scanning process in a reverse order, starting"
+" from the last selected frame to the first one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:180
+msgid ""
+"**Paper Feeder** lets the scanner use the automatic document feeder, in "
+"case the scanner has one, to scan all the selected drawings without "
+"having to insert one image at a time into the scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:182
+msgid ""
+"**Mode** is for setting the scanning mode among: **Black and White**, "
+"**Greyscale** and **Color**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"The TWAIN interface is related to the scanner you are using and will be "
+"available only when the TWAIN drivers, provided with the scanner, are "
+"installed on your computer. Refer to the scanner documentation for more "
+"details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"The Scan Settings dialog can be used in combination with the TWAIN "
+"interface settings to set the Reverse Order option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"The settings, either defined in the Scan Settings dialog or in the TWAIN "
+"interface, will be used to scan the drawings selected in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline. In case you select several drawings, and you are using "
+"the scanner paper feeder, all the drawings to be scanned will be taken "
+"from the feeder; if you are not using the paper feeder, you will be "
+"prompted to replace the drawing on the scanner bed, before scanning the "
+"following drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:190
+msgid ""
+"You can also select non-consecutive drawings and drawings from different "
+"animation levels. Levels will be scanned starting from the first selected"
+" column/layer. Only exposed drawings will be scanned according the level "
+"numbering order, regardless of the way the animation level is exposed in "
+"one or several Xsheet columns (or Timeline layers). The opposite order "
+"will be followed if the **Reverse Order** option is on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"As soon as a drawing is scanned, it is saved and its name and number "
+"displayed in the Xsheet/Timeline turn black, as the level now has "
+"physical drawings saved on disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"Images are saved as compressed TIF files with a progressive four-digits "
+"number written between the file name and the file extension, e.g. "
+"``animation.0001.tif`` , ``animation.0002.tif`` , etc. They are displayed"
+" in the OpenToonz browser with a double dot before the file extension, "
+"e.g. ``animation..tif`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:196
+msgid ""
+"If you need to scan again an animation level, or a part of it, select the"
+" relevant drawings and scan them again. Drawings can be also inserted by "
+"editing the level sequence (see  :ref:`Renumbering and Adding Frames in a"
+" Level <renumbering_and_adding_frames_in_a_level>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:198
+msgid "**To scan an animation level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:200
+msgid "In the Xsheet/Timeline, select the drawings you want to scan."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:202
+msgid ""
+"Choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Scan Settings...** and use the dialog to "
+"control scan options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:206
+msgid ""
+"If you are using the internal drivers, choose Scan & Cleanup  →  "
+"**Scan**: the selected drawings will be scanned and automatically saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:208
+msgid ""
+"If you are using the TWAIN drivers, choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Scan**, "
+"and guide the scanning process by using the TWAIN interface that opens: "
+"the selected drawings will be scanned and automatically saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:210
+msgid "In case you selected several drawings, do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"If you are using the scanner paper feeder, wait for all of the drawings "
+"to be scanned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:214
+msgid ""
+"If you are not using the paper feeder, you will be prompted to replace "
+"the drawing on the scanner bed, before scanning the following drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"After a drawing is scanned, or several drawings are scanned at once by "
+"using the paper feeder, in some TWAIN interfaces you may need to use a "
+"specific command (such as **Back to Application**) to return to OpenToonz"
+" before proceeding with the next scanning session. Refer to the scanner "
+"documentation for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:222
+msgid "Setting the Cropbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"When using directly supported scanners it is possible to define a "
+"*cropbox* smaller than the paper format to optimize the scanning process."
+" When the *cropbox* is set the final scanned image will be the size of "
+"the selected paper format, but only the area defined by the *cropbox* is "
+"actually scanned, thus speeding up the scanning operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"Once defined the cropbox will be used for any scanning performed for the "
+"scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:227
+msgid ""
+"The cropbox size information is not saved along with the scene file; it "
+"is also automatically reset when working on a new scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:229
+msgid "**To define the scanning cropbox:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:231
+msgid ""
+"Choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Set Cropbox**: the drawing currently placed "
+"in the scanner is scanned and the cropbox is displayed in *red*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Use the handles along the cropbox to set its size, and click and drag "
+"anywhere to change its position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:235
+msgid "The cropbox default size is the same as the size of the scanned image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:237
+msgid "The cropbox cannot be moved outside the area of the scanned image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:239
+msgid "**To use the defined cropbox when scanning:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:241
+msgid "Scan drawings after defining the cropbox size (see above )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:243
+msgid "**To dismiss the scanning cropbox visualization:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:245
+msgid "Choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Set Cropbox**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:247
+msgid "**To reset the scanning cropbox:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/scanning_paper_drawings.rst:249
+msgid "Choose Scan & Cleanup  →  **Reset Cropbox**."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/setting_up_a_scene.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/setting_up_a_scene.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/setting_up_a_scene.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/setting_up_a_scene.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/setting_up_a_scene.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf963797
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/setting_up_a_scene.po
@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:4
+msgid "Setting Up a Scene"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:9
+msgid "Scene Settings and Project Default Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"When you start working on a scene, automatically it will belong to the "
+"current project, inheriting its settings and default folders. In this way"
+" all the scenes belonging to a project are created with the same "
+"settings, assuring the consistency of the production (see  :ref:`Managing"
+" Projects <managing_projects>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Settings concern different tasks you may perform in OpenToonz, such as "
+"the scanning, or cleanup process, the camera size and resolution, the "
+"frame rate, the output options, etc. They can be accessed in dialogs you "
+"can open with commands available in the related menu; for example the "
+"scan and cleanup settings commands are available in the Scan & Cleanup "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"Settings for a particular scene can always be changed independently from "
+"the other ones, and will be automatically saved when the scene is saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change the default values you can save current scene "
+"settings as default, so that all new scenes created for that project will"
+" have those values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:18
+msgid "**To save current scene settings as project default settings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Select File  →  Save Default Settings: all the settings from the current "
+"scene will become the project default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:26
+msgid "Choosing the Working Unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"Positions, distances and sizes can be expressed in several units of "
+"measure: inches, millimeters, centimeters, fields and pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"The field unit is equal to 1/2 inch on the horizontal dimension, and it "
+"depends on the A/R set in the field guide information of the Scene "
+"Settings... dialog on the vertical dimension (see  :ref:`Using the Viewer"
+" <using_the_work_area>`  ). For example if the A/R value is 1.77778, two "
+"horizontal fields are equal to an inch, while one vertical field equals "
+"to an inch divided by 1.77778."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"In the Files  →  Preferences  →  Interface dialog you can set the "
+"following default units:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"The Unit is used to display all measures in text fields, and applied when"
+" moving or changing the size of stage objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"The Camera Unit is used to display and define the camera size in the "
+"Xsheet  →  Camera Settings... dialog (see  :ref:`Defining Camera Settings"
+" <defining_camera_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"You can also express values in an unit different from the default one by "
+"entering any of the following units and abbreviations: in, inch, \" , ' '"
+" (two apostrophes), cm, mm, fld, field and px, after the input value "
+"itself. As soon as the value is entered it's converted in the default "
+"unit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"If a value without a specific unit is used, it is supposed to be "
+"expressed in the default unit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:41
+msgid "**To set the default working units:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:43
+msgid "Choose File  →  Preferences  →  Interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:45
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:47
+msgid "In the Unit option menu choose the unit you want to use as default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"In the Camera Unit option menu choose the unit you want to use to express"
+" the camera size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:55
+msgid "Setting the Frame Rate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:56
+msgid "|scene_settings|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"The frame rate is the number of frames per second of animation, and has "
+"to be set according to the type of output you have to render, for "
+"instance it should usually be 24 for cinematic production, 25 for PAL "
+"output, or 30 for NTSC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The current scene frame rate can be set in the Scene Settings... dialog, "
+"and it is displayed in the bottom bar of any Viewer pane. In case the "
+"play back is activated, the actual frame rate is displayed on its left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Apart from affecting the playback speed when previewing or rendering a "
+"scene, the frame rate also determines the frame count of an audio file "
+"when it is imported into the Xsheet (see  :ref:`Creating a Soundtrack "
+"<creating_a_soundtrack>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Even if a scene has been composited with a specific frame rate for a "
+"certain output, it is possible to render it out at a different frame rate"
+" by using the Stretch from FPS: To: option in the Output Settings  →  "
+"Other Settings dialog (see  :ref:`Choosing the Output Settings "
+"<choosing_the_output_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:66
+msgid "|stretch_fps_to|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:69
+msgid "**To set the frame rate:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:71
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  Scene Settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:73
+msgid "In the Frame Rate text field set the frame rate value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:79
+msgid "Defining Camera Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:80
+msgid "|camera_settings|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"The Current Camera Settings dialog, that can be opened from the Xsheet "
+"menu, contains parameters for defining the current camera frame size and "
+"resolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"More than one camera can be defined for each scene, in order to have "
+"different output resolutions, or to shot only a particular area of the "
+"scene (see  :ref:`Using the Stage Schematic <using_the_stage_schematic>`"
+"  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"The camera frame size can be expressed in any unit, but will be "
+"visualized in the default one chosen in the Preferences  →  Interface "
+"dialog (see  :ref:`Choosing the Working Unit <choosing_the_working_unit>`"
+"  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:88
+msgid "In OpenToonz the Camera is defined by different parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"X (Width) and Y (Height) frame size of the camera, expressed in the "
+"default Camera Unit (usually inches)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:92
+msgid "A/R is the aspect ratio value resulting by dividing Width/Height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:94
+msgid "X and Y resolution Pixels of the resulting image frame seen by the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"X and Y DPI values, calculated using the standard formulas: "
+"XDpi=XPx/Width, and YDpi=YPx/Height. This two fields can be forced to "
+"have the same value, by activating the equal-sign button between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:98
+msgid ""
+"When inserting a value in one field, the others change accordingly as "
+"needed for having a consistent camera. You can decide which set of values"
+" has to be considered fixed by OpenToonz. The lock-shaped buttons and the"
+" radio buttons at the leftmost column of the camera parameters, let you "
+"select which column and row of values has to be preserved by OpenToonz, "
+"while changing the others as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:100
+msgid ""
+"The **Use Current Level Settings** button let you set the camera for "
+"framing exactly the content of the selected level. Just press this button"
+" and OpenToonz will calculate the appropriate values for the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:102
+msgid ""
+"Camera resolutions can also be selected from a list of predefined camera "
+"settings. You can add any camera preset you define to the list, as well "
+"as remove any predefined camera from it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"The predefined cameras list is saved in the file ``reslist.txt``  stored "
+"in the projectroot (see  :ref:`Setting the Projectroot "
+"<setting_the_projectroot>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:106
+msgid "**To add a preset camera resolution:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:108
+msgid "Set the resolution and A/R for the camera you want to save."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:110
+msgid "Click the **Add** button on the right of the preset cameras list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:112
+msgid "Assign a name to the camera resolution and click the **OK** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:114
+msgid "**To remove a preset camera resolution:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"Select the camera resolution you want to remove in the preset cameras "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:118
+msgid "Click the **Remove** button on the right of the preset cameras list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:124
+msgid "Color Calibration using Look-up Tables"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:126
+msgid "|3dlut|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:128
+msgid ""
+"OpenToonz can manage the previsualization of color through the use of 3D "
+"Look-up Tables. By applying a 3D LUT file, properly configured for the "
+"current display monitor, it will be possible to work on different color "
+"spaces, such as `Rec. 709 <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rec._709>`_, "
+"`DCI-P3 <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DCI-P3>`_ or `Rec. 2020 "
+"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rec._2020>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"Once a 3DLUT is active, all colors displayed on Viewer, Combo Viewer, "
+"Flipbook, Color Model, Palette, and Style Editor will be corrected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"Currently, only the .3dl file format is supported. It must follow "
+"specification written `here "
+"<http://download.autodesk.com/us/systemdocs/help/2009/lustre_ext1/index.html?url=WSc4e151a45a3b785a24c3d9a411df9298473-7ffd.htm,topicNumber=d0e8061>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"Currently, only the Windows version of OpenToonz can detect the currently"
+" connected monitor. For other platforms only one 3D LUT file can be "
+"applied for any type of monitors. (Even on Windows, connecting multiple "
+"different monitors at the same time is not supported for now. It will "
+"only identify the first registered monitor)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"PLEASE NOTE: At the moment, using Plastic deformation together with this "
+"feature causes a display issue such that the deformed image is not shown "
+"in *Camera Stand* mode of the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:138
+msgid "**To apply a 3DLUT file for previsualizing color:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:140
+msgid "Choose File  →  Preferences...  →  Interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:142
+msgid "Activate the **Color Calibration using 3D Look-up Table** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"In the **3DLUT File for [monitor]:** option, press the file browser "
+"button to navigate and select the desired .3DL file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:146
+msgid "Restart OpenToonz for the changes to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:152
+msgid "Assigning Memory for the Undo Operations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"All the operations performed in the software can be undone by using the "
+"Edit  →  Undo command, even to go back for several steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:155
+msgid ""
+"Undo operations require computer memory in order to be performed, and "
+"some of them may require more memory than some others, according to their"
+" complexity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"To prevent most of the computer memory to be used by undo operations "
+"while you work, a situation that slows down the software performance, it "
+"is possible to set a limit for it by specifying the Undo Memory Size (MB)"
+" in the Files  →  Preferences  →  General dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:159
+msgid ""
+"As soon as the limit is reached, the oldest undo operations will be "
+"discarded to make room for the new ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:165
+msgid "Optimizing the Memory Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:166
+msgid ""
+"When working with Raster images, predominantly being animation levels "
+"scanned with OpenToonz or GTS, an extensive usage of computer memory may "
+"be required during the cleanup, painting and rendering processes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:168
+msgid ""
+"After a certain amount of time the computer performance may worsen, as "
+"the memory gets fragmented because of the several writing and reading "
+"accesses. To prevent this behavior, the Minimize Raster Memory "
+"Fragmentation* option can be activated in the Files  →  Preferences  →  "
+"General dialog. When activated, a section of computer memory is reserved "
+"and used only for operations concerning Raster images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:170
+msgid ""
+"If you are working mainly with vector images, that have been drawn inside"
+" OpenToonz, this option should be deactivated, as the reserved memory "
+"section would be otherwise unused by the computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/setting_up_a_scene.rst:172
+msgid "The change set for this option is valid only after OpenToonz is restarted."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/toonzscript.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/toonzscript.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a4715fae
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/toonzscript.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/toonzscript.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/toonzscript.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..59628f30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/toonzscript.po
@@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:4
+msgid "ToonzScript"
+msgstr "تونز اسکریپت"
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"ToonzScript is the scripting language used in OpenToonz. Using "
+"ToonzScript allows users to create sequences of commands, thus avoiding "
+"the need to perform repetitive tasks manually. ToonzScript is based on "
+"QtScript and is built on the ECMAScript standard. A reference guide for "
+"the ECMAScript standard can be found at the following URL:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:7
+msgid "`ECMAScript Reference <http://doc.qt.io/qt-5/ecmascript.html>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Several well known scripting languages are based on the ECMAScript "
+"standard such as JavaScript, JScript, and ActionScript. The ToonzScript "
+"syntax is similar to that of JavaScript, for this reason, a good "
+"introduction to JavaScript can be very useful to better understand "
+"ToonzScript's basics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"The original ToonzScript page with some (rather old) examples is "
+"available at the following URL:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:13
+msgid "`ToonzScript page <http://www.toonz.com/htm/support/Script.htm>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"Scripts can be run using the ``File  →  Run Script...`` command. "
+"Alternatively, commands can be typed and executed directly in the Script "
+"Console, which can be opened using the ``File  →  Open Script "
+"Console...`` command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"When a script is running, the Script Console will open automatically to "
+"show the commands contained within the script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:23
+msgid "File management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:25
+msgid "|toonz_script_runscript|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"The ToonzScript file extension is .js, scripts need to be in the "
+"``OpenToonz stuff/library/script`` folder, to be automatically retrieved "
+"by opening the Run Script command browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:33
+msgid "Using the Script Console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:35
+msgid "|toonz_script_console|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"The Script Console allows the user to directly enter commands, "
+"additionally, dragging & dropping external text files into the console "
+"will automatically insert the path of the file(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Start a series of lengthy operations from the console does not block the "
+"interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:45
+msgid "Console use conventions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"The following conventions are implemented in the use of the Script "
+"Console:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:48
+msgid "Only the text of the last paragraph can be edited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:50
+msgid "The Up and Down arrow keys allow the navigation of the command history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"The execution of time consuming commands doesn’t prevent interaction with"
+" the software interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"The **ctrl+y**  shortcut interrupts the execution of time consuming "
+"commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"When entering a path in a string, any and all backslashes must be "
+"doubled. Following this rule the path: ``C:\\tmp\\test.jpg``  becomes "
+"``C:\\\\tmp\\\\test.jpg`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Even if working on a Windows family OS the slash and the backslash can be"
+" used in the same way, thus the path ``C:\\tmp\\test.jpg``  is equivalent"
+" to the path ``C:/tmp/test.jpg`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The drag & drop of an external file into the console generates a string "
+"containing the file’s path and the backslashes are doubled automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"While you can copy multiple lines of text from the console is allowed "
+"only one line paste."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:68
+msgid "ToonzScript specifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Built on the foundaments of ECMAScript, ToonzScript retains a degree of "
+"similarity to the JavaScript syntax but, at the same time, implements "
+"some functions and several classes specifically built to make easier the "
+"interaction with the OpenToonz software architecture. Here follows the "
+"list of the ToonzScript specifications:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:75
+msgid "Commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst
+msgid "**print(arg1, arg2, ...)**: writes a message on console."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst
+msgid "The print command doesn’t return the ``undefined``  value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:79 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:95
+msgid "Example::"
+msgstr "مثال::"
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst
+msgid "**run(filename)**: runs the script saved in filename."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst
+msgid ""
+"The relative path are referred to the folder \"<opentoonz "
+"library>/scripts/\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:86
+msgid "Examples::"
+msgstr "مثال ها::"
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst
+msgid "**view(image)**: allows to view an image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst
+msgid ""
+"The view command can be legally used in the following context: ``view(new"
+" Image(filename))``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst
+msgid "**view(level)**: allows to view a level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"The variable ``ToonzVersion`` can be used to check the current version of"
+" OpenToonz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:105
+msgid "Classes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:106
+msgid "For each class, the related constructor, methods and attibutes are listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:112
+msgid "File path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:113
+msgid "contains the path of an object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:115 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:176
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:217 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:281
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:376 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:405
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:453 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:500
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:543 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:586
+msgid "**Constructor:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:117
+msgid "new **FilePath**\\ (path)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:119 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:180
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:221 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:285
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:380 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:409
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:457 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:504
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:547 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:590
+msgid "**Methods:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:121
+msgid "path2 = path.\\ **withExtension**\\ (e)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:123
+msgid "path2 = path.\\ **withName**\\ (name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:125
+msgid "path2 = path.\\ **withParentDirectory**\\ (d)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:127
+msgid "path2 = path.\\ **concat**\\ (f) - where f can be a FilePath or a string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"files = path.\\ **files**\\ () - if path is a folder then this method "
+"returns the files inside the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:131 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:186
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:235 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:317
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:419 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:461
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:508 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:551
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:598
+msgid "**Attributes:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:133
+msgid "path.\\ **extension**  - read and write attribute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:135
+msgid "path.\\ **name** - read and write attribute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:137
+msgid "path.\\ **parentDirectory** - read and write attribute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:139
+msgid "path.\\ **lastModified** - read only attribute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:141
+msgid "path.\\ **exists** - read only attribute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:143
+msgid "path.\\ **isDirectory** - read only attribute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:145 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:196
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:245 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:325
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:392 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:423
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:481 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:524
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:561 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:604
+msgid "**Examples**::"
+msgstr "**مثال ها**::"
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:173
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:174
+msgid "contains an image, supported types are: tlv, pli or fullcolor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:178
+msgid "new **Image**\\ ()  or new **Image**\\ (filename)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:182
+msgid ""
+"img.\\ **save**\\ (filename) - the file extension has to be compatible "
+"with the kind of used level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:184
+msgid "img.\\ **load**\\ (filename)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:188
+msgid "img.\\ **width**  - has value 0 if the image is a pli"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:190
+msgid "img.\\ **height** - has value 0 if the image is a pli"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:192
+msgid "img.\\ **dpi** - has value 0 if the image is a pli"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"img.\\ **type**  - accepted values (“Empty”, “Raster”, “ToonzRaster”, "
+"“Vector”)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:214
+msgid "Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:215
+msgid "contains a level, the supported types are: tlv, pli or fullcolor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:219
+msgid "new **Level**\\ ()  or new **Level**\\ (filename)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:223
+msgid "level.\\ **load**\\ (filename)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"level.\\ **save**\\ (filename) - the file extension has to be compatible "
+"with the kind of usedlevel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:227
+msgid "level.\\ **getFrameIds**\\ () - lists the names of all the frames"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:229
+msgid ""
+"level.\\ **getFrame**\\ (frameId) - retrive the image of the specified "
+"frame"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:231
+msgid ""
+"level.\\ **getFrameByIndex**\\ (index) - gets the frame specified by the "
+"index value (first value of index is 0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"level.\\ **setFrame**\\ (frameId, image) - sets a frame (if the level is "
+"not empty its content and the type of image has to be compatible)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:237
+msgid "level.\\ **name** - is a read and write attribute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:239
+msgid "level.\\ **path** - is a read and write attribute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:241
+msgid "level.\\ **frameCount** - is a read only value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:243
+msgid ""
+"level.\\ **type**  (“Empty”, ”Raster”, ”ToonzRaster”, ”Vector”) - is a "
+"read only value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:278
+msgid "Scene"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:279
+msgid "contains a Toonz scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:283
+msgid "new **Scene**\\ ()  or **new Scene**\\ (filename)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:287
+msgid "scene.\\ **load**\\ (filename)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:289
+msgid "If the path is relative, scenes of the current project are used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:291
+msgid "scene.\\ **save**\\ (filename)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:293
+msgid ""
+"scene.\\ **setCel**\\ (row, col, cell) , scene.\\ **setCell**\\ (row, "
+"col, level, frameId)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:295
+msgid "``cell``  is the kind of object returned by ``getCell()`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"The following syntax is allowed ``scene.setCell(1, 0, "
+"scene.getCell(0,0))``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:298
+msgid "To delete a cell: ``scene.setCell(row, col, undefined)``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:299
+msgid ""
+"``cell``  is a standard JavaScript object that includes the "
+"attributes:``level``  and ``fid`` , the following use is allowed: "
+"``scene.setCell(row, col, {level:a, fid:1})``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:300
+msgid ""
+"``level`` can be a Level or a level name. The level has to be already in "
+"the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:301
+msgid "``fid``  supports numeric values or string values as “2” or “2a”."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"cell = scene.\\ **getCell**\\ (row, col) - returns a JavaScript object "
+"with level and fid attributes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:305
+msgid "scene.\\ **insertColumn**\\ (col)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:307
+msgid "scene.\\ **deleteColumn**\\ (col)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:309
+msgid ""
+"scene.\\ **getLevels**\\ () - returns an arrray that contains all the "
+"levels belonging to the scene"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"scene.\\ **getLevel**\\ (name) - returns the level basing on its name. If"
+" a level using the name specified does not exists the value ``undefined``"
+"  is returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:313
+msgid ""
+"level = scene.\\ **newLevel**\\ (type, name) -  Adds a layer to the "
+"scene. Type can be \"Raster\", \"ToonzRaster\" or \"Vector\". Name must "
+"not be already 'used in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:315
+msgid ""
+"level = scene.\\ **loadLevel**\\ (name, path) - Load a level (mode "
+"'\"links\") in the scene. The path must exist and be an absolute path.The"
+" name must not have been already used for another level of the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:319
+msgid "scene.\\ **frameCount**  - is a read only value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:321
+msgid "scene.\\ **columnCount**  - is a read only value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:373
+msgid "Transform"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:374
+msgid ""
+"represents a geometric tansformation (composed by rotation, translation "
+"and scale). Used by ImageBuilder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:378
+msgid "new **Transform**\\ ()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:382
+msgid "transform.\\ **translate**\\ (dx, dy)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:384
+msgid "transform.\\ **rotate**\\ (degrees)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:386
+msgid "Positive values correspond to a counterclockwise rotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:388
+msgid "transform.\\ **scale**\\ (s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:390
+msgid "transform.\\ **scale**\\ (sx, sy)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:402
+msgid "ImageBuilder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:403
+msgid ""
+"allows to modify an image (rotate, scale, crop), or to make an over "
+"between two or more images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:407
+msgid "new **ImageBuilder**\\ ()  or new **ImageBuilder**\\ (xres, yres)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:411
+msgid "builder.\\ **add**\\ (img)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:413
+msgid "builder.\\ **add**\\ (img, transform)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:415
+msgid ""
+"The component of translation of the transform means expressed in pixels "
+"for Raster and Toonz Raster levels, and in Camera Stand units for Vector "
+"levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:417
+msgid "builder.\\ **fill**\\ (color)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:421
+msgid "builder.\\ **image**  - returns the actual result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:450
+msgid "OutlineVectorizer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:451
+msgid "vectorize raster images using an outline algorithm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:455
+msgid "new **OutlineVectorizer**\\ ()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:459 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:506
+msgid ""
+"v.\\ **vectorize**\\ (level or image) - returns the new vectorized level "
+"(or image), supports as input: Raster or Toonz Raster images and levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:463 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:512
+msgid "v.\\ **accuracy**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:465 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:514
+msgid "v.\\ **despeckling**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:467 ../../source/toonzscript.rst:520
+msgid "v.\\ **preservePaintedAreas**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:469
+msgid "v.\\ **cornerAdherence**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:471
+msgid "v.\\ **cornerAngle**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:473
+msgid "v.\\ **cornerCurveRadius**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:475
+msgid "v.\\ **maxColors**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:477
+msgid "v.\\ **transparentColor**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:479
+msgid "v.\\ **toneThreshold**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:497
+msgid "CenterlineVectorizer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:498
+msgid "vectorize raster images using a centerline algorithm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:502
+msgid "new **CenterlineVectorizer**\\ ()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:510
+msgid "v.\\ **threshold**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:516
+msgid "v.\\ **maxThickness**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:518
+msgid "v.\\ **thicknessCalibration**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:522
+msgid "v.\\ **addBorder**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:540
+msgid "Rasterizer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:541
+msgid "converts vector images into Raster or ToonzRaster images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:545
+msgid "new **Rasterizer**\\ ()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:549
+msgid "out = r.\\ **rasterize**\\ (vimg) - converts to raster an image or a level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:553
+msgid ""
+"r.\\ **colorMapped** - if its value is set to True the generated image is"
+" of ToonzRaster type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:555
+msgid "r.\\ **xres**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:557
+msgid "r.\\ **yres**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:559
+msgid "r.\\ **dpi**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:583
+msgid "Renderer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:584
+msgid "renders a whole scene or part of a scene, creating levels or images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:588
+msgid "new **Renderer**\\ ()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:592
+msgid "level = c.\\ **renderScene**\\ (scene)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:594
+msgid "image = c.\\ **renderFrame**\\ (scene, frameIndex)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:596
+msgid "frameIndex starts from 0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:600
+msgid ""
+"r.\\ **columns** (list of indices of columns to render.  e.g. r.columns ="
+" [0,3])"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:602
+msgid ""
+"r.\\ **frames** (list of indices of frames to render.  e.g. r.frames = "
+"[0,1,2,3])"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:632
+msgid "Code examples"
+msgstr "نمونه های کد"
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:633
+msgid "Following there are some examples of scripting code:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:639
+msgid "Outline vectorization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:640
+msgid ""
+"This brief script is an example of using the OutlineVectorizer on a "
+"single image. The script is commented, explaining what each section "
+"does::"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:679
+msgid "Rotating an image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/toonzscript.rst:680
+msgid ""
+"This example explains how to load an image and then create an animation "
+"in a level, rotating the loaded frame::"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e2cdd68
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b07d72dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.po
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:4
+msgid "Using FFmpeg with OpenToonz"
+msgstr "استفاده از FFmpeg با اوپن تونز"
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:7
+msgid "What is FFmpeg?"
+msgstr "FFmpeg چیست؟"
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"To render your animation as an **mp4** or **webm**, or also as a **gif** "
+"on Mac, OpenToonz requires the FFmpeg multimedia framework to be "
+"installed on your machine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"For more information, please visit this page: `About FFmpeg "
+"<https://www.ffmpeg.org/about.html>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:12
+msgid "Installing FFmpeg for Windows"
+msgstr "نصب FFmpeg برای ویندوز"
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:15
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:62
+msgid "Downloading"
+msgstr "دانلود"
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:17
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"To download FFmpeg, first visit this page: `Download FFmpeg "
+"<https://www.ffmpeg.org/download.html>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:19
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:66
+msgid "|get_the_packages|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:21
+msgid "Select the Windows icon and then select the **Windows builds** link:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:23
+msgid "|packages_windows|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:25
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"You will be taken to an **FFmpeg Builds** page with some options for the "
+"version of FFmpeg that you want to download:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:27
+msgid "|ffmpeg_builds_windows|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:29
+msgid "In the majority of cases, the default choices are fine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:30
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"Click on the blue **Download Build** button, this will begin downloading "
+"a zip archive containing FFmpeg."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:33
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:81
+msgid "Installing"
+msgstr "نصب"
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:35
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"Once you have downloaded the FFmpeg zip archive, open it and double-click"
+" on the first folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:37
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:85
+msgid "Within the **bin** folder are the executable files that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"Create a new folder on your computer, the recommended location is "
+"**C:\\\\**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:40
+msgid "Name the new folder **FFmpeg**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:41
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"Drag the contents of the **bin** folder from the archive into the newly "
+"created folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:43
+msgid "|ffmpeg_extracted_windows|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:45
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"Next, start OpenToonz and open the **Preferences** window with File  →  "
+"**Preferences...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:46
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:100
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"Navigate to the **Import/Export** category; at the top you will see a box"
+" with the text **FFmpeg path**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"Insert the path to your FFmpeg folder that you created earlier, if you "
+"have used the recommended path, this will be **C:\\\\FFmpeg\\\\**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:49
+msgid "|ffmpeg_path_windows|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:51
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:105
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:135
+msgid "Restart OpenToonz."
+msgstr "اوپن تونز را ری استارت کنید."
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:52
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:106
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:136
+msgid "Open the **Output Settings** window with Render  →  **Output Settings...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"In the **File Settings** subsection, you should now see **mp4** and "
+"**webm**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:56
+msgid "|output_settings_windows|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:59
+msgid "Installing FFmpeg for Mac"
+msgstr "نصب FFmpeg برای مک"
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:68
+msgid "Select the Apple icon and select the **Static and Shared builds** link."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:70
+msgid "|packages_mac|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:74
+msgid "Make sure **macOS 64-bit** is selected under the **Architecture** column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:76
+msgid "|ffmpeg_builds_mac|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Open Finder and create a new folder, the **Applications/OpenToonz** "
+"folder is the recommended location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:89
+msgid "|ffmpeg_finder|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:91
+msgid "Name the new folder **FFmpeg**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:94
+msgid "|ffmpeg_extracted_mac|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:96
+msgid ""
+"For macOS 10.15 and later, each executable within the FFmpeg folder needs"
+" to be opened before using OpenToonz (this only needs to be done one "
+"time, due to security features). In Finder, right-click on each "
+"executable (ffmpeg, ffprobe, and etc.) and select ``Open With → "
+"Terminal``. Once the Terminal windows have launched successfully, "
+"Terminal can be closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"Insert the path to your FFmpeg folder that you created earlier, if you "
+"have used the recommended path, this will be "
+"**/Applications/OpenToonz/FFmpeg**:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:103
+msgid "|ffmpeg_path_mac|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:108
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:138
+msgid ""
+"In the **File Settings** subsection, you should now see **mp4**, **webm**"
+" and **gif**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:110
+msgid "|output_settings_mac|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:113
+msgid "Installing FFmpeg for Linux"
+msgstr "نصب FFmpeg برای لینوکس"
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To install FFmpeg, enter the following command in the shell depending on "
+"your distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:117
+msgid "Arch Linux: ``# pacman -S extra/ffmpeg``"
+msgstr "آرچ لینوکس: ``# pacman -S extra/ffmpeg``"
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:119
+msgid "Debian GNU/Linux: ``# apt install ffmpeg``"
+msgstr "دبیان گنو/لینوکس: ``# apt install ffmpeg``"
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:121
+msgid "Gentoo Linux: ``# emerge media-video/ffmpeg``"
+msgstr "جنتو لینوکس: ``# emerge media-video/ffmpeg``"
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:123
+msgid "Solus: ``# eopkg install ffmpeg``"
+msgstr "سولوس: ``# eopkg install ffmpeg``"
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a other Linux distribution please refer to its "
+"documentation or visit the `FFmpeg website "
+"<https://www.ffmpeg.org/download.html>`_."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"To make it possible to export files in **mp4**, **webm** or **gif** "
+"formats, you need to specify the path to FFmpeg installed on your system,"
+" usually it is **/usr/bin/ffmpeg**. Enter command ``which ffmpeg`` in the"
+" shell to find out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:129
+msgid ""
+"Start OpenToonz and open the **Preferences** window with File  →  "
+"**Preferences...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:131
+msgid "Insert the path **/usr/bin**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:133
+msgid "|ffmpeg_path_linux|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_ffmpeg_with_opentoonz.rst:140
+msgid "|output_settings_linux|"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_particles_effect.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_particles_effect.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bccd883
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_particles_effect.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_particles_effect.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_particles_effect.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..166b0e92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_particles_effect.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1363 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:4
+msgid "Using the Particles Effect"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The Particles effect creates a new level in the selected column/layer "
+"containing particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"It allows you to simulate a wide range of phenomena, such as rain, snow, "
+"sparkles, smoke, and a random configuration of elements, for example a "
+"field of shining stars starting from one shining star or the waving grass"
+" in a meadow starting from one animated blade of grass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Using a wide variety of parameters available, the Particles effect can be"
+" completely customized. A series of *Presets*, simulating some basic "
+"events, are also available. You can look at these Presets to better "
+"understand how to set the parameters; or you can use them as the starting"
+" point to create your own effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Particles are defined by parameters organized in different folders: "
+"*Source*, *Birth Params*, *Environment*, *Animation* and *Colors*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Particles effect may have unexpected results when the **Stretch** option "
+"in Output Settings is used to set a higher FPS value, as this effect "
+"requires the original timing information (see  :ref:`Choosing the Output "
+"Settings <choosing_the_output_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:19
+msgid "Defining Particle Images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Any column/layer content can be used as a particle: its animated content "
+"and its animation will be reflected by the particle animation, using the "
+"transformations and the drawings exposed in the column/layer cells at the"
+" related frame in each point of the particle life."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"For example if a level is exposed in the column/layer at step two, the "
+"particle Texture will be animated at step two as well; or if you have a "
+"drawing that's spinning because the column/layer is animated, the "
+"particle will be spinning as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To use a column/layer content as a particle, the column/layer node has to"
+" be linked to the **Texture** port of the particles effect node. As soon "
+"as a column/layer is linked to the texture input port, a new texture port"
+" is available: in this way it is possible to use the content of several "
+"columns/layers as particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Image formats containing DPI information are loaded using that image DPI;"
+" in this case the particles level will be camera resolution independent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:32
+msgid "Defining Control Images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"A column/layer contents can also be used to control some parameters of "
+"the particles effect: its animated content and its animation will affect "
+"the particles parameter according to specific image properties, such as "
+"brightness or transparency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"For example if the level exposed in the column/layer is animated, and the"
+" column/layer is used to control the particles **Source**, the particles "
+"Source will follow the animation of the level; or if the column/layer is "
+"moving and it's used to control the **Gravity** field, the Gravity field "
+"will move as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To use a column/layer contents as a Control Image, connect the "
+"column/layer node to a **Control** input port of the Particles effect "
+"node. As soon as the column/layer is linked to the Control input port, a "
+"new Control port is available: in this way it's possible to use the "
+"contents of several columns/layers to control the Particles effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"To apply the control image to a parameter, use the related field "
+"available in the *FX Settings* pane: to specify a **Control Image**, type"
+" the number related to the control image port; to use no control image, "
+"type the number **0**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"When the control images brightness is used to affect a particles "
+"parameter, transparent areas are considered as being completely black."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:47
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:56
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:48
+msgid "|setting_the_particles_source|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"The particles Source is the area where the particles are generated. It "
+"can be defined in the **Source** page, by specifying its size and "
+"position, or a control image. The way particles are generated, for "
+"example their birth rate, can be controlled as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:62
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:206
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:263
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:294
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:333
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:401
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:423
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:620
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:645
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:688
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:727
+msgid "Control Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"Sets if and which control image has to be used for the particles source "
+"(see  :ref:`Defining Control Images <defining_control_images>`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:65
+msgid ""
+"If used, particles are generated only inside the *opaque areas* of the "
+"**Control Image**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:69
+msgid "Particles generated according to an image-controlled source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:75
+msgid "Threshold"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"This value defines which pixels of the Control Image are to be used for "
+"placing the paricles, defining a range based on the opacity value of its "
+"pixels. Lower the value and more opaque the pixels have to be for being "
+"used as particles generators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:82
+msgid "Multiple Generators in Control Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"When activated, *each* defined opaque area of the Control Image will have"
+" the same number of generated particles, totalling the **Birth Rate**. "
+"For example if the Birth Rate is 20, and the Control Image has 4 defined "
+"opaque areas, 5 particles will be generated in each area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:89
+msgid "Use Control Image Gradation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"When activated, the intensity of the opacity in the Control Image defines"
+" the generation density of the particles. This option cannot be used at "
+"the same time as **Multiple Generators in Control Image**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:96
+msgid "Center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"Sets the source Center position, defined by horizontal (X) and vertical "
+"(Y) coordinates; it can also be interactively set in the preview of the "
+"FX Settings pane, where the Center point is displayed as a cross."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"If you want to animate the Source to create a trail of particles, you can"
+" do it either by animating the Center coordinates, or by animating a "
+"column/layer, containing the source area, that has to be used as the "
+"Control Image for the Source (see above)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"The Center can be also set by using a point gadget in the viewer (see  "
+":ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:103
+msgid "The Center *is not* considered in case a Control Image is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:109
+msgid "Width and Height"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:110
+msgid "Sets the size of the Source area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"The **Width** and **Height** can be also set by using a box gadget with "
+"handles in the viewer (see  :ref:`Using FX Gadgets <using_fx_gadgets>`  "
+")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:114
+msgid "These values *are not* considered in case a Control Image is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Particles generated according to a small square source at the center of "
+"the camera, and according to a wide box placed at the top of the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:124
+msgid "Particle Generation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:129
+msgid "Starting Frame"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:130
+msgid "Sets the frame at which the particles generation starts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:132
+msgid ""
+"When you need a particles event to start before frame 1, you can set a "
+"*negative* **Starting Frame** value. For example if you need at frame 1 a"
+" snowfall, you cannot make the event start at frame 1, otherwise you will"
+" see only the first generated snowflakes; in this case you can set a "
+"negative value, for example -20, so that the snowfall has already evolved"
+" for 20 frames before being displayed at frame 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"As the Starting Frame is an effect parameter, moving the Particles effect"
+" *level* up or down in the Xsheet (or left or right in the Timeline) will"
+" not change the actual starting frame: the parameter itself has to be "
+"edited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"If the **Starting Frame** is higher than the first frame where a **Birth "
+"Rate** is set, the former value is used as the starting point of the "
+"event. For example if the Starting Frame is 20 and first frame with a "
+"positive Birth Rate is frame 15, from frame 15 to 20 no particles will be"
+" generated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:142
+msgid "Birth Rate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:143
+msgid ""
+"Sets the number of particles to be generated in each frame. When the "
+"value is constant, in each frame the same number of particles will be "
+"generated. For example if the Birth Rate at frame 1 is 20, the first "
+"frame will contain 20 particles, the second 40, the third 60, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"The Birth Rate value considers also decimal numbers. For example, if you "
+"set the birth rate to 0.2, a particle each five frames will be generated "
+"(0.2 multiplied by 5 is equal to 1 particle)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:147
+msgid ""
+"By animating the Birth Rate, you can control the quantity of particles in"
+" the effect. For example if you want only 20 particles starting from "
+"frame 1, you need to set a key at frame 1 with the Birth Rate set to 20, "
+"and another key at frame 2 with the Birth Rate set to 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:153
+msgid "Animation Step"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"Sets the step of the whole particles animation. This allows you to match "
+"the animation of the particle effect with the animation in the scene, in "
+"case the scene uses an animation step different from 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:160
+msgid "Random Seed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:161
+msgid ""
+"Creates a different particles configuration. With the same parameters "
+"values and the same Random Seed the particles configuration is always the"
+" same; changing the Random Seed allows you to retain all the set "
+"parameters but to change the particles configuration. Only integer "
+"numbers are considered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:167
+msgid "Particle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:170
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:518
+msgid "Animation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:171
+msgid ""
+"The particle animation follows the source node content, but you can "
+"decide how that content is used, especially in case the Particles effect "
+"is longer than the Texture columns/layers content. The following options "
+"are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:173
+msgid ""
+"**Hold Frame** randomly assigns a frame from the Texture node content to "
+"each generated particle; that frame is kept throughout the life of the "
+"particle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:175
+msgid ""
+"**Random Frame** randomly assigns a frame from the Texture node content "
+"to each generated particle, changing it randomly at each frame of the "
+"particle lifetime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"**Column** assigns *the first frame* from the Texture node content to "
+"each particle when it is generated; the animation cycles following the "
+"Texture node content order throughout the life of the particle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"**Column - Random Start** randomly assigns a frame from the Texture node "
+"content to each particle when it is generated; the animation cycles "
+"following the Texture content order throughout the life of the particle "
+"starting from the assigned frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"**Column Swing - Random Start** randomly assigns a frame from the Texture"
+" node content to each particle when it is generated; the animation moves "
+"from the assigned frame to the last or to the first, then keeps on "
+"swinging back and forth along the frames sequence, throughout the life of"
+" the particle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:187
+msgid "Birth Parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:188
+msgid "|defining_particles_birth_parameters|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:190
+msgid ""
+"Each particle, when generated at the current frame, has some parameters "
+"that are assigned and retained throughout its life. Those attributes can "
+"be set in the **Birth Params** page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:196
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:200
+msgid "Speed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:197
+msgid "Assigns a speed and a direction for each generated particle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"Assigns randomly a speed to each particle, according to the minimum and "
+"maximum values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:203
+msgid ""
+"The speed value makes the particle move constantly as frames increase, "
+"and is expressed in the chosen unit of measure per frame. A negative "
+"value makes the particle move in the opposite direction of the one set by"
+" the angle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:207
+msgid ""
+"Sets if and which control image has to be used to control the particles "
+"speed (see  :ref:`Defining Control Images <defining_control_images>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:209
+msgid ""
+"If used, the speed value range defined above will be distributed "
+"according to the brightness value of the control image pixel where the "
+"particle is generated: particles will be faster where the image is "
+"brighter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:215
+msgid "Linked to Scale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Assigns to each particle a speed value, taken between the minimum and "
+"maximum speed, according to the Size value applied to the particle. This "
+"causes the largest particles to be the fastest, emphasizing a depth of "
+"field effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:222
+msgid "Speed Angle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"Assigns randomly to each particle an angle value defining the speed "
+"direction, according to the minimum and maximum values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"The value 0 is for an upward direction; higher values turn the direction "
+"clockwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:229
+msgid ""
+"A particle animation with different random speed, and with different "
+"random speed and direction angle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:235
+msgid "Use Gradient Angle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:236
+msgid ""
+"When activated, adjusts the initial velocity to the gradient vector of "
+"the Control Image **Speed Angle**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:242
+msgid "Size, Mass and Orientation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:247
+msgid "Size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:248
+msgid ""
+"Assigns randomly a size to each particle, according to the minimum and "
+"maximum values. The size is expressed as a percentage, where 100 is the "
+"original size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:252
+msgid "Particles generated with a fixed size and with a random one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:258
+msgid "Perspective Distribution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"When activated, and if a Control Image for **Size** is conected, "
+"particles size will be inversely proportional to their density. It can be"
+" used for placement of depth particles, as in a sea waves level. When "
+"this option is active, the **Use Control Image Gradation** option will be"
+" ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:264
+msgid ""
+"Sets if and which control image has to be used to control particles size "
+"(see  :ref:`Defining Control Images <defining_control_images>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:266
+msgid ""
+"If used, the size value range defined above will be distributed according"
+" to the brightness value of the control image pixel where the particle is"
+" generated: particles will be larger where the image is brighter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:272
+msgid "Use Control Image for the Whole Lifetime"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:273
+msgid ""
+"If activated, the defined control image is used to set the particles size"
+" for each frame of the particles life, ignoring any Size Increase value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:275
+msgid ""
+"If deactivated the control image is used only at the birth of the "
+"particles, and any size variation depends only on the Size Increase value"
+" (see  :ref:`Size Increase <size_increase>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:281
+msgid "Mass"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:282
+msgid ""
+"Assigns randomly a mass to each particle, according to the minimum and "
+"maximum values. The mass is taken into account when gravity affects the "
+"particles behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:288
+msgid "Orientation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:289
+msgid ""
+"Assigns randomly an orientation to each particle, according to the "
+"minimum and maximum angle values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"The value 0 leaves the image as is; increasing values turn the particle "
+"clockwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:295
+msgid ""
+"Sets if and which control image has to be used to control particles "
+"orientation (see  :ref:`Defining Control Images "
+"<defining_control_images>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"If used, the orientation value range defined above will be distributed "
+"according to the brightness value of the control image pixel where the "
+"particle is generated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:301
+msgid ""
+"Different random orientation assigned to same-size and to different-sized"
+" particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:307
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:310
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:604
+msgid "Trail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to define a trail according to the particle motion by "
+"specifying how many previous frames positions have to be used to generate"
+" the trail. The number of frames the trail lasts is randomly assigned "
+"according to the minimum and maximum values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:317
+msgid "Step"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:318
+msgid ""
+"Sets how many particles will be visible in the trail. For example, if the"
+" trail value is 10 and the step is set to 2, the trail will be 10 frames "
+"long, but only five particles, one every two frames, will be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:324
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:327
+msgid "Lifetime"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:328
+msgid ""
+"Assigns randomly a lifetime to each particle, according to the minimum "
+"and maximum values. The lifetime is the number of frames the particle "
+"will last before disappearing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:330
+msgid ""
+"For example if a particle is generated at frame 15 with an assigned "
+"lifetime value of 20, it will last till frame 35, disappearing at frame "
+"36."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"Sets if and which control image has to be used to control particles "
+"lifetime (see  :ref:`Defining Control Images <defining_control_images>`  "
+")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:336
+msgid ""
+"If used, the lifetime value range defined above will be distributed "
+"according to the brightness value of the control image pixel where the "
+"particle is generated: particles will live longer where the image is "
+"brighter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:342
+msgid "Use Column Duration for Lifetime"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"Limits the particles lifetime to the number of frames the column/layer "
+"content used as particles source lasts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:345
+msgid ""
+"The particle animation remains the one defined in the Animation "
+"parameters (see  :ref:`Animation <particle>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:351
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:354
+msgid "Top Layer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:355
+msgid ""
+"Defines the layering order of the generated particles. Options are the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:357
+msgid ""
+"**Younger** places the latest generated particles on top of all the "
+"others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:359
+msgid ""
+"**Older** places the latest generated particles behind the previously "
+"generated ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:361
+msgid "**Smaller** places smaller particles on top of the bigger ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:363
+msgid "**Bigger** places bigger particles on top of the smaller ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:365
+msgid ""
+"**Random** places each particle randomly in-between the previously "
+"generated particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:371
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:372
+msgid "|defining_environment_settings|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:374
+msgid ""
+"Particles behavior defined by their birth parameters can be affected by "
+"external events, such as gravity and wind, that can be defined in the "
+"Environment page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:379
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:383
+msgid "Gravity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:380
+msgid ""
+"Simulates a single direction force that accelerates the particles, as "
+"gravity does."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"Sets the acceleration of gravity acting upon the particles: the motion "
+"generated by the intensity of the gravity increases as frames increase."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:386
+msgid ""
+"A negative value makes the particle accelerate in the opposite direction "
+"of the one set by the angle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:392
+msgid "Gravity Angle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Defines the gravity direction. The value 0 is for a downward direction; "
+"higher values turn the direction clockwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:397
+msgid "A particle animation without and with gravity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:402
+msgid ""
+"Sets if and which control image has to be used to define a gravity field "
+"affecting the particles motion (see  :ref:`Defining Control Images "
+"<defining_control_images>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"If used, the particles will be attracted by the brighter areas of the "
+"image, ignoring the set Gravity Angle value: the brightest areas of the "
+"image will have the Gravity value you set. For best results, the dark and"
+" light areas should be smoothly blended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:408
+msgid "A single particle movement without and with an image-controlled gravity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:414
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:417
+msgid "Friction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:418
+msgid ""
+"Simulates a force which has a direction opposite to the motion of the "
+"particles, in order to slow them down, or to stop them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:420
+msgid ""
+"A negative value makes the particles accelerate in the direction of their"
+" own motion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:424
+msgid ""
+"Sets if and which control image has to be used to define a friction field"
+" affecting the particles speed (see  :ref:`Defining Control Images "
+"<defining_control_images>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:426
+msgid ""
+"If used, the particles motion will be affected by the brighter areas of "
+"the image: the brightest areas of the image will have the Friction value "
+"you set. For best results, the dark and light areas should be smoothly "
+"blended. If you want the particles to stop suddenly, use a high intensity"
+" value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:430
+msgid "A particle animation with an image-controlled friction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:436
+msgid "Wind"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:437
+msgid ""
+"Simulates a speed that is added to the particles speed. The speed is "
+"constant, this means that there is no acceleration in the motion of the "
+"particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:443
+msgid "Wind Intensity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:444
+msgid ""
+"Sets the wind speed. A negative value makes the particle move in the "
+"opposite direction of the one set by the angle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:450
+msgid "Wind Angle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:451
+msgid ""
+"Sets the angle value defining the wind speed direction.The value 0 is for"
+" an upward direction; higher values turn the direction clockwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:453
+msgid ""
+"For example if a particle is standing still, and at frame 10 a wind "
+"starts with an intensity of 50 and an angle of 90, the particle will move"
+" constantly rightward at each frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:459
+msgid "Scattering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:460
+msgid ""
+"Sets a random horizontal and vertical displacement that is added to the "
+"movement of the particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:466
+msgid "Horizontal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:467
+msgid ""
+"Sets the minimum and maximum displacement that can be generated and "
+"randomly added to the horizontal component of the particle movement. "
+"Positive values shifts the particle to the right; negative ones to the "
+"left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:473
+msgid "Vertical"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:474
+msgid ""
+"Sets the minimum and maximum displacement that can be generated and "
+"randomly added to the vertical component of the particle movement. "
+"Positive values shifts the particle to the top; negative ones to the "
+"bottom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:480
+msgid "H Control Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:481
+msgid ""
+"Sets if and which control image has to be used to control the horizontal "
+"scattering value (see  :ref:`Defining Control Images "
+"<defining_control_images>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:483
+msgid ""
+"If used, the horizontal scattering value range defined above will be "
+"distributed according to the brightness value of the control image: the "
+"horizontal scattering will be higher where the image is brighter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:489
+msgid "V Control Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:490
+msgid ""
+"Sets if and which control image has to be used to control the vertical "
+"scattering value (see  :ref:`Defining Control Images "
+"<defining_control_images>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:492
+msgid ""
+"If used, the vertical scattering value range defined above will be "
+"distributed according to the brightness value of the control image: the "
+"vertical scattering will be higher where the image is brighter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:498
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:551
+msgid "Swing Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:499
+msgid "Sets the way the scattering values are used; options are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:501
+msgid ""
+"**Random** adds the horizontal and vertical scattering values to the "
+"particle movement at each frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:503
+msgid ""
+"**Smooth** reaches the horizontal and vertical scattering values by "
+"interpolating values, in order to create a smooth movement. The "
+"interpolation lasts as many frames as set by the swing value set below; "
+"when the scattering values are reached, new values for each parameter are"
+" generated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:509
+msgid "Swing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:510
+msgid ""
+"Sets the minimum and maximum number of frames throughout which the "
+"horizontal and vertical scattering values will vary, while remaining "
+"either positive or negative. This allows you to set a swinging movement "
+"where each swing lasts a random number of frames, still having a random "
+"scattering at each frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:512
+msgid ""
+"For example with a horizontal scattering between 1 and 8, and a Swing "
+"value with the minimum and maximum set to 10, the particle will be "
+"shifted with a random value of between 1 and 8 to the right for 10 "
+"frames; then at frame 11 the scattering changes, so that the random value"
+" between 1 and 8 will shift the particle to the left for the following 10"
+" frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:519
+msgid "|defining_particles_animation|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:521
+msgid ""
+"Particles birth properties can be transformed during their lifetime, for "
+"example particles can rotate, or change size, by using additional "
+"settings available in the Animation page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:527
+msgid "Rotation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:528
+msgid ""
+"Controls the way each particle rotates around its center throughout its "
+"life."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:534
+msgid "Rotation Speed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:535
+msgid ""
+"Makes the particles rotate constantly as frames increase, and is "
+"expressed in degree per frame. Positive values makes the particle spin "
+"clockwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:537
+msgid ""
+"Unlike the directional **Speed** parameter, this parameter is not a birth"
+" attribute. This means that if in a 20 frames animation you animate the "
+"**Rotation Speed** value from -30 to 30, during the animation all the "
+"particles will rotate together, counterclockwise for the first 10 frames,"
+" then clockwise for the next 10 frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:543
+msgid "Extra Speed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:544
+msgid ""
+"Sets the minimum and maximum value that is randomly added to the "
+"rotational speed, thus creating a more chaotic rotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:548
+msgid ""
+"A particle animation with a fixed rotation speed, and with extra speed "
+"including smooth swing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:552
+msgid "Sets the way the spinning is performed; options are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:554
+msgid ""
+"**Random**, adds the extra speed values to the rotation of the particles "
+"at each frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:556
+msgid ""
+"**Smooth**, reaches the rotational extra speed value by interpolating "
+"values, in order to create a smooth movement. The interpolation lasts as "
+"many frames as set by the swing value; when the extra speed value is "
+"reached, new values for each parameter are generated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:562
+msgid "Rotation Swing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:563
+msgid ""
+"Sets the minimum and maximum number of frames throughout which the extra "
+"speed values will vary, while remaining either positive or negative. This"
+" allows you to set a swinging movement where each swing lasts a random "
+"number of frames, having a random extra speed at each frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:569
+msgid "Follow Particles Movement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:570
+msgid ""
+"Rotates the particles according to their movement direction. The particle"
+" preserves its original orientation when the movement is horizontal to "
+"the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:574
+msgid ""
+"A particle animation without and with the Follow Particles Movement "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:580
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:584
+msgid "Opacity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:581
+msgid ""
+"Sets a fade-in process at the beginning of particles life, and a fade-out"
+" process at the end, according to the set minimum and maximum opacity "
+"values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:585
+msgid ""
+"Sets the minimum and maximum opacity values for the fade-in and fade-out "
+"processes. Values are expressed as a percentage, where 100 is the "
+"original opacity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:587
+msgid ""
+"The fade-in process begins from the minimum value and reaches the maximum"
+" value at the end; the fade-out process begins from the maximum value and"
+" reaches the minimum value at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:593
+msgid "Fade-in Frames"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:594
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:707
+msgid ""
+"Sets the number of frames the fade-in process lasts, starting from the "
+"first frame of the particle life."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:600
+msgid "Fade-out Frames"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:601
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:743
+msgid ""
+"Sets the number of frames the fade-out process lasts, starting from the "
+"last frame of the particle life and counting backward."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:605
+msgid ""
+"Sets the opacity of the images used for the trail: the minimum value is "
+"the opacity of the oldest particle in the trail; the maximum value is the"
+" opacity of the youngest one (see  :ref:`Trail <trail>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:611
+msgid "Size Increase"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:616
+msgid "Size Intensity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:617
+msgid ""
+"Sets the minimum and maximum scaling factor to be applied to the particle"
+" in each frame. Positive values are for increasing the size of the "
+"particles, negative ones for decreasing it. Values are expressed as a "
+"percentage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:621
+msgid ""
+"Sets if and which control image has to be used to control particles size "
+"increase (see  :ref:`Defining Control Images <defining_control_images>`  "
+")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:623
+msgid ""
+"If used, the size increase value range defined above will be distributed "
+"according to the brightness value of the control image: particles will "
+"increase in size faster where the image is brighter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:629
+msgid "Colors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:630
+msgid "|defining_particles_color|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:632
+msgid ""
+"Particles can fade to specific colors at their birth, during their life "
+"and just before their death, by specifying settings in the Color page. "
+"The color parameters are birth attributes, i.e. they are assigned to the "
+"particles when they are generated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:638
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:641
+msgid "Birth Color"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:642
+msgid ""
+"Sets the range of colors to which particles fade at their birth, by "
+"defining a color spectrum (see  :ref:`Defining Colors and Color Spectrums"
+" <defining_colors_and_color_spectrums>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:646
+msgid ""
+"Sets if and which control image has to be used to define the particles "
+"birth colors (see  :ref:`Defining Control Images "
+"<defining_control_images>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:648
+msgid ""
+"If used, particles will pick their birth color from the control image "
+"pixels according to their birth position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:652
+msgid "A control image used to assign color to the generated particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:658
+msgid "Birth Spread"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:659
+msgid ""
+"Sets a spread value that will be added to the red, green and blue values "
+"of the color to which particles fade at their birth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:661
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:700
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:739
+msgid ""
+"In this way particles will fade to a range of colors spreading from the "
+"colors defined in the spectrum or in the control image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:667
+msgid "Birth Intensity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:668
+msgid "Sets the intensity of the birth color-fading."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:674
+msgid "Pick Control Image's Color for Every Frame"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:675
+msgid ""
+"When activated, at every frame the Control Image pixels will be sampled "
+"in the current position of the particles, changing their color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:681
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:684
+msgid "Fade-in Color"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:685
+msgid ""
+"Sets the range of colors to which particles fade at a certain number of "
+"frames after their birth, by defining a color spectrum (see  "
+":ref:`Defining Colors and Color Spectrums "
+"<defining_colors_and_color_spectrums>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:689
+msgid ""
+"Sets if and which control image has to be used to define the particles "
+"fade-in colors (see  :ref:`Defining Control Images "
+"<defining_control_images>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:691
+msgid ""
+"If used, particles will pick their fade-in color from the control image "
+"pixels according to their position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:697
+msgid "Fade-in Spread"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:698
+msgid ""
+"Sets a spread value that will be added to the red, green and blue values "
+"of the color to which particles fade in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:706
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:742
+msgid "Frame Range"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:713
+msgid "Fade-in Intensity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:714
+msgid "Sets the intensity of the fade-in process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:720
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:723
+msgid "Fade-out Color"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:724
+msgid ""
+"Sets the range of colors to which particles fade starting from a certain "
+"number of frames before their death, by defining a color spectrum (see  "
+":ref:`Defining Colors and Color Spectrums "
+"<defining_colors_and_color_spectrums>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:728
+msgid ""
+"Sets if and which control image has to be used to define the particles "
+"fade-out colors (see  :ref:`Defining Control Images "
+"<defining_control_images>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:730
+msgid ""
+"If used, particles will pick their fade-out color from the control image "
+"pixels according to their position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:736
+msgid "Fade-out Spread"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:737
+msgid ""
+"Sets a spread value that will be added to the red, green and blue values "
+"of the color to which particles fade out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:749
+msgid "Fade-out Intensity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_particles_effect.rst:750
+msgid "Sets the intensity of the fade-out process."
+msgstr ""
+
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_toonz_farm.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_toonz_farm.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da337a9b
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_toonz_farm.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_toonz_farm.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_toonz_farm.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..81ff92d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_toonz_farm.po
@@ -0,0 +1,656 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:4
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:209
+msgid "Using the Toonz Farm"
+msgstr "استفاده از Toonz Farm"
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The Toonz Farm allows you to process OpenToonz scenes submitted as "
+"cleanup tasks or render tasks in the task list by using a series of "
+"computers connected on the same network using TCP/IP (see  :ref:`Cleaning"
+" up Drawings in Batch Mode <cleaning_up_drawings_in_batch_mode>`  and  "
+":ref:`Rendering Scenes in Batch Mode <rendering_scenes_in_batch_mode>`  "
+")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"When tasks are executed, they are automatically assigned to the computers"
+" belonging to the farm in order to balance the workload. When all "
+"computers are busy, remaining tasks are not assigned until a machine is "
+"ready to process them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"If you have divided a render task into *chunks*, each chunk will be "
+"assigned to a different computer of the farm, thus speeding up the "
+"rendering of a single render task (see  :ref:`Using Chunks when Rendering"
+" Tasks <using_chunks_when_rendering_tasks>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:11
+msgid "The Toonz Farm is composed by the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"**Controller node**: is the computer that dispatches the tasks to server "
+"(rendering) nodes. This computer runs the controller program, named "
+"``tfarmcontroller.exe``  on Windows and ``tfarmcontrollerd``  on "
+"Macintosh. One controller node is needed for defining a farm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:15
+msgid "The controller node can also be used as a server (rendering) node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"**Server (rendering) nodes**: are the computers that execute tasks "
+"dispatched by the controller. Each of these computers runs a server "
+"program, named ``tfarmserver.exe``  on Windows and ``tfarmserverd``  on "
+"Macintosh, that is in charge of running tasks, notifying the controller "
+"when a task has been completed, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"**Root folder** named FARMROOT: is a shared folder where a number of "
+"configuration files are stored. The controller node and all the rendering"
+" nodes must be able to access this shared folder (see  :ref:`Configuring "
+"the Toonz Farm <configuring_the_toonz_farm>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"**Client program**: is the program run by the user to queue new tasks and"
+" to monitor the Toonz Farm. OpenToonz itself is the client program of the"
+" Toonz Farm, and can be run on any computer on the network, not "
+"necessarily on a controller node or a sever (rendering) node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"In order to render the scenes successfully all the computers involved in "
+"the Toonz Farm, controller, servers and clients have to share the same "
+"projectroot folders (see  :ref:`Setting the Projectroot "
+"<setting_the_projectroot>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:29
+msgid "Installing the Toonz Farm on Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:30
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:93
+msgid ""
+"To install the Toonz Farm, you have to install the Farm Controller "
+"component on the controller node, and the Farm Server component on the "
+"server (rendering) nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:32
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"If you want to use a computer both as controller and as server "
+"(rendering) node, you have to install both the components."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"During the installation of any of the components you must specify the "
+"full-path of the FARMROOT folder. This path must be expressed using the "
+"UNC format, like the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:36
+msgid "``\\\\HostName\\ShareName\\FolderName``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"The drive where the FARMROOT folder is located has to be shared on the "
+"network, giving full control to any user by setting the right "
+"permissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"When you choose to install the Farm Controller component, the "
+"installation program will create for the controller program a Windows "
+"Service, named **Toonz Farm Controller**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"When you choose to install the Farm Server component, the installation "
+"program will create for the server program a Windows Service, named "
+"**Toonz Farm Server**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"As the Toonz Farm requires exchanges of data between computers in the "
+"network by using TCP/IP protocol, any firewall system that may block "
+"access on computer ports has to be disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:50
+msgid "Setting the Controller Node"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"On the controller node the controller component is installed as a Windows"
+" service, named **Toonz Farm Controller**. By default a Windows Service "
+"runs under the security credentials of the Local System account. By "
+"default this account is not granted the right to access folders shared by"
+" remote hosts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Since the **Toonz Farm Controller** needs to access the FARMROOT folder, "
+"typically shared by a remote host, please run this service as a user with"
+" the proper rights."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to start the service from a DOS shell by navigating to the"
+" folder where the binaries of OpenToonz are installed, and then using the"
+" following command line:``tfarmcontroller -console``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:57
+msgid "**To run the Toonz Farm Controller as a user with the proper rights:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"Choose Control Panel  →  Administrative Tools  →  Services, and right-"
+"click the **Toonz Farm Controller** service to open the Properties panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:61
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:82
+msgid "Select the Log On page, check the **This Account:** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:63
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:84
+msgid ""
+"Choose the network where the Toonz Farm is going to work and set an "
+"account that has administrator rights on that network. Insert and confirm"
+" the related password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:65
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:86
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:205
+msgid "Click the **OK** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:71
+msgid "Setting the Server Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"On the server (rendering) nodes, the server component is installed as a "
+"Windows service, named **Toonz Farm Server**. By default a Windows "
+"Service runs under the security credentials of the Local System account. "
+"By default this account is not granted the right to access folders shared"
+" by remote hosts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"Since the **Toonz Farm Server**, for rendering purposes, needs to access "
+"one or more folders shared by remote hosts, please run this service as an"
+" user with the proper rights."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to start the service from a DOS shell by navigating to the"
+" folder where the binaries of OpenToonz are installed, and then using the"
+" following command line:``tfarmserver -console``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:78
+msgid "**To run the Toonz Farm Controller as an user with the proper rights:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:80
+msgid ""
+"Choose Control Panel  →  Administrative Tools  →  Services, and right-"
+"click the **Toonz Farm Server** service to open the Properties panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:92
+msgid "Installing the Toonz Farm on Macintosh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"After the installation of the toonz farm components, a FARMROOT folder "
+"has to be defined, and on all the computers belonging to the farm, both "
+"controller and servers, the full-path of the FARMROOT folder has to be "
+"specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"To define the FARMROOT folder you can take as model the ``toonzfarm``  "
+"folder stored in ``OpenToonz stuff``. You can take the ``toonzfarm``  "
+"folder from any computer where OpenToonz in installed, choose the "
+"location you prefer, and share it on the network, giving full control to "
+"any user by setting the right permissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"To specify the path to the FARMROOT on the computers, both controller and"
+" servers, belonging to the farm, you have to edit the "
+"``configfarmroot.txt``  file by typing in it the full path to the "
+"FARMROOT folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"To retrieve this file open the ``Applications/OpenToonz`` folder, right-"
+"click the OpenToonz icon and choose Show Package Contents from the menu "
+"that opens; in the folder that opens browse to the ``Contents/Resources``"
+"  folder and retrieve the ``configfarmroot.txt``  file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"As the Toonz farm requires exchanges of data between computers in the "
+"network by using TCP/IP protocol, any firewall system that may block "
+"access on computer ports has to be disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:111
+msgid "Configuring the Toonz Farm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"Once the installation has been completed, you have to configure the Toonz"
+" Farm by editing some configuration files stored in the FARMROOT folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"The FARMROOT folder must be accessible by all the nodes that compose the "
+"Toonz Farm: the controller node, the server (rendering) nodes and the "
+"computers running OpenToonz. This means that the drive where the FARMROOT"
+" folder is located has to be shared on the network, and the permissions "
+"for users have to be maximum, in order to give full control to any users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:116
+msgid ""
+"For the same reason the computer where the FARMROOT is located has to be "
+"started before all the other computers involved in the farm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:118
+msgid "The FARMROOT folder contains the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:120
+msgid ""
+"the ``config``  folder containing the ``servers.txt`` , the "
+"``controller.txt`` and the ``id.txt`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:122
+msgid "the ``logs``  folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:124
+msgid ""
+"The ``controller.txt`` and the ``servers.txt``  configuration files must "
+"be edited to define the controller node and the server (rendering) nodes "
+"before using the Render Farm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:130
+msgid "Defining the Controller Node"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"The controller node is defined in the ``controller.txt`` configuration "
+"file placed in the ``FARMROOT\\config``  folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"The file must contain a single text line that describes the node you want"
+" to use as a controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:135
+msgid "For the controller node you must specify the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:137
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:166
+msgid "Computer name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:139
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:168
+msgid "IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:141
+msgid "The port number you intend to use for the controller service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:143
+msgid ""
+"Be sure that the port you set is not blocked by any firewall system, and "
+"is open for all the computers belonging to the Toonz farm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Each of the above information must be separated by a single space. Here "
+"is an example of a ``controller.txt``  file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"In the above example, ``render1``  is the controller node, its IP address"
+" is ``10.10.0.166``  and the controller program runs on the ``10000``  "
+"port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:159
+msgid "Defining the Server Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"The server (rendering) nodes are defined in the ``servers.txt``  "
+"configuration file placed in the ``FARMROOT\\config``  directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"The file must contain a text line for every computer you want to use as a"
+" server (rendering) node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:164
+msgid "For each sever (rendering) node you must specify the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:170
+msgid "The port number you intend to use for the server service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:172
+msgid ""
+"Be sure that the port you set is not blocked by any firewall system, and "
+"is open for all the computers belonging to the Toonz Farm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"The above information must be separated by a single space. Here is an "
+"example of a ``servers.txt``  file::"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:182
+msgid ""
+"In the above example, ``render1``  is a server node whose IP address is "
+"``10.10.0.166``  and the server program runs on the ``8002``  port; "
+"``render2``  is a server node whose IP address is ``10.10.0.195``  and "
+"the server program runs on the ``8002``  port; etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"If you want to add or remove a server (rendering) node from the "
+"``servers.txt``  file, you have to restart the controller node in order "
+"to make the changes effective."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:190
+msgid "Defining the Toonz Farm in OpenToonz"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:191
+msgid ""
+"OpenToonz is the Toonz Farm client program: it allows you to submit new "
+"tasks and monitor the status of the farm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"If the computer where you run OpenToonz is a controller or a server "
+"(rendering) node for the Toonz Farm, no further settings are required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:195
+msgid ""
+"If the computer is neither a controller nor a server (rendering) node for"
+" the Toonz Farm, the FARMROOT has to be defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:197
+msgid "**To define the FARMROOT in OpenToonz:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:199
+msgid "Run OpenToonz and go to the **Farm** room."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"In the Batch Servers pane, set the **Process with:** option menu to "
+"**Render Farm**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:203
+msgid "In the dialog that opens specify the full path to the **FARMROOT** folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:210
+msgid ""
+"In OpenToonz you can find the **Farm** room that allows you to monitor "
+"the farm processes. This room contains two main windows: the Tasks window"
+" and the Batch Servers window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The render farm can be monitored by using both the Tasks pane, where the "
+"list of tasks can be managed and executed, and the Servers pane, where "
+"the computers executing the tasks can be managed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:214
+msgid ""
+"All shared disks involved in the task processing, i.e. disks where files "
+"resulting from the task execution have to be written, must be shared "
+"granting *full permissions* to any user, otherwise tasks execution will "
+"not succeed. For Windows, disks must have a Share Permission set to Full "
+"Control for Everyone; for Macintosh, the sharing settings must allow any "
+"user to read from and write to disks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:220
+msgid "Monitoring the Server Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:221
+msgid ""
+"The Batch Servers pane is divided in three areas: at the top there’s an "
+"option menu to set whether the tasks execution has to be performed with "
+"the Local computer or with the Render Farm; then there is the list of "
+"server (rendering) nodes in the farm; at the bottom you can see "
+"information about the server currently selected in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"The server (rendering) nodes included in the list are those defined in "
+"the ``server.txt``  configuration file (see  :ref:`Defining the Server "
+"Nodes <defining_the_server_nodes>`  ). If a server node is down at the "
+"controller startup, it will not be available in the farm: this means that"
+" all the server nodes *must be up before* starting up the controller "
+"node. For the same reason if you want to restart or shut down a server "
+"(rendering) node, you have to restart the controller node in order to "
+"make the changes effective."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"If the **Process with:** option menu is set to **Local**, all the tasks "
+"you run will be executed by the local computer; if it's set to **Render "
+"Farm**, the tasks will be executed by the Toonz Farm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:227
+msgid ""
+"When you select **Render Farm** you could be prompted to define the "
+"**FARMROOT** (see  :ref:`Defining the Toonz Farm in Toonz "
+"<defining_the_toonz_farm_in_toonz>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:229
+msgid ""
+"When a server is selected in the list, the following related information "
+"are displayed in the area at the bottom of the window:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:231
+msgid "**Name:** displays the name of the server (rendering) node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:233
+msgid "**IP Address:** displays its IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:235
+msgid ""
+"**Port Number:** displays the port number used to exchange data with the "
+"farm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:237
+msgid "**Tasks:** displays the task being executed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:239
+msgid "**State:** displays if the server is **Ready**, **Busy** or **Down**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:241
+msgid ""
+"A server node state may be down if the server port you set is blocked by "
+"a firewall system, and is not open for all the computers belonging to the"
+" Toonz Farm (see  :ref:`Defining the Server Nodes "
+"<defining_the_server_nodes>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:243
+msgid "**Number of CPU:** displays the number of CPUs available on the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"**Physical Memory:** displays the amount of physical memory available on "
+"the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:247
+msgid "**To use the Local computer to execute tasks:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:249
+msgid "Set the **Process with:** option menu to **Local**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:251
+msgid "**To use the Toonz Farm to execute tasks:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:253
+msgid "Set the **Process with:** option menu to **Render Farm**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:259
+msgid "Checking the Toonz Farm Processing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:260
+msgid ""
+"When the Toonz Farm is used, any problem that may be experienced during "
+"the processing is recorded in LOG files, that can be opened and used to "
+"diagnose problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:262
+msgid ""
+"The LOG files are saved in the ``OpenToonz stuff\\toonzfarm``  folder of "
+"the computer experiencing the problem; each LOG refers to the processing "
+"performed by that computer only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:264
+msgid ""
+"The LOG files that may be generated by the Toonz Farm processing are the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:266
+msgid ""
+"**server.log** logs all the operations concerning the server computer "
+"activity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:268
+msgid ""
+"**controller.log** logs all the operations concerning the controller "
+"computer activity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:270
+msgid ""
+"**tcomposer.log** logs all the operations concerning the render activity "
+"performed by the server computers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_toonz_farm.rst:272
+msgid ""
+"**tcleanup.log** logs all the operations concerning the cleanup activity "
+"performed by the server computers."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_version_control.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_version_control.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6c127aa2
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_version_control.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_version_control.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_version_control.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb131f50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/using_the_version_control.po
@@ -0,0 +1,934 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:4
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:204
+msgid "Using the Version Control System"
+msgstr "استفاده از سیستم کنترل نسخه"
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The version control system keeps in a central repository a constant "
+"history of revisions for every file in the production database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"The **central repository** must be located in a shared resource (that can"
+" be a computer in your local network or an internet-based repository), "
+"while the local copy of files, called **working copy**, at a specific "
+"time or revision, should be located on the computer you use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"When you need to work on a file, you can *get* it from the central "
+"repository to your working copy, and *edit* it; when you finish working "
+"on the file and you want to submit the changes, you can *put* it back "
+"from your working copy to the central repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"The file you *put* will be saved as the last revision of the file, while "
+"the previous revisions will be retained as file history, and all the "
+"users sharing the same central repository can *get* if from there. In "
+"case a previous version of the file is needed, it is always possible to "
+"retrieve it from the central repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"OpenToonz supports the **Subversion** version control system, which is "
+"one of the most popular version control systems, used in many high-scale "
+"open source projects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The *central repository* defined for your version control system behaves "
+"exactly as an OpenToonz projectroot, therefore the project management "
+"under the version control system is the same, only referencing to the "
+"central repository instead of the projectroot (see  :ref:`Managing "
+"Projects <managing_projects>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:21
+msgid "Installing the Version Control System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The version control system works as a client/server tool: the server "
+"stores all of your files in a central repository, and a client is used to"
+" *get* files to your working copy and *put* file changes to the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:25
+msgid "Installing the Version Control Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to configure a computer in your local network as the "
+"version control server by installing **Subversion 1.6** or later, or it's"
+" possible to use an on-line service (e.g. Assembla)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"You can go to the `Subversion starting page "
+"<http://subversion.apache.org/>`_ for downloading it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:31
+msgid "Contact your system administrator to configure a version control server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:37
+msgid "Installing the Version Control Client on Windows"
+msgstr "نصب کلاینت کنترل نسخه روی ویندوز"
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"On Windows the setup of a version control client requires the download "
+"and installation of the **Subversion client 1.6** or later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"You can go to the `Subversion download page "
+"<http://subversion.apache.org/packages.html#windows>`_ for downloading "
+"it. There you should look for the available binary packages and download "
+"a version control client for Windows. We suggest the use of **CollabNet "
+"Subversion Command-Line Client**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"If an older Subversion release is used some version control features "
+"might not work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:48
+msgid "Installing the Version Control Client on Macintosh"
+msgstr "نصب کلاینت کنترل نسخه روی Macintosh"
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"On Macintosh the setup of a version control client depends on the OS "
+"version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"If the OS is Snow Leopard (version 10.6) or later, the setup requires no "
+"installation as the version control client is included in the operating "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"If the OS is *older* than Snow Leopard, the setup requires the download "
+"and installation of the **Subversion client 1.6** or later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"You can go to the `Subversion download page "
+"<http://subversion.apache.org/packages.html#osx>`_ for downloading it. "
+"There you should look for the available binary packages and download a "
+"version control client for Macintosh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"After the installation is very important to check where Subversion is "
+"installed, as this information is needed to configure the version control"
+" in OpenToonz: this information is displayed in the last page of the "
+"installation process and by default is usually ``/opt/subversion/bin`` ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"If a Subversion release older than v1.6 is used, some version control "
+"features might not work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:65
+msgid "Configuring the Version Control in OpenToonz"
+msgstr "پیکربندی کنترل نسخه در اوپن تونز"
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"Once the version control server is configured and the version control "
+"client is installed it's possible to configure OpenToonz in order to use "
+"the version control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"In OpenToonz the version control information is stored in the "
+"``versioncontrol.xml``  file located in the ``OpenToonz stuff\\config`` "
+"folder. By default the file has the following content:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"By editing the file with a text editor it's possible to set the "
+"information for the *central repository* and the *working copy* location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"Together with the configuration file, version control *users* must be "
+"defined by editing the ``permissions.xml``  file located in the "
+"``OpenToonz stuff\\config`` folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"The ``versioncontrol.xml``  and ``permissions.xml``  file have to be "
+"well-formed, and so cannot contain an opening tag without its related "
+"closing tag, otherwise OpenToonz will not run. If you decide to edit the "
+"files, make a backup copy first in case you need to revert the file to "
+"the original version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:91
+msgid "**To configure the version control in OpenToonz:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:93
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"Open the ``versioncontrol.xml``  file located in the ``OpenToonz "
+"stuff\\config`` folder with a text editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:95
+msgid "Delete the line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:97
+msgid "``<!-- REMOVE ENTIRELY THIS LINE TO ENABLE SVN``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:99
+msgid "and the line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:101
+msgid "``REMOVE ENTIRELY THIS LINE TO ENABLE SVN -->``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:103
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:109
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:115
+msgid "In the line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:105
+msgid "``<name>PutYourRepositoryName</name>``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"type between the tags the name you want the repository to have in the "
+"OpenToonz browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:111
+msgid "``<localPath>putYourWorkingCopyPath</localPath>``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"type between the tags the path to where you want the working copy to be "
+"located on the local computer (e.g. ``C:\\myworkingcopy\\``  for Windows "
+"or ``/myworkingcopy``  for Macintosh)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:117
+msgid "``<repoPath>putYourRepositoryPath</repoPath>``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"type between the tags the URL of the central repository according to how "
+"it was defined on the version control server (e.g. "
+"``http://10.0.0.1/mySVNrepository/``  for a repository located in the "
+"local network; ``file:///C:/mySVNrepository``  for a repository located "
+"in the local Windows computer or ``file:///mySVNrepository``  for a "
+"repository located in the local Macintosh computer; and "
+"``https://subversion.assembla.com/svn/mySVNrepository``  for an internet-"
+"based repository)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"For Macintosh only, if the OS is *older* than Snow Leopard and you "
+"installed the **Subversion client 1.6** or later, in the line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:123
+msgid "``<svnPath></svnPath>``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"type between the tags the path to the folder where Subversion is "
+"installed (this information is displayed in the last page of the "
+"installation process and by default is ``/opt/subversion/bin`` )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:127
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:162
+msgid "Save the ``versioncontrol.xml``  file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:130
+msgid "**To define the version control users:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:132
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:167
+msgid ""
+"Open the ``permissions.xml``  file located in the ``OpenToonz "
+"stuff\\config`` folder with a text editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:134
+msgid ""
+"In the user section define a user and assign him the version control user"
+" name and password as configured on the server. For example to assign to "
+"the user JohnDoe the user johnd whose password is johndpassword, add the "
+"following user:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:143
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:179
+msgid "Save the ``permissions.xml``  file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:146
+msgid "**To define several version control repositories:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:150
+msgid "Add after the lines defining a repository the following lines:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:160
+msgid "and set the related information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:165
+msgid "**To define users for different repositories:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"In the user section assign to a user the version control user name and "
+"password as configured on the server of the second repository. For "
+"example to assign to the user JohnDoe the user johnd2 whose password is "
+"johndpassword2 defined for the second repository, add a ``svn name``  "
+"line so that the ``user name``  section in the ``permissions.xml``  file "
+"will look like the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:185
+msgid "Initializing the Version Control in OpenToonz"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Before starting to use the version control system, it has to be "
+"initialized by setting an option in the **Preferences** dialog and "
+"restarting OpenToonz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"At this point the repository will be displayed in the OpenToonz browser, "
+"and you will be able to start using it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:190
+msgid "**To initialize the version control system:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"In OpenToonz open the Preferences  →  Version Control dialog and activate"
+" the **Enable Version Control** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"If the version control is not correctly installed or the configuration "
+"file is not correctly defined, activating the option will prompt a "
+"warning message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:196
+msgid "Quit and restart OpenToonz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:198
+msgid ""
+"In the OpenToonz browser look for the repository at the end of the folder"
+" tree, named as you defined it in the configuration file; right-click it "
+"and choose **Get** from the menu that opens to establish the connection "
+"between the *central repository* and the local *working copy*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"The *central repository* and the local *working copy* are displayed in "
+"the OpenToonz browser at the end of the folder tree as one single folder."
+" By navigating the contents of this folder it's possible to retrieve the "
+"folders and files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:209
+msgid ""
+"One online repository defined (**svn_test**) hosting the active project "
+"(**mySVNproject**)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"When a folder is selected in the folder tree *a refresh operation occurs "
+"automatically*, to check the status of the folder and its content. As "
+"this operations may require some time according to the connection speed "
+"on the local network or in the Internet, the automatic refresh operation "
+"can be disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"If several repositories are defined, each of them will be displayed with "
+"the name previously assigned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:215
+msgid "**To disable the automatic refresh for folder content:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:217
+msgid "Choose File  →  Preferences  →  Version Control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:219
+msgid "Deactivate the **Automatically Refresh Folder Contents** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:221
+msgid "**To manually refresh a folder content visualization:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the folder icon in the folder tree and choose **Refresh** "
+"from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:229
+msgid "Getting and Putting Folders and Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"The basic operations in the version control system involves *getting* "
+"files from the central repository to the local working copy; and then "
+"*putting* the modified files back from the local *working copy* to the "
+"*central repository*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:232
+msgid "|put|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"In case you are *putting* folders, in the dialog that opens you can check"
+" which files and folders contained in the selected folder have to be put "
+"in the central repository. Every time files and folders are put, it is "
+"also possible to type a *comment* to let the other users know about s of "
+"the performed modifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:236
+msgid "|put_scene|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:238
+msgid ""
+"In case you are *getting* or *putting* scene files (TNZ format), in the "
+"dialog that opens it's possible to check the **Get Scene Contents** or "
+"the **Put Scene Contents** option to include with the request, or return "
+"back, the materials used in the scene as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:240
+msgid ""
+"The first time you *get* a folder not previously available in the "
+"*working copy* (folder with grey icon), you get the files contained in "
+"the folder, but not the sub-folders. The next time you *get* the folder "
+"(folder with a colored icon), you get the entire contents of the folder, "
+"including sub-folders and the related contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:242
+msgid ""
+"**To get the latest version of a folder or a file from the central "
+"repository to the local working copy:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the folder icon in the folder tree, or the file icon in the "
+"browser, and choose **Get** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:246
+msgid ""
+"In the dialog that opens if you are getting a scene file (TNZ format) "
+"activate the **Get Scene Contents** if you want to get the files used in "
+"the scene as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:248
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:366
+msgid "Click the **Update** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:250
+msgid ""
+"**To put your modified version of a folder or a file from the local "
+"working copy to the central repository:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:252
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the folder icon in the folder tree, or the file icon in the "
+"browser, and choose **Put** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:254
+msgid "In the dialog that opens do any of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:256
+msgid ""
+"If you are putting a folder, check which files and folders contained by "
+"the selected folder have to be put in the central repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"If you are putting a scene file (TNZ format) activate the **Put Scene "
+"Contents** if you want to put the files used in the scene as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:260
+msgid "Type a comment if required and click the **Put** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:266
+msgid "Editing Files"
+msgstr "ویرایش فایل ها"
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:267
+msgid ""
+"When using the version control system, in order to modify files you have "
+"to put them in **Edit** mode *before loading them* into OpenToonz; if "
+"not, they will be loaded as *read-only*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:269
+msgid "|edit|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:271
+msgid ""
+"The **Edit** operation \"locks\" the file, so only the user running the "
+"command will be able to modify it (preventing other users using the same "
+"*central repository* from unlocking it and being able to modify it). At "
+"the moment a file is about to be edited, it's possible to type in a "
+"*Comment*, to let the other users know about your editing operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:273
+msgid "|edit_scene|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:275
+msgid ""
+"When editing a scene file (TNZ format), in the dialog that opens it's "
+"possible to check the **Edit Scene Contents** option, in order to be able"
+" to edit the materials used in the scene as well. If you choose to edit "
+"only the scene file, or if some material used in the scene is currently "
+"being edited by other users sharing the same central repository, the "
+"locked frames of that levels will be displayed with a forbidden icon in "
+"the Level Strip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:277
+msgid "|edit_frame_range|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:279
+msgid ""
+"The **Edit Frame Range** command is available as well, to let a user edit"
+" only the *needed frames* of any Toonz Vector or Toonz Raster animation "
+"level. This way, different users can work at the same time *on different "
+"frame ranges* of the same animation level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:281
+msgid "|unlock|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:283
+msgid ""
+"When you want to release files from the *editing mode*, so that others "
+"can work on them, you can use the **Unlock** command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:285
+msgid ""
+"Files are in read-only mode (or in locked mode) in case a user is "
+"*editing* them, by setting the file system read-only attribute. For this "
+"reason, manually using the OS (instead of the appropriate version control"
+" commands) to change this status, may cause serious inconsistencies in "
+"the version control system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:287
+msgid "**To edit an updated file:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:289
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:297
+msgid "Right-click the file and choose **Edit** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:291
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:299
+msgid ""
+"In the dialog that opens if you are editing a scene file (TNZ format) "
+"activate the **Edit Scene Contents** if you want to edit the files used "
+"in the scene as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:293
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:313
+msgid "Type a comment if required and click the **Edit** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:295
+msgid ""
+"**To edit a file that is older than the version available in the central "
+"repository:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:301
+msgid "Type a comment if required and do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Get and Edit** button to get the latest version of the files "
+"and edit them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:305
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Edit** button to edit the version of the files that is "
+"currently in your local working copy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:307
+msgid "**To edit only the needed frames of a Toonz level file:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:309
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the file and choose **Edit Frame Range** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:311
+msgid "In the dialog that opens set the frame range you want to edit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:315
+msgid "**To release a file from the editing mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:317
+msgid "Right-click the file and choose **Unlock** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:319
+msgid "**To check the editing state of a locked file:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:321
+msgid "Right-click the file and choose **Edit Info** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:327
+msgid "Retrieving File Revisions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:328
+msgid ""
+"One of the main advantages of using a version control system is that the "
+"*history* of the revisions for every file in the production database is "
+"always available. This means that it's possible to very easily retrieve "
+"previous versions of any file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:330
+msgid ""
+"To retrieve older file versions it's possible to use the **Get Revision**"
+" command. When used on a single file it displays a timeline with all the "
+"file versions; in the timeline you can check the different file versions "
+"with the related icons and information, and select which version to get "
+"in order to edit it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:332
+msgid "|get_revision|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"When getting a revision of a scene file (TNZ format), in the dialog that "
+"opens it's possible to check the **Get Scene Contents** option in order "
+"to get the revisions of the materials used in the scene as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:336
+msgid "|get_revision_multiple_files|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:338
+msgid ""
+"When used on a multiple files selection it opens a dialog that allows you"
+" to specify the time, day, week or date of the files version you want to "
+"retrieve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:340
+msgid "**To retrieve an older revision of a file:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:342
+msgid "Right-click the file and choose **Get Revision** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:344
+msgid ""
+"In the dialog that opens look for the file version you are interested in "
+"and select it; if you are editing a scene file (TNZ format) activate the "
+"**Edit Scene Contents** if you want to get the revision of the files used"
+" in the scene as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:346
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:348
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Get Selected Revision** button to get the selected file "
+"version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:350
+msgid "Click the **Get Last Revision** button to get the latest file version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:352
+msgid "**To retrieve an older revision of a selection of multiple files:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:354
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any of the selected files and choose **Get Revision** from "
+"the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:356
+msgid ""
+"In the dialog that opens specify how much older the version of the files "
+"you want to retrieve has to be, by doing one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:358
+msgid "Specify a *time* in hours and minutes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:360
+msgid "Specify a number of *days*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:362
+msgid "Specify a number of *weeks*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:364
+msgid "Specify and exact *date and time*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:372
+msgid "Understanding the Folder and File Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"According to the folder and file icons you can tell if the folder or the "
+"file in the working copy is updated or not to the latest version "
+"available in the central repository, and if files are edited by other "
+"users and locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:375
+msgid ""
+"If the File Browser displays files as a List, the information about the "
+"version control status is displayed in the column labeled *Version "
+"Control*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:377
+msgid "For **folders** the following icons are used:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:379
+msgid ""
+"|grey_folder| A *grey* folder icon is used for folders available only in "
+"the *repository*. You can use the **Get** command to copy them to the "
+"local *working copy*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"|colored_folder_with_yellow_mark| A colored folder icon with a *yellow "
+"mark* is used when the folder contents in the *working copy* is not up to"
+" date and does not match to the folder contents in the *repository*: this"
+" is the case when there are modified or new files in the *working copy* "
+"or there are modified or new files in the *repository*. You can use the "
+"**Get** command to copy them to the local *working copy*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:383
+msgid ""
+"|colored_folder_with_green_mark| A colored folder icon with a *green "
+"mark* is used when the folder contents in the *working copy* is up to "
+"date and matches to the folder contents in the *repository*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:385
+msgid ""
+"|colored_folder_with_plus_mark| A colored folder with a *plus mark* is "
+"used for folders available only in the *working copy*. You can use the "
+"**Put** command to copy them to the *central repository*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:388
+msgid "For **files** the following icons are used:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:390
+msgid ""
+"A generic *grey* icon is used for files available only in the "
+"*repository*. You can use the **Get** command to copy them to the local "
+"*working copy*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:392
+msgid ""
+"|grey_mark_check| The file icon with a *grey check mark* is used when "
+"files in the *working copy* are up to date and match to the latest "
+"version available in the *repository*. The files are in *read-only mode*,"
+" and they have to be in *edit mode* in order to be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:394
+msgid ""
+"|green_mark_check| The file icon with a *green check mark* is used when "
+"files in the *working copy* are in *edit mode*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:396
+msgid ""
+"|half_grey_mark_check| The file icon with a *green check mark on a grey "
+"and white background* is used when files in the *working copy* are "
+"partially in *edit mode*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:398
+msgid ""
+"|red_exclamation_mark_check| The file icon with a *red exclamation mark* "
+"is used when files in the *working copy* are newer than the latest "
+"version available in the *repository*, because you modified them. You can"
+" use the **Put** command to copy them to the *central repository*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"|half_grey_red_exclamation_mark_check| The file icon with a *red "
+"exclamation mark on a grey and white background* is used when files in "
+"the *working copy* are partially newer than to the latest version "
+"available in the *repository*, because you modified them. You can use the"
+" **Put** command to copy them to the *central repository*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:402
+msgid ""
+"|orange_exclamation_mark_check| The file icon with an *orange exclamation"
+" mark* is used when files in the *working copy* are older than the latest"
+" version available in the *repository*, because someone modified them. "
+"You can use the **Get** command to copy them to the *local working copy*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"|lock_mark| The file icon with an *lock mark* is used when files are in "
+"*edit mode* by other users. For these files it is only possible to check "
+"the information about the user editing the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:406
+msgid ""
+"|half_grey_lock_mark| The file icon with a *lock mark on a grey and white"
+" background* is used when files are *partially in edit mode* by other "
+"users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/using_the_version_control.rst:408
+msgid ""
+"|blue_plus_mark| The file icon with the *plus mark* is used for files "
+"available only in the *working copy*. You can use the **Put** command to "
+"copy them to the *central repository*."
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/whats_new.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/whats_new.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd4b2003
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/whats_new.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/whats_new.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/whats_new.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9c7f95f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/whats_new.po
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:4
+msgid "What's New in OpenToonz"
+msgstr "چیز های جدید در اوپن تونز"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:6
+msgid ""
+"In this section you can find a list of Highlights in the latest release "
+"of OpenToonz; these may include New Features, Bug Fixes or Enhancements "
+"to already existent features. Here, you can also find links to past "
+"versions' Release Notes, to keep track of OpenToonz development history "
+"throughout time."
+msgstr ""
+"در این بخش شما می توانید لیستی از موارد برجسته در آخرین نسخه اوپن تونز را پیدا کنید. این ها ممکن است شامل ویژگی های جدید، رفع مشکل ها یا بهبود هایی در ویژگی های در حال حاضر موجود باشد. در اینجا، می توانید لینک هایی به یادداشت های انتشار نسخه های گذشته پیدا کنید؛ برای پیگیری تاریخچه توسعه اوپن تونز در طول زمان."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:13
+msgid "v1.4"
+msgstr "نسخه ۱.۴"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:18
+msgid "Highlights"
+msgstr "موارد برجسته"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:20
+msgid "|new| **Vector Guided Drawing Controls** panel and options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"|new| **Stop-Motion panel** & Canon DSLR Camera Capture support (Windows "
+"only)."
+msgstr ""
+"|new| **Stop-Motion panel** & Canon DSLR Camera Capture support (فقط ویندوز)."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:22
+msgid "|new| Toolbar: Now tool availability is **Context Aware**."
+msgstr "|new| نوار ابزار: Now tool availability is **Context Aware**."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:23
+msgid "|new| Fill Tool: Can now be used in **Raster Levels**."
+msgstr "|new| ابزار Can now be used in **Raster Levels** :Fill."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"|new| Eraser Tool: **Pencil Mode** for Toonz Raster levels, also in "
+"Freehand and Polyline types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"|new| Xsheet/Timeline: **Camera Column** to see and edit animation "
+"keyframes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:26
+msgid "|new| Xsheet/Timeline: **Create Blank Drawing** command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:27
+msgid "|new| Playback: New **Short Play** command."
+msgstr "|new| پخش: New **Short Play** command."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"|new| Import/Export: **XDTS File Support** (Celsys and Toei Animation "
+"xsheet file format)."
+msgstr ""
+"|new| وارد کردن/خروجی گرفتن: **XDTS File Support** (Celsys and Toei Animation xsheet file format)."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:29
+msgid "|new| Effects: **Corridor Gradient Iwa**."
+msgstr "|new| افکت ها: **Corridor Gradient Iwa**."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:30
+msgid "|new| Effects: **Spin Gradient Iwa**."
+msgstr "|new| افکت ها: **Spin Gradient Iwa**."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:31
+msgid "|new| Motion Paths: Now can be created using the **Geometry Tool**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:32
+msgid "|new| Shortcuts: New shortcuts for **Next/Previous Keyframe** commands."
+msgstr "|new| میانبر ها: میانبر های جدید برای دستور های **کی فریم بعدی/قبلی**."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"|new| Viewer: **Color settings** for Viewer Background in Level editing "
+"mode."
+msgstr ""
+"|new| Viewer: **تنظیمات رنگ** for Viewer Background in Level editing mode."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"|new| Cleanup: **\"None\" line processing mode**, for applying only "
+"autocenter/rotation/flipping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:35
+msgid "|new| Palette Editor: **Delete Unused Styles** right-click command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:36
+msgid "|new| Cache folder location & **Clear Cache Command**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:37
+msgid "|new| Execute Toonz **scripts from commandline**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"|new| UI: New Help menu options **Online Manual**, **What's New**, "
+"**Community Forum** and **Report a Bug**."
+msgstr ""
+"|new| رابط کاربری: New Help menu options **Online Manual**, **What's New**, **Community Forum** and **Report a Bug**."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:39
+msgid "|new| UI: New **Korean** translation. (Initial version)"
+msgstr "|new| رابط کاربری: ترجمه **کره ای** جدید. (نسخه اولیه)"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:40
+msgid "|new| Effects: **Help in English and Spanish**."
+msgstr "|new| افکت ها: **Help به انگلیسی و اسپانیایی**."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:41
+msgid "|new| OpenToonz Manual: New **Spanish** translation."
+msgstr "|new| کتابچه راهنمای اوپن تونز: ترجمه **اسپانیایی** جدید."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:42
+msgid "|enhancement| UI: **Updated/Reorganized Menus**."
+msgstr "|enhancement| رابط کاربری: **Updated/Reorganized Menus**."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"|enhancement| File Browser: **Double-click in Load Scene and Load Level "
+"dialogs** to open files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"|enhancement| Level Settings window: Now can act upon **Multiple Selected"
+" levels**."
+msgstr ""
+"|enhancement| پنجره Now can act upon **Multiple Selected levels** :Level Settings."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:45
+msgid "|enhancement| Startup Popup: Now **Scenes are Saved on Creation**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:46
+msgid "|enhancement| Effects: Added **Swap Colors Button** in Gradient effects."
+msgstr "|enhancement| افکت ها: Added **Swap Colors Button** in Gradient effects."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"|enhancement| Read Only levels: Allow to **Copy Selections from Read Only"
+" Levels**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"|enhancement| Read Only levels: PSD and FFmpeg-loaded levels are now "
+"**Read Only**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"|enhancement| Function Editor: **Hide Inbetween Values** option in "
+"Spreadsheet mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"|enhancement| Function Editor: **Step / Interpolation change** for "
+"multiple selected Keyframes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:51
+msgid "|enhancement| Animate Tool: Precise control using **Alt** key."
+msgstr "|enhancement| ابزار Precise control using **Alt** key :Animate."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:52
+msgid "|enhancement| Brush Tool: Remember last brush preset used."
+msgstr "|enhancement| ابزار Remember last brush preset used :Brush."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"|enhancement| Control Point Editor Tool: Make **Control Points easier to "
+"select**."
+msgstr ""
+"|enhancement| ابزار Make **Control Points easier to select** :Control Point Editor."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"|enhancement| Sound: **Improved Sound Quality** for Playback and "
+"Scrubbing. (Linux only)"
+msgstr ""
+"|enhancement| صدا: **کیفیت صدا بهبود یافته** برای پخش و Scrubbing. (فقط لینوکس)"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"|fix| Brush Tool: **Center mouse cursor on brush preview** (for pixel-art"
+" work)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:56
+msgid "|fix| **Transparent QuickTime Output**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:58
+msgid "...and much more!"
+msgstr "...و خیلی بیشتر!"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"Please see the `v1.4 Release Notes "
+"<https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.4.0>`_  hosted in"
+" GitHub, for the full list of new features, enhancements and bug fixes."
+msgstr ""
+"لطفا برای لیست کامل ویژگی های جدید، بهبود ها و رفع مشکل ها، `یادداشت های انتشار نسخه ۱.۴ <https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.4.0>`_  میزبانی شده در گیت هاب را مشاهده کنید."
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:67
+msgid "Previous Versions of OpenToonz"
+msgstr "نسخه های قبلی اوپن تونز"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Here you can find links to previous versions' full Release Notes, hosted "
+"in GitHub:"
+msgstr ""
+"در اینجا شما می توانید لینک هایی به یادداشت های انتشار کامل نسخه های قبلی، میزبانی شده در گیت هاب پیدا کنید:"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"`v1.3 Release Notes "
+"<https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.3.0>`_"
+msgstr ""
+"`یادداشت های انتشار نسخه ۱.۳ <https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.3.0>`_"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"`v1.2.1 Release Notes "
+"<https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.2.1>`_"
+msgstr ""
+"`یادداشت های انتشار نسخه ۱.۲.۱ <https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.2.1>`_"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"`v1.2 Release Notes "
+"<https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.2.0>`_"
+msgstr ""
+"`یادداشت های انتشار نسخه ۱.۲ <https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.2.0>`_"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"`v1.1.3 Release Notes "
+"<https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.1.3>`_"
+msgstr ""
+"`یادداشت های انتشار نسخه ۱.۱.۳ <https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.1.3>`_"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"`v1.1.2 Release Notes "
+"<https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.1.2>`_"
+msgstr ""
+"`یادداشت های انتشار نسخه ۱.۱.۲ <https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.1.2>`_"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"`v1.1 Release Notes "
+"<https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.1.0>`_"
+msgstr ""
+"`یادداشت های انتشار نسخه ۱.۱ <https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.1.0>`_"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"`v1.0.3 Release Notes "
+"<https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.0.3>`_"
+msgstr ""
+"`یادداشت های انتشار نسخه ۱.۰.۳ <https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.0.3>`_"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"`v1.0.2 Release Notes "
+"<https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.0.2>`_"
+msgstr ""
+"`یادداشت های انتشار نسخه ۱.۰.۲ <https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.0.2>`_"
+
+#: ../../source/whats_new.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"`v1.0 Release Notes "
+"<https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.0>`_"
+msgstr ""
+"`یادداشت های انتشار نسخه ۱.۰ <https://github.com/opentoonz/opentoonz/releases/tag/v1.0>`_"
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/working_in_xsheet.mo b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/working_in_xsheet.mo
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d73cc852
Binary files /dev/null and b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/working_in_xsheet.mo differ
diff --git a/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/working_in_xsheet.po b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/working_in_xsheet.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6cdb287
--- /dev/null
+++ b/source/locale/fa/LC_MESSAGES/working_in_xsheet.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4928 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) : This page is licensed under a CC-BY-NC 4.0 Int. License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the OpenToonz package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: OpenToonz 1.4\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-10-22 23:49+0330\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:4
+msgid "Working in Xsheet/Timeline"
+msgstr "کار در Xsheet/Timeline"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"The Xsheet, the digital version of the traditional exposure sheet, allows"
+" you to control the timing of all of the elements of a scene. It is "
+"organized in columns and rows: each column contains a layer of the "
+"animation and each row represents a frame contents. Columns are divided "
+"into cells, representing the content of that column in a particular "
+"frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"The Timeline is the horizontal counterpart of the Xsheet, it serves the "
+"same purpose, and has the same functionality. The main differences with "
+"the Xsheet are that in the Timeline the different levels are laid out in "
+"horizontal layers, while each frame content is represented by the columns"
+" of the Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In both of them, different items, generically called here as levels, can "
+"be loaded into the scene: animation levels, images for the background and"
+" overlays, and video clips."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"Other OpenToonz scenes can be loaded there as well: they will be nested "
+"inside a column/layer, and considered as a Sub-Xsheet of the current "
+"Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"All of the Xsheet/Timeline contents can be checked in the viewer, where "
+"the animation can be played back, and the scene contents edited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:19
+msgid "Using the Viewer"
+msgstr "استفاده از Viewer"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"The viewer has different modes of visualizing the scene contents. "
+"According to your needs you can view the whole work area, only the "
+"elements included in the current camera shot, or visualize the whole "
+"scene in a 3D environment. The viewer can also be frozen, so that the "
+"visualization is not updated until you enter with the pointer in the "
+"viewer. When the preview mode is activated, the viewer can display the "
+"rendered animation as in the final render (see  :ref:`Previewing the "
+"Animation <previewing_the_animation>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:24
+msgid "Camera Stand view, 3D view and Camera view modes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the viewer another customizable set of buttons is "
+"available. Some are used for playback (see  :ref:`Using the Viewer "
+"<using_the_work_area>`  ), some others are relevant only when using the "
+"Animate tool (|animate|) to animate objects and when previewing the "
+"animation in the viewer (see :ref:`Animating Objects <animating_objects>`"
+"  and :ref:`Previewing the Animation <previewing_the_animation>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"Additional elements like a field guide, or the table, can be displayed or"
+" hidden, and the background color can be set (see  :ref:`Customizing the "
+"Viewer <customizing_the_work_area>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:30
+msgid "**To switch the view mode in the viewer:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:32
+msgid "Use the buttons available in the viewer title bar to do the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"The **Camera Stand View** button (|camera_stand|) is for standard view, "
+"where any part of the work area can be displayed. When playing back the "
+"scene, the work area stands still, while all of the other elements, "
+"including the camera, move in relation to its position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"The **3D View** button (|3d|) is for activating or deactivating the 3D "
+"view of the elements composing the scene (see  :ref:`Working in a 3D "
+"Environment <working_in_a_3d_environment>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"The **Camera View** button (|camera_view|) is for keeping the box "
+"representing the camera still, while all of the other elements move in "
+"relation to its position. It can help you to better understand the shot "
+"when there are camera trucks, or rotations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"When a frame is selected in the Level Strip, the view mode is set "
+"accordingly to display that level only. Pressing one of these buttons "
+"will revert the viewer back to showing the whole scene content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:42
+msgid "**To freeze/un-freeze the viewer:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"Click the Freeze button (|freeze|) in the viewer title bar to "
+"freeze/unfreeze the displayed content; when activated the word frozen is "
+"displayed at the center of the work area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:46
+msgid "**To update the viewer content when it is frozen:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:48
+msgid "Move the pointer over the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:54
+msgid "Using the File Browser"
+msgstr "استفاده از File Browser"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"All the elements you need for a scene can be retrieved by using a file "
+"browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:57
+msgid "|file_browser|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"You can either use the standard OpenToonz file browser to drag and drop "
+"levels or folders to the Xsheet/Timeline or the Scene Cast window, or use"
+" the Load Level... and Load Folder... commands from the File menu. In "
+"both cases you can perform a multiple selection to load several levels or"
+" folders at the same time, that will be exposed each in a separate "
+"column; if you use the Load Level... command, when loading an animation "
+"level you can also specify the frame range to load. When you use the Load"
+" Folder... command all the files contained in the folder (if supported) "
+"are loaded into the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"When a level is loaded, OpenToonz checks if its syntax matches one of the"
+" level formats specified into Preferences  →  Loading  →  **Level "
+"Settings by File Format**. In this case the Level Settings specified will"
+" be applied. It is possible to add as many formats as you want, defining "
+"them by using a Regular Expression. This way, different settings can be "
+"automatically applied to different kind of levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to **Ignore Alpha Channel on Levels in Column 1** by "
+"activating the option in Preferences  →  Xsheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:65
+msgid "In the file tree available on the left there are the following main items:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:67
+msgid "**My Computer** contains files and folders located in your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:69
+msgid "**Network** allows the access to network computers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"**My Documents** contains files and folders located in the OS My "
+"Documents folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:73
+msgid ""
+"**Library** displays files and folder located in the "
+"``Projectroot\\library``  folder (see  :ref:`Setting the Projectroot "
+"<setting_the_projectroot>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:75
+msgid ""
+"**History** contains recently saved scenes, organized in folders, one for"
+" each of the last seven days OpenToonz was used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"**Projectroot** lists all the projects that have been created as folders "
+"containing the project information and material; the actual path of the "
+"projectroot is displayed in brackets (see  :ref:`Using the Project "
+"Browser <using_the_project_browser>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"In case more than one projectroot is defined, each will be displayed with"
+" the related projectroot path in brackets (see  :ref:`Setting the "
+"Projectroot <setting_the_projectroot>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:81
+msgid ""
+"**Version control** repository folder, labeled according to the version "
+"control configuration, contains the folders and files under the version "
+"control system (see  :ref:`Using the Version Control "
+"<using_the_version_control>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"In case several repositories are defined, each will be displayed with its"
+" appropriate label (see  :ref:`Configuring the Version Control in "
+"OpenToonz <configuring_the_version_control_in_toonz>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"You can open folders and sub-folders in order to retrieve files that are "
+"displayed in the area on the right. The current location path is "
+"displayed at the top of the browser; existing folders can be renamed and "
+"new folders can be created. Files can be displayed as icons or as a list,"
+" displaying additional informations that can be also used to sort them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"The way file icons are generated in the OpenToonz browser depends on the "
+"images resolution and on the **Icon Size** option set for the Level Strip"
+" frames in the Preferences  →  Interface dialog (see  :ref:`Using the "
+"Level Strip <using_the_level_strip>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:93
+msgid "Loading Levels"
+msgstr "بارگذاری Level ها"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"As part of the scene you can load Toonz Vector and Toonz Raster animation"
+" levels (PLI and TLV), Toonz palettes (TPL), Raster full-color images or "
+"image sequences (BMP, JPG, NOL, PNG, RGB, SGI, TGA, TIF and TIFF), video "
+"clips (AVI, MOV, and MP4 and WebM with the aid of FFMPEG, if installed), "
+"Photoshop documents (PSD), vector images (SVG) and audio files (AIFF, WAV"
+" and MP3 with the aid of FFMPEG, if installed). Images or clips with "
+"alpha channel information will retain their transparency information, "
+"once imported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to load legacy TZU and TZP files created with Toonz "
+"version 4.x: in this case the files will be automatically converted and "
+"loaded in the TLV format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:99
+msgid "SVG files are automatically converted and loaded in PLI format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"Photoshop files can be loaded taking into account the layers the document"
+" is made of (see  :ref:`Loading Photoshop Documents "
+"<loading_photoshop_documents>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"*Single image* files can have numbers and letters as part of their names,"
+" but they must comply with certain rules to be considered valid ones. "
+"Following are several descriptive examples of valid and invalid image "
+"file names:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:105
+msgid "Valid name types: ``a1.tga``, ``1a1.tga``, ``1aa.tga``, ``1aaa.tga``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:107
+msgid "Invalid name types: ``1.tga``, ``111.tga``, ``1a.tga``, ``111a.tga``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:109
+msgid ""
+"*Image sequences* are recognized and loaded by OpenToonz file browser as "
+"a single animation level, if they are named with a progressive four-"
+"digits number written between the *base* file name and the file "
+"*extension*, e.g. ``animation.0001.tif`` , ``animation.0002.tif`` , "
+"``etc.`` or ``animation_0001.tif`` , ``animation_0002.tif`` , ``etc.``. "
+"They are displayed in the file browser with a *double dot* or *an "
+"underscore and a dot* before the file extension: e.g. ``animation..tif`` "
+"or ``animation_.tif``"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"From the browser, you can **View** images and clips you are going to load"
+" as levels by opening a flipbook whose default shrink factor and step can"
+" be set in the preferences dialog, and see the related file information "
+"by opening an **Info** box (see  :ref:`Using the Flipbook "
+"<using_the_flipbook>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"OpenToonz scenes (TNZ files) can be loaded as part of another scene as "
+"well, in such a case they are loaded as Sub-Xsheets (see  :ref:`Loading a"
+" Scene as a Sub-Xsheet <loading_a_scene_as_a_sub-xsheet>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"When you load levels using the standard OpenToonz file browser, you can "
+"set whether to automatically expose them in the Xsheet/Timeline or not, "
+"by setting the **Expose Loaded Levels in Xsheet** option in the "
+"Preferences  →  Loading dialog. If activated, each level will be placed "
+"in a different column/layer, starting from the first empty one. If "
+"deactivated, the loaded levels will be stored in the Scene Cast, from "
+"where they can be selectively exposed in Xsheet columns or Timeline "
+"layers (see  :ref:`Using the Scene Cast <using_the_scene_cast>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:117
+msgid ""
+"If you are loading one or several files located outside the default "
+"current project folders, you are prompted whether to **Import** them to "
+"the project database or to **Load** them from where they are. In the "
+"former case files will be copied to the appropriate project folder (PLI, "
+"TLV levels and their palettes in the *+drawings* folder; raster images, "
+"video clips and audio files in the *+extras* folder; standalone palettes "
+"in the *+palettes* folder, etc.) and loaded with a relative path from "
+"this new location (see  :ref:`Managing Projects <managing_projects>`  ); "
+"in the latter case they will be loaded using an absolute path to their "
+"original location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:119
+msgid ""
+"If any of the files you want to import has the same name of a file "
+"already existing in the destination project folder, you will prompted "
+"whether to keep the existing file, overwrite it with the new one, or "
+"rename it by adding a suffix you can choose. In this way you can control "
+"if files you are importing have already been imported previously, or "
+"manage files that just share the same name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"**WARNING:** It is heavily recomended to **Import** assets to the current"
+" project folders, as OpenToonz can ovewrite the files associated with "
+"levels exposed in the Xsheet/Timeline, each time the **Save Level**, "
+"**Save All Levels**, or **Save All** commands are invoked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:123
+msgid ""
+"Files loaded in a scene without importing can be imported later all at "
+"once by using the **Collect Assets** command (see  :ref:`Collecting "
+"Assets <collecting_assets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"The OpenToonz file browser displays only the relevant files that can be "
+"loaded in OpenToonz. To check the full content of a folder you can use "
+"the **Show Folder Contents** option (see below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:127
+msgid "**To choose the browser display mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:129
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:161
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:177
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:207
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:219
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:554
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:584
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:598
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:608
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:622
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:639
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:649
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:659
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:690
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:738
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:762
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:833
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:863
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:881
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:901
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:958
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1020
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1034
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1069
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1083
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1116
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1191
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1213
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1225
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1243
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1270
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1297
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1396
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1424
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1436
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1460
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1489
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1499
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1615
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1623
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1674
+msgid "Do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"Click the Icon button (|thumbnails|) in the bottom bar of the browser to "
+"display files with the related icons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"Click the List button (|list|) in the bottom bar of the browser to "
+"display files in a list with related s; click the labels at the top of "
+"the  columns to sort files accordingly; right-click the label at the top "
+"of the  columns to open the menu that allows to toggle the visualization "
+"of the  columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:135
+msgid "**To resize the browser sections:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:137
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:562
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1450
+msgid "Do any of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:139
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:564
+msgid "Click and drag the separator to resize sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:141
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:566
+msgid "Click and drag the separator towards the window border to hide a section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:143
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the separator collapsed to the window border toward the "
+"window center to display again the hidden section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:145
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:570
+msgid "**To rename an existing folder:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:147
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:572
+msgid "Double-click the folder name and rename it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:149
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:574
+msgid "**To create a new folder:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Click the new folder button (|new_folder|) in the bottom bar of the "
+"browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:153
+msgid "**To move one folder up in the file tree:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:155
+msgid "Click the folder up button (|folder_up|) in the bottom bar of the browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:157
+msgid "**To load levels from the Load Level browser:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:159
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:173
+msgid ""
+"Select the Xsheet/Timeline cell where you want to start exposing the "
+"level; if any level is already exposed in that cell, a new column/layer "
+"will be inserted to expose the new level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:163
+msgid "Choose File  →  Load Level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Xsheet/Timeline cell and choose Load Level from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:167
+msgid ""
+"In the browser that opens select the file you want to load as a level; if"
+" you select a video or image sequence file, you can select the frame "
+"range you want to load by using the **Load Subsequence Level** options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:169
+msgid "Click the Load button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:171
+msgid "**To load levels from the OpenToonz standard browser:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:175
+msgid "In the OpenToonz browser select the file you want to load as a level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:179
+msgid "Drag and drop the selection to the Scene Cast pane or to the Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:181
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:665
+msgid ""
+"Drag and drop the selection to the Xsheet/Timeline cell where you want to"
+" start exposing it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:183
+msgid "Right-click the selection and choose Load from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"Files can also be loaded by dragging and dropping them from the Windows "
+"Explorer or macOS Finder to the Scene Cast, Xsheet/Timeline or Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:187
+msgid "**To load folders:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"Select the Xsheet/Timeline cell where you want to start exposing the "
+"levels; if any level is already exposed in that cell, a new column/layer "
+"will be inserted to expose the new levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:191
+msgid "In the OpenToonz File menu select the Load Folder... command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:193
+msgid "In the File Browser that opens select the folder you want to load."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:195
+msgid "Press the OK button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:197
+msgid ""
+"Folders can also be loaded by dragging and dropping them from the Windows"
+" Explorer or macOS Finder to the scene cast, Xsheet/Timeline, or Viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"When a level is loaded, OpenToonz checks if its syntax matches one of the"
+" level formats specified in Preferences  →  Loading  →  **Level Settings "
+"by File Format**. In this case the Level Settings specified when the "
+"corresponding **Edit** button is opened will be applied. It is possible "
+"to add as many file formats as you want, defining them by using a Regular"
+" Expression. This way, different settings can be automatically applied to"
+" different kind of levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:201
+msgid "**To load back a recently loaded level:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:203
+msgid ""
+"Choose File  →  Open Recent Level File, then select the level you want to"
+" load from the available submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:205
+msgid "**To make a multiple selection in the file browser:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:209
+msgid "Click to select a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) to add to or remove a file from the "
+"selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:213
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:590
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:655
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:871
+msgid "Shift-click to extend the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:215
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the right area of the browser and choose Select All from "
+"the menu that opens to select all the files contained in the current "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:217
+msgid "**To view a level in the flipbook:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:221
+msgid ""
+"In the OpenToonz browser or in the Xsheet right-click the level you want "
+"to view and choose View from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"Choose Windows  →  Flipbook and drag and drop in the window the file you "
+"want to view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:225
+msgid ""
+"By opening several Flipbook windows you can view several levels at the "
+"same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:227
+msgid "**To set the default shrink factor and step for the file viewer:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:229
+msgid "Choose File  →  Preferences  →  Interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:231
+msgid "Set the default **Viewer Shrink** and **Step** values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:233
+msgid "**To view a level file information:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:235
+msgid ""
+"In the OpenToonz browser or in the Xsheet/Timeline right-click the level "
+"whose info you want to view and choose **Info** from the menu that opens;"
+" if the file is a video or a sequence of images, use the slider at the "
+"bottom of the box to change the current frame and see the related "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:237
+msgid "**To view the entire contents of the current folder:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:239
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the right area of the browser and choose **Show Folder "
+"Contents** from the menu that opens: the entire folder contents are "
+"displayed in a default OS window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:245
+msgid "Loading Photoshop Documents"
+msgstr "بارگذاری اسناد فتوشاپ"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:246
+msgid ""
+"Photoshop documents (PSD files) can be loaded as a scene element in "
+"OpenToonz taking into account the layers the document is made of, and "
+"their layering order; text layers are considered as standard layers, "
+"while layer styles are considered only when loading the document as a "
+"single image (see below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:248
+msgid ""
+"Supported formats are RGB or grayscale images, using 8 or 16 bits per "
+"channel color depth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:250
+msgid "|load_psd|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:252
+msgid ""
+"When a Photoshop document is loaded, a dialog opens to set the way the "
+"document has to be exposed in the Xsheet. Options are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:254
+msgid ""
+"**Single Image**, flattens all the document layers into a single image. "
+"Only layers that were visible when the Photoshop document was saved are "
+"considered. The level name and path in Level Settings, and the scene "
+"cast, refer to the original name of the Photoshop document (see  "
+":ref:`Editing Level Settings <editing_level_settings>`  and  :ref:`Using "
+"the Scene Cast <using_the_scene_cast>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:256
+msgid ""
+"Photoshop documents can be loaded as a Single Image only if the *Maximize"
+" Compatibility* option was checked when saving the original file from "
+"Photoshop. If the option was deactivated, a dummy image is displayed "
+"instead; loading and saving again the document with the option activated "
+"fixes the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"**Frames**, loads each document layer as a frame, and exposes them as a "
+"sequence in an Xsheet column. Any layer group defined in the original "
+"document is ignored. The level name and path in Level Settings, and the "
+"Scene Cast, refer to the original name of the Photoshop document with the"
+" #frames suffix (see  :ref:`Editing Level Settings "
+"<editing_level_settings>`  and  :ref:`Using the Scene Cast "
+"<using_the_scene_cast>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:260
+msgid ""
+"**Columns**, loads each document layer as a column, and it is possible to"
+" automatically create a Sub-Xsheet containing the columns by activating "
+"the **Expose in a Sub-Xsheet** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:263
+msgid ""
+"When a Photoshop document is loaded as Columns, it is also possible to "
+"set how new Level Names asre assigned. Options are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:265
+msgid ""
+"**FileName#LayerName**, uses the PSD file name and layer names as the "
+"names of newly created levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:267
+msgid ""
+"**LayerName**, uses the PSD layer names as the names of newly created "
+"levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:270
+msgid ""
+"When a Photoshop document is loaded as Columns, it is also possible to "
+"set the way groups of layers have to be considered. Options are the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:272
+msgid ""
+"**Ignore groups**, overlooks any group of layers defined in the document,"
+" and each layer is exposed in a different column. The level name and path"
+" in Level Settings, and the scene cast, for each level refer to the "
+"original name of the Photoshop document with the #layerName suffix (see  "
+":ref:`Editing Level Settings <editing_level_settings>`  and  :ref:`Using "
+"the Scene Cast <using_the_scene_cast>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:274
+msgid ""
+"**Expose layers in a group as columns in a Sub-Xsheet**, creates for each"
+" group a Sub-Xsheet containing each layer of the group as a column. If a "
+"group contains other groups, the Sub-Xsheet will contain other Sub-"
+"Xsheets that will contain the related layers as columns. The level name "
+"and path in Level Settings, and the scene cast, for each level refer to "
+"the original name of the Photoshop document with the #layerID suffix (see"
+"  :ref:`Editing Level Settings <editing_level_settings>`  and  "
+":ref:`Using the Scene Cast <using_the_scene_cast>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"**Expose layers in a group as frames in a column**, creates for each "
+"group a column containing each layer of the group as a cell. If a group "
+"contains other groups, they will be ignored. The level name and path in "
+"Level Settings, and the scene cast, for each level refer to the original "
+"name of the Photoshop document with the #groupID#group suffix (see  "
+":ref:`Editing Level Settings <editing_level_settings>`  and  :ref:`Using "
+"the Scene Cast <using_the_scene_cast>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:278
+msgid ""
+"In order to be properly displayed in the final rendering, images based on"
+" Photoshop document layers have to be premultiplied either using the "
+"**Premultiply** option in the Level Settings dialog, or the Premultiply "
+"effect (see  :ref:`Editing Level Settings <editing_level_settings>`  and"
+"  :ref:`Premultiply <premultiply>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:284
+msgid "Executing Tasks in the File Browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:285
+msgid "Some tasks concerning files can be executed directly in the File Browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:287
+msgid ""
+"Files can be duplicated, converted to a different format, converted to "
+"TLV (Toonz raster image) format, renamed, premultiplied, and you can "
+"choose to separate their colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:289
+msgid ""
+"When duplicating files, the new files will be renamed by appending an "
+"underscore followed by progressive numbering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"You can also separate the colors of an image or image sequence by using "
+"the **Separate Colors...** command. For more details on its options, "
+"please see the  :ref:`Separate Colors <separate_colors>`  section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:293
+msgid ""
+"When renaming, files will be renamed according to the name you specify; "
+"an option allows you also to delete the original files. This can be used "
+"both for renaming sequences of image files in one shot, and for "
+"converting sequence numbering modes to the OpenToonz standard one (i.e. a"
+" progressive four-digits number written between the file name and the "
+"file extension) by selecting only the first file of a sequence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:295
+msgid ""
+"When premultiplied, the file alpha channel is modified to be properly "
+"displayed in OpenToonz. Images which have a meaningful alpha channel come"
+" in two types: premultiplied or straight. A non-premultiplied (straight) "
+"image can be recognized when it's loaded in OpenToonz because its edges, "
+"where there is a complete transparence on one side and opacity on the "
+"other, are not smooth, but displays show a solid halo; by premultiplying "
+"the image it's possible to fix this problem. This is available only for "
+"full-color images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"When converting files, a dialog prompts the frame range to convert, a "
+"saving location, a name, the new format with related options and a color "
+"for the background of the converted file. It is also possible to select "
+"more files at once but, in this case, the frame range and the file name "
+"fields won’t be available. All levels, images and clips supported by "
+"OpenToonz can be converted. The PLI vector files can also be converted to"
+" the SVG format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:299
+msgid ""
+"The **Convert...** command is also available in the File menu as "
+"**Convert File...**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:301
+msgid ""
+"When converting files to TLV format, it's possible to choose the painted "
+"or unpainted TLV formats; all levels, images and clips supported by "
+"OpenToonz can be converted, except for PSD files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"The conversion to the unpainted TLV format is available when one or "
+"several files are selected and it's meant for lineart images: the images "
+"and levels are converted into black lineart images with a transparent "
+"background, so that they can be painted with the same techniques and "
+"tools you can use for other Toonz Raster levels (see  :ref:`Painting "
+"Animation Levels <painting_animation_levels>`  ). In particular if images"
+" have some transparency, transparent pixels remain transparent, while "
+"solid pixels are transformed into black ones; if images have no "
+"transparency, white and lighter pixels will be assumed as transparent, "
+"while dark pixels are transformed into black ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:305
+msgid ""
+"The conversion to the painted TLV format is available when two files are "
+"selected or when the selected files are Raster Full color without "
+"antialiasing. In the case of the two files, one is meant to be the "
+"lineart and the other a painted version of the same image: the images and"
+" levels are converted into painted lineart images with a palette, so that"
+" they can be edited with the same techniques and tools you can use for "
+"other Toonz Raster levels (see  :ref:`Managing Palettes and Styles "
+"<managing_palettes_and_styles>`  and  :ref:`Painting Animation Levels "
+"<painting_animation_levels>`  ). In the case of conversion from Raster "
+"Full color without antialiasing, an Heuristic is used to recognize lines "
+"and painted areas creating a TLV level where the lines are seen as ink "
+"and the painted areas as paint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:307
+msgid ""
+"In particular if images have some transparency, transparent pixels "
+"remains transparent, while solid pixels are transformed into lines "
+"according to their color; if images have no transparency, white and "
+"lighter pixels will be assumed as transparent, while dark pixels are "
+"transformed into black lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:309
+msgid ""
+"When converting to the TLV format, sequence numbering modes different "
+"from the OpenToonz standard one (i.e. a progressive four-digits number "
+"written between the file name and the file extension) are supported, so "
+"that only the first file of a sequence is required to be selected to "
+"include the whole sequence in the conversion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:311
+msgid "**To Duplicate files:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:313
+msgid "Select the files you want to duplicate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:315
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any of the selected files and choose **Duplicate** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:317
+msgid "**To Rename files:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:319
+msgid "Select the files you want to rename."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:321
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any of the selected files and choose **Rename** from the menu"
+" that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:323
+msgid "|rename|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:325
+msgid ""
+"In the dialog that opens assign a new name to the file and choose whether"
+" to **Delete Original Files** by activating the related option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:327
+msgid "Click the **Rename** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:329
+msgid "**To Premultiply full-color images:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:331
+msgid "Select the files you want to premultiply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:333
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any of the selected files and choose Premultiply from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:335
+msgid "**To Convert a file to a different format:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the file you want to convert and choose Convert from the menu"
+" that opens. The Convert window change depending on the format of the "
+"selected files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:339
+msgid "|convert|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"Choose the frame range to convert, the saving location, a name, the new "
+"format, and the background color of the converted file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:343
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"Activate the Skip Existing Files to to prevent overwriting already "
+"exixting files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:345
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:363
+msgid ""
+"If needed, set the options for the file format chosen pressing the "
+"Options button and inserting the new values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:347
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:365
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:387
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:413
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:431
+msgid "Click the Convert button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:349
+msgid "**To Convert several files at once to a different format:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:351
+msgid "Select the files you want to convert."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:353
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:371
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any of the selected files and choose Convert from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:355
+msgid "|convert_several|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:357
+msgid ""
+"Check the number of files you are going to convert reading the value from"
+" the header of the Convert window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:359
+msgid ""
+"Choose the saving location, the new format, and the background color of "
+"the converted files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:367
+msgid "**To Convert files to the unpainted TLV format:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:369
+msgid "Select the lineart files you want to convert."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:373
+msgid "|convert_tlv_unpainted|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:375
+msgid "Select unpainted tlv from the File format drop down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:377
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:399
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:421
+msgid ""
+"Choose the saving location and, if you have selected one sequence, the "
+"frame range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:379
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:401
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:423
+msgid ""
+"Activate the Skip Existing Files to to prevent overwriting already "
+"existing files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:381
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:407
+msgid "Activate the Apply Autoclose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:383
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:409
+msgid ""
+"Choose how to manage Antialiasing fom the drop down menu. You can "
+"preserve the original antialiasing selecting Keep Original; add some "
+"antialiasing selecting Add and writing an Intensity value in the "
+"following text input field; remove the antialiasing selecting the Remove "
+"option and writing a Threshold value in the following text input field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:385
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:411
+msgid ""
+"Choose how to manage the palette of the tlv file/s you are going to "
+"create. By default a new palette is created. If you prefer to use an "
+"existing palette press the button next the palette field and use the "
+"browser to locate the palette file you desire to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:389
+msgid "**To Convert files to the painted TLV format from two images:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:391
+msgid ""
+"Select the lineart file and the painted version of the same file you want"
+" to convert."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:395
+msgid "|convert_tlv_painted|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:397
+msgid "Select painted tlv from the File format drop down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:403
+msgid "Choose the folder where the unpainted files are located."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:405
+msgid ""
+"Specify the Suffix used for namig the unpainted version of the files "
+"(default is _u, but you can use anything you like when preparing the "
+"files for convertion)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:415
+msgid "**To Convert files to the painted TLV format from non AA source:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:417
+msgid "Select the Raster Full color file you want to convert."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:419
+msgid "|convert_tlv_painted_noaa|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:425
+msgid "Choose the output folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:427
+msgid "Activate the Apply Autoclose if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:429
+msgid ""
+"Choose how to manage the palette of the tlv file/s you are going to "
+"create. By default a new palette is created. If you prefer to use an "
+"existing palette press the button next the palette field and use the "
+"browser to locate the palette file you desire to use. Sets a Tolerance "
+"value for the correlation between the RGB value of the areas and the "
+"indexes color of the palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:436
+msgid "Separate Colors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:438
+msgid ""
+"The **Separate Colors** feature, allows for separating single drawing by "
+"colors of pencils, generating independent image files to make it easier "
+"to use them in a subsequent compositing workflow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:440
+msgid "|separate_colors|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:442
+msgid ""
+"Unlike conventional *threshold-based* algorithms, this feature can "
+"produce more natural results, since it separates pixels in a more "
+"flexible way, by using the HLS color space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:444
+msgid ""
+"Currently this is a \"utility\" feature, which means that it's "
+"independent from the current loaded scene or active project. It just "
+"works on selected raster image files in the File Browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:446
+msgid ""
+"The produced output images contain an alpha channel equal to the line "
+"intensity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:448
+msgid ""
+"You can compose the line by loading the separated images as levels, or "
+"you can also connect the levels to a **MatteIn** effect with some color "
+"card if you would like to alter the line color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:450
+msgid "The available parameters are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:452
+msgid "**Preview Frame:**, defines the frame to be shown in the preview area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:454
+msgid ""
+"**Show Mask**, shows the **Alpha Matting** parameters results in the "
+"preview area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:456
+msgid ""
+"**Show Alpha**, shows the generated alpha channel in the preview area. "
+"This is the alpha channel that will be present in the new generated image"
+" files, product of the separation work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:458
+msgid ""
+"**Pick Color**, lets the user pick a color from the left preview area. "
+"The picked color will be assigned to the currently selected color swatch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:460
+msgid ""
+"You can click and drag over any of the preview area images to pick an "
+"average color for the defined rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:462
+msgid ""
+"**Paper Color:**, allows to define the paper color, used to calculate "
+"transparency of the separated images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:464
+msgid ""
+"**Main Color:**, allows to define the color for the main ink in the "
+"drawings. For better results, it's advised to pick the darkest color "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:466
+msgid ""
+"**Sub Color1:**, **Sub Color2:** and **Sub Color3:**, allows to define "
+"the color for the other respective color inks in the drawings you whish "
+"to separate. For better results, it's advised to pick the deepest "
+"(darkest, more saturated) color possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:468
+msgid ""
+"The **Sub Color3:** parameters will only show when **Sub3** suffix is "
+"enabled, in the **File Suffix:** parameters area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:470
+msgid ""
+"**Sub Adjust:**, allows to adjust the prevalence of sub-colors with "
+"respect to the black ink."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:472
+msgid ""
+"**Border Smooth**, allows to make the intersection of lines having "
+"different colors smoother."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:474
+msgid ""
+"**Alpha Matting**, allows to better remove noisy backgrounds, while "
+"preserving subtle faint parts of the pencil's stroke at the sme time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:476
+msgid ""
+"To be able to preview the Alpha Matting, the **Show Mask** option at the "
+"top of the preview area should be activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:478
+msgid ""
+"**Mask Threshold**, allows to make the noisy background pixels "
+"transparent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:480
+msgid ""
+"The regions to become transparent background in the output image are "
+"shown in red or blue colors in the preview area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:482
+msgid ""
+"**Mask Radius**, can create a solid *border area* around the detected "
+"colored strokes, to preserve subtle faint parts of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:484
+msgid ""
+"**Start:** and **End:**, when separating image sequences it allows to set"
+" a frame range for the color separation work to be done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:486
+msgid ""
+"**Format:**, defines the file format to use for the new generated files. "
+"Available options are: **PNG** and **TIF**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:488
+msgid "**Save in:**, defines where the new generated files will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:490
+msgid ""
+"**File Suffix:**, allows the definition of file suffixes for the "
+"**Main**, **Sub1**, **Sub2** and **Sub3** color generated image files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:492
+msgid ""
+"If **Sub3** is enabled the left preview area will change to accomodate "
+"the new separation color. Also, and additional **Sub Color3:** option "
+"will show in the right parameters area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:494
+msgid ""
+"**Auto**, toggles the automatic preview of the separation in the left "
+"preview area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:496
+msgid ""
+"**Preview**, allows to manually preview the separation in the left "
+"preview area. Only active when the **Auto** option is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:498
+msgid ""
+"**Separate**, executes the color separation operation on the selected "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:500
+msgid "**To Separate Colors of an image into separate image files:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:502
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the file you want and choose **Separate Colors...** from the "
+"menu that opens. The Separate Colors window shows, where you can select "
+"several options for the operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:504
+msgid ""
+"Choose the appropriate preview and separation options for the desired "
+"result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:506
+msgid "Press the **Separate** button to execute the color separation job."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:508
+msgid "Close the window by pressing the **Close** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:514
+msgid "Exposing Levels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:515
+msgid ""
+"Toonz level files, images for backgrounds and overlays, audio files, "
+"video clips, and other OpenToonz scenes, have to be exposed in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline columns in order to be part of the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:517
+msgid ""
+"If the asset you want to use has already been loaded but not exposed, or "
+"it was removed from the scene, it can be retrieved from the Scene Cast "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:519
+msgid ""
+"In case you need to retrieve some specific drawings from an animation "
+"level, you can display it in the Level Strip, in order to select the "
+"drawings to expose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:521
+msgid ""
+"Animation levels you define directly in the scene, for instance levels "
+"you scanned, or drew directly in OpenToonz, are automatically exposed in "
+"the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:527
+msgid "Using the Scene Cast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:528
+msgid ""
+"All the animation levels you create or load in the scene are stored in "
+"the Scene Cast pane. Levels remain available in the Scene Cast even if "
+"they are not used in the scene anymore. From the Scene Cast, they can be "
+"exposed, edited, saved and removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:530
+msgid "|scene_cast|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:532
+msgid "In the tree available on the left you can find the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:534
+msgid "A clapboard icon referring to the current scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:536
+msgid ""
+"The **Cast** folder containing all the animation levels you create or "
+"load."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:538
+msgid ""
+"The **Audio** folder containing all the audio files you load or create "
+"(see  :ref:`Creating a Soundtrack <creating_a_soundtrack>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:540
+msgid ""
+"You can create new folders and sub-folders where animation levels can be "
+"arranged. The current location path in the cast tree is displayed in the "
+"cast top bar; folders can be renamed and new folders can be created. "
+"Levels can be displayed with related icons, or in a list displaying "
+"additional informations that can be also used to sort files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:542
+msgid ""
+"Animation levels that are no longer available at the defined path are "
+"identified by a red color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:544
+msgid "**To display all the cast elements of a specific folder:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:546
+msgid "Click the folder icon in the cast tree on the left of the pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:548
+msgid "**To display all the cast elements:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:550
+msgid ""
+"Click the clapboard icon at the top of the cast tree on the left of the "
+"pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:552
+msgid "**To choose the cast display mode:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:556
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Icon** button (|thumbnails|) in the bottom bar of the cast to"
+" display levels with the related icons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:558
+msgid ""
+"Click the **List** button (|list|) in the bottom bar of the cast to "
+"display levels in a list; click the labels at the top of the  columns to "
+"sort files accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:560
+msgid "**To resize the Scene Cast sections:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:568
+msgid ""
+"Click and drag the separator collapsed to the window border towards the "
+"window center to display again the hidden section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:576
+msgid "Click the **New** button (|new_folder|) in the bottom bar of the cast."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:578
+msgid "**To move one folder up in the cast tree:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:580
+msgid "Click the folder up button (|folder_up|) in the bottom bar of the cast."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:582
+msgid "**To perform a selection:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:586
+msgid "Click to select a level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:588
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) to add a level to or remove it from "
+"the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:592
+msgid "**To move levels to a folder:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:594
+msgid "Select them and drag them to the folder in the cast tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:596
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:657
+msgid "**To expose the selection:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:600
+msgid "Choose Level  →  **Expose in Xsheet**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:602
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the selection in the Scene Cast and choose **Expose in "
+"Xsheet** from the menu that opens. In case of a multiple level selection,"
+" each level will be placed in a different column/layer, starting from the"
+" first empty one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:604
+msgid ""
+"Drag and drop the selection to the Xsheet/Timeline cell where you want to"
+" start exposing it. In case of a multiple level selection, each level "
+"will be placed in a different column/layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:606
+msgid "**To display an animation level in the Level Strip:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:610
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:643
+msgid ""
+"Select it in the Scene Cast and choose Level  →  **Display in Level "
+"Strip**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:612
+msgid ""
+"Right-click it in the Scene Cast and choose **Display in Level Strip** "
+"from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:614
+msgid "**To remove the selected elements:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:616
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the selection in the Scene Cast and choose **Remove Level** "
+"from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:618
+msgid "Levels can be removed only if they are not used in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:620
+msgid "**To remove all the unused elements:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:624
+msgid "Choose Level  →  **Remove All Unused Levels**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:626
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Scene Cast and choose **Remove All Unused Levels** "
+"from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:632
+msgid "Using the Level Strip"
+msgstr "استفاده از Level Strip"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:633
+msgid ""
+"When an animation level is displayed in the Level Strip, you can select "
+"the specific drawings you want to expose in the Xsheet/Timeline. This "
+"feature may prove useful especially when you need to retrieve some "
+"drawings that belong to the level, but that are not available in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:635
+msgid "|level_strip|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:637
+msgid "**To display an animation level in the level strip:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:641
+msgid "Select any level drawing exposed in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:645
+msgid ""
+"Right-click it the Scene Cast and choose **Display in Level Strip** from "
+"the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:647
+msgid "**To select drawings in the Level Strip:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:651
+msgid "Click to select a drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:653
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) to add a drawing to or remove it from "
+"the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:661
+msgid ""
+"Copy and paste the selection in the Xsheet/Timeline, into the cell you "
+"want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:663
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the Level Strip selection and choose **Expose in Xsheet** "
+"from the menu that opens. Drawings will be exposed at the beginning of "
+"the first empty column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:667
+msgid ""
+"Drag and drop the selection to the Xsheet/Timeline cell where you want to"
+" start exposing it and keep the **Shift** key pressed, to insert them if "
+"other content is already exposed in the destination cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:669
+msgid ""
+"Drag and drop the selection to the Xsheet/Timeline cell where you want to"
+" start exposing it and keep the **Alt** key pressed, to overwrite any "
+"other content previously exposed in the destination cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:671
+msgid ""
+"When it is not possible to expose the selection, a red outline is "
+"displayed instead of the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:677
+msgid "Replacing Levels"
+msgstr "جایگزینی Level ها"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:678
+msgid ""
+"An animation level exposed in the Xsheet/Timeline can be easily replaced "
+"by another animation level, preserving any editing performed in the "
+"sequence of drawings exposed in the column/layer cells. In this way it is"
+" possible to reuse the same edited sequence for different levels. For "
+"example you can reuse the edited sequence of a character level for the "
+"related shadow level by copying and pasting the character sequence, then "
+"replacing the character level with the shadow one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:680
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to replace the level as a whole, or limited only to "
+"selected cells. In both cases only the content of the selected cells will"
+" be replaced: if any drawing of the replaced level is exposed somewhere "
+"else in the Xsheet/Timeline, it will not be affected by the replacing "
+"operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:682
+msgid ""
+"In case the new level does not contain some of the frames you are going "
+"to replace, the level name and number in the cell turn red to warn you "
+"that there is no drawing available for that cell."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:684
+msgid ""
+"The original level is preserved in the Scene Cast from where it can be "
+"retrieved, or removed (see  :ref:`Using the Scene Cast "
+"<using_the_scene_cast>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:686
+msgid "**To replace a level in the Xsheet/Timeline:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:688
+msgid "Select the cells where the level you want to replace is exposed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:692
+msgid "Choose Level  →  **Replace Level...**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:694
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the selection and choose one of the options in the **Replace "
+"Level** submenu, from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:696
+msgid ""
+"In the browser select the new level, and click the OK button (see  "
+":ref:`Using the File Browser <using_the_file_browser>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:702
+msgid "Editing Level Settings"
+msgstr "ویرایش تنظیمات Level"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:704
+msgid "|level_settings|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:706
+msgid ""
+"Once a level is exposed, its properties (path, DPI, subsampling, etc.), "
+"can be controlled in the Level Settings dialog. Settings are the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:708
+msgid ""
+"**Name** is the name used to identify the level, by default it is the "
+"same name of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:710
+msgid ""
+"**Path** displays the location of the file, using default folder aliases "
+"if needed. By typing in this field, or using the browser button, you can "
+"update the path to a different location, or to different file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:712
+msgid ""
+"If in the browser you choose any project default folder, in the path "
+"field the full path will be replace by the related default folder alias "
+"(see  :ref:`Project Default Folders <project_default_folders>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:714
+msgid ""
+"**Scan Path** displays the location of the scanned images that were "
+"cleaned up to obtain the actual level (see  :ref:`Cleaning-up Scanned "
+"Drawings <cleaning-up_scanned_drawings>`  ). This is available only for "
+"Toonz raster levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:716
+msgid ""
+"**DPI** lets you change the level DPI, thus changing its size. To return "
+"to the original image DPI set the option menu above to Image DPI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:718
+msgid ""
+"**Forced Squared Pixel** forces a level that has a different horizontal "
+"and vertical DPI, and therefore is displayed stretched, to have the pixel"
+" shape squared, and thus to be displayed properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:720
+msgid ""
+"**Width** and **Height** let you set a different size for the level, thus"
+" changing its DPI. The level maintains its A/R."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:722
+msgid ""
+"**Use Camera DPI** button applies to the level automatically the camera "
+"DPI. It is useful when the level has the same size of the camera but "
+"different DPI, and you want it to match perfectly the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:724
+msgid ""
+"Information about **Camera DPI**, **Image DPI** and image **Resolution** "
+"are displayed for reference purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:726
+msgid ""
+"**Premultiply** premultiplies the alpha channel of the level. Images "
+"which have a meaningful alpha channel come in two types: premultiplied or"
+" not. A non-premultiplied image can be recognized when it is loaded in "
+"OpenToonz because its edge, where there is a complete transparence on one"
+" side and opacity on the other, is not smooth, but displays a solid halo."
+" With the premultiply operation it is possible to transform the image "
+"alpha-channel so that it is correctly displayed in OpenToonz camera "
+"stand, preview and rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:728
+msgid ""
+"**White As Transparent** sets the pure white color (i.e. with red, green "
+"and blue values to 255) as transparent and automatically adds some "
+"antialiasing to the level images. This option is meant for animation "
+"levels generated from third-party software (such as Retas) that do not "
+"have a transparent background but a solid white one, and whose lines do "
+"not have antialiasing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:730
+msgid ""
+"**Add Antialiasing** gives the user the possibility to add antialiasing "
+"to the level. The antialiasing value has to be specified in the "
+"**Antialias Softness** field, which can range from 0 to 100. This option "
+"is available on Toonz Raster and Raster levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:732
+msgid ""
+"**Subsampling** sets the simplifying factor to be applied to animation "
+"levels, clips and images when displayed in the work area in order to have"
+" a faster visualization and playback; for example if it is 2, one pixel "
+"every two pixels is displayed. The default values are defined in Xsheet  "
+"→  Scene Settings dialog, where values for raster (Image) and toonz "
+"raster (TLV) level subsampling can be defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:734
+msgid ""
+"The subsampling factor can also be applied to all the animation levels "
+"exposed in selected columns by right-clicking the header of any selected "
+"column and choosing one of the **Subsampling** commands from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:736
+msgid "**To open the Level Settings dialog:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:740
+msgid ""
+"Select a level in the Xsheet/Timeline and choose Level  →  **Level "
+"Settings...**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:742
+msgid ""
+"Right-click a level in the Xsheet/Timeline and choose **Level "
+"Setting...** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:744
+msgid ""
+"Right-click a level in the Scene Cast and choose **Level Setting...** "
+"from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:750
+msgid "Xsheet Toolbar"
+msgstr "نوار ابزار Xsheet"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:752
+msgid "|xsheet_toolbar|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:754
+msgid ""
+"The Xsheet Toolbar, at the top of the Xsheet and Timeline panes, is a "
+"place where the user can display favorite OpenToonz tools and commands to"
+" have them readily available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:756
+msgid "The Xsheet Toolbar pane can be toggled depending on user preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:758
+msgid ""
+"If the Xsheet Toolbar is too short to display all the command buttons, a "
+"double-arrow symbol will appear at the right end of it, allowing to "
+"display a drop down menu with the rest of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:760
+msgid "**To toggle the Xsheet Toolbar:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:764
+msgid ""
+"Right click on any column/layer header and choose **Toggle Xsheet "
+"Toolbar** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:766
+msgid ""
+"Activate the File  →  Preferences  →  Xsheet  →  **Show Toolbar in the "
+"Xsheet** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:768
+msgid ""
+"When the Xsheet Toolbar is shown, it's also possible to activate the "
+"**Expand Function Editor Header to Match Xsheet Toolbar Height** option "
+"to correctly match the *frame* rows in both editors, when put side by "
+"side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:770
+msgid "**To customize the Xsheet Toolbar buttons:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:772
+msgid ""
+"Right click on it and select **Customize Xsheet Toolbar** from the menu "
+"that opens. The Customize Xsheet Toolbar window will open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:774
+msgid "|xsheet_toolbar_window|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:776
+msgid ""
+"To *add* a command: Search for a command in the **Toolbar Items** list "
+"(right) and drag it to the **Xsheet Toolbar** list (left)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:778
+msgid ""
+"To *add* a separator: At the end of the **Toolbar Items** list (right), "
+"drag the **----Separator----** item to the **Xsheet Toolbar** list "
+"(left)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:780
+msgid ""
+"To *delete* a command: Locate the command in the **Xsheet Toolbar** list "
+"(left), right click on it and select **Remove** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:782
+msgid "Click **OK** to accept the changes or **Cancel** to discard them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:788
+msgid "Working with Columns/Layers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:789
+msgid ""
+"When levels are exposed in the Xsheet they are placed in columns (layers,"
+" in the case of the Timeline). The column/layer stacking order sets which"
+" drawings and images are placed on top, or behind, other images. Its "
+"direction is from left to right in the Xsheet, and from bottom to top in "
+"the Timeline, so what is on the left/bottom is behind what is on the "
+"right/top. You can use the keyboard arrow keys to move between the "
+"columns/layers and time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:791
+msgid "|xsheet|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:793
+msgid "|timeline|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:795
+msgid ""
+"The Xsheet is divided into sections divided by horizontal markers "
+"(vertical, in case of the Timeline), whose interval can be customized; at"
+" each marker the name of the levels exposed can be displayed, when the "
+"option **Display Level Name on Each Marker** is active in the Preferences"
+"  →  Interface dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:797
+msgid ""
+"Column/layer cells may have different colors according to the type of "
+"level they contain. Toonz Vector levels are displayed in dark yellow; "
+"Toonz Raster levels in green; Raster levels in light blue; Sub-Xsheets in"
+" violet (see  :ref:`Using Sub-Xsheets <using_sub-xsheets>`  ); Effect "
+"levels generated by OpenToonz in brown (see  :ref:`Using the FX Schematic"
+" <using_the_fx_schematic>`  ); Audio levels in pale green (see  "
+":ref:`Creating a Soundtrack <creating_a_soundtrack>`  ); and Note levels "
+"in grey."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:799
+msgid ""
+"Each column/layer header contains information about its content. These "
+"are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:801
+msgid ""
+"**Name**, by default is the name of the first exposed level. The area "
+"color indicates the type of level exposed in the column/layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:803
+msgid ""
+"**Render toggle** (|preview|) allowing you to include or not the "
+"column/layer contents in the rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:805
+msgid ""
+"**Camera stand toggle** (|camera_stand|) allowing you to hide or display "
+"the column/layer content in the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:807
+msgid ""
+"The render and camera stand toggles work linked to similar toggles "
+"available in the Schematic nodes of the column/layer (see  :ref:`Using "
+"the Stage Schematic <using_the_stage_schematic>`  and  :ref:`Using the FX"
+" Schematic <using_the_fx_schematic>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:809
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1341
+msgid ""
+"**Lock toggle** (|lock|) allowing you to prevent any editing in the "
+"column/layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:811
+msgid ""
+"**Additional settings** button (|additional_settings|) allowing you to "
+"set an **Opacity** value or a **Color Filter** to the column/layer "
+"content, when displayed in the viewer. When a column/layer has a partial "
+"opacity, its **Camera stand toggle** changes to a faded icon to indicate "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:813
+msgid ""
+"Optionally you can make these additional properties also take effect at "
+"render time by activating the **Enable Column Color Filter and "
+"Transparency for Rendering** option in the Xsheet  →  Scene Settings... "
+"dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:815
+msgid ""
+"**Preview icon** of the first drawing or image exposed in the "
+"column/layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:817
+msgid ""
+"The icons on the Xsheet column headers can either be displayed at once "
+"when the scene is opened, or on demand by clicking on the column header, "
+"according to the **Column Icon** option available in Preferences  →  "
+"Xsheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:819
+msgid ""
+"**Parent** information, is an area where the object (by default the "
+"Table) and center (by default center B) to which each column/layer is "
+"parented is displayed (see  :ref:`Linking Objects <linking_objects>`  ). "
+"Currently this is not shown in the Timeline header."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:821
+msgid ""
+"In the Xsheet, the column on the far left displays the frame number, with"
+" the cursor indicating the current frame. The cursor can be used to set "
+"the current frame and allows you to activate the onion skin mode to "
+"better check the animation (see  :ref:`Using Onion Skin "
+"<using_onion_skin>`  ). In the Timeline, the same controls are placed in "
+"the time ruler at the top of the Timeline, having an equivalent "
+"functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:823
+msgid ""
+"When the animation is played back, the Xsheet/Timeline scrolls according "
+"to the current frame cursor position, in order to display the current "
+"frame. To disable the scrolling deactivate the **Xsheet Autopan during "
+"Playback** option available in the Preferences  →  Xsheet dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:825
+msgid ""
+"Above the frame number column, there are buttons for creating and "
+"navigating Memos that can be posted in the Xsheet/Timeline (see  "
+":ref:`Using Memos <using_memos>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:827
+msgid ""
+"The Xsheet/Timeline can be scrolled to examine its content, while the "
+"header area and the frame column are always visible; in this way it's "
+"easier to understand how the scene is built."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:829
+msgid ""
+"Columns/layers you want to hide in the Xsheet/Timeline can be folded in "
+"order to save space in the interface. Once folded they can be unfold at "
+"any moment and be visible in their original position by clicking on the "
+"column/layer header area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:831
+msgid "**To scroll the Xsheet/Timeline:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:835
+msgid "Middle-click and drag to scroll in any direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:837
+msgid "Use the mouse wheel to scroll up or down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:839
+msgid ""
+"Use the scrolling bars to scroll only within the exposed section of the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:841
+msgid ""
+"Use the Up Arrow and Down Arrow keys to move one frame backwards or "
+"forward in the Xsheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:843
+msgid ""
+"Use the Left Arrow and Right Arrow keys to move one frame backwards or "
+"forward in the Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:845
+msgid ""
+"Use Shift+Up Arrow and Shift+Down Arrow keys to move to the previous or "
+"next drawing, either in the Xsheet or Timeline. Use this option if you "
+"want to skip the hold frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:847
+msgid ""
+"Use the Page Up and Page Down keys to scroll the visible frames up or "
+"down in the Xsheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:849
+msgid ""
+"Use the Home and End keys to scroll up to the beginning or the end of the"
+" Xsheet content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:851
+msgid "**To set the marker interval:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:853
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  Scene Settings..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:855
+msgid ""
+"In the dialog that opens use the **Marker Interval** to set the frame "
+"interval between two markers, and the **Start Frame** to set at which "
+"frame the first marker has to be displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:857
+msgid "**To name a column:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:859
+msgid "Double-click the column/layer name in the header and type a new name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:861
+msgid "**To select columns/layers:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:865
+msgid "Click the column/layer header to select a column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:867
+msgid "Click and drag in the column/layer icon to select contiguous columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:869
+msgid ""
+"Ctrl-click (PC) or Cmd-click (Mac) to add a column/layer to or remove it "
+"from the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:873
+msgid "**To move a column/layer selection:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:875
+msgid ""
+"Click any area displaying the name of columns in the header, and drag it "
+"to the new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:877
+msgid "**To edit a column/layer selection:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:879
+msgid "Select the columns/layers you want to edit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:883
+msgid ""
+"Use the Copy command to keep in memory the selection for further "
+"operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:885
+msgid ""
+"Use the Cut command: to eliminate the selection from the scene and keep "
+"it in memory for further operations. The column/layer elimination causes "
+"the following columns to shift left (or the layers above to shift down)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:887
+msgid ""
+"Use the Paste command to paste the selection kept in memory starting from"
+" the selected column/layer. The command causes following columns to shift"
+" right (or layers above to shift up)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:889
+msgid "Use the Delete command to delete the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:891
+msgid ""
+"Use the Insert command to insert empty columns before the selection; "
+"inserted columns/layers will be as many as the selected ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:893
+msgid ""
+"All of these commands are also available in the menu that opens when "
+"right-clicking the column/layer header."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:895
+msgid "**To include or exclude a column/layer contents from the rendering:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:897
+msgid ""
+"Click the render toggle (|preview|) on the column/layer header. If you "
+"right-click the button you can select commands from a menu that opens, "
+"that let you affect several columns/layers at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:899
+msgid "**To show or hide a column/layer contents in the viewer:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:903
+msgid ""
+"Click the camera stand toggle (|camera_stand|) on the column/layer "
+"header. The icon is faded out in case a partial opacity is set (see "
+"below). If you right-click the button you can select commands from a menu"
+" that opens that let you affect several columns/layers at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:905
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the column/layer content in the viewer and choose the "
+"**Hide** or **Show** command related to the column/layer you want to hide"
+" or show."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:907
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1373
+msgid "**To lock or unlock a column/layer contents:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:909
+msgid ""
+"Click the lock toggle (|lock|) on the column/layer header. If you right-"
+"click the button you can select commands from a menu that opens that let "
+"you lock or unlock several columns/layers at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:911
+msgid "**To set Opacity for a column/layer content:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:913
+msgid ""
+"Click the triangle icon (|additional_settings|) on the column/layer "
+"header, and do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:915
+msgid "Use the **Opacity** slider to set the column/layer opacity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:917
+msgid ""
+"Input the desired **Opacity** value in the numeric field, to set the "
+"column/layer opacity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:919
+msgid "**To set a Color Filter for a column/layer content:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:921
+msgid ""
+"Click the triangle icon (|additional_settings|) on the column/layer "
+"header, and set the **Filter** parameter to one of its predefined colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:923
+msgid ""
+"You can make Opacity and Color Filter take effect at render time by "
+"activating the **Enable Column Color Filter and Transparency for "
+"Rendering** option in the Xsheet  →  Scene Settings... dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:925
+msgid "**To fold columns/layers:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:927
+msgid "Select the columns/layers you want to fold."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:929
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the selection and choose **Fold Column** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:931
+msgid "**To unfold columns/layers:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:933
+msgid "Click the fold visible between the column/layer headers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:939
+msgid "Working with Cells"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:940
+msgid ""
+"When a level is exposed in a column, each cell contains a reference to a "
+"particular image. You may empty some cells, repeat some of them or change"
+" their order without affecting the real drawings sequence, because you "
+"are operating on references. This means that when a scene contains "
+"several cells referring to a drawing of an animation level, they all "
+"refer to the same drawing. This implies that when you modify a drawing of"
+" an animation level, all the cells in the Xsheet/Timeline referring to "
+"that drawing will consequently change their content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:942
+msgid ""
+"When the scene contains a reference to a drawing that is eliminated from "
+"the level, the drawing name and number in the cell turn red, to warn you "
+"that there is no drawing available for that cell anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:944
+msgid ""
+"When you select a cell, you can work on the drawing it contains by using "
+"tools in the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:946
+msgid ""
+"When one or more cells are selected you can perform standard cut, copy, "
+"paste, delete and insert operations in the Xsheet/Timeline. In this case "
+"you are not modifying the animation level frames but simply changing the "
+"way it is exposed in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:948
+msgid ""
+"Selected cells can also be dragged to a new position in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline, in duplicating, inserting or overwriting mode as well. "
+"When they are dragged to an empty column, it is possible to move along "
+"the data of the column/layer, i.e. the movement and special FX, where "
+"they were originally exposed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:950
+msgid "**To modify a drawing exposed in a cell:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:952
+msgid "Select the cell in the Xsheet/Timeline where the drawing is exposed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:954
+msgid "Use the tools to edit it in the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:956
+msgid "**To select several cells:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:960
+msgid "Click and drag to select a series of cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:962
+msgid "Shift-click a cell to extend the selection up to that cell."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:964
+msgid ""
+"Press Ctrl and drag to include keys in the selection. A red frame will be"
+" shown around the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:966
+msgid ""
+"Click the vertical strip available on the left of the cells in the "
+"Xsheet, to select the continuous sequence of drawings belonging to the "
+"same animation level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:968
+msgid ""
+"Click the horizontal strip available on thetop of the cells in the "
+"Timeline, to select the continuous sequence of drawings belonging to the "
+"same animation level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:970
+msgid "**To edit cells with the Edit menu commands:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:972
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:988
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1408
+msgid "You can do the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:974
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1410
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Copy** command to keep in memory the selection for further "
+"operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:976
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Cut** command to eliminate the selection from the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline and keep it in memory for further operations. The cell "
+"elimination causes the following cells in the Xsheet to shift up, or in "
+"the Timeline, to shift to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:978
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Paste** command to paste the selection kept in memory into the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline, starting from the selected insertion cell. The command "
+"causes the following cells in the Xsheet to shift down, or in the "
+"Timeline, to shift to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:980
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1416
+msgid "Use the **Delete** command to empty the selected cells from any reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:982
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1418
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Insert** command to insert blank cells before the selection; "
+"inserted cells will be as many as the selected ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:984
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1420
+msgid ""
+"All the Edit menu commands are also available in the menu that opens when"
+" right-clicking the Xsheet/Timeline cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:986
+msgid "**To edit cells with the Cells menu commands:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:990
+msgid "Use the **Reverse** command to invert the order of the selected cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:992
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Swing** command to append the selected cells, at the end of the"
+" selection, in a reversed order. The last cell of the selection will not "
+"be repeated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:994
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Random** command to rearrange the selected cells in a random "
+"order. The order changes every time you use the command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:996
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Autoexpose** command to repeat the selected cells, as if "
+"filling the numbering gap between two subsequent drawings. For example if"
+" the command is applied to two cells where drawing 2 and 5 are exposed, "
+"the result will be four cells with drawings 2, 2, 2 and 5. The command "
+"works only if the selection is increasingly numbered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:998
+msgid ""
+"If the Autoexpose command is used on an level numbered 1, 3, 5, 7, etc., "
+"the level will be automatically exposed step 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1000
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Repeat** command to open a dialog that allows you to repeat "
+"cyclically the selected cells by specifying a number of times, or the "
+"frame number up to which the selection has to be repeated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1002
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Reset Step** command to remove any animation step in the "
+"selected cells, preserving the order of the exposed drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1004
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Increase Step** command to increase the animation step of the "
+"selected cells by one unit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1006
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Decrease Step** command to decrease the animation step of the "
+"selected cells by one unit; if a drawing is exposed in one cell only, it "
+"will be preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1008
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Step 2**, **Step 3** or **Step 4** command to repeat the "
+"selected cells in order to have a step 2, step 3, or step 4 animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1010
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Each 2**, **Each 3** or **Each 4** command to preserve only one"
+" cell each 2, each 3, or each 4 of the selection, and delete the others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1012
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Roll Up** command to shift the content of selected cells up, "
+"with the top cell content replacing the bottom cell one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1014
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Roll Down** to shift the content of selected cells down, with "
+"the bottom cell content replacing the top cell one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1016
+msgid ""
+"All the Cells menu commands are also available in the menu that opens "
+"when right-clicking the Xsheet/Timeline cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1018
+msgid "**To drag a cell selection in the Xsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1022
+msgid ""
+"**Click** the vertical strip available on the left of the cells, and drag"
+" to move them to a new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1024
+msgid ""
+"**Ctrl-click** (PC) or **Cmd-click** (Mac) the vertical strip available "
+"on the left of the cells, and drag them to the new position, duplicating "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1026
+msgid ""
+"**Shift-click** the vertical strip available on the left of the cells, "
+"and drag them to the new position, inserting them if other content is "
+"exposed in the destination cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1028
+msgid ""
+"**Alt-click** the vertical strip available on the left of the cells, and "
+"drag them to the new position, overwriting any other content previously "
+"exposed in the destination cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1030
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1044
+msgid ""
+"When it's not possible to paste the selection, a red outline is displayed"
+" instead of the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1032
+msgid "**To drag a cell selection in the Timeline:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1036
+msgid ""
+"**Click** the horizontal strip available on the top of the cells, and "
+"drag to move them to a new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1038
+msgid ""
+"**Ctrl-click** (PC) or **Cmd-click** (Mac) the horizontal strip available"
+" on the top of the cells, and drag them to the new position, duplicating "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1040
+msgid ""
+"**Shift-click** the horizontal strip available on the top of the cells, "
+"and drag them to the new position, inserting them if other content is "
+"exposed in the destination cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1042
+msgid ""
+"**Alt-click** the horizontal strip available on the top of the cells, and"
+" drag them to the new position, overwriting any other content previously "
+"exposed in the destination cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1046
+msgid "**To drag a cell selection moving along the column/layer data:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1048
+msgid "Choose File  →  Preferences  →  Xsheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1050
+msgid "Set the Cell-dragging Behaviour option to **Cells and Column Data**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1052
+msgid ""
+"Column/layer data are moved along only when dragging the selected cells "
+"to an empty column/layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1054
+msgid ""
+"The column/layer data are moved along except for the linked "
+"columns/layers, because linked columns/layers can only have one parent "
+"column/layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1060
+msgid "Using the Smart Fill Handle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1061
+msgid ""
+"The Fill Handle allows you to edit cells directly from within the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1063
+msgid ""
+"It's the small tab appearing at the bottom of the cell selection in the "
+"Xsheet, or at the right of the cell selection in the Timeline. By "
+"dragging this handle you can repeat a cell or a group of cells, you can "
+"add cells, or you can delete the last cells of a sequence. The behavior "
+"of the handle is smart: this means that the way cells are repeated, "
+"added, or deleted depends on the selection content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1065
+msgid ""
+"Editing cells with the Fill Handle makes the cells placed below the "
+"selection to shift up/down in the Xsheet (or the cells placed to the "
+"right of the selection to shift left/right in the Timeline)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1067
+msgid "**To edit cell content with the Fill Handle in the Xsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1071
+msgid ""
+"If you want to repeat a cell content for some frames, select the cell and"
+" drag the fill handle down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1073
+msgid ""
+"If you want to lengthen a progressive sequence, select the cells where "
+"the sequence is exposed, and drag the fill handle down: sequence will be "
+"lengthen according to the progressive numbering. For example if the "
+"sequence is 1, 3, 5, the added images will be 7, 9, 11, etc. This works "
+"for any step the sequence may have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1075
+msgid ""
+"If you want a random sequence to be repeated, select the sequence and "
+"drag the fill handle down: the sequence will be lengthened according to "
+"the sequence numbering. For example if the sequence is 3, 6, 4, 1, the "
+"added images will be 3, 6, 4, 1, 3, 6, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1077
+msgid ""
+"If you want a progressive sequence to be repeated, first copy the "
+"sequence first drawing at the end of the sequence, then select all and "
+"drag down the fill handle. For example if the sequence is 1, 2, 3, 4, "
+"copy the drawing 1 at the end of the sequence (the result will be 1, 2, "
+"3, 4, 1), and the added drawings will be 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1079
+msgid ""
+"If you want to delete some cells, select a region so that the cells you "
+"want to delete are in the last columns, and drag the fill handle up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1081
+msgid "**To edit cell content with the Fill Handle in the Timeline:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1085
+msgid ""
+"If you want to repeat a cell content for some frames, select the cell and"
+" drag the fill handle to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1087
+msgid ""
+"If you want to lengthen a progressive sequence, select the cells where "
+"the sequence is exposed, and drag the fill handle to the right: sequence "
+"will be lengthen according to the progressive numbering. For example if "
+"the sequence is 1, 3, 5, the added images will be 7, 9, 11, etc. This "
+"works for any step the sequence may have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1089
+msgid ""
+"If you want a random sequence to be repeated, select the sequence and "
+"drag the fill handle to the right: the sequence will be lengthened "
+"according to the sequence numbering. For example if the sequence is 3, 6,"
+" 4, 1, the added images will be 3, 6, 4, 1, 3, 6, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1091
+msgid ""
+"If you want a progressive sequence to be repeated, first copy the "
+"sequence first drawing at the end of the sequence, then select all and "
+"drag the fill handle to the right. For example if the sequence is 1, 2, "
+"3, 4, copy the drawing 1 at the end of the sequence (the result will be "
+"1, 2, 3, 4, 1), and the added drawings will be 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1093
+msgid ""
+"If you want to delete some cells, select a region so that the cells you "
+"want to delete are in the last rows, and drag the fill handle to the "
+"left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1099
+msgid "Stretching the Timing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1100
+msgid ""
+"If you need to change the timing of a selection of cells, a selected "
+"frame range, or the whole Xsheet/Timeline, you can use the Time Stretch "
+"dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1102
+msgid "|time_stretch|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1104
+msgid "Options are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1106
+msgid ""
+"**Stretch** defines if the new timing has to be applied to the **Selected"
+" Cells**, the **Selected Frame Range**, or to the **Whole Xsheet**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1108
+msgid "**Old Range** displays the frame duration of the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1110
+msgid "**New Range** defines the new frame duration of the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1112
+msgid "**To stretch the Xsheet/Timeline timing:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1114
+msgid "Select the cells, or define the frame range you want to stretch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1118
+msgid "Choose Cells  →  **Time Stretch...**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1120
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the selection and choose **Time Stretch...** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1122
+msgid "Define the time stretching options, then click the Stretch button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1128
+msgid "Working Globally with Frames"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1129
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to insert or delete frames affecting the Xsheet/Timeline "
+"as a whole, or a selection of Xsheet columns or Timeline layers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1131
+msgid ""
+"Inserting or deleting frames can be useful if you want to change the "
+"timing of the animation, for instance if you want to slow down or speed "
+"up an animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1133
+msgid ""
+"When a frame is inserted, the current frame cells are duplicated, and all"
+" the following cells are shifted down (right in the Timeline). If "
+"animation keys are defined for object transformations and FX parameters, "
+"they will be shifted down (or right in the Timeline) as well, to keep the"
+" animation consistency (see  :ref:`Animating Objects <animating_objects>`"
+"  and  :ref:`Editing FX Settings <editing_fx_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1135
+msgid ""
+"When a frame is removed, the current frame cells are deleted, and the "
+"following cells are shifted up (or left in the Timeline). If animation "
+"keys for object transformations and FX parameters are defined in the "
+"removed frame, they will be deleted and following keys will be shifted up"
+" (or left in the Timeline) (see  :ref:`Animating Objects "
+"<animating_objects>`  and  :ref:`Editing FX Settings "
+"<editing_fx_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1137
+msgid "**To insert a frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1139
+msgid "Select the frame before which you want to insert a new frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1141
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Insert Frame**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1143
+msgid "**To remove a frame:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1145
+msgid "Select the frame you want to delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1147
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Remove Frame**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1153
+msgid "Using Sub-Xsheets"
+msgstr "استفاده از Sub-Xsheet ها"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1154
+msgid ""
+"A Sub-Xsheet is a scene exposed in a single Xsheet column or Timeline "
+"layer. It can contain as many columns/layers as you want, and other Sub-"
+"Xsheets as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1156
+msgid ""
+"When it's opened, the Sub-Xsheet contents are displayed in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline pane. When it is closed, it's displayed in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline as a violet column/layer, with its icon displaying a "
+"render of its content. The column/layer cells display the name of the "
+"Sub-Xsheet, and the cell number is a reference to the frame of the Sub-"
+"Xsheet content, i.e. cell 4 is a reference to frame 4 of the Sub-Xsheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1158
+msgid ""
+"The closed Sub-Xsheet level length depends on how many frames its content"
+" lasts at the time you create it, and it is not affected when you edit "
+"the Sub-Xsheet content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1160
+msgid ""
+"Sub-Xsheet levels can be animated like any other animation level, and FX "
+"can be assigned to it, affecting all the Sub-Xsheet content as a whole."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1162
+msgid ""
+"Sub-Xsheet level cells can be edited, for example to create a cycle, or "
+"cut, copied and pasted like any other exposed level (see  :ref:`Working "
+"with Xsheet Cells <working_with_xsheet_cells>`  ). Like any other level, "
+"if some editing is performed in its frames, all the cells in the main "
+"Xsheet/Timeline referring to that Sub-Xsheet frame will consequently "
+"change their content. In case you want to create a copy of a Sub-Xsheet "
+"that refers to the same animation level database, but whose content can "
+"be edited independently, you can choose to **Clone** it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1164
+msgid ""
+"If you want to reset the editing of a Sub-Xsheet level, you can "
+"**Resequence** it, by resetting it to the original length and order of "
+"its contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1166
+msgid ""
+"You can load a scene previously created with OpenToonz as a level of the "
+"current scene. You can also collapse selected columns/layers to form a "
+"new Sub-Xsheet to better manage the scene, for example you can collapse "
+"into a Sub-Xsheet all the columns/layers used to define a character, or "
+"explode a Sub-Xsheet to automatically bring all of its contents into the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline where it is exposed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1168
+msgid ""
+"As Sub-Xsheets can be loaded and saved, they can also be used for "
+"importing or exporting sections of an Xsheet/Timeline from one scene to "
+"another. For example, if you create a scene where several levels compose "
+"a character (head, body, shadow, etc.), you can save it and import it "
+"later in a different scene as a Sub-Xsheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1170
+msgid ""
+"When working inside a Sub-Xsheet, by default only its own contents are "
+"displayed in the viewer. If you need to edit the Sub-Xsheet contents "
+"while looking at the whole scene contents, you can activate the **Edit in"
+" Place** mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1172
+msgid ""
+"Like standard Xsheets/Timelines, Sub-Xsheets can also contain audio files"
+" to be used for synchronizing a soundtrack with the animation. However, "
+"audio files loaded inside Sub-Xsheets are ignored when an output file "
+"supporting audio is rendered, because the possibility to edit the Sub-"
+"Xsheet columns/layers frame order could make the resulting soundtrack "
+"inconsistent (see  :ref:`Creating a Soundtrack <creating_a_soundtrack>`  "
+")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1178
+msgid "Creating Sub-Xsheets"
+msgstr "ساخت Sub-Xsheet ها"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1179
+msgid ""
+"Sub-Xsheets are managed by the Xsheet menu commands, and by buttons in "
+"the Xsheet Toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1181
+msgid ""
+"You can create a Sub-Xsheet by collapsing one or several columns/layers "
+"where levels are exposed, choosing to include when needed the pegbars to "
+"which the columns are linked; or you can cut or copy columns/layers and "
+"drawings outside of the Sub-Xsheet, then paste them inside of it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1183
+msgid ""
+"The main Xsheet/Timeline will share with its Sub-Xsheets the animation "
+"level database, so if the same level is exposed in the main "
+"Xsheet/Timeline and in one of its Sub-Xsheets, the level and its "
+"properties will be shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1185
+msgid ""
+"When copying Sub-Xsheet columns/layers and cells, their copies refer "
+"always to the same Sub-Xsheet contents: if changes are made in the Sub-"
+"Xsheet, all the cells in the main Xsheet/Timeline referring to that Sub-"
+"Xsheet will consequently change their content. If you want to create a "
+"copy of a Sub-Xsheet whose contents can be changed independently as "
+"concerning internal level exposure, object animation and applied FX, it "
+"is possible to **Clone** it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1187
+msgid "**To create a Sub-Xsheet by collapsing one or several columns:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1189
+msgid ""
+"Select the columns you want to be part of the Sub-Xsheet in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline or in the Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1193
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Collapse**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1195
+msgid "Click the **Collapse** button in the Xsheet Toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1197
+msgid ""
+"Right-click any column header and choose **Collapse** from the menu that "
+"opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1199
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether to include relevant pegbars in the Sub-Xsheet or collapse "
+"selected columns only, then click the OK button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1201
+msgid "**To exit a Sub-Xsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1203
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1233
+msgid "Do one of the following"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1205
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Close Sub-Xsheet**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1207
+msgid "Click the **Close Sub-Xsheet** button in the Xsheet Toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1209
+msgid "**To open a closed Sub-Xsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1211
+msgid ""
+"Select the Sub-Xsheet column in the Xsheet/Timeline, or the Sub-Xsheet "
+"node in the Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1215
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Open Sub-Xsheet**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1217
+msgid "Click the **Open Sub-Xsheet** button in the Xsheet/Timeline Toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1219
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the column header and choose **Open Sub-Xsheet** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1221
+msgid "**To clone a Sub-Xsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1223
+msgid ""
+"Select the Xsheet column (or Timeline layer) where the Sub-Xsheet you "
+"want to clone is exposed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1227
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Clone Sub-Xsheet**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1229
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the column header and choose **Clone Sub-Xsheet** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1231
+msgid "**To toggle edit a Sub-Xsheet in its context:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1235
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Toggle Edit in Place**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1237
+msgid "Click the **Toggle Edit in Place** button in the Xsheet/Timeline Toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1239
+msgid "**To resequence a Sub-Xsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1241
+msgid "Select the column/layer containing the Sub-Xsheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1245
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Resequence**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1247
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the column header and choose **Resequence** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1253
+msgid "Loading a Scene as a Sub-Xsheet"
+msgstr "بارگذاری یک صحنه به عنوان یک Sub-Xsheet"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1254
+msgid ""
+"Previously saved OpenToonz scenes can be loaded in a Xsheet/Timeline as "
+"Sub-Xsheets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1256
+msgid ""
+"Every time a scene is loaded as a Sub-Xsheet, its contents are imported "
+"into the current project database according to the project default "
+"folders, in the same way as it would be if every single level was "
+"imported (see  :ref:`Using the File Browser <using_the_file_browser>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1258
+msgid ""
+"This allows you to create a library of basic animations that can be "
+"loaded and edited in other Xsheets/Timelines to create more complex "
+"animations without affecting the original files or drawings. Even when "
+"the same Sub-Xsheet is loaded twice, it is handled as if two different "
+"Sub-Xsheets were loaded, whose contents and levels can be edited "
+"separately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1260
+msgid ""
+"To keep the database well-ordered you can also activate the **Create Sub-"
+"folder when Importing Sub-Xsheet** option in the Preferences  →  Loading "
+"dialog, that will automatically create, in the project default folder, a "
+"folder named as the Sub-Xsheet you are importing where the levels from "
+"the Sub-Xsheet will be copied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1262
+msgid ""
+"Once a Sub-Xsheet is loaded, its levels are available in the Scene Cast "
+"in a sub-folder named as the scene you loaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1264
+msgid ""
+"If the camera settings of the scene you are loading as a Sub-Xsheet are "
+"different from those of your current scene, you will be prompted whether "
+"to keep the Sub-Xsheet original camera settings, or to apply the camera "
+"settings of the current scene to the Sub-Xsheet as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1266
+msgid ""
+"If the scene you import contains a file whose name is the same of a file "
+"already existing in the destination default folder, you will prompted "
+"whether to keep the existing file, overwrite it with the new one, or "
+"rename it adding a suffix you can decide. In this way you can control if "
+"files you are importing were already imported previously, or manage files"
+" that share the same name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1268
+msgid "**To load a previously saved scene as a Sub-Xsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1272
+msgid "Choose File  →  **Load Level** and use the browser to load a TNZ file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1274
+msgid ""
+"Choose File  →  **Load As Sub-Xsheet** and use the browser to load a TNZ "
+"file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1276
+msgid ""
+"Use the OpenToonz standard browser to drag the scene icon to the Scene "
+"Cast pane, the Xsheet/Timeline or the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1278
+msgid ""
+"In the file browser right-click the scene icon and select **Load As Sub-"
+"Xsheet** in the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1280
+msgid ""
+"OpenToonz scene files can also be loaded by dragging and dropping them "
+"from the Windows Explorer or macOS Finder to the Scene Cast, "
+"Xsheet/Timeline, or the viewer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1286
+msgid "Exploding Sub-Xsheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1287
+msgid ""
+"Sub-Xsheets can be exploded to automatically bring their content into the"
+" Xsheet/Timeline where they are exposed. When exploding a Sub-Xsheet it's"
+" possible to choose to bring to the main Xsheet/Timeline, when needed, "
+"the pegbars to which columns are linked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1289
+msgid ""
+"When a Sub-Xsheet is exploded, its columns/layers and the related FX "
+"nodes are displayed as a group in the FX Schematic, in order to better "
+"retrieve them (see  :ref:`Using the FX Schematic "
+"<using_the_fx_schematic>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1291
+msgid ""
+"If FXs are applied to the Sub-Xsheet column/layer, they will not be "
+"applied to the exploded columns, but the disconnected FX nodes will "
+"remain as reference in the FX Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1293
+msgid "**To explode a Sub-Xsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1295
+msgid ""
+"Select the Sub-Xsheet column/layer in the Xsheet/Timeline or in the "
+"Schematic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1299
+msgid "Choose Xsheet  →  **Explode**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1301
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the Sub-Xsheet column header and choose **Explode** from the "
+"menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1303
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether to bring relevant pegbars to the main Xsheet/Timeline, or "
+"to bring columns/layers only, then click the OK button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1309
+msgid "Saving a Sub-Xsheet as a Scene"
+msgstr "ذخیره یک Sub-Xsheet به عنوان یک صحنه"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1310
+msgid ""
+"The content of a Sub-Xsheet can be saved as a standard scene, i.e. a TNZ "
+"file, in order to be loaded as a stand-alone scene or to be available for"
+" reuse in other scenes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1312
+msgid ""
+"The Sub-Xsheet content will be saved according to the current project "
+"settings for default folders, as if you were saving a scene file (see  "
+":ref:`Project Default Folders <project_default_folders>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1314
+msgid "**To save a Sub-Xsheet as a scene:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1316
+msgid ""
+"Open the Sub-Xsheet you want to save, so that its contents are displayed "
+"in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1318
+msgid ""
+"Choose Xsheet  →  **Save Sub-Xsheet As...** and use the browser to save "
+"the scene file (see  :ref:`Saving and Loading Scenes "
+"<saving_and_loading_scenes>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1324
+msgid "Creating a Soundtrack"
+msgstr "ساخت یک Soundtrack"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1325
+msgid ""
+"Audio clips can be loaded and edited in order to create a soundtrack for "
+"the scene; natively supported file formats are non-compressed ``WAV`` and"
+" ``AIFF``  files at 8 and 16 bit. If FFmpeg is installed and configured "
+"in Preferences  →  Import/Export dialog, ``MP3`` audio files can be "
+"loaded too. There is no limit to the number of audio clips that can be "
+"loaded in a scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1327
+msgid ""
+"To load an audio clip you can use the Browser room; if an audio clip is "
+"imported, it is saved in the *+extras* folder (see  :ref:`Using the File "
+"Browser <using_the_file_browser>`  ). Loaded audio clips are also stored "
+"in the Audio folder of the Scene Cast."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1329
+msgid ""
+"Each loaded audio clip is exposed in a different Xsheet column or "
+"Timeline layer as a series of visible sound waves to make the editing job"
+" easier; the number of frames it spans depends on the length of the audio"
+" file and the frame rate set for the current scene. For example an audio "
+"clip 3 seconds long, imported into a scene whose frame rate is 12, will "
+"occupy 36 frames; if imported in a scene whose frame rate is 24 will "
+"occupy 72 frames (see  :ref:`Setting the Frame Rate "
+"<setting_the_frame_rate>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1331
+msgid "|audio|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1333
+msgid ""
+"Audio columns/layers can be edited the way you edit any other "
+"column/layer. Its header contains the following information about the "
+"content:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1335
+msgid ""
+"**Name**, by default is the number of the column/layer the audio is "
+"exposed in. e.g. Col5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1337
+msgid ""
+"**Render toggle** (|preview|) allowing you to include or not the audio "
+"column/layer content in the rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1339
+msgid ""
+"**Camera stand toggle** (|camera_stand|) allowing you to include or not "
+"the column/layer content when scrubbing the audio with the current frame "
+"cursor (see below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1343
+msgid ""
+"**Additional settings** button (|additional_settings|) allowing you to "
+"set the volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1345
+msgid "**Loudspeaker** icon that lets you play the contents back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1347
+msgid ""
+"The **Level Settings** dialog is available for audio clips as well, "
+"allowing you to check the location of the related file, or to update the "
+"loading path to a different location, or to a different file (see  "
+":ref:`Editing Level Settings <editing_level_settings>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1349
+msgid ""
+"The soundtrack you define with audio clips will be created by merging all"
+" of the contents of audio columns/layers according to the volume you set "
+"for each of them. While it cannot be played back when using the playback "
+"controls in the viewer, it can be scrubbed with the current frame cursor "
+"in the Xsheet frame column, the Timeline frame ruler or in the viewer "
+"framebar, and played back when a scene is previewed (see  :ref:`Editing "
+"Audio Clips <editing_audio_clips>`  and  :ref:`Previewing the Animation "
+"<previewing_the_animation>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1351
+msgid ""
+"When a scene is rendered in a file format supporting audio, (MP4, MOV, "
+"WebM or AVI), the soundtrack will be included in the file (see  "
+":ref:`Rendering the Animation <rendering_the_animation>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1353
+msgid ""
+"Audio clips loaded in Sub-Xsheets will not be included in the output "
+"soundtrack (see  :ref:`Using Sub-Xsheets <using_sub-xsheets>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1355
+msgid ""
+"As the soundtrack cannot be played back when viewing files in the "
+"OpenToonz flipbook, you can activate the **Use Default Viewer for Movie "
+"Formats** option in the Preferences  →  General dialog, in order to view "
+"files with their own default viewer, e.g. QuickTime for the MOV format, "
+"thus playing back the soundtrack as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1357
+msgid "**To play the contents of an audio column/layer back:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1359
+msgid ""
+"Click the loudspeaker icon available in the header of the column/layer. "
+"Click it again to stop the playback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1361
+msgid "**To set the volume of an audio column/layer:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1363
+msgid ""
+"Click the Additional settings button (|additional_settings|) and use the "
+"Volume slider in there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1365
+msgid ""
+"**To include or exclude an audio when scrubbing the audio with the "
+"current frame cursor**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1367
+msgid ""
+"Click the Camera stand toggle (|camera_stand|) on the column/layer "
+"header. If you right-click the toggle you can select commands from a menu"
+" that opens that let you affect several columns/layers at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1369
+msgid ""
+"**To include or exclude the audio column/layer contents from the "
+"rendering:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1371
+msgid ""
+"Click the Render toggle (|preview|) on the column/layer header. If you "
+"right-click the toggle you can select commands from a menu that opens "
+"that let you affect several columns/layers at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1375
+msgid ""
+"Click the Lock toggle (|lock|) on the column/layer header. If you right-"
+"click the toggle you can select commands from a menu that opens that let "
+"you lock or unlock several columns/layers at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1381
+msgid "Editing Audio Clips"
+msgstr "ویرایش Audio Clip ها"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1382
+msgid ""
+"Once loaded, audio clips can be moved up and down in a Xsheet column, "
+"left and right in a Timeline layer, or to a different column/layer, in "
+"order to be played starting from a certain frame of the animation. They "
+"can be trimmed to select a part of the whole clip and edited, by deleting"
+" or copying some sections, using standard edit commands the same way you "
+"use them on standard levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1384
+msgid ""
+"When a clip is trimmed, the trimmed part is not eliminated, but hidden, "
+"and it has a colored horizontal marker at its starting or ending, "
+"according to where it was trimmed: it is possible to retrieve the trimmed"
+" part by moving back the markers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1386
+msgid ""
+"When a clip is split into sections by deleting, cutting or moving "
+"operations, it is automatically duplicated and trimmed to create the "
+"right result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1388
+msgid ""
+"Audio clips can be moved and pasted only to empty columns/layers, or to "
+"other audio columns/layers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1390
+msgid ""
+"All the editing does not affect the file on disk, as it refers only to "
+"the way the clip is used in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1392
+msgid ""
+"To find a particular section in an audio file, you can examine it by "
+"scrubbing it with the current frame cursor, either in the Xsheet frame "
+"column, the Timeline frame ruler, in the viewer framebar, or by selecting"
+" any section and automatically playing it back together with the "
+"animation. This allows you to easily spot and excerpt the sections you "
+"need from an audio file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1394
+msgid "**To select audio clips:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1398
+msgid "Click and drag to select a section of the clip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1400
+msgid "Shift-click a clip cell to extend the selection up to that cell."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1402
+msgid ""
+"In the Xsheet, click the vertical strip available on the left of the "
+"clip, to select the whole clip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1404
+msgid ""
+"In the Timeline, click the horizontal strip available on the top of the "
+"clip, to select the whole clip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1406
+msgid "**To edit audio clips with the Edit menu commands:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1412
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Cut** command to eliminate the selection from the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline and keep it in memory for further operations. The cell "
+"elimination causes the following cells to shift up in the Xsheet or left "
+"in the Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1414
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Paste** command to paste the selection kept in memory in the "
+"Xsheet/Timeline, starting from the selected insertion cell. The command "
+"causes the following cells to shift down in the Xsheet or right in the "
+"Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1422
+msgid "**To move a clip selection in the Xsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1426
+msgid ""
+"**Click** the vertical strip available on the left of the clip cells, and"
+" drag them to move them to a new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1428
+msgid ""
+"**Ctrl-click** (PC) or **Cmd-click** (Mac) the vertical strip available "
+"on the left of the clip cells, and drag them to the new position "
+"duplicating them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1430
+msgid ""
+"**Shift-click** the vertical strip available on the left of the clip "
+"cells, and drag them to the new position inserting them if other audio "
+"clips are loaded in the destination cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1432
+msgid ""
+"**Alt-click** the vertical strip available on the left of the clip cells,"
+" and drag them to the new position overwriting any other audio clips "
+"previously loaded in the destination cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1434
+msgid "**To move a clip selection in the Timeline:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1438
+msgid ""
+"**Click** the horizontal strip available on the top of the clip cells, "
+"and drag them to move them to a new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1440
+msgid ""
+"**Ctrl-click** (PC) or **Cmd-click** (Mac) the horizontal strip available"
+" on the top of the clip cells, and drag them to the new position "
+"duplicating them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1442
+msgid ""
+"**Shift-click** the horizontal strip available on the top of the clip "
+"cells, and drag them to the new position inserting them if other audio "
+"clips are loaded in the destination cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1444
+msgid ""
+"**Alt-click** the horizontal strip available on the top of the clip "
+"cells, and drag them to the new position overwriting any other audio "
+"clips previously loaded in the destination cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1446
+msgid ""
+"When it is not possible to release the selection, a red outline is "
+"displayed instead of the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1448
+msgid "**To trim an audio clip:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1452
+msgid "Click and drag the starting of a clip to trim its starting part."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1454
+msgid "Click and drag the ending of a clip to trim its ending part."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1456
+msgid "Click and drag the marker of a trimmed clip to redefine the trimmed part."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1458
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1487
+msgid "**To scrub audio clips:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1462
+msgid ""
+"Drag the Xsheet frame cursor up or down to scrub all the audio columns "
+"whose Camera Stand toggle is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1464
+msgid ""
+"Drag the Timeline frame cursor left or right to scrub all the audio "
+"layers whose Camera Stand toggle is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1466
+msgid ""
+"Drag the frame cursor in the viewer framebar to scrub all the audio "
+"columns whose Camera Stand toggle is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1468
+msgid ""
+"Windows only: In the Xsheet, click and drag on the dashed vertical strip "
+"available on the right of the audio column cells, the selected section "
+"will be automatically played back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1470
+msgid ""
+"Windows only: In the Timeline, click and drag on the dashed horizontal "
+"strip available on the bottom of the audio layer cells, the selected "
+"section will be automatically played back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1476
+msgid "Lip Synching"
+msgstr "لیپ سینک"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1477
+msgid ""
+"When you need to synchronize the movement of a character’s lips with the "
+"sound of the speech, you can take advantage of the possibility to examine"
+" the audio files loaded in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1479
+msgid ""
+"Once you have created different mouth images, you can analyze the audio "
+"files to find where to place specific mouth drawings. If mouth drawings "
+"belong to one single animation level, you can quickly change the mouth "
+"drawing at a specific frame by picking drawings from the level strip or "
+"by flipping through drawings using one of the **Skeleton** tool "
+"(|skeleton|) features (see :ref:`Using the Level Strip "
+"<using_the_level_strip>`  and :ref:`Animating Models <animating_models>`"
+"  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1481
+msgid ""
+"The breakdown of audio files can be done by looking at the sound wave in "
+"the scene column, for example to spot where each word starts; by "
+"scrubbing the loaded audio clips with the current frame cursor either in "
+"the Xsheet/Timeline frame ruler or in the Viewer framebar; and by "
+"listening to specific sections of the audio files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1483
+msgid ""
+"When mouth images are placed in the proper place, you can check the sync "
+"by scrubbing or selecting again the audio file section you are interested"
+" in, because while listening to the selected audio section, the viewer "
+"will display the related animation frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1485
+msgid ""
+"This technique can be used in any case you need the sound to be perfectly"
+" synchronized with the action, for example a character playing an "
+"instrument, or a scene based on the rhythm of a music."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1491
+msgid ""
+"Drag the Xsheet/Timeline frame cursor forward or backwards to scrub all "
+"the audio levels whose Camera Stand toggle is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1493
+msgid ""
+"Drag the frame cursor in the Viewer framebar to scrub all the audio "
+"columns whose Camera Stand toggle is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1495
+msgid ""
+"Windows only: click and drag on the dashed strip available on the audio "
+"level cells: the selected section will be automatically played back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1497
+msgid "**To flip through the mouth drawings:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1501
+msgid ""
+"Select in the Xsheet or Timeline the animation level containing the mouth"
+" drawings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1503
+msgid ""
+"Right-click in the viewer over the mouth drawing you want to flip "
+"through, and choose the **Select** command related to the column/layer "
+"containing the drawing you clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1505
+msgid ""
+"Choose the **Skeleton** tool (|skeleton|) and set the tool mode to "
+"**Animate**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1507
+msgid ""
+"In the viewer click the label with the level name on the right of the "
+"current section pivot point and flip through following and previous "
+"frames by doing one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1509
+msgid "Drag up or down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1511
+msgid "Click the up or down arrowheads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1517
+msgid "Importing Magpie Files"
+msgstr "وارد کردن فایل های Magpie"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1518
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to import into the Xsheet/Timeline .TLS files (i.e. Toonz "
+"Lip Sync) exported from Magpie, a lip-sync and animation timing tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1520
+msgid "|magpie_import|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1522
+msgid ""
+"While Magpie takes care of the audio file analysis and phoneme "
+"recognition, importing the .TLS file into OpenToonz allows you to assign "
+"a frame from an animation level to each phoneme and automatically expose "
+"the result in an Xsheet column or Timeline layer; an additional "
+"column/layer displaying the speech text (as recognized in Magpie) is "
+"created for reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1524
+msgid "**To export the OpenToonz lip sync file in Magpie:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1526
+msgid ""
+"Copy the file ``export-toonz.lua``  available in ``OpenToonz "
+"stuff\\config``  folder into the ``C:\\Program Files (x86)\\Third Wish "
+"Software & Animation\\Magpie Pro\\Scripts\\Export``  folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1528
+msgid ""
+"In Magpie choose File  →  Export and choose Toonz among the 2D software "
+"list to export the TLS file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1530
+msgid "**To import a Magpie file:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1532
+msgid "Choose File  →  **Import Magpie File...**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1534
+msgid ""
+"In the browser that opens retrieve the TLS file you exported from Magpie "
+"and click the **Load** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1536
+msgid "In the dialog that opens choose the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1538
+msgid ""
+"Use **Frame Range** to define which section of the Magpie file you want "
+"to use to create the lip sync column in the Xsheet/Timeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1540
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Animation Level** section to retrieve the animation level you "
+"want to expose in the Xsheet/Timeline, and to specify which frame of the "
+"level has to be assigned to each phoneme; you can also use the viewer "
+"available at the bottom of the dialog to examine the frames of the "
+"selected animation level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1542
+msgid "Click the **Import** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1547
+msgid "Importing Papagayo-NG Files"
+msgstr "وارد کردن فایل های Papagayo-NG"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1548
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to import into the Xsheet/Timeline DAT files exported from"
+" Papagayo-NG, a lip-sync and animation timing tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1550
+msgid "|apply_lip_sync_data|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1552
+msgid ""
+"While Papagayo-NG takes care of the audio file analysis and phoneme "
+"recognition, importing the DAT file into OpenToonz allows you to assign a"
+" frame from an animation level to each phoneme and automatically expose "
+"the result in an Xsheet column or Timeline layer; to be able to hear the "
+"synched sound, the correspondent sound level should be manually loaded "
+"too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1554
+msgid "**To export the OpenToonz lip sync file in Papagayo-NG:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1556
+msgid "In Papagayo-NG, from the **Export:** dropdown menu, select **MOHO**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1558
+msgid "Press the **Export** button, to export a .DAT file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1560
+msgid "**To import a Papagayo-NG file:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1562
+msgid ""
+"Expose in the Xsheet/Timeline at least one drawing of the level "
+"containing the mouth shapes set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1564
+msgid ""
+"Select the cell of the column/layer where you want the lip sync to start,"
+" and using the right click menu choose the **Apply Lip Sync Data to "
+"Column** option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1566
+msgid ""
+"A dialog opens letting you choose which level drawings to assign to each "
+"phoneme."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1568
+msgid ""
+"Use the **Lip Sync Data File:** browser to retrieve the DAT file you "
+"exported from Papagayo-NG, and click the **Choose** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1570
+msgid ""
+"The **Insert at Frame:** parameter should already be showing the frame "
+"number of the cell you previously selected. Still, you can change it to "
+"make the lip sync start at another frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1572
+msgid ""
+"Activate the **Extend Rest Drawing to End Marker** if you want to copy "
+"the *Rest Drawing* to all the remaining frames between the loaded lip "
+"sync ending, and the frame where the *End Marker* of the Xsheet/Timeline "
+"is set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1574
+msgid "Click the **Apply** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1580
+msgid "Using Memos"
+msgstr "استفاده از Memo ها"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1581
+msgid ""
+"Memos can be posted in the Xsheet/Timeline at specific positions in order"
+" to add notes and comments to the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1583
+msgid "|memo|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1585
+msgid ""
+"When editing a memo its color can be set, and the text you write can be "
+"formatted. Once posted, memos display the first letters of their content "
+"in order to be identified, and can be retrieved in the Xsheet/Timeline by"
+" navigating them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1587
+msgid "**To post a memo:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1589
+msgid ""
+"Click the **Add New Memo** button at the top of the frame number column "
+"in the Xsheet (or at the top of the layers headers, in the Timeline)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1591
+msgid ""
+"Type the memo text in the window that opens, format it and choose the "
+"memo color (see below) then click the **Post** button: the memo is posted"
+" at the current frame in the current column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1593
+msgid "Click and drag the posted memo to change its position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1595
+msgid "**To format the text in the memo:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1597
+msgid "Select the text you want to format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1599
+msgid ""
+"Click the arrow (|additional_settings|) displayed on the right of the "
+"selection to open the Text Toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1601
+msgid "|memo_text_format|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1603
+msgid ""
+"Choose the font family, size, color, style and paragraph alignment by "
+"clicking on the relevant menu and buttons in the Text Toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1605
+msgid "**To change the memo color:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1607
+msgid ""
+"Choose a color in the palette available at the bottom of the open memo; "
+"palette colors can also be selected and edited by using the Style Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1609
+msgid "**To navigate the memos posted in the Xsheet:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1611
+msgid ""
+"Click the arrow buttons next to the Add New Memo button to check the "
+"previous or next memo: the Xsheet/Timeline automatically pans to show "
+"where the selected memo is posted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1613
+msgid "**To open a memo:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1617
+msgid "Double-click it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1619
+msgid "Right-click it and choose **Open Memo** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1621
+msgid "**To delete a memo:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1625
+msgid "Open it and click the **Discard** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1627
+msgid "Right-click it and choose **Delete Memo** from the menu that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1633
+msgid "Saving and Loading Scenes"
+msgstr "ذخیره و بارگذاری صحنه ها"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1634
+msgid ""
+"When working on a new scene the default name (untitled) followed by a "
+"progressive number is assigned to the scene until you save it with a "
+"different name. This name is also used in case the *$scenepath* variable "
+"is used in the project settings to store temporarily the material used in"
+" the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1636
+msgid ""
+"Untitled scenes and related material are stored in the ``OpenToonz "
+"stuff\\projects\\temp``  folder, and deleted when the scene is saved with"
+" a proper name or not saved at all. Check regularly the ``temp``  folder,"
+" and if there is some content, delete it to free disk space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1638
+msgid ""
+"Scene files can be saved and loaded as TNZ files using the related menu "
+"commands. Scenes have to be saved in the current project *+scenes* "
+"folder, or any of its sub-folders, in order to retrieve all the material "
+"when they are loaded back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1640
+msgid ""
+"When you use the **Save As...** command, if the *$scenepath* is used in "
+"the default folders definition, all the material used in the scenes and "
+"located in project default folders will be duplicated in folders related "
+"to the new scene (see  :ref:`Using the $scenepath Variable in Folder "
+"Definition <using_the_$scenepath_variable_in_folder_definition>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1642
+msgid ""
+"An option **Save Automatically** allows to save the scene every given "
+"number of minutes, and is available in the Preferences  →  General "
+"dialog. If the option is activated, during the saving operation a message"
+" is displayed to notify the process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1644
+msgid ""
+"An asterisk to the right of the scene name in the Viewer and "
+"Xsheet/Timeline title bars, denotes that there are unsaved changes for "
+"the current scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1646
+msgid "**To work on a new scene:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1648
+msgid "Choose File  →  **New Scene**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1650
+msgid "**To save a scene and all its related levels:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1652
+msgid "Choose File  →  **Save All**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1654
+msgid "**To save a scene:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1656
+msgid "Choose File  →  **Save Scene**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1658
+msgid "**To save the current scene with a different name:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1660
+msgid "Choose File  →  **Save Scene As...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1662
+msgid ""
+"In the browser that opens select the current project *+scenes* folder, or"
+" any of its sub-folders, where you want to save the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1664
+msgid "Assign a name to the scene and click the **Save** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1666
+msgid "**To load a scene from the Load Scene browser:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1668
+msgid "Choose File  →  **Load Scene...**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1670
+msgid ""
+"In the browser that opens retrieve, in the *+scenes* folder of the "
+"current project or any of its sub-folders, the scene you want to load and"
+" click the **Load** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1672
+msgid "**To load a scene from the OpenToonz standard browser:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1676
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the scene icon and choose **Load Scene...** from the menu "
+"that opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1678
+msgid "Drag and drop the scene icon to the clapboard icon in the scene cast pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1680
+msgid ""
+"Scenes can also be loaded by dragging and dropping them from the Windows "
+"Explorer or Mac OS Finder to the clapboard icon in the scene cast."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1682
+msgid "**To load back a recently loaded scene:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1684
+msgid ""
+"Choose File  →  **Open Recent Scene File**, then select the scene you "
+"want to load from the available submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1686
+msgid "**To revert the current scene to the last saved version:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1688
+msgid "Choose File  →  **Revert Scene**."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1690
+msgid "**To automatically save a scene every given number of minutes:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1692
+msgid "Choose File  →  Preferences  →  General."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1694
+msgid ""
+"Activate the **Save Automatically** option and enter the number of "
+"minutes that have to pass between each saving operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1696
+msgid ""
+"Choose to activate which file will be saved by this function, either or "
+"both of the Scene File and Non-Scene Files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1702
+msgid "Importing and Exporting Scenes"
+msgstr "وارد کردن و خروجی گرفتن صحنه ها"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1703
+msgid ""
+"In OpenToonz each scene file belongs to a specific project, so that the "
+"material created and used in the scene is located and can be retrieved "
+"from the project default folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1705
+msgid ""
+"If you need to copy the scene and the related material to a different "
+"project, it is possible either to import any scene file in the current "
+"project, or to export it to any other project available in the "
+"projectroot (see  :ref:`Setting up Projects <setting_up_projects>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1711
+msgid "Importing Scenes from a Different Project"
+msgstr "وارد کردن صحنه ها از یک پروژه متفاوت"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1712
+msgid ""
+"When trying to load a scene created in a different project, or not "
+"located in the current project *+scenes* folder or any of its sub-"
+"folders, you are prompted to decide whether you want to import the scene "
+"(**Import Scene**) or change the current project (**Change Project**) "
+"(see  :ref:`Setting up Projects <setting_up_projects>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1714
+msgid ""
+"If you decide to import the scene, the scene will be loaded, and all the "
+"scene material will be imported in the following way:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1716
+msgid ""
+"All the files that were located in the original project default folders "
+"(i.e. the ones loaded in the scene by using relative paths) will be "
+"copied into the related default folders of the current project (see  "
+":ref:`Project Default Folders <project_default_folders>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1718
+msgid ""
+"All the files that were located in external folders (i.e. the ones loaded"
+" in the scene by using absolute paths), will remain where they are."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1720
+msgid ""
+"While the material is automatically imported and saved in the current "
+"project, the scene file will not be saved until you will save it by using"
+" the Save Scene... or Save Scene As... commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1722
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to import one or several scenes into the current "
+"project with no need to load and save them by using the Import Scene "
+"command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1724
+msgid ""
+"In this case both the material files located in the original project "
+"default folders and the scene file will be copied in the related default "
+"folders of the current project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1726
+msgid ""
+"If the scene you import contains a file whose name is the same as a file "
+"already existing in the destination default folder, you will prompted "
+"whether to keep the existing file, overwrite it with the new one, or "
+"rename it adding a suffix you can decide. In this way you can control if "
+"files you are importing were already imported previously, or manage files"
+" that share the same name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1728
+msgid "**To load and import a scene from a different project:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1730
+msgid ""
+"Load the scene you want to import by using the **Load Scene...** browser "
+"or the OpenToonz standard browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1732
+msgid ""
+"Choose **Import Scene** in the dialog that opens: the scene is loaded and"
+" the related files will be copied into the default folders of the current"
+" project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1734
+msgid "Save the scene file in the current project *+scenes* folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1736
+msgid ""
+"**To import one or several scenes from a different project, without "
+"loading them:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1738
+msgid "Select the scenes you want to import in the OpenToonz standard browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1740
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the selection and choose **Import Scene** from the menu that "
+"opens: the scene and the related material files copied in the default "
+"folders of the current project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1746
+msgid "Exporting Scenes to a Different Project"
+msgstr "خروجی گرفتن صحنه ها به یک پروژه متفاوت"
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1747
+msgid ""
+"Scenes can be exported if you need either to copy them from a project to "
+"any other existing project, or to copy them to a new project that can be "
+"automatically created according to the current project settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1749
+msgid ""
+"In both cases the scenes files and the related assets will be "
+"automatically collected and copied in the related default folders of the "
+"destination project (see  :ref:`Collecting Assets <collecting_assets>`  "
+")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1751
+msgid "|export_scene|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1753
+msgid ""
+"If the scene you export contains any file whose name is the same of a "
+"file already existing in the destination default folder, you will "
+"prompted whether to keep the existing file, overwrite it with the new "
+"one, or rename it adding a suffix you can decide. In this way you can "
+"control if files you are exporting were already exported previously, or "
+"manage files that share the same name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1755
+msgid "**To export one or several scenes to a different project:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1757
+msgid "Select the scenes you want to export in the OpenToonz standard browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1759
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the selection and choose **Export Scene...** from the menu "
+"that opens: the Export Scene dialog opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1761
+msgid "In the dialog do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1763
+msgid ""
+"Select the **Choose Existing Project** option if you want to export the "
+"selected scenes to an existing project, then navigate the folder tree to "
+"choose the destination project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1765
+msgid ""
+"Choose the **Create New Project** option if you want to export the "
+"selected scenes to a new project based on the current one, then assign a "
+"name for the new project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1767
+msgid "Click the **Export** button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1773
+msgid "Collecting Assets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1774
+msgid ""
+"Files used in a scene can be located in the default folders of the "
+"current project, or loaded from an external folder (see  :ref:`Project "
+"Default Folders <project_default_folders>`  and  :ref:`Using the File "
+"Browser <using_the_file_browser>`  )."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1776
+msgid ""
+"This means that when a project has to change location for any reason "
+"(e.g. for a backup), moving all the default folders does not grant that "
+"all the files required for the project scenes are moved along, because "
+"files loaded from external folders will remain where they are."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1778
+msgid ""
+"For this reason it's possible to collect all the files used in a scene, "
+"thus importing automatically to the project default folders all the files"
+" that were not imported at loading time. At the same time the scene file "
+"for which you are collecting assets will be automatically updated in "
+"order to correct all the loading paths of the newly imported files to "
+"keep consistency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1780
+msgid "**To collect the assets of one or several scenes:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1782
+msgid "Select the scenes for which you want to collect assets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1784
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the selection and choose **Collect Assets** from the menu "
+"that opens: all the scene files that were located in external folders are"
+" copied into the default folders of the project, and the related paths "
+"used in the scene files are updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1790
+msgid "Scene Backup Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1791
+msgid ""
+"When scenes are saved, backup files of previous versions are "
+"automatically stored in a folder named as the scene, that is located in "
+"``+scenes\\backups``  of the current project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1793
+msgid ""
+"The four previous scene versions are retained, and they are named as the "
+"scene, with a progressive backup number: the highest the number, the more"
+" recent the backup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1795
+msgid ""
+"For example if you have saved seven times the scene named my_scene, 4 "
+"backup versions of the scene named ``my_scene_3`` , ``my_scene_4`` , "
+"``my_scene_5``  and ``my_scene_6``  are available in the "
+"``+scenes\\backups\\my_scene`` folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1797
+msgid ""
+"If you want to recover a scene backup version of a scene, you have to "
+"remove the backup number so to have the correct scene name, and move the "
+"file into the *+scenes* folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1799
+msgid "**To recover a backup version of a scene:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1801
+msgid ""
+"Retrieve in *+scenes\\backups* the folder named as the scene whose backup"
+" you want to recover."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1803
+msgid ""
+"In the folder, retrieve the TNZ file related to the latest backup you "
+"want to recover, and rename it, removing the backup number so to have the"
+" correct scene name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1805
+msgid ""
+"Copy and paste it into the *+scenes* folder to replace the version you "
+"want to scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1811
+msgid "Printing Xsheets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1812
+msgid ""
+"An Xsheet can be saved as HTML file in order to view it on any computer "
+"by using an Internet browser, and to print it on paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1814
+msgid ""
+"The HTML file contains a header with general information, several tables,"
+" whose length and width you can decide, representing the Xsheet with "
+"exposed levels and objects movements, and a list of the levels exposed in"
+" the Xsheet with the related location on disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1816
+msgid ""
+"If any Sub-Xsheets are used in the scene, they are displayed after the "
+"main Xsheet where they are exposed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1818
+msgid ""
+"The information displayed in the header and the appearance of the HTML "
+"table can be set by editing the following files located in the folder "
+"``OpenToonz stuff\\profiles\\layouts\\settings`` :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1820
+msgid ""
+"``xsheet_html.xml``  contains the information used for the HTML Xsheet "
+"header, and the size for the tables used to represent the Xsheet content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1822
+msgid ""
+"``xsheet.css``  is a Cascading Style Sheet file that is used to define "
+"the colors, layout, and other aspects of the HTML Xsheet file (see below "
+")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1824
+msgid ""
+"When using the Print Xsheet command, a dialog with information about the "
+"location and name of the generated HTML file is displayed; then the "
+"generated HTML file is displayed in your default browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1826
+msgid ""
+"The HTML file is saved in the same location as the TNZ file; the CSS file"
+" used for its formatting is generated as well, by copying the one located"
+" in the folder ``OpenToonz stuff\\profiles\\layouts\\settings`` . If a "
+"CSS file is already available in the location where the HTML Xsheet file "
+"is saved, it will be used instead of generating a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1828
+msgid ""
+"If you want to move the HTML Xsheet file, you should move the CSS file as"
+" well, in order to preserve the HTML file appearance as defined by the "
+"CSS file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1834
+msgid "Editing the HTML Xsheet Header and Table Size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1835
+msgid ""
+"The HTML Xsheet header and the size for the tables used to represent the "
+"Xsheet content can be defined by editing the`` xsheet_html.xml``  file "
+"available in the folder ``OpenToonz stuff\\profiles\\layouts\\settings`` "
+". It can be edited with any text editor software, e.g. Notepad or "
+"TextEdit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1837
+msgid ""
+"The whole text is included in the tag ``xsheet_html`` , that contains the"
+" elements ``page``  and ``info`` , where the different users and roles "
+"are defined. The basic structure of the file is the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1849
+msgid ""
+"By editing the ``page row``  and ``page columns``  values you can set the"
+" size of the table used for splitting the Xsheet in sections. The size of"
+" the table allows you to fit each Xsheet section to the paper size you "
+"want to use to print the Xsheet on paper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1851
+msgid ""
+"The ``info``  lines allows you to set information to be displayed in the "
+"header, for example the production name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1853
+msgid "In the example file you can find the following lines:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1860
+msgid ""
+"These lines can be edited, and new lines, with the same syntax, can be "
+"appended, to provide all the information you want to appear in the header"
+" of the HTML Xsheet file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1862
+msgid ""
+"By default the header contains the Project and Scene names and the number"
+" of frames the scene consists of; this information cannot be edited, as "
+"they are retrieved automatically from the scene file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1864
+msgid ""
+"The ``xsheet_html.xml``  file has to be well-formed, and so it can not "
+"contain an opening tag without its related closing tag, otherwise "
+"OpenToonz will not run. If you decide to edit the ``xsheet_html.xml``  "
+"file, make a backup copy first in case you need to revert the file to the"
+" original version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1866
+msgid "**To edit the xsheet_html.xml file:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1868
+msgid ""
+"Open the ``xsheet_html.xml``  file available in the folder ``OpenToonz "
+"stuff\\profiles\\layouts\\settings`` with a text editor application (e.g."
+" Notepad or TextEdit)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1870
+msgid ""
+"**To change the size of the table used for splitting the Xsheet in "
+"sections:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1872
+msgid ""
+"Change the ``page row``  and ``page columns``  values in the "
+"``xsheet_html.xml``  file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1874
+msgid "**To edit the information displayed in the header:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1876
+msgid ""
+"Edit the ``info``  lines available in the ``xsheet_html.xml``  file, and "
+"append new ones if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1878
+msgid "**To check if the xsheet_html.xml file is well-formed:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1880
+msgid ""
+"Open it with an Internet browser and check if all the elements are "
+"displayed in a nested list where they can be opened and closed to display"
+" or hide the related contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1886
+msgid "Editing HTML Xsheet Appearance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1887
+msgid ""
+"The HTML Xsheet appearance can be defined by editing thexsheet.css file "
+"available in the folder ``OpenToonz stuff\\profiles\\layouts\\settings`` "
+"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1889
+msgid ""
+"The ``xsheet.css``  is a Cascading Style Sheet file that is used to "
+"define the colors, layout, and other aspects of the HTML Xsheet file. It "
+"can be edited with any text editor software, e.g. Notepad or TextEdit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1891
+msgid ""
+"Editing the CSS file requires some skill in the CSS language, but some "
+"changes like table ruling thickness, or cell colors, can be easily done "
+"by expressing the thickness in pixels and colors as an RGB triplet in "
+"hexadecimal format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1893
+msgid "Elements defined in the CSS are the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1895
+msgid "``header``  refers to the table used as header in the HTML Xsheet file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1897
+msgid "``table``  refers to the table used for displaying the Xsheet sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1899
+msgid "``TH``  refers to the header cells of the tables."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1901
+msgid ""
+"``first_numeric``  refers to the first numerical column of the Xsheet "
+"tables."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1903
+msgid "``fxcell``  refers to the table cells belonging to special FX columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1905
+msgid ""
+"``subxsheetcell``  refers to the table cells belonging to Sub-Xsheet "
+"columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1907
+msgid "``TD``  refers to the generic table cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1909
+msgid "``TH.frame``  refers to the frame column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1911
+msgid ""
+"``TD.levelcell``  refers to the table cells belonging to standard level "
+"columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1913
+msgid ""
+"The CSS files have to be written according to a specific syntax. If you "
+"decide to edit the ``xsheet.css``  file, make a backup copy first in case"
+" you need to revert the file to the original version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1915
+msgid "**To edit the xsheet.css file:**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/working_in_xsheet.rst:1917
+msgid ""
+"Open the ``xsheet.css``  file available in the folder ``OpenToonz "
+"stuff\\profiles\\layouts\\settings``  with a text editor application "
+"(e.g. Notepad or TextEdit)."
+msgstr ""